rdelaage
/
postgresql
mirror of https://git.postgresql.org/git/postgresql.git
1
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity
postgresql/src/backend/catalog/objectaddress.c

Ignoring revisions in .git-blame-ignore-revs. Click here to bypass and see the normal blame view.

6128 lines
151 KiB
C
Raw Normal View History

Rewrite comment code for better modularity, and add necessary locking. Review by Alvaro Herrera, KaiGai Kohei, and Tom Lane.
2010-08-27 13:47:41 +02:00
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* objectaddress.c
* functions for working with ObjectAddresses
*
Update copyright for 2023 Backpatch-through: 11
2023-01-02 21:00:37 +01:00
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2023, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
Rewrite comment code for better modularity, and add necessary locking. Review by Alvaro Herrera, KaiGai Kohei, and Tom Lane.
2010-08-27 13:47:41 +02:00
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
Remove cvs keywords from all files.
2010-09-20 22:08:53 +02:00
* src/backend/catalog/objectaddress.c
Rewrite comment code for better modularity, and add necessary locking. Review by Alvaro Herrera, KaiGai Kohei, and Tom Lane.
2010-08-27 13:47:41 +02:00
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#include "postgres.h"
Revert "Rename files and headers related to index AM" This follows multiple complains from Peter Geoghegan, Andres Freund and Alvaro Herrera that this issue ought to be dug more before actually happening, if it happens. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20191226144606.GA5659@alvherre.pgsql
2019-12-27 00:09:00 +01:00
#include "access/genam.h"
Split tuple struct defs from htup.h to htup_details.h This reduces unnecessary exposure of other headers through htup.h, which is very widely included by many files. I have chosen to move the function prototypes to the new file as well, because that means htup.h no longer needs to include tupdesc.h. In itself this doesn't have much effect in indirect inclusion of tupdesc.h throughout the tree, because it's also required by execnodes.h; but it's something to explore in the future, and it seemed best to do the htup.h change now while I'm busy with it.
2012-08-30 22:15:44 +02:00
#include "access/htup_details.h"
Replace heapam.h includes with {table, relation}.h where applicable. A lot of files only included heapam.h for relation_open, heap_open etc - replace the heapam.h include in those files with the narrower header. Author: Andres Freund Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190111000539.xbv7s6w7ilcvm7dp@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-01-21 19:18:20 +01:00
#include "access/relation.h"
Rewrite comment code for better modularity, and add necessary locking. Review by Alvaro Herrera, KaiGai Kohei, and Tom Lane.
2010-08-27 13:47:41 +02:00
#include "access/sysattr.h"
Replace heapam.h includes with {table, relation}.h where applicable. A lot of files only included heapam.h for relation_open, heap_open etc - replace the heapam.h include in those files with the narrower header. Author: Andres Freund Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190111000539.xbv7s6w7ilcvm7dp@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-01-21 19:18:20 +01:00
#include "access/table.h"
Rewrite comment code for better modularity, and add necessary locking. Review by Alvaro Herrera, KaiGai Kohei, and Tom Lane.
2010-08-27 13:47:41 +02:00
#include "catalog/catalog.h"
#include "catalog/objectaddress.h"
Restructure index access method API to hide most of it at the C level. This patch reduces pg_am to just two columns, a name and a handler function. All the data formerly obtained from pg_am is now provided in a C struct returned by the handler function. This is similar to the designs we've adopted for FDWs and tablesample methods. There are multiple advantages. For one, the index AM's support functions are now simple C functions, making them faster to call and much less error-prone, since the C compiler can now check function signatures. For another, this will make it far more practical to define index access methods in installable extensions. A disadvantage is that SQL-level code can no longer see attributes of index AMs; in particular, some of the crosschecks in the opr_sanity regression test are no longer possible from SQL. We've addressed that by adding a facility for the index AM to perform such checks instead. (Much more could be done in that line, but for now we're content if the amvalidate functions more or less replace what opr_sanity used to do.) We might also want to expose some sort of reporting functionality, but this patch doesn't do that. Alexander Korotkov, reviewed by Petr Jelínek, and rather heavily editorialized on by me.
2016-01-18 01:36:59 +01:00
#include "catalog/pg_am.h"
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
#include "catalog/pg_amop.h"
#include "catalog/pg_amproc.h"
#include "catalog/pg_attrdef.h"
Rewrite comment code for better modularity, and add necessary locking. Review by Alvaro Herrera, KaiGai Kohei, and Tom Lane.
2010-08-27 13:47:41 +02:00
#include "catalog/pg_authid.h"
Ensure that pg_auth_members.grantor is always valid. Previously, "GRANT foo TO bar" or "GRANT foo TO bar GRANTED BY baz" would record the OID of the grantor in pg_auth_members.grantor, but that role could later be dropped without modifying or removing the pg_auth_members record. That's not great, because we typically try to avoid dangling references in catalog data. Now, a role grant depends on the grantor, and the grantor can't be dropped without removing the grant or changing the grantor. "DROP OWNED BY" will remove the grant, just as it does for other kinds of privileges. "REASSIGN OWNED BY" will not, again just like what we do in other cases involving privileges. pg_auth_members now has an OID column, because that is needed in order for dependencies to work. It also now has an index on the grantor column, because otherwise dropping a role would require a sequential scan of the entire table to see whether the role's OID is in use as a grantor. That probably wouldn't be too large a problem in practice, but it seems better to have an index just in case. A follow-on patch is planned with the goal of more thoroughly rationalizing the behavior of role grants. This patch is just trying to do enough to make sure that the data we store in the catalogs is at some basic level valid. Patch by me, reviewed by Stephen Frost Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoaFr-RZeQ+WoQ5nKPv97oT9+aDgK_a5+qWHSgbDsMp1Vg@mail.gmail.com
2022-08-18 19:13:02 +02:00
#include "catalog/pg_auth_members.h"
Rewrite comment code for better modularity, and add necessary locking. Review by Alvaro Herrera, KaiGai Kohei, and Tom Lane.
2010-08-27 13:47:41 +02:00
#include "catalog/pg_cast.h"
DDL support for collations - collowner field - CREATE COLLATION - ALTER COLLATION - DROP COLLATION - COMMENT ON COLLATION - integration with extensions - pg_dump support for the above - dependency management - psql tab completion - psql \dO command
2011-02-12 14:54:13 +01:00
#include "catalog/pg_collation.h"
Rewrite comment code for better modularity, and add necessary locking. Review by Alvaro Herrera, KaiGai Kohei, and Tom Lane.
2010-08-27 13:47:41 +02:00
#include "catalog/pg_constraint.h"
#include "catalog/pg_conversion.h"
#include "catalog/pg_database.h"
Make the order of the header file includes consistent in backend modules. Similar to commits 7e735035f2 and dddf4cdc33, this commit makes the order of header file inclusion consistent for backend modules. In the passing, removed a couple of duplicate inclusions. Author: Vignesh C Reviewed-by: Kuntal Ghosh and Amit Kapila Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALDaNm2Sznv8RR6Ex-iJO6xAdsxgWhCoETkaYX=+9DW3q0QCfA@mail.gmail.com
2019-11-12 04:00:16 +01:00
#include "catalog/pg_default_acl.h"
#include "catalog/pg_enum.h"
#include "catalog/pg_event_trigger.h"
Core support for "extensions", which are packages of SQL objects. This patch adds the server infrastructure to support extensions. There is still one significant loose end, namely how to make it play nice with pg_upgrade, so I am not yet committing the changes that would make all the contrib modules depend on this feature. In passing, fix a disturbingly large amount of breakage in AlterObjectNamespace() and callers. Dimitri Fontaine, reviewed by Anssi Kääriäinen, Itagaki Takahiro, Tom Lane, and numerous others
2011-02-08 22:08:41 +01:00
#include "catalog/pg_extension.h"
Support comments on FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER and SERVER objects. This mostly involves making it work with the objectaddress.c framework, which does most of the heavy lifting. In that vein, change GetForeignDataWrapperOidByName to get_foreign_data_wrapper_oid and GetForeignServerOidByName to get_foreign_server_oid, to match the pattern we use for other object types. Robert Haas and Shigeru Hanada
2011-04-01 17:28:28 +02:00
#include "catalog/pg_foreign_data_wrapper.h"
#include "catalog/pg_foreign_server.h"
Rewrite comment code for better modularity, and add necessary locking. Review by Alvaro Herrera, KaiGai Kohei, and Tom Lane.
2010-08-27 13:47:41 +02:00
#include "catalog/pg_language.h"
#include "catalog/pg_largeobject.h"
#include "catalog/pg_largeobject_metadata.h"
#include "catalog/pg_namespace.h"
#include "catalog/pg_opclass.h"
#include "catalog/pg_operator.h"
Make the order of the header file includes consistent in backend modules. Similar to commits 7e735035f2 and dddf4cdc33, this commit makes the order of header file inclusion consistent for backend modules. In the passing, removed a couple of duplicate inclusions. Author: Vignesh C Reviewed-by: Kuntal Ghosh and Amit Kapila Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALDaNm2Sznv8RR6Ex-iJO6xAdsxgWhCoETkaYX=+9DW3q0QCfA@mail.gmail.com
2019-11-12 04:00:16 +01:00
#include "catalog/pg_opfamily.h"
Allow granting SET and ALTER SYSTEM privileges on GUC parameters. This patch allows "PGC_SUSET" parameters to be set by non-superusers if they have been explicitly granted the privilege to do so. The privilege to perform ALTER SYSTEM SET/RESET on a specific parameter can also be granted. Such privileges are cluster-wide, not per database. They are tracked in a new shared catalog, pg_parameter_acl. Granting and revoking these new privileges works as one would expect. One caveat is that PGC_USERSET GUCs are unaffected by the SET privilege --- one could wish that those were handled by a revocable grant to PUBLIC, but they are not, because we couldn't make it robust enough for GUCs defined by extensions. Mark Dilger, reviewed at various times by Andrew Dunstan, Robert Haas, Joshua Brindle, and myself Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3D691E20-C1D5-4B80-8BA5-6BEB63AF3029@enterprisedb.com
2022-04-06 19:24:33 +02:00
#include "catalog/pg_parameter_acl.h"
Rename pg_rowsecurity -> pg_policy and other fixes As pointed out by Robert, we should really have named pg_rowsecurity pg_policy, as the objects stored in that catalog are policies. This patch fixes that and updates the column names to start with 'pol' to match the new catalog name. The security consideration for COPY with row level security, also pointed out by Robert, has also been addressed by remembering and re-checking the OID of the relation initially referenced during COPY processing, to make sure it hasn't changed under us by the time we finish planning out the query which has been built. Robert and Alvaro also commented on missing OCLASS and OBJECT entries for POLICY (formerly ROWSECURITY or POLICY, depending) in various places. This patch fixes that too, which also happens to add the ability to COMMENT on policies. In passing, attempt to improve the consistency of messages, comments, and documentation as well. This removes various incarnations of 'row-security', 'row-level security', 'Row-security', etc, in favor of 'policy', 'row level security' or 'row_security' as appropriate. Happy Thanksgiving!
2014-11-27 07:06:36 +01:00
#include "catalog/pg_policy.h"
Make the order of the header file includes consistent in backend modules. Similar to commits 7e735035f2 and dddf4cdc33, this commit makes the order of header file inclusion consistent for backend modules. In the passing, removed a couple of duplicate inclusions. Author: Vignesh C Reviewed-by: Kuntal Ghosh and Amit Kapila Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALDaNm2Sznv8RR6Ex-iJO6xAdsxgWhCoETkaYX=+9DW3q0QCfA@mail.gmail.com
2019-11-12 04:00:16 +01:00
#include "catalog/pg_proc.h"
Logical replication - Add PUBLICATION catalogs and DDL - Add SUBSCRIPTION catalog and DDL - Define logical replication protocol and output plugin - Add logical replication workers From: Petr Jelinek <petr@2ndquadrant.com> Reviewed-by: Steve Singer <steve@ssinger.info> Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> Reviewed-by: Erik Rijkers <er@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
2017-01-19 18:00:00 +01:00
#include "catalog/pg_publication.h"
Allow publishing the tables of schema. A new option "FOR ALL TABLES IN SCHEMA" in Create/Alter Publication allows one or more schemas to be specified, whose tables are selected by the publisher for sending the data to the subscriber. The new syntax allows specifying both the tables and schemas. For example: CREATE PUBLICATION pub1 FOR TABLE t1,t2,t3, ALL TABLES IN SCHEMA s1,s2; OR ALTER PUBLICATION pub1 ADD TABLE t1,t2,t3, ALL TABLES IN SCHEMA s1,s2; A new system table "pg_publication_namespace" has been added, to maintain the schemas that the user wants to publish through the publication. Modified the output plugin (pgoutput) to publish the changes if the relation is part of schema publication. Updates pg_dump to identify and dump schema publications. Updates the \d family of commands to display schema publications and \dRp+ variant will now display associated schemas if any. Author: Vignesh C, Hou Zhijie, Amit Kapila Syntax-Suggested-by: Tom Lane, Alvaro Herrera Reviewed-by: Greg Nancarrow, Masahiko Sawada, Hou Zhijie, Amit Kapila, Haiying Tang, Ajin Cherian, Rahila Syed, Bharath Rupireddy, Mark Dilger Tested-by: Haiying Tang Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CALDaNm0OANxuJ6RXqwZsM1MSY4s19nuH3734j4a72etDwvBETQ@mail.gmail.com
2021-10-27 04:14:52 +02:00
#include "catalog/pg_publication_namespace.h"
Logical replication - Add PUBLICATION catalogs and DDL - Add SUBSCRIPTION catalog and DDL - Define logical replication protocol and output plugin - Add logical replication workers From: Petr Jelinek <petr@2ndquadrant.com> Reviewed-by: Steve Singer <steve@ssinger.info> Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> Reviewed-by: Erik Rijkers <er@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
2017-01-19 18:00:00 +01:00
#include "catalog/pg_publication_rel.h"
Rewrite comment code for better modularity, and add necessary locking. Review by Alvaro Herrera, KaiGai Kohei, and Tom Lane.
2010-08-27 13:47:41 +02:00
#include "catalog/pg_rewrite.h"
Implement multivariate n-distinct coefficients Add support for explicitly declared statistic objects (CREATE STATISTICS), allowing collection of statistics on more complex combinations that individual table columns. Companion commands DROP STATISTICS and ALTER STATISTICS ... OWNER TO / SET SCHEMA / RENAME are added too. All this DDL has been designed so that more statistic types can be added later on, such as multivariate most-common-values and multivariate histograms between columns of a single table, leaving room for permitting columns on multiple tables, too, as well as expressions. This commit only adds support for collection of n-distinct coefficient on user-specified sets of columns in a single table. This is useful to estimate number of distinct groups in GROUP BY and DISTINCT clauses; estimation errors there can cause over-allocation of memory in hashed aggregates, for instance, so it's a worthwhile problem to solve. A new special pseudo-type pg_ndistinct is used. (num-distinct estimation was deemed sufficiently useful by itself that this is worthwhile even if no further statistic types are added immediately; so much so that another version of essentially the same functionality was submitted by Kyotaro Horiguchi: https://postgr.es/m/20150828.173334.114731693.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp though this commit does not use that code.) Author: Tomas Vondra. Some code rework by Álvaro. Reviewed-by: Dean Rasheed, David Rowley, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Jeff Janes, Ideriha Takeshi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/543AFA15.4080608@fuzzy.cz https://postgr.es/m/20170320190220.ixlaueanxegqd5gr@alvherre.pgsql
2017-03-24 18:06:10 +01:00
#include "catalog/pg_statistic_ext.h"
Logical replication - Add PUBLICATION catalogs and DDL - Add SUBSCRIPTION catalog and DDL - Define logical replication protocol and output plugin - Add logical replication workers From: Petr Jelinek <petr@2ndquadrant.com> Reviewed-by: Steve Singer <steve@ssinger.info> Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> Reviewed-by: Erik Rijkers <er@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
2017-01-19 18:00:00 +01:00
#include "catalog/pg_subscription.h"
Rewrite comment code for better modularity, and add necessary locking. Review by Alvaro Herrera, KaiGai Kohei, and Tom Lane.
2010-08-27 13:47:41 +02:00
#include "catalog/pg_tablespace.h"
Add transforms feature This provides a mechanism for specifying conversions between SQL data types and procedural languages. As examples, there are transforms for hstore and ltree for PL/Perl and PL/Python. reviews by Pavel Stěhule and Andres Freund
2015-04-26 16:33:14 +02:00
#include "catalog/pg_transform.h"
Rewrite comment code for better modularity, and add necessary locking. Review by Alvaro Herrera, KaiGai Kohei, and Tom Lane.
2010-08-27 13:47:41 +02:00
#include "catalog/pg_trigger.h"
#include "catalog/pg_ts_config.h"
#include "catalog/pg_ts_dict.h"
#include "catalog/pg_ts_parser.h"
#include "catalog/pg_ts_template.h"
#include "catalog/pg_type.h"
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
#include "catalog/pg_user_mapping.h"
Rewrite comment code for better modularity, and add necessary locking. Review by Alvaro Herrera, KaiGai Kohei, and Tom Lane.
2010-08-27 13:47:41 +02:00
#include "commands/dbcommands.h"
#include "commands/defrem.h"
Syntax support and documentation for event triggers. They don't actually do anything yet; that will get fixed in a follow-on commit. But this gets the basic infrastructure in place, including CREATE/ALTER/DROP EVENT TRIGGER; support for COMMENT, SECURITY LABEL, and ALTER EXTENSION .. ADD/DROP EVENT TRIGGER; pg_dump and psql support; and documentation for the anticipated initial feature set. Dimitri Fontaine, with review and a bunch of additional hacking by me. Thom Brown extensively reviewed earlier versions of this patch set, but there's not a whole lot of that code left in this commit, as it turns out.
2012-07-18 16:16:16 +02:00
#include "commands/event_trigger.h"
Core support for "extensions", which are packages of SQL objects. This patch adds the server infrastructure to support extensions. There is still one significant loose end, namely how to make it play nice with pg_upgrade, so I am not yet committing the changes that would make all the contrib modules depend on this feature. In passing, fix a disturbingly large amount of breakage in AlterObjectNamespace() and callers. Dimitri Fontaine, reviewed by Anssi Kääriäinen, Itagaki Takahiro, Tom Lane, and numerous others
2011-02-08 22:08:41 +01:00
#include "commands/extension.h"
Row-Level Security Policies (RLS) Building on the updatable security-barrier views work, add the ability to define policies on tables to limit the set of rows which are returned from a query and which are allowed to be added to a table. Expressions defined by the policy for filtering are added to the security barrier quals of the query, while expressions defined to check records being added to a table are added to the with-check options of the query. New top-level commands are CREATE/ALTER/DROP POLICY and are controlled by the table owner. Row Security is able to be enabled and disabled by the owner on a per-table basis using ALTER TABLE .. ENABLE/DISABLE ROW SECURITY. Per discussion, ROW SECURITY is disabled on tables by default and must be enabled for policies on the table to be used. If no policies exist on a table with ROW SECURITY enabled, a default-deny policy is used and no records will be visible. By default, row security is applied at all times except for the table owner and the superuser. A new GUC, row_security, is added which can be set to ON, OFF, or FORCE. When set to FORCE, row security will be applied even for the table owner and superusers. When set to OFF, row security will be disabled when allowed and an error will be thrown if the user does not have rights to bypass row security. Per discussion, pg_dump sets row_security = OFF by default to ensure that exports and backups will have all data in the table or will error if there are insufficient privileges to bypass row security. A new option has been added to pg_dump, --enable-row-security, to ask pg_dump to export with row security enabled. A new role capability, BYPASSRLS, which can only be set by the superuser, is added to allow other users to be able to bypass row security using row_security = OFF. Many thanks to the various individuals who have helped with the design, particularly Robert Haas for his feedback. Authors include Craig Ringer, KaiGai Kohei, Adam Brightwell, Dean Rasheed, with additional changes and rework by me. Reviewers have included all of the above, Greg Smith, Jeff McCormick, and Robert Haas.
2014-09-19 17:18:35 +02:00
#include "commands/policy.h"
Rewrite comment code for better modularity, and add necessary locking. Review by Alvaro Herrera, KaiGai Kohei, and Tom Lane.
2010-08-27 13:47:41 +02:00
#include "commands/proclang.h"
#include "commands/tablespace.h"
#include "commands/trigger.h"
Support comments on FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER and SERVER objects. This mostly involves making it work with the objectaddress.c framework, which does most of the heavy lifting. In that vein, change GetForeignDataWrapperOidByName to get_foreign_data_wrapper_oid and GetForeignServerOidByName to get_foreign_server_oid, to match the pattern we use for other object types. Robert Haas and Shigeru Hanada
2011-04-01 17:28:28 +02:00
#include "foreign/foreign.h"
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
#include "funcapi.h"
Allow non-superusers to create (some) extensions. Remove the unconditional superuser permissions check in CREATE EXTENSION, and instead define a "superuser" extension property, which when false (not the default) skips the superuser permissions check. In this case the calling user only needs enough permissions to execute the commands in the extension's installation script. The superuser property is also enforced in the same way for ALTER EXTENSION UPDATE cases. In other ALTER EXTENSION cases and DROP EXTENSION, test ownership of the extension rather than superuserness. ALTER EXTENSION ADD/DROP needs to insist on ownership of the target object as well; to do that without duplicating code, refactor comment.c's big switch for permissions checks into a separate function in objectaddress.c. I also removed the superuserness checks in pg_available_extensions and related functions; there's no strong reason why everybody shouldn't be able to see that info. Also invent an IF NOT EXISTS variant of CREATE EXTENSION, and use that in pg_dump, so that dumps won't fail for installed-by-default extensions. We don't have any of those yet, but we will soon. This is all per discussion of wrapping the standard procedural languages into extensions. I'll make those changes in a separate commit; this is just putting the core infrastructure in place.
2011-03-04 22:08:24 +01:00
#include "miscadmin.h"
Rewrite comment code for better modularity, and add necessary locking. Review by Alvaro Herrera, KaiGai Kohei, and Tom Lane.
2010-08-27 13:47:41 +02:00
#include "nodes/makefuncs.h"
#include "parser/parse_func.h"
#include "parser/parse_oper.h"
#include "parser/parse_type.h"
#include "rewrite/rewriteSupport.h"
Refactor permissions checks for large objects. Up to now, ACL checks for large objects happened at the level of the SQL-callable functions, which led to CVE-2017-7548 because of a missing check. Push them down to be enforced in inv_api.c as much as possible, in hopes of preventing future bugs. This does have the effect of moving read and write permission errors to happen at lo_open time not loread or lowrite time, but that seems acceptable. Michael Paquier and Tom Lane Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqRHmNOYbETnc_2EjsuzSM00Z+BWKv9sy6tnvSd5gWT_JA@mail.gmail.com
2017-11-09 18:56:07 +01:00
#include "storage/large_object.h"
Rewrite comment code for better modularity, and add necessary locking. Review by Alvaro Herrera, KaiGai Kohei, and Tom Lane.
2010-08-27 13:47:41 +02:00
#include "storage/lmgr.h"
Restructure get_object_address() so it's safe against concurrent DDL. This gives a much better error message when the object of interest is concurrently dropped and avoids needlessly failing when the object of interest is concurrently dropped and recreated. It also improves the behavior of two concurrent DROP IF EXISTS operations targeted at the same object; as before, one will drop the object, but now the other will emit the usual NOTICE indicating that the object does not exist, instead of rolling back. As a fringe benefit, it's also slightly less code.
2011-11-17 18:41:37 +01:00
#include "storage/sinval.h"
Remove utils/acl.h from catalog/objectaddress.h The need for this was removed by 8b9e9644dc6a9bd4b7a97950e6212f63880cf18b. A number of files now need to include utils/acl.h or parser/parse_node.h explicitly where they previously got it indirectly somehow. Since parser/parse_node.h already includes nodes/parsenodes.h, the latter is then removed where the former was added. Also, remove nodes/pg_list.h from objectaddress.h, since that's included via nodes/parsenodes.h. Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us> Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@2ndquadrant.com> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/7601e258-26b2-8481-36d0-dc9dca6f28f1%402ndquadrant.com
2020-03-10 10:22:52 +01:00
#include "utils/acl.h"
Rewrite comment code for better modularity, and add necessary locking. Review by Alvaro Herrera, KaiGai Kohei, and Tom Lane.
2010-08-27 13:47:41 +02:00
#include "utils/builtins.h"
#include "utils/fmgroids.h"
#include "utils/lsyscache.h"
Add pg_identify_object_as_address This function returns object type and objname/objargs arrays, which can be passed to pg_get_object_address. This is especially useful because the textual representation can be copied to a remote server in order to obtain the corresponding OID-based address. In essence, this function is the inverse of recently added pg_get_object_address(). Catalog version bumped due to the addition of the new function. Also add docs to pg_get_object_address.
2014-12-30 19:41:50 +01:00
#include "utils/memutils.h"
Move some things from builtins.h to new header files This avoids that builtins.h has to include additional header files.
2017-01-21 02:29:53 +01:00
#include "utils/regproc.h"
Rewrite comment code for better modularity, and add necessary locking. Review by Alvaro Herrera, KaiGai Kohei, and Tom Lane.
2010-08-27 13:47:41 +02:00
#include "utils/syscache.h"
Replace hardcoded switch in object_exists() with a lookup table. There's no particular advantage to this change on its face; indeed, it's possible that this might be slightly slower than the old way. But it makes this information more easily accessible to other functions, and therefore paves the way for future code consolidation. Performance isn't critical here, so there's no need to be smart about how we do the search. This is a heavily cut-down version of a patch from KaiGai Kohei, with several fixes by me. Additional review from Dimitri Fontaine.
2011-10-11 15:14:30 +02:00
/*
* ObjectProperty
*
* This array provides a common part of system object structure; to help
* consolidate routines to handle various kind of object classes.
*/
typedef struct
{
Unify drop-by-OID functions There are a number of Remove${Something}ById() functions that are essentially identical in structure and only different in which catalog they are working on. Refactor this to be one generic function. The information about which oid column, index, etc. to use was already available in ObjectProperty for most catalogs, in a few cases it was easily added. Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/331d9661-1743-857f-1cbb-d5728bcd62cb%402ndquadrant.com
2020-06-09 09:10:14 +02:00
const char *class_descr; /* string describing the catalog, for internal
* error messages */
Replace hardcoded switch in object_exists() with a lookup table. There's no particular advantage to this change on its face; indeed, it's possible that this might be slightly slower than the old way. But it makes this information more easily accessible to other functions, and therefore paves the way for future code consolidation. Performance isn't critical here, so there's no need to be smart about how we do the search. This is a heavily cut-down version of a patch from KaiGai Kohei, with several fixes by me. Additional review from Dimitri Fontaine.
2011-10-11 15:14:30 +02:00
Oid class_oid; /* oid of catalog */
Oid oid_index_oid; /* oid of index on system oid column */
int oid_catcache_id; /* id of catcache on system oid column */
Refactor ALTER some-obj RENAME implementation Remove duplicate implementations of catalog munging and miscellaneous privilege checks. Instead rely on already existing data in objectaddress.c to do the work. Author: KaiGai Kohei, changes by me Reviewed by: Robert Haas, Álvaro Herrera, Dimitri Fontaine
2013-01-21 16:06:41 +01:00
int name_catcache_id; /* id of catcache on (name,namespace), or
* (name) if the object does not live in a
* namespace */
Remove WITH OIDS support, change oid catalog column visibility. Previously tables declared WITH OIDS, including a significant fraction of the catalog tables, stored the oid column not as a normal column, but as part of the tuple header. This special column was not shown by default, which was somewhat odd, as it's often (consider e.g. pg_class.oid) one of the more important parts of a row. Neither pg_dump nor COPY included the contents of the oid column by default. The fact that the oid column was not an ordinary column necessitated a significant amount of special case code to support oid columns. That already was painful for the existing, but upcoming work aiming to make table storage pluggable, would have required expanding and duplicating that "specialness" significantly. WITH OIDS has been deprecated since 2005 (commit ff02d0a05280e0). Remove it. Removing includes: - CREATE TABLE and ALTER TABLE syntax for declaring the table to be WITH OIDS has been removed (WITH (oids[ = true]) will error out) - pg_dump does not support dumping tables declared WITH OIDS and will issue a warning when dumping one (and ignore the oid column). - restoring an pg_dump archive with pg_restore will warn when restoring a table with oid contents (and ignore the oid column) - COPY will refuse to load binary dump that includes oids. - pg_upgrade will error out when encountering tables declared WITH OIDS, they have to be altered to remove the oid column first. - Functionality to access the oid of the last inserted row (like plpgsql's RESULT_OID, spi's SPI_lastoid, ...) has been removed. The syntax for declaring a table WITHOUT OIDS (or WITH (oids = false) for CREATE TABLE) is still supported. While that requires a bit of support code, it seems unnecessary to break applications / dumps that do not use oids, and are explicit about not using them. The biggest user of WITH OID columns was postgres' catalog. This commit changes all 'magic' oid columns to be columns that are normally declared and stored. To reduce unnecessary query breakage all the newly added columns are still named 'oid', even if a table's column naming scheme would indicate 'reloid' or such. This obviously requires adapting a lot code, mostly replacing oid access via HeapTupleGetOid() with access to the underlying Form_pg_*->oid column. The bootstrap process now assigns oids for all oid columns in genbki.pl that do not have an explicit value (starting at the largest oid previously used), only oids assigned later by oids will be above FirstBootstrapObjectId. As the oid column now is a normal column the special bootstrap syntax for oids has been removed. Oids are not automatically assigned during insertion anymore, all backend code explicitly assigns oids with GetNewOidWithIndex(). For the rare case that insertions into the catalog via SQL are called for the new pg_nextoid() function can be used (which only works on catalog tables). The fact that oid columns on system tables are now normal columns means that they will be included in the set of columns expanded by * (i.e. SELECT * FROM pg_class will now include the table's oid, previously it did not). It'd not technically be hard to hide oid column by default, but that'd mean confusing behavior would either have to be carried forward forever, or it'd cause breakage down the line. While it's not unlikely that further adjustments are needed, the scope/invasiveness of the patch makes it worthwhile to get merge this now. It's painful to maintain externally, too complicated to commit after the code code freeze, and a dependency of a number of other patches. Catversion bump, for obvious reasons. Author: Andres Freund, with contributions by John Naylor Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180930034810.ywp2c7awz7opzcfr@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-11-21 00:36:57 +01:00
AttrNumber attnum_oid; /* attribute number of oid column */
Refactor "ALTER some-obj SET SCHEMA" implementation Instead of having each object type implement the catalog munging independently, centralize knowledge about how to do it and expand the existing table in objectaddress.c with enough data about each object type to support this operation. Author: KaiGai Kohei Tweaks by me Reviewed by Robert Haas
2012-09-27 23:13:09 +02:00
AttrNumber attnum_name; /* attnum of name field */
Consolidate DROP handling for some object types. This gets rid of a significant amount of duplicative code. KaiGai Kohei, reviewed in earlier versions by Dimitri Fontaine, with further review and cleanup by me.
2011-10-20 05:25:20 +02:00
AttrNumber attnum_namespace; /* attnum of namespace field */
Refactor "ALTER some-obj SET SCHEMA" implementation Instead of having each object type implement the catalog munging independently, centralize knowledge about how to do it and expand the existing table in objectaddress.c with enough data about each object type to support this operation. Author: KaiGai Kohei Tweaks by me Reviewed by Robert Haas
2012-09-27 23:13:09 +02:00
AttrNumber attnum_owner; /* attnum of owner field */
AttrNumber attnum_acl; /* attnum of acl field */
Replace AclObjectKind with ObjectType AclObjectKind was basically just another enumeration for object types, and we already have a preferred one for that. It's only used in aclcheck_error. By using ObjectType instead, we can also give some more precise error messages, for example "index" instead of "relation". Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2017-12-02 15:26:34 +01:00
ObjectType objtype; /* OBJECT_* of this object type */
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
bool is_nsp_name_unique; /* can the nsp/name combination (or name
* alone, if there's no namespace) be
Fix various typos and grammar errors in comments. Author: Dmitriy Olshevskiy Discussion: 553D00A6.4090205@bk.ru
2015-04-26 18:42:31 +02:00
* considered a unique identifier for an
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
* object of this class? */
Replace hardcoded switch in object_exists() with a lookup table. There's no particular advantage to this change on its face; indeed, it's possible that this might be slightly slower than the old way. But it makes this information more easily accessible to other functions, and therefore paves the way for future code consolidation. Performance isn't critical here, so there's no need to be smart about how we do the search. This is a heavily cut-down version of a patch from KaiGai Kohei, with several fixes by me. Additional review from Dimitri Fontaine.
2011-10-11 15:14:30 +02:00
} ObjectPropertyType;
Make various variables const (read-only). These changes should generally improve correctness/maintainability. A nice side benefit is that several kilobytes move from initialized data to text segment, allowing them to be shared across processes and probably reducing copy-on-write overhead while forking a new backend. Unfortunately this doesn't seem to help libpq in the same way (at least not when it's compiled with -fpic on x86_64), but we can hope the linker at least collects all nominally-const data together even if it's not actually part of the text segment. Also, make pg_encname_tbl[] static in encnames.c, since there seems no very good reason for any other code to use it; per a suggestion from Wim Lewis, who independently submitted a patch that was mostly a subset of this one. Oskari Saarenmaa, with some editorialization by me
2014-01-18 22:04:11 +01:00
static const ObjectPropertyType ObjectProperty[] =
Replace hardcoded switch in object_exists() with a lookup table. There's no particular advantage to this change on its face; indeed, it's possible that this might be slightly slower than the old way. But it makes this information more easily accessible to other functions, and therefore paves the way for future code consolidation. Performance isn't critical here, so there's no need to be smart about how we do the search. This is a heavily cut-down version of a patch from KaiGai Kohei, with several fixes by me. Additional review from Dimitri Fontaine.
2011-10-11 15:14:30 +02:00
{
Support CREATE ACCESS METHOD This enables external code to create access methods. This is useful so that extensions can add their own access methods which can be formally tracked for dependencies, so that DROP operates correctly. Also, having explicit support makes pg_dump work correctly. Currently only index AMs are supported, but we expect different types to be added in the future. Authors: Alexander Korotkov, Petr Jelínek Reviewed-By: Teodor Sigaev, Petr Jelínek, Jim Nasby Commitfest-URL: https://commitfest.postgresql.org/9/353/ Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAPpHfdsXwZmojm6Dx+TJnpYk27kT4o7Ri6X_4OSWcByu1Rm+VA@mail.gmail.com
2016-03-24 03:01:35 +01:00
{
Unify drop-by-OID functions There are a number of Remove${Something}ById() functions that are essentially identical in structure and only different in which catalog they are working on. Refactor this to be one generic function. The information about which oid column, index, etc. to use was already available in ObjectProperty for most catalogs, in a few cases it was easily added. Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/331d9661-1743-857f-1cbb-d5728bcd62cb%402ndquadrant.com
2020-06-09 09:10:14 +02:00
"access method",
Support CREATE ACCESS METHOD This enables external code to create access methods. This is useful so that extensions can add their own access methods which can be formally tracked for dependencies, so that DROP operates correctly. Also, having explicit support makes pg_dump work correctly. Currently only index AMs are supported, but we expect different types to be added in the future. Authors: Alexander Korotkov, Petr Jelínek Reviewed-By: Teodor Sigaev, Petr Jelínek, Jim Nasby Commitfest-URL: https://commitfest.postgresql.org/9/353/ Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAPpHfdsXwZmojm6Dx+TJnpYk27kT4o7Ri6X_4OSWcByu1Rm+VA@mail.gmail.com
2016-03-24 03:01:35 +01:00
AccessMethodRelationId,
AmOidIndexId,
AMOID,
AMNAME,
Remove WITH OIDS support, change oid catalog column visibility. Previously tables declared WITH OIDS, including a significant fraction of the catalog tables, stored the oid column not as a normal column, but as part of the tuple header. This special column was not shown by default, which was somewhat odd, as it's often (consider e.g. pg_class.oid) one of the more important parts of a row. Neither pg_dump nor COPY included the contents of the oid column by default. The fact that the oid column was not an ordinary column necessitated a significant amount of special case code to support oid columns. That already was painful for the existing, but upcoming work aiming to make table storage pluggable, would have required expanding and duplicating that "specialness" significantly. WITH OIDS has been deprecated since 2005 (commit ff02d0a05280e0). Remove it. Removing includes: - CREATE TABLE and ALTER TABLE syntax for declaring the table to be WITH OIDS has been removed (WITH (oids[ = true]) will error out) - pg_dump does not support dumping tables declared WITH OIDS and will issue a warning when dumping one (and ignore the oid column). - restoring an pg_dump archive with pg_restore will warn when restoring a table with oid contents (and ignore the oid column) - COPY will refuse to load binary dump that includes oids. - pg_upgrade will error out when encountering tables declared WITH OIDS, they have to be altered to remove the oid column first. - Functionality to access the oid of the last inserted row (like plpgsql's RESULT_OID, spi's SPI_lastoid, ...) has been removed. The syntax for declaring a table WITHOUT OIDS (or WITH (oids = false) for CREATE TABLE) is still supported. While that requires a bit of support code, it seems unnecessary to break applications / dumps that do not use oids, and are explicit about not using them. The biggest user of WITH OID columns was postgres' catalog. This commit changes all 'magic' oid columns to be columns that are normally declared and stored. To reduce unnecessary query breakage all the newly added columns are still named 'oid', even if a table's column naming scheme would indicate 'reloid' or such. This obviously requires adapting a lot code, mostly replacing oid access via HeapTupleGetOid() with access to the underlying Form_pg_*->oid column. The bootstrap process now assigns oids for all oid columns in genbki.pl that do not have an explicit value (starting at the largest oid previously used), only oids assigned later by oids will be above FirstBootstrapObjectId. As the oid column now is a normal column the special bootstrap syntax for oids has been removed. Oids are not automatically assigned during insertion anymore, all backend code explicitly assigns oids with GetNewOidWithIndex(). For the rare case that insertions into the catalog via SQL are called for the new pg_nextoid() function can be used (which only works on catalog tables). The fact that oid columns on system tables are now normal columns means that they will be included in the set of columns expanded by * (i.e. SELECT * FROM pg_class will now include the table's oid, previously it did not). It'd not technically be hard to hide oid column by default, but that'd mean confusing behavior would either have to be carried forward forever, or it'd cause breakage down the line. While it's not unlikely that further adjustments are needed, the scope/invasiveness of the patch makes it worthwhile to get merge this now. It's painful to maintain externally, too complicated to commit after the code code freeze, and a dependency of a number of other patches. Catversion bump, for obvious reasons. Author: Andres Freund, with contributions by John Naylor Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180930034810.ywp2c7awz7opzcfr@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-11-21 00:36:57 +01:00
Anum_pg_am_oid,
Support CREATE ACCESS METHOD This enables external code to create access methods. This is useful so that extensions can add their own access methods which can be formally tracked for dependencies, so that DROP operates correctly. Also, having explicit support makes pg_dump work correctly. Currently only index AMs are supported, but we expect different types to be added in the future. Authors: Alexander Korotkov, Petr Jelínek Reviewed-By: Teodor Sigaev, Petr Jelínek, Jim Nasby Commitfest-URL: https://commitfest.postgresql.org/9/353/ Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAPpHfdsXwZmojm6Dx+TJnpYk27kT4o7Ri6X_4OSWcByu1Rm+VA@mail.gmail.com
2016-03-24 03:01:35 +01:00
Anum_pg_am_amname,
InvalidAttrNumber,
InvalidAttrNumber,
InvalidAttrNumber,
-1,
true
},
Replace hardcoded switch in object_exists() with a lookup table. There's no particular advantage to this change on its face; indeed, it's possible that this might be slightly slower than the old way. But it makes this information more easily accessible to other functions, and therefore paves the way for future code consolidation. Performance isn't critical here, so there's no need to be smart about how we do the search. This is a heavily cut-down version of a patch from KaiGai Kohei, with several fixes by me. Additional review from Dimitri Fontaine.
2011-10-11 15:14:30 +02:00
{
Unify drop-by-OID functions There are a number of Remove${Something}ById() functions that are essentially identical in structure and only different in which catalog they are working on. Refactor this to be one generic function. The information about which oid column, index, etc. to use was already available in ObjectProperty for most catalogs, in a few cases it was easily added. Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/331d9661-1743-857f-1cbb-d5728bcd62cb%402ndquadrant.com
2020-06-09 09:10:14 +02:00
"access method operator",
AccessMethodOperatorRelationId,
AccessMethodOperatorOidIndexId,
-1,
-1,
Anum_pg_amop_oid,
InvalidAttrNumber,
InvalidAttrNumber,
InvalidAttrNumber,
InvalidAttrNumber,
OBJECT_AMOP,
false
},
{
"access method procedure",
AccessMethodProcedureRelationId,
AccessMethodProcedureOidIndexId,
-1,
-1,
Anum_pg_amproc_oid,
InvalidAttrNumber,
InvalidAttrNumber,
InvalidAttrNumber,
InvalidAttrNumber,
OBJECT_AMPROC,
false
},
{
"cast",
Replace hardcoded switch in object_exists() with a lookup table. There's no particular advantage to this change on its face; indeed, it's possible that this might be slightly slower than the old way. But it makes this information more easily accessible to other functions, and therefore paves the way for future code consolidation. Performance isn't critical here, so there's no need to be smart about how we do the search. This is a heavily cut-down version of a patch from KaiGai Kohei, with several fixes by me. Additional review from Dimitri Fontaine.
2011-10-11 15:14:30 +02:00
CastRelationId,
CastOidIndexId,
Consolidate DROP handling for some object types. This gets rid of a significant amount of duplicative code. KaiGai Kohei, reviewed in earlier versions by Dimitri Fontaine, with further review and cleanup by me.
2011-10-20 05:25:20 +02:00
-1,
Refactor "ALTER some-obj SET SCHEMA" implementation Instead of having each object type implement the catalog munging independently, centralize knowledge about how to do it and expand the existing table in objectaddress.c with enough data about each object type to support this operation. Author: KaiGai Kohei Tweaks by me Reviewed by Robert Haas
2012-09-27 23:13:09 +02:00
-1,
Remove WITH OIDS support, change oid catalog column visibility. Previously tables declared WITH OIDS, including a significant fraction of the catalog tables, stored the oid column not as a normal column, but as part of the tuple header. This special column was not shown by default, which was somewhat odd, as it's often (consider e.g. pg_class.oid) one of the more important parts of a row. Neither pg_dump nor COPY included the contents of the oid column by default. The fact that the oid column was not an ordinary column necessitated a significant amount of special case code to support oid columns. That already was painful for the existing, but upcoming work aiming to make table storage pluggable, would have required expanding and duplicating that "specialness" significantly. WITH OIDS has been deprecated since 2005 (commit ff02d0a05280e0). Remove it. Removing includes: - CREATE TABLE and ALTER TABLE syntax for declaring the table to be WITH OIDS has been removed (WITH (oids[ = true]) will error out) - pg_dump does not support dumping tables declared WITH OIDS and will issue a warning when dumping one (and ignore the oid column). - restoring an pg_dump archive with pg_restore will warn when restoring a table with oid contents (and ignore the oid column) - COPY will refuse to load binary dump that includes oids. - pg_upgrade will error out when encountering tables declared WITH OIDS, they have to be altered to remove the oid column first. - Functionality to access the oid of the last inserted row (like plpgsql's RESULT_OID, spi's SPI_lastoid, ...) has been removed. The syntax for declaring a table WITHOUT OIDS (or WITH (oids = false) for CREATE TABLE) is still supported. While that requires a bit of support code, it seems unnecessary to break applications / dumps that do not use oids, and are explicit about not using them. The biggest user of WITH OID columns was postgres' catalog. This commit changes all 'magic' oid columns to be columns that are normally declared and stored. To reduce unnecessary query breakage all the newly added columns are still named 'oid', even if a table's column naming scheme would indicate 'reloid' or such. This obviously requires adapting a lot code, mostly replacing oid access via HeapTupleGetOid() with access to the underlying Form_pg_*->oid column. The bootstrap process now assigns oids for all oid columns in genbki.pl that do not have an explicit value (starting at the largest oid previously used), only oids assigned later by oids will be above FirstBootstrapObjectId. As the oid column now is a normal column the special bootstrap syntax for oids has been removed. Oids are not automatically assigned during insertion anymore, all backend code explicitly assigns oids with GetNewOidWithIndex(). For the rare case that insertions into the catalog via SQL are called for the new pg_nextoid() function can be used (which only works on catalog tables). The fact that oid columns on system tables are now normal columns means that they will be included in the set of columns expanded by * (i.e. SELECT * FROM pg_class will now include the table's oid, previously it did not). It'd not technically be hard to hide oid column by default, but that'd mean confusing behavior would either have to be carried forward forever, or it'd cause breakage down the line. While it's not unlikely that further adjustments are needed, the scope/invasiveness of the patch makes it worthwhile to get merge this now. It's painful to maintain externally, too complicated to commit after the code code freeze, and a dependency of a number of other patches. Catversion bump, for obvious reasons. Author: Andres Freund, with contributions by John Naylor Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180930034810.ywp2c7awz7opzcfr@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-11-21 00:36:57 +01:00
Anum_pg_cast_oid,
Refactor "ALTER some-obj SET SCHEMA" implementation Instead of having each object type implement the catalog munging independently, centralize knowledge about how to do it and expand the existing table in objectaddress.c with enough data about each object type to support this operation. Author: KaiGai Kohei Tweaks by me Reviewed by Robert Haas
2012-09-27 23:13:09 +02:00
InvalidAttrNumber,
InvalidAttrNumber,
InvalidAttrNumber,
InvalidAttrNumber,
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
-1,
false
Replace hardcoded switch in object_exists() with a lookup table. There's no particular advantage to this change on its face; indeed, it's possible that this might be slightly slower than the old way. But it makes this information more easily accessible to other functions, and therefore paves the way for future code consolidation. Performance isn't critical here, so there's no need to be smart about how we do the search. This is a heavily cut-down version of a patch from KaiGai Kohei, with several fixes by me. Additional review from Dimitri Fontaine.
2011-10-11 15:14:30 +02:00
},
{
Unify drop-by-OID functions There are a number of Remove${Something}ById() functions that are essentially identical in structure and only different in which catalog they are working on. Refactor this to be one generic function. The information about which oid column, index, etc. to use was already available in ObjectProperty for most catalogs, in a few cases it was easily added. Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/331d9661-1743-857f-1cbb-d5728bcd62cb%402ndquadrant.com
2020-06-09 09:10:14 +02:00
"collation",
Replace hardcoded switch in object_exists() with a lookup table. There's no particular advantage to this change on its face; indeed, it's possible that this might be slightly slower than the old way. But it makes this information more easily accessible to other functions, and therefore paves the way for future code consolidation. Performance isn't critical here, so there's no need to be smart about how we do the search. This is a heavily cut-down version of a patch from KaiGai Kohei, with several fixes by me. Additional review from Dimitri Fontaine.
2011-10-11 15:14:30 +02:00
CollationRelationId,
CollationOidIndexId,
Consolidate DROP handling for some object types. This gets rid of a significant amount of duplicative code. KaiGai Kohei, reviewed in earlier versions by Dimitri Fontaine, with further review and cleanup by me.
2011-10-20 05:25:20 +02:00
COLLOID,
Refactor "ALTER some-obj SET SCHEMA" implementation Instead of having each object type implement the catalog munging independently, centralize knowledge about how to do it and expand the existing table in objectaddress.c with enough data about each object type to support this operation. Author: KaiGai Kohei Tweaks by me Reviewed by Robert Haas
2012-09-27 23:13:09 +02:00
-1, /* COLLNAMEENCNSP also takes encoding */
Remove WITH OIDS support, change oid catalog column visibility. Previously tables declared WITH OIDS, including a significant fraction of the catalog tables, stored the oid column not as a normal column, but as part of the tuple header. This special column was not shown by default, which was somewhat odd, as it's often (consider e.g. pg_class.oid) one of the more important parts of a row. Neither pg_dump nor COPY included the contents of the oid column by default. The fact that the oid column was not an ordinary column necessitated a significant amount of special case code to support oid columns. That already was painful for the existing, but upcoming work aiming to make table storage pluggable, would have required expanding and duplicating that "specialness" significantly. WITH OIDS has been deprecated since 2005 (commit ff02d0a05280e0). Remove it. Removing includes: - CREATE TABLE and ALTER TABLE syntax for declaring the table to be WITH OIDS has been removed (WITH (oids[ = true]) will error out) - pg_dump does not support dumping tables declared WITH OIDS and will issue a warning when dumping one (and ignore the oid column). - restoring an pg_dump archive with pg_restore will warn when restoring a table with oid contents (and ignore the oid column) - COPY will refuse to load binary dump that includes oids. - pg_upgrade will error out when encountering tables declared WITH OIDS, they have to be altered to remove the oid column first. - Functionality to access the oid of the last inserted row (like plpgsql's RESULT_OID, spi's SPI_lastoid, ...) has been removed. The syntax for declaring a table WITHOUT OIDS (or WITH (oids = false) for CREATE TABLE) is still supported. While that requires a bit of support code, it seems unnecessary to break applications / dumps that do not use oids, and are explicit about not using them. The biggest user of WITH OID columns was postgres' catalog. This commit changes all 'magic' oid columns to be columns that are normally declared and stored. To reduce unnecessary query breakage all the newly added columns are still named 'oid', even if a table's column naming scheme would indicate 'reloid' or such. This obviously requires adapting a lot code, mostly replacing oid access via HeapTupleGetOid() with access to the underlying Form_pg_*->oid column. The bootstrap process now assigns oids for all oid columns in genbki.pl that do not have an explicit value (starting at the largest oid previously used), only oids assigned later by oids will be above FirstBootstrapObjectId. As the oid column now is a normal column the special bootstrap syntax for oids has been removed. Oids are not automatically assigned during insertion anymore, all backend code explicitly assigns oids with GetNewOidWithIndex(). For the rare case that insertions into the catalog via SQL are called for the new pg_nextoid() function can be used (which only works on catalog tables). The fact that oid columns on system tables are now normal columns means that they will be included in the set of columns expanded by * (i.e. SELECT * FROM pg_class will now include the table's oid, previously it did not). It'd not technically be hard to hide oid column by default, but that'd mean confusing behavior would either have to be carried forward forever, or it'd cause breakage down the line. While it's not unlikely that further adjustments are needed, the scope/invasiveness of the patch makes it worthwhile to get merge this now. It's painful to maintain externally, too complicated to commit after the code code freeze, and a dependency of a number of other patches. Catversion bump, for obvious reasons. Author: Andres Freund, with contributions by John Naylor Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180930034810.ywp2c7awz7opzcfr@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-11-21 00:36:57 +01:00
Anum_pg_collation_oid,
Refactor "ALTER some-obj SET SCHEMA" implementation Instead of having each object type implement the catalog munging independently, centralize knowledge about how to do it and expand the existing table in objectaddress.c with enough data about each object type to support this operation. Author: KaiGai Kohei Tweaks by me Reviewed by Robert Haas
2012-09-27 23:13:09 +02:00
Anum_pg_collation_collname,
Anum_pg_collation_collnamespace,
Anum_pg_collation_collowner,
InvalidAttrNumber,
Replace AclObjectKind with ObjectType AclObjectKind was basically just another enumeration for object types, and we already have a preferred one for that. It's only used in aclcheck_error. By using ObjectType instead, we can also give some more precise error messages, for example "index" instead of "relation". Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2017-12-02 15:26:34 +01:00
OBJECT_COLLATION,
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
true
Replace hardcoded switch in object_exists() with a lookup table. There's no particular advantage to this change on its face; indeed, it's possible that this might be slightly slower than the old way. But it makes this information more easily accessible to other functions, and therefore paves the way for future code consolidation. Performance isn't critical here, so there's no need to be smart about how we do the search. This is a heavily cut-down version of a patch from KaiGai Kohei, with several fixes by me. Additional review from Dimitri Fontaine.
2011-10-11 15:14:30 +02:00
},
{
Unify drop-by-OID functions There are a number of Remove${Something}ById() functions that are essentially identical in structure and only different in which catalog they are working on. Refactor this to be one generic function. The information about which oid column, index, etc. to use was already available in ObjectProperty for most catalogs, in a few cases it was easily added. Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/331d9661-1743-857f-1cbb-d5728bcd62cb%402ndquadrant.com
2020-06-09 09:10:14 +02:00
"constraint",
Replace hardcoded switch in object_exists() with a lookup table. There's no particular advantage to this change on its face; indeed, it's possible that this might be slightly slower than the old way. But it makes this information more easily accessible to other functions, and therefore paves the way for future code consolidation. Performance isn't critical here, so there's no need to be smart about how we do the search. This is a heavily cut-down version of a patch from KaiGai Kohei, with several fixes by me. Additional review from Dimitri Fontaine.
2011-10-11 15:14:30 +02:00
ConstraintRelationId,
ConstraintOidIndexId,
Consolidate DROP handling for some object types. This gets rid of a significant amount of duplicative code. KaiGai Kohei, reviewed in earlier versions by Dimitri Fontaine, with further review and cleanup by me.
2011-10-20 05:25:20 +02:00
CONSTROID,
Refactor "ALTER some-obj SET SCHEMA" implementation Instead of having each object type implement the catalog munging independently, centralize knowledge about how to do it and expand the existing table in objectaddress.c with enough data about each object type to support this operation. Author: KaiGai Kohei Tweaks by me Reviewed by Robert Haas
2012-09-27 23:13:09 +02:00
-1,
Remove WITH OIDS support, change oid catalog column visibility. Previously tables declared WITH OIDS, including a significant fraction of the catalog tables, stored the oid column not as a normal column, but as part of the tuple header. This special column was not shown by default, which was somewhat odd, as it's often (consider e.g. pg_class.oid) one of the more important parts of a row. Neither pg_dump nor COPY included the contents of the oid column by default. The fact that the oid column was not an ordinary column necessitated a significant amount of special case code to support oid columns. That already was painful for the existing, but upcoming work aiming to make table storage pluggable, would have required expanding and duplicating that "specialness" significantly. WITH OIDS has been deprecated since 2005 (commit ff02d0a05280e0). Remove it. Removing includes: - CREATE TABLE and ALTER TABLE syntax for declaring the table to be WITH OIDS has been removed (WITH (oids[ = true]) will error out) - pg_dump does not support dumping tables declared WITH OIDS and will issue a warning when dumping one (and ignore the oid column). - restoring an pg_dump archive with pg_restore will warn when restoring a table with oid contents (and ignore the oid column) - COPY will refuse to load binary dump that includes oids. - pg_upgrade will error out when encountering tables declared WITH OIDS, they have to be altered to remove the oid column first. - Functionality to access the oid of the last inserted row (like plpgsql's RESULT_OID, spi's SPI_lastoid, ...) has been removed. The syntax for declaring a table WITHOUT OIDS (or WITH (oids = false) for CREATE TABLE) is still supported. While that requires a bit of support code, it seems unnecessary to break applications / dumps that do not use oids, and are explicit about not using them. The biggest user of WITH OID columns was postgres' catalog. This commit changes all 'magic' oid columns to be columns that are normally declared and stored. To reduce unnecessary query breakage all the newly added columns are still named 'oid', even if a table's column naming scheme would indicate 'reloid' or such. This obviously requires adapting a lot code, mostly replacing oid access via HeapTupleGetOid() with access to the underlying Form_pg_*->oid column. The bootstrap process now assigns oids for all oid columns in genbki.pl that do not have an explicit value (starting at the largest oid previously used), only oids assigned later by oids will be above FirstBootstrapObjectId. As the oid column now is a normal column the special bootstrap syntax for oids has been removed. Oids are not automatically assigned during insertion anymore, all backend code explicitly assigns oids with GetNewOidWithIndex(). For the rare case that insertions into the catalog via SQL are called for the new pg_nextoid() function can be used (which only works on catalog tables). The fact that oid columns on system tables are now normal columns means that they will be included in the set of columns expanded by * (i.e. SELECT * FROM pg_class will now include the table's oid, previously it did not). It'd not technically be hard to hide oid column by default, but that'd mean confusing behavior would either have to be carried forward forever, or it'd cause breakage down the line. While it's not unlikely that further adjustments are needed, the scope/invasiveness of the patch makes it worthwhile to get merge this now. It's painful to maintain externally, too complicated to commit after the code code freeze, and a dependency of a number of other patches. Catversion bump, for obvious reasons. Author: Andres Freund, with contributions by John Naylor Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180930034810.ywp2c7awz7opzcfr@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-11-21 00:36:57 +01:00
Anum_pg_constraint_oid,
Refactor "ALTER some-obj SET SCHEMA" implementation Instead of having each object type implement the catalog munging independently, centralize knowledge about how to do it and expand the existing table in objectaddress.c with enough data about each object type to support this operation. Author: KaiGai Kohei Tweaks by me Reviewed by Robert Haas
2012-09-27 23:13:09 +02:00
Anum_pg_constraint_conname,
Anum_pg_constraint_connamespace,
InvalidAttrNumber,
InvalidAttrNumber,
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
-1,
false
Replace hardcoded switch in object_exists() with a lookup table. There's no particular advantage to this change on its face; indeed, it's possible that this might be slightly slower than the old way. But it makes this information more easily accessible to other functions, and therefore paves the way for future code consolidation. Performance isn't critical here, so there's no need to be smart about how we do the search. This is a heavily cut-down version of a patch from KaiGai Kohei, with several fixes by me. Additional review from Dimitri Fontaine.
2011-10-11 15:14:30 +02:00
},
{
Unify drop-by-OID functions There are a number of Remove${Something}ById() functions that are essentially identical in structure and only different in which catalog they are working on. Refactor this to be one generic function. The information about which oid column, index, etc. to use was already available in ObjectProperty for most catalogs, in a few cases it was easily added. Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/331d9661-1743-857f-1cbb-d5728bcd62cb%402ndquadrant.com
2020-06-09 09:10:14 +02:00
"conversion",
Replace hardcoded switch in object_exists() with a lookup table. There's no particular advantage to this change on its face; indeed, it's possible that this might be slightly slower than the old way. But it makes this information more easily accessible to other functions, and therefore paves the way for future code consolidation. Performance isn't critical here, so there's no need to be smart about how we do the search. This is a heavily cut-down version of a patch from KaiGai Kohei, with several fixes by me. Additional review from Dimitri Fontaine.
2011-10-11 15:14:30 +02:00
ConversionRelationId,
ConversionOidIndexId,
Consolidate DROP handling for some object types. This gets rid of a significant amount of duplicative code. KaiGai Kohei, reviewed in earlier versions by Dimitri Fontaine, with further review and cleanup by me.
2011-10-20 05:25:20 +02:00
CONVOID,
Refactor "ALTER some-obj SET SCHEMA" implementation Instead of having each object type implement the catalog munging independently, centralize knowledge about how to do it and expand the existing table in objectaddress.c with enough data about each object type to support this operation. Author: KaiGai Kohei Tweaks by me Reviewed by Robert Haas
2012-09-27 23:13:09 +02:00
CONNAMENSP,
Remove WITH OIDS support, change oid catalog column visibility. Previously tables declared WITH OIDS, including a significant fraction of the catalog tables, stored the oid column not as a normal column, but as part of the tuple header. This special column was not shown by default, which was somewhat odd, as it's often (consider e.g. pg_class.oid) one of the more important parts of a row. Neither pg_dump nor COPY included the contents of the oid column by default. The fact that the oid column was not an ordinary column necessitated a significant amount of special case code to support oid columns. That already was painful for the existing, but upcoming work aiming to make table storage pluggable, would have required expanding and duplicating that "specialness" significantly. WITH OIDS has been deprecated since 2005 (commit ff02d0a05280e0). Remove it. Removing includes: - CREATE TABLE and ALTER TABLE syntax for declaring the table to be WITH OIDS has been removed (WITH (oids[ = true]) will error out) - pg_dump does not support dumping tables declared WITH OIDS and will issue a warning when dumping one (and ignore the oid column). - restoring an pg_dump archive with pg_restore will warn when restoring a table with oid contents (and ignore the oid column) - COPY will refuse to load binary dump that includes oids. - pg_upgrade will error out when encountering tables declared WITH OIDS, they have to be altered to remove the oid column first. - Functionality to access the oid of the last inserted row (like plpgsql's RESULT_OID, spi's SPI_lastoid, ...) has been removed. The syntax for declaring a table WITHOUT OIDS (or WITH (oids = false) for CREATE TABLE) is still supported. While that requires a bit of support code, it seems unnecessary to break applications / dumps that do not use oids, and are explicit about not using them. The biggest user of WITH OID columns was postgres' catalog. This commit changes all 'magic' oid columns to be columns that are normally declared and stored. To reduce unnecessary query breakage all the newly added columns are still named 'oid', even if a table's column naming scheme would indicate 'reloid' or such. This obviously requires adapting a lot code, mostly replacing oid access via HeapTupleGetOid() with access to the underlying Form_pg_*->oid column. The bootstrap process now assigns oids for all oid columns in genbki.pl that do not have an explicit value (starting at the largest oid previously used), only oids assigned later by oids will be above FirstBootstrapObjectId. As the oid column now is a normal column the special bootstrap syntax for oids has been removed. Oids are not automatically assigned during insertion anymore, all backend code explicitly assigns oids with GetNewOidWithIndex(). For the rare case that insertions into the catalog via SQL are called for the new pg_nextoid() function can be used (which only works on catalog tables). The fact that oid columns on system tables are now normal columns means that they will be included in the set of columns expanded by * (i.e. SELECT * FROM pg_class will now include the table's oid, previously it did not). It'd not technically be hard to hide oid column by default, but that'd mean confusing behavior would either have to be carried forward forever, or it'd cause breakage down the line. While it's not unlikely that further adjustments are needed, the scope/invasiveness of the patch makes it worthwhile to get merge this now. It's painful to maintain externally, too complicated to commit after the code code freeze, and a dependency of a number of other patches. Catversion bump, for obvious reasons. Author: Andres Freund, with contributions by John Naylor Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180930034810.ywp2c7awz7opzcfr@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-11-21 00:36:57 +01:00
Anum_pg_conversion_oid,
Refactor "ALTER some-obj SET SCHEMA" implementation Instead of having each object type implement the catalog munging independently, centralize knowledge about how to do it and expand the existing table in objectaddress.c with enough data about each object type to support this operation. Author: KaiGai Kohei Tweaks by me Reviewed by Robert Haas
2012-09-27 23:13:09 +02:00
Anum_pg_conversion_conname,
Anum_pg_conversion_connamespace,
Anum_pg_conversion_conowner,
InvalidAttrNumber,
Replace AclObjectKind with ObjectType AclObjectKind was basically just another enumeration for object types, and we already have a preferred one for that. It's only used in aclcheck_error. By using ObjectType instead, we can also give some more precise error messages, for example "index" instead of "relation". Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2017-12-02 15:26:34 +01:00
OBJECT_CONVERSION,
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
true
Replace hardcoded switch in object_exists() with a lookup table. There's no particular advantage to this change on its face; indeed, it's possible that this might be slightly slower than the old way. But it makes this information more easily accessible to other functions, and therefore paves the way for future code consolidation. Performance isn't critical here, so there's no need to be smart about how we do the search. This is a heavily cut-down version of a patch from KaiGai Kohei, with several fixes by me. Additional review from Dimitri Fontaine.
2011-10-11 15:14:30 +02:00
},
{
Unify drop-by-OID functions There are a number of Remove${Something}ById() functions that are essentially identical in structure and only different in which catalog they are working on. Refactor this to be one generic function. The information about which oid column, index, etc. to use was already available in ObjectProperty for most catalogs, in a few cases it was easily added. Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/331d9661-1743-857f-1cbb-d5728bcd62cb%402ndquadrant.com
2020-06-09 09:10:14 +02:00
"database",
Replace hardcoded switch in object_exists() with a lookup table. There's no particular advantage to this change on its face; indeed, it's possible that this might be slightly slower than the old way. But it makes this information more easily accessible to other functions, and therefore paves the way for future code consolidation. Performance isn't critical here, so there's no need to be smart about how we do the search. This is a heavily cut-down version of a patch from KaiGai Kohei, with several fixes by me. Additional review from Dimitri Fontaine.
2011-10-11 15:14:30 +02:00
DatabaseRelationId,
DatabaseOidIndexId,
Consolidate DROP handling for some object types. This gets rid of a significant amount of duplicative code. KaiGai Kohei, reviewed in earlier versions by Dimitri Fontaine, with further review and cleanup by me.
2011-10-20 05:25:20 +02:00
DATABASEOID,
Refactor "ALTER some-obj SET SCHEMA" implementation Instead of having each object type implement the catalog munging independently, centralize knowledge about how to do it and expand the existing table in objectaddress.c with enough data about each object type to support this operation. Author: KaiGai Kohei Tweaks by me Reviewed by Robert Haas
2012-09-27 23:13:09 +02:00
-1,
Remove WITH OIDS support, change oid catalog column visibility. Previously tables declared WITH OIDS, including a significant fraction of the catalog tables, stored the oid column not as a normal column, but as part of the tuple header. This special column was not shown by default, which was somewhat odd, as it's often (consider e.g. pg_class.oid) one of the more important parts of a row. Neither pg_dump nor COPY included the contents of the oid column by default. The fact that the oid column was not an ordinary column necessitated a significant amount of special case code to support oid columns. That already was painful for the existing, but upcoming work aiming to make table storage pluggable, would have required expanding and duplicating that "specialness" significantly. WITH OIDS has been deprecated since 2005 (commit ff02d0a05280e0). Remove it. Removing includes: - CREATE TABLE and ALTER TABLE syntax for declaring the table to be WITH OIDS has been removed (WITH (oids[ = true]) will error out) - pg_dump does not support dumping tables declared WITH OIDS and will issue a warning when dumping one (and ignore the oid column). - restoring an pg_dump archive with pg_restore will warn when restoring a table with oid contents (and ignore the oid column) - COPY will refuse to load binary dump that includes oids. - pg_upgrade will error out when encountering tables declared WITH OIDS, they have to be altered to remove the oid column first. - Functionality to access the oid of the last inserted row (like plpgsql's RESULT_OID, spi's SPI_lastoid, ...) has been removed. The syntax for declaring a table WITHOUT OIDS (or WITH (oids = false) for CREATE TABLE) is still supported. While that requires a bit of support code, it seems unnecessary to break applications / dumps that do not use oids, and are explicit about not using them. The biggest user of WITH OID columns was postgres' catalog. This commit changes all 'magic' oid columns to be columns that are normally declared and stored. To reduce unnecessary query breakage all the newly added columns are still named 'oid', even if a table's column naming scheme would indicate 'reloid' or such. This obviously requires adapting a lot code, mostly replacing oid access via HeapTupleGetOid() with access to the underlying Form_pg_*->oid column. The bootstrap process now assigns oids for all oid columns in genbki.pl that do not have an explicit value (starting at the largest oid previously used), only oids assigned later by oids will be above FirstBootstrapObjectId. As the oid column now is a normal column the special bootstrap syntax for oids has been removed. Oids are not automatically assigned during insertion anymore, all backend code explicitly assigns oids with GetNewOidWithIndex(). For the rare case that insertions into the catalog via SQL are called for the new pg_nextoid() function can be used (which only works on catalog tables). The fact that oid columns on system tables are now normal columns means that they will be included in the set of columns expanded by * (i.e. SELECT * FROM pg_class will now include the table's oid, previously it did not). It'd not technically be hard to hide oid column by default, but that'd mean confusing behavior would either have to be carried forward forever, or it'd cause breakage down the line. While it's not unlikely that further adjustments are needed, the scope/invasiveness of the patch makes it worthwhile to get merge this now. It's painful to maintain externally, too complicated to commit after the code code freeze, and a dependency of a number of other patches. Catversion bump, for obvious reasons. Author: Andres Freund, with contributions by John Naylor Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180930034810.ywp2c7awz7opzcfr@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-11-21 00:36:57 +01:00
Anum_pg_database_oid,
Refactor "ALTER some-obj SET SCHEMA" implementation Instead of having each object type implement the catalog munging independently, centralize knowledge about how to do it and expand the existing table in objectaddress.c with enough data about each object type to support this operation. Author: KaiGai Kohei Tweaks by me Reviewed by Robert Haas
2012-09-27 23:13:09 +02:00
Anum_pg_database_datname,
InvalidAttrNumber,
Anum_pg_database_datdba,
Anum_pg_database_datacl,
Replace AclObjectKind with ObjectType AclObjectKind was basically just another enumeration for object types, and we already have a preferred one for that. It's only used in aclcheck_error. By using ObjectType instead, we can also give some more precise error messages, for example "index" instead of "relation". Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2017-12-02 15:26:34 +01:00
OBJECT_DATABASE,
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
true
Replace hardcoded switch in object_exists() with a lookup table. There's no particular advantage to this change on its face; indeed, it's possible that this might be slightly slower than the old way. But it makes this information more easily accessible to other functions, and therefore paves the way for future code consolidation. Performance isn't critical here, so there's no need to be smart about how we do the search. This is a heavily cut-down version of a patch from KaiGai Kohei, with several fixes by me. Additional review from Dimitri Fontaine.
2011-10-11 15:14:30 +02:00
},
{
Unify drop-by-OID functions There are a number of Remove${Something}ById() functions that are essentially identical in structure and only different in which catalog they are working on. Refactor this to be one generic function. The information about which oid column, index, etc. to use was already available in ObjectProperty for most catalogs, in a few cases it was easily added. Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/331d9661-1743-857f-1cbb-d5728bcd62cb%402ndquadrant.com
2020-06-09 09:10:14 +02:00
"default ACL",
DefaultAclRelationId,
DefaultAclOidIndexId,
-1,
-1,
Anum_pg_default_acl_oid,
InvalidAttrNumber,
InvalidAttrNumber,
InvalidAttrNumber,
InvalidAttrNumber,
OBJECT_DEFACL,
false
},
{
"extension",
Replace hardcoded switch in object_exists() with a lookup table. There's no particular advantage to this change on its face; indeed, it's possible that this might be slightly slower than the old way. But it makes this information more easily accessible to other functions, and therefore paves the way for future code consolidation. Performance isn't critical here, so there's no need to be smart about how we do the search. This is a heavily cut-down version of a patch from KaiGai Kohei, with several fixes by me. Additional review from Dimitri Fontaine.
2011-10-11 15:14:30 +02:00
ExtensionRelationId,
ExtensionOidIndexId,
Consolidate DROP handling for some object types. This gets rid of a significant amount of duplicative code. KaiGai Kohei, reviewed in earlier versions by Dimitri Fontaine, with further review and cleanup by me.
2011-10-20 05:25:20 +02:00
-1,
Refactor "ALTER some-obj SET SCHEMA" implementation Instead of having each object type implement the catalog munging independently, centralize knowledge about how to do it and expand the existing table in objectaddress.c with enough data about each object type to support this operation. Author: KaiGai Kohei Tweaks by me Reviewed by Robert Haas
2012-09-27 23:13:09 +02:00
-1,
Remove WITH OIDS support, change oid catalog column visibility. Previously tables declared WITH OIDS, including a significant fraction of the catalog tables, stored the oid column not as a normal column, but as part of the tuple header. This special column was not shown by default, which was somewhat odd, as it's often (consider e.g. pg_class.oid) one of the more important parts of a row. Neither pg_dump nor COPY included the contents of the oid column by default. The fact that the oid column was not an ordinary column necessitated a significant amount of special case code to support oid columns. That already was painful for the existing, but upcoming work aiming to make table storage pluggable, would have required expanding and duplicating that "specialness" significantly. WITH OIDS has been deprecated since 2005 (commit ff02d0a05280e0). Remove it. Removing includes: - CREATE TABLE and ALTER TABLE syntax for declaring the table to be WITH OIDS has been removed (WITH (oids[ = true]) will error out) - pg_dump does not support dumping tables declared WITH OIDS and will issue a warning when dumping one (and ignore the oid column). - restoring an pg_dump archive with pg_restore will warn when restoring a table with oid contents (and ignore the oid column) - COPY will refuse to load binary dump that includes oids. - pg_upgrade will error out when encountering tables declared WITH OIDS, they have to be altered to remove the oid column first. - Functionality to access the oid of the last inserted row (like plpgsql's RESULT_OID, spi's SPI_lastoid, ...) has been removed. The syntax for declaring a table WITHOUT OIDS (or WITH (oids = false) for CREATE TABLE) is still supported. While that requires a bit of support code, it seems unnecessary to break applications / dumps that do not use oids, and are explicit about not using them. The biggest user of WITH OID columns was postgres' catalog. This commit changes all 'magic' oid columns to be columns that are normally declared and stored. To reduce unnecessary query breakage all the newly added columns are still named 'oid', even if a table's column naming scheme would indicate 'reloid' or such. This obviously requires adapting a lot code, mostly replacing oid access via HeapTupleGetOid() with access to the underlying Form_pg_*->oid column. The bootstrap process now assigns oids for all oid columns in genbki.pl that do not have an explicit value (starting at the largest oid previously used), only oids assigned later by oids will be above FirstBootstrapObjectId. As the oid column now is a normal column the special bootstrap syntax for oids has been removed. Oids are not automatically assigned during insertion anymore, all backend code explicitly assigns oids with GetNewOidWithIndex(). For the rare case that insertions into the catalog via SQL are called for the new pg_nextoid() function can be used (which only works on catalog tables). The fact that oid columns on system tables are now normal columns means that they will be included in the set of columns expanded by * (i.e. SELECT * FROM pg_class will now include the table's oid, previously it did not). It'd not technically be hard to hide oid column by default, but that'd mean confusing behavior would either have to be carried forward forever, or it'd cause breakage down the line. While it's not unlikely that further adjustments are needed, the scope/invasiveness of the patch makes it worthwhile to get merge this now. It's painful to maintain externally, too complicated to commit after the code code freeze, and a dependency of a number of other patches. Catversion bump, for obvious reasons. Author: Andres Freund, with contributions by John Naylor Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180930034810.ywp2c7awz7opzcfr@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-11-21 00:36:57 +01:00
Anum_pg_extension_oid,
Refactor "ALTER some-obj SET SCHEMA" implementation Instead of having each object type implement the catalog munging independently, centralize knowledge about how to do it and expand the existing table in objectaddress.c with enough data about each object type to support this operation. Author: KaiGai Kohei Tweaks by me Reviewed by Robert Haas
2012-09-27 23:13:09 +02:00
Anum_pg_extension_extname,
InvalidAttrNumber, /* extension doesn't belong to extnamespace */
Anum_pg_extension_extowner,
InvalidAttrNumber,
Replace AclObjectKind with ObjectType AclObjectKind was basically just another enumeration for object types, and we already have a preferred one for that. It's only used in aclcheck_error. By using ObjectType instead, we can also give some more precise error messages, for example "index" instead of "relation". Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2017-12-02 15:26:34 +01:00
OBJECT_EXTENSION,
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
true
Replace hardcoded switch in object_exists() with a lookup table. There's no particular advantage to this change on its face; indeed, it's possible that this might be slightly slower than the old way. But it makes this information more easily accessible to other functions, and therefore paves the way for future code consolidation. Performance isn't critical here, so there's no need to be smart about how we do the search. This is a heavily cut-down version of a patch from KaiGai Kohei, with several fixes by me. Additional review from Dimitri Fontaine.
2011-10-11 15:14:30 +02:00
},
{
Unify drop-by-OID functions There are a number of Remove${Something}ById() functions that are essentially identical in structure and only different in which catalog they are working on. Refactor this to be one generic function. The information about which oid column, index, etc. to use was already available in ObjectProperty for most catalogs, in a few cases it was easily added. Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/331d9661-1743-857f-1cbb-d5728bcd62cb%402ndquadrant.com
2020-06-09 09:10:14 +02:00
"foreign-data wrapper",
Replace hardcoded switch in object_exists() with a lookup table. There's no particular advantage to this change on its face; indeed, it's possible that this might be slightly slower than the old way. But it makes this information more easily accessible to other functions, and therefore paves the way for future code consolidation. Performance isn't critical here, so there's no need to be smart about how we do the search. This is a heavily cut-down version of a patch from KaiGai Kohei, with several fixes by me. Additional review from Dimitri Fontaine.
2011-10-11 15:14:30 +02:00
ForeignDataWrapperRelationId,
ForeignDataWrapperOidIndexId,
Consolidate DROP handling for some object types. This gets rid of a significant amount of duplicative code. KaiGai Kohei, reviewed in earlier versions by Dimitri Fontaine, with further review and cleanup by me.
2011-10-20 05:25:20 +02:00
FOREIGNDATAWRAPPEROID,
Refactor "ALTER some-obj SET SCHEMA" implementation Instead of having each object type implement the catalog munging independently, centralize knowledge about how to do it and expand the existing table in objectaddress.c with enough data about each object type to support this operation. Author: KaiGai Kohei Tweaks by me Reviewed by Robert Haas
2012-09-27 23:13:09 +02:00
FOREIGNDATAWRAPPERNAME,
Remove WITH OIDS support, change oid catalog column visibility. Previously tables declared WITH OIDS, including a significant fraction of the catalog tables, stored the oid column not as a normal column, but as part of the tuple header. This special column was not shown by default, which was somewhat odd, as it's often (consider e.g. pg_class.oid) one of the more important parts of a row. Neither pg_dump nor COPY included the contents of the oid column by default. The fact that the oid column was not an ordinary column necessitated a significant amount of special case code to support oid columns. That already was painful for the existing, but upcoming work aiming to make table storage pluggable, would have required expanding and duplicating that "specialness" significantly. WITH OIDS has been deprecated since 2005 (commit ff02d0a05280e0). Remove it. Removing includes: - CREATE TABLE and ALTER TABLE syntax for declaring the table to be WITH OIDS has been removed (WITH (oids[ = true]) will error out) - pg_dump does not support dumping tables declared WITH OIDS and will issue a warning when dumping one (and ignore the oid column). - restoring an pg_dump archive with pg_restore will warn when restoring a table with oid contents (and ignore the oid column) - COPY will refuse to load binary dump that includes oids. - pg_upgrade will error out when encountering tables declared WITH OIDS, they have to be altered to remove the oid column first. - Functionality to access the oid of the last inserted row (like plpgsql's RESULT_OID, spi's SPI_lastoid, ...) has been removed. The syntax for declaring a table WITHOUT OIDS (or WITH (oids = false) for CREATE TABLE) is still supported. While that requires a bit of support code, it seems unnecessary to break applications / dumps that do not use oids, and are explicit about not using them. The biggest user of WITH OID columns was postgres' catalog. This commit changes all 'magic' oid columns to be columns that are normally declared and stored. To reduce unnecessary query breakage all the newly added columns are still named 'oid', even if a table's column naming scheme would indicate 'reloid' or such. This obviously requires adapting a lot code, mostly replacing oid access via HeapTupleGetOid() with access to the underlying Form_pg_*->oid column. The bootstrap process now assigns oids for all oid columns in genbki.pl that do not have an explicit value (starting at the largest oid previously used), only oids assigned later by oids will be above FirstBootstrapObjectId. As the oid column now is a normal column the special bootstrap syntax for oids has been removed. Oids are not automatically assigned during insertion anymore, all backend code explicitly assigns oids with GetNewOidWithIndex(). For the rare case that insertions into the catalog via SQL are called for the new pg_nextoid() function can be used (which only works on catalog tables). The fact that oid columns on system tables are now normal columns means that they will be included in the set of columns expanded by * (i.e. SELECT * FROM pg_class will now include the table's oid, previously it did not). It'd not technically be hard to hide oid column by default, but that'd mean confusing behavior would either have to be carried forward forever, or it'd cause breakage down the line. While it's not unlikely that further adjustments are needed, the scope/invasiveness of the patch makes it worthwhile to get merge this now. It's painful to maintain externally, too complicated to commit after the code code freeze, and a dependency of a number of other patches. Catversion bump, for obvious reasons. Author: Andres Freund, with contributions by John Naylor Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180930034810.ywp2c7awz7opzcfr@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-11-21 00:36:57 +01:00
Anum_pg_foreign_data_wrapper_oid,
Refactor "ALTER some-obj SET SCHEMA" implementation Instead of having each object type implement the catalog munging independently, centralize knowledge about how to do it and expand the existing table in objectaddress.c with enough data about each object type to support this operation. Author: KaiGai Kohei Tweaks by me Reviewed by Robert Haas
2012-09-27 23:13:09 +02:00
Anum_pg_foreign_data_wrapper_fdwname,
InvalidAttrNumber,
Anum_pg_foreign_data_wrapper_fdwowner,
Anum_pg_foreign_data_wrapper_fdwacl,
Replace AclObjectKind with ObjectType AclObjectKind was basically just another enumeration for object types, and we already have a preferred one for that. It's only used in aclcheck_error. By using ObjectType instead, we can also give some more precise error messages, for example "index" instead of "relation". Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2017-12-02 15:26:34 +01:00
OBJECT_FDW,
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
true
Replace hardcoded switch in object_exists() with a lookup table. There's no particular advantage to this change on its face; indeed, it's possible that this might be slightly slower than the old way. But it makes this information more easily accessible to other functions, and therefore paves the way for future code consolidation. Performance isn't critical here, so there's no need to be smart about how we do the search. This is a heavily cut-down version of a patch from KaiGai Kohei, with several fixes by me. Additional review from Dimitri Fontaine.
2011-10-11 15:14:30 +02:00
},
{
Unify drop-by-OID functions There are a number of Remove${Something}ById() functions that are essentially identical in structure and only different in which catalog they are working on. Refactor this to be one generic function. The information about which oid column, index, etc. to use was already available in ObjectProperty for most catalogs, in a few cases it was easily added. Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/331d9661-1743-857f-1cbb-d5728bcd62cb%402ndquadrant.com
2020-06-09 09:10:14 +02:00
"foreign server",
Replace hardcoded switch in object_exists() with a lookup table. There's no particular advantage to this change on its face; indeed, it's possible that this might be slightly slower than the old way. But it makes this information more easily accessible to other functions, and therefore paves the way for future code consolidation. Performance isn't critical here, so there's no need to be smart about how we do the search. This is a heavily cut-down version of a patch from KaiGai Kohei, with several fixes by me. Additional review from Dimitri Fontaine.
2011-10-11 15:14:30 +02:00
ForeignServerRelationId,
ForeignServerOidIndexId,
Consolidate DROP handling for some object types. This gets rid of a significant amount of duplicative code. KaiGai Kohei, reviewed in earlier versions by Dimitri Fontaine, with further review and cleanup by me.
2011-10-20 05:25:20 +02:00
FOREIGNSERVEROID,
Refactor "ALTER some-obj SET SCHEMA" implementation Instead of having each object type implement the catalog munging independently, centralize knowledge about how to do it and expand the existing table in objectaddress.c with enough data about each object type to support this operation. Author: KaiGai Kohei Tweaks by me Reviewed by Robert Haas
2012-09-27 23:13:09 +02:00
FOREIGNSERVERNAME,
Remove WITH OIDS support, change oid catalog column visibility. Previously tables declared WITH OIDS, including a significant fraction of the catalog tables, stored the oid column not as a normal column, but as part of the tuple header. This special column was not shown by default, which was somewhat odd, as it's often (consider e.g. pg_class.oid) one of the more important parts of a row. Neither pg_dump nor COPY included the contents of the oid column by default. The fact that the oid column was not an ordinary column necessitated a significant amount of special case code to support oid columns. That already was painful for the existing, but upcoming work aiming to make table storage pluggable, would have required expanding and duplicating that "specialness" significantly. WITH OIDS has been deprecated since 2005 (commit ff02d0a05280e0). Remove it. Removing includes: - CREATE TABLE and ALTER TABLE syntax for declaring the table to be WITH OIDS has been removed (WITH (oids[ = true]) will error out) - pg_dump does not support dumping tables declared WITH OIDS and will issue a warning when dumping one (and ignore the oid column). - restoring an pg_dump archive with pg_restore will warn when restoring a table with oid contents (and ignore the oid column) - COPY will refuse to load binary dump that includes oids. - pg_upgrade will error out when encountering tables declared WITH OIDS, they have to be altered to remove the oid column first. - Functionality to access the oid of the last inserted row (like plpgsql's RESULT_OID, spi's SPI_lastoid, ...) has been removed. The syntax for declaring a table WITHOUT OIDS (or WITH (oids = false) for CREATE TABLE) is still supported. While that requires a bit of support code, it seems unnecessary to break applications / dumps that do not use oids, and are explicit about not using them. The biggest user of WITH OID columns was postgres' catalog. This commit changes all 'magic' oid columns to be columns that are normally declared and stored. To reduce unnecessary query breakage all the newly added columns are still named 'oid', even if a table's column naming scheme would indicate 'reloid' or such. This obviously requires adapting a lot code, mostly replacing oid access via HeapTupleGetOid() with access to the underlying Form_pg_*->oid column. The bootstrap process now assigns oids for all oid columns in genbki.pl that do not have an explicit value (starting at the largest oid previously used), only oids assigned later by oids will be above FirstBootstrapObjectId. As the oid column now is a normal column the special bootstrap syntax for oids has been removed. Oids are not automatically assigned during insertion anymore, all backend code explicitly assigns oids with GetNewOidWithIndex(). For the rare case that insertions into the catalog via SQL are called for the new pg_nextoid() function can be used (which only works on catalog tables). The fact that oid columns on system tables are now normal columns means that they will be included in the set of columns expanded by * (i.e. SELECT * FROM pg_class will now include the table's oid, previously it did not). It'd not technically be hard to hide oid column by default, but that'd mean confusing behavior would either have to be carried forward forever, or it'd cause breakage down the line. While it's not unlikely that further adjustments are needed, the scope/invasiveness of the patch makes it worthwhile to get merge this now. It's painful to maintain externally, too complicated to commit after the code code freeze, and a dependency of a number of other patches. Catversion bump, for obvious reasons. Author: Andres Freund, with contributions by John Naylor Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180930034810.ywp2c7awz7opzcfr@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-11-21 00:36:57 +01:00
Anum_pg_foreign_server_oid,
Refactor "ALTER some-obj SET SCHEMA" implementation Instead of having each object type implement the catalog munging independently, centralize knowledge about how to do it and expand the existing table in objectaddress.c with enough data about each object type to support this operation. Author: KaiGai Kohei Tweaks by me Reviewed by Robert Haas
2012-09-27 23:13:09 +02:00
Anum_pg_foreign_server_srvname,
InvalidAttrNumber,
Anum_pg_foreign_server_srvowner,
Anum_pg_foreign_server_srvacl,
Replace AclObjectKind with ObjectType AclObjectKind was basically just another enumeration for object types, and we already have a preferred one for that. It's only used in aclcheck_error. By using ObjectType instead, we can also give some more precise error messages, for example "index" instead of "relation". Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2017-12-02 15:26:34 +01:00
OBJECT_FOREIGN_SERVER,
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
true
Replace hardcoded switch in object_exists() with a lookup table. There's no particular advantage to this change on its face; indeed, it's possible that this might be slightly slower than the old way. But it makes this information more easily accessible to other functions, and therefore paves the way for future code consolidation. Performance isn't critical here, so there's no need to be smart about how we do the search. This is a heavily cut-down version of a patch from KaiGai Kohei, with several fixes by me. Additional review from Dimitri Fontaine.
2011-10-11 15:14:30 +02:00
},
{
Unify drop-by-OID functions There are a number of Remove${Something}ById() functions that are essentially identical in structure and only different in which catalog they are working on. Refactor this to be one generic function. The information about which oid column, index, etc. to use was already available in ObjectProperty for most catalogs, in a few cases it was easily added. Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/331d9661-1743-857f-1cbb-d5728bcd62cb%402ndquadrant.com
2020-06-09 09:10:14 +02:00
"function",
Replace hardcoded switch in object_exists() with a lookup table. There's no particular advantage to this change on its face; indeed, it's possible that this might be slightly slower than the old way. But it makes this information more easily accessible to other functions, and therefore paves the way for future code consolidation. Performance isn't critical here, so there's no need to be smart about how we do the search. This is a heavily cut-down version of a patch from KaiGai Kohei, with several fixes by me. Additional review from Dimitri Fontaine.
2011-10-11 15:14:30 +02:00
ProcedureRelationId,
ProcedureOidIndexId,
Consolidate DROP handling for some object types. This gets rid of a significant amount of duplicative code. KaiGai Kohei, reviewed in earlier versions by Dimitri Fontaine, with further review and cleanup by me.
2011-10-20 05:25:20 +02:00
PROCOID,
Refactor "ALTER some-obj SET SCHEMA" implementation Instead of having each object type implement the catalog munging independently, centralize knowledge about how to do it and expand the existing table in objectaddress.c with enough data about each object type to support this operation. Author: KaiGai Kohei Tweaks by me Reviewed by Robert Haas
2012-09-27 23:13:09 +02:00
-1, /* PROCNAMEARGSNSP also takes argument types */
Remove WITH OIDS support, change oid catalog column visibility. Previously tables declared WITH OIDS, including a significant fraction of the catalog tables, stored the oid column not as a normal column, but as part of the tuple header. This special column was not shown by default, which was somewhat odd, as it's often (consider e.g. pg_class.oid) one of the more important parts of a row. Neither pg_dump nor COPY included the contents of the oid column by default. The fact that the oid column was not an ordinary column necessitated a significant amount of special case code to support oid columns. That already was painful for the existing, but upcoming work aiming to make table storage pluggable, would have required expanding and duplicating that "specialness" significantly. WITH OIDS has been deprecated since 2005 (commit ff02d0a05280e0). Remove it. Removing includes: - CREATE TABLE and ALTER TABLE syntax for declaring the table to be WITH OIDS has been removed (WITH (oids[ = true]) will error out) - pg_dump does not support dumping tables declared WITH OIDS and will issue a warning when dumping one (and ignore the oid column). - restoring an pg_dump archive with pg_restore will warn when restoring a table with oid contents (and ignore the oid column) - COPY will refuse to load binary dump that includes oids. - pg_upgrade will error out when encountering tables declared WITH OIDS, they have to be altered to remove the oid column first. - Functionality to access the oid of the last inserted row (like plpgsql's RESULT_OID, spi's SPI_lastoid, ...) has been removed. The syntax for declaring a table WITHOUT OIDS (or WITH (oids = false) for CREATE TABLE) is still supported. While that requires a bit of support code, it seems unnecessary to break applications / dumps that do not use oids, and are explicit about not using them. The biggest user of WITH OID columns was postgres' catalog. This commit changes all 'magic' oid columns to be columns that are normally declared and stored. To reduce unnecessary query breakage all the newly added columns are still named 'oid', even if a table's column naming scheme would indicate 'reloid' or such. This obviously requires adapting a lot code, mostly replacing oid access via HeapTupleGetOid() with access to the underlying Form_pg_*->oid column. The bootstrap process now assigns oids for all oid columns in genbki.pl that do not have an explicit value (starting at the largest oid previously used), only oids assigned later by oids will be above FirstBootstrapObjectId. As the oid column now is a normal column the special bootstrap syntax for oids has been removed. Oids are not automatically assigned during insertion anymore, all backend code explicitly assigns oids with GetNewOidWithIndex(). For the rare case that insertions into the catalog via SQL are called for the new pg_nextoid() function can be used (which only works on catalog tables). The fact that oid columns on system tables are now normal columns means that they will be included in the set of columns expanded by * (i.e. SELECT * FROM pg_class will now include the table's oid, previously it did not). It'd not technically be hard to hide oid column by default, but that'd mean confusing behavior would either have to be carried forward forever, or it'd cause breakage down the line. While it's not unlikely that further adjustments are needed, the scope/invasiveness of the patch makes it worthwhile to get merge this now. It's painful to maintain externally, too complicated to commit after the code code freeze, and a dependency of a number of other patches. Catversion bump, for obvious reasons. Author: Andres Freund, with contributions by John Naylor Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180930034810.ywp2c7awz7opzcfr@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-11-21 00:36:57 +01:00
Anum_pg_proc_oid,
Refactor "ALTER some-obj SET SCHEMA" implementation Instead of having each object type implement the catalog munging independently, centralize knowledge about how to do it and expand the existing table in objectaddress.c with enough data about each object type to support this operation. Author: KaiGai Kohei Tweaks by me Reviewed by Robert Haas
2012-09-27 23:13:09 +02:00
Anum_pg_proc_proname,
Anum_pg_proc_pronamespace,
Anum_pg_proc_proowner,
Anum_pg_proc_proacl,
Replace AclObjectKind with ObjectType AclObjectKind was basically just another enumeration for object types, and we already have a preferred one for that. It's only used in aclcheck_error. By using ObjectType instead, we can also give some more precise error messages, for example "index" instead of "relation". Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2017-12-02 15:26:34 +01:00
OBJECT_FUNCTION,
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
false
Replace hardcoded switch in object_exists() with a lookup table. There's no particular advantage to this change on its face; indeed, it's possible that this might be slightly slower than the old way. But it makes this information more easily accessible to other functions, and therefore paves the way for future code consolidation. Performance isn't critical here, so there's no need to be smart about how we do the search. This is a heavily cut-down version of a patch from KaiGai Kohei, with several fixes by me. Additional review from Dimitri Fontaine.
2011-10-11 15:14:30 +02:00
},
{
Unify drop-by-OID functions There are a number of Remove${Something}ById() functions that are essentially identical in structure and only different in which catalog they are working on. Refactor this to be one generic function. The information about which oid column, index, etc. to use was already available in ObjectProperty for most catalogs, in a few cases it was easily added. Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/331d9661-1743-857f-1cbb-d5728bcd62cb%402ndquadrant.com
2020-06-09 09:10:14 +02:00
"language",
Replace hardcoded switch in object_exists() with a lookup table. There's no particular advantage to this change on its face; indeed, it's possible that this might be slightly slower than the old way. But it makes this information more easily accessible to other functions, and therefore paves the way for future code consolidation. Performance isn't critical here, so there's no need to be smart about how we do the search. This is a heavily cut-down version of a patch from KaiGai Kohei, with several fixes by me. Additional review from Dimitri Fontaine.
2011-10-11 15:14:30 +02:00
LanguageRelationId,
LanguageOidIndexId,
Consolidate DROP handling for some object types. This gets rid of a significant amount of duplicative code. KaiGai Kohei, reviewed in earlier versions by Dimitri Fontaine, with further review and cleanup by me.
2011-10-20 05:25:20 +02:00
LANGOID,
Refactor "ALTER some-obj SET SCHEMA" implementation Instead of having each object type implement the catalog munging independently, centralize knowledge about how to do it and expand the existing table in objectaddress.c with enough data about each object type to support this operation. Author: KaiGai Kohei Tweaks by me Reviewed by Robert Haas
2012-09-27 23:13:09 +02:00
LANGNAME,
Remove WITH OIDS support, change oid catalog column visibility. Previously tables declared WITH OIDS, including a significant fraction of the catalog tables, stored the oid column not as a normal column, but as part of the tuple header. This special column was not shown by default, which was somewhat odd, as it's often (consider e.g. pg_class.oid) one of the more important parts of a row. Neither pg_dump nor COPY included the contents of the oid column by default. The fact that the oid column was not an ordinary column necessitated a significant amount of special case code to support oid columns. That already was painful for the existing, but upcoming work aiming to make table storage pluggable, would have required expanding and duplicating that "specialness" significantly. WITH OIDS has been deprecated since 2005 (commit ff02d0a05280e0). Remove it. Removing includes: - CREATE TABLE and ALTER TABLE syntax for declaring the table to be WITH OIDS has been removed (WITH (oids[ = true]) will error out) - pg_dump does not support dumping tables declared WITH OIDS and will issue a warning when dumping one (and ignore the oid column). - restoring an pg_dump archive with pg_restore will warn when restoring a table with oid contents (and ignore the oid column) - COPY will refuse to load binary dump that includes oids. - pg_upgrade will error out when encountering tables declared WITH OIDS, they have to be altered to remove the oid column first. - Functionality to access the oid of the last inserted row (like plpgsql's RESULT_OID, spi's SPI_lastoid, ...) has been removed. The syntax for declaring a table WITHOUT OIDS (or WITH (oids = false) for CREATE TABLE) is still supported. While that requires a bit of support code, it seems unnecessary to break applications / dumps that do not use oids, and are explicit about not using them. The biggest user of WITH OID columns was postgres' catalog. This commit changes all 'magic' oid columns to be columns that are normally declared and stored. To reduce unnecessary query breakage all the newly added columns are still named 'oid', even if a table's column naming scheme would indicate 'reloid' or such. This obviously requires adapting a lot code, mostly replacing oid access via HeapTupleGetOid() with access to the underlying Form_pg_*->oid column. The bootstrap process now assigns oids for all oid columns in genbki.pl that do not have an explicit value (starting at the largest oid previously used), only oids assigned later by oids will be above FirstBootstrapObjectId. As the oid column now is a normal column the special bootstrap syntax for oids has been removed. Oids are not automatically assigned during insertion anymore, all backend code explicitly assigns oids with GetNewOidWithIndex(). For the rare case that insertions into the catalog via SQL are called for the new pg_nextoid() function can be used (which only works on catalog tables). The fact that oid columns on system tables are now normal columns means that they will be included in the set of columns expanded by * (i.e. SELECT * FROM pg_class will now include the table's oid, previously it did not). It'd not technically be hard to hide oid column by default, but that'd mean confusing behavior would either have to be carried forward forever, or it'd cause breakage down the line. While it's not unlikely that further adjustments are needed, the scope/invasiveness of the patch makes it worthwhile to get merge this now. It's painful to maintain externally, too complicated to commit after the code code freeze, and a dependency of a number of other patches. Catversion bump, for obvious reasons. Author: Andres Freund, with contributions by John Naylor Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180930034810.ywp2c7awz7opzcfr@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-11-21 00:36:57 +01:00
Anum_pg_language_oid,
Refactor "ALTER some-obj SET SCHEMA" implementation Instead of having each object type implement the catalog munging independently, centralize knowledge about how to do it and expand the existing table in objectaddress.c with enough data about each object type to support this operation. Author: KaiGai Kohei Tweaks by me Reviewed by Robert Haas
2012-09-27 23:13:09 +02:00
Anum_pg_language_lanname,
Consolidate DROP handling for some object types. This gets rid of a significant amount of duplicative code. KaiGai Kohei, reviewed in earlier versions by Dimitri Fontaine, with further review and cleanup by me.
2011-10-20 05:25:20 +02:00
InvalidAttrNumber,
Refactor "ALTER some-obj SET SCHEMA" implementation Instead of having each object type implement the catalog munging independently, centralize knowledge about how to do it and expand the existing table in objectaddress.c with enough data about each object type to support this operation. Author: KaiGai Kohei Tweaks by me Reviewed by Robert Haas
2012-09-27 23:13:09 +02:00
Anum_pg_language_lanowner,
Anum_pg_language_lanacl,
Replace AclObjectKind with ObjectType AclObjectKind was basically just another enumeration for object types, and we already have a preferred one for that. It's only used in aclcheck_error. By using ObjectType instead, we can also give some more precise error messages, for example "index" instead of "relation". Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2017-12-02 15:26:34 +01:00
OBJECT_LANGUAGE,
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
true
Replace hardcoded switch in object_exists() with a lookup table. There's no particular advantage to this change on its face; indeed, it's possible that this might be slightly slower than the old way. But it makes this information more easily accessible to other functions, and therefore paves the way for future code consolidation. Performance isn't critical here, so there's no need to be smart about how we do the search. This is a heavily cut-down version of a patch from KaiGai Kohei, with several fixes by me. Additional review from Dimitri Fontaine.
2011-10-11 15:14:30 +02:00
},
{
Unify drop-by-OID functions There are a number of Remove${Something}ById() functions that are essentially identical in structure and only different in which catalog they are working on. Refactor this to be one generic function. The information about which oid column, index, etc. to use was already available in ObjectProperty for most catalogs, in a few cases it was easily added. Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/331d9661-1743-857f-1cbb-d5728bcd62cb%402ndquadrant.com
2020-06-09 09:10:14 +02:00
"large object metadata",
Replace hardcoded switch in object_exists() with a lookup table. There's no particular advantage to this change on its face; indeed, it's possible that this might be slightly slower than the old way. But it makes this information more easily accessible to other functions, and therefore paves the way for future code consolidation. Performance isn't critical here, so there's no need to be smart about how we do the search. This is a heavily cut-down version of a patch from KaiGai Kohei, with several fixes by me. Additional review from Dimitri Fontaine.
2011-10-11 15:14:30 +02:00
LargeObjectMetadataRelationId,
LargeObjectMetadataOidIndexId,
Consolidate DROP handling for some object types. This gets rid of a significant amount of duplicative code. KaiGai Kohei, reviewed in earlier versions by Dimitri Fontaine, with further review and cleanup by me.
2011-10-20 05:25:20 +02:00
-1,
Refactor "ALTER some-obj SET SCHEMA" implementation Instead of having each object type implement the catalog munging independently, centralize knowledge about how to do it and expand the existing table in objectaddress.c with enough data about each object type to support this operation. Author: KaiGai Kohei Tweaks by me Reviewed by Robert Haas
2012-09-27 23:13:09 +02:00
-1,
Remove WITH OIDS support, change oid catalog column visibility. Previously tables declared WITH OIDS, including a significant fraction of the catalog tables, stored the oid column not as a normal column, but as part of the tuple header. This special column was not shown by default, which was somewhat odd, as it's often (consider e.g. pg_class.oid) one of the more important parts of a row. Neither pg_dump nor COPY included the contents of the oid column by default. The fact that the oid column was not an ordinary column necessitated a significant amount of special case code to support oid columns. That already was painful for the existing, but upcoming work aiming to make table storage pluggable, would have required expanding and duplicating that "specialness" significantly. WITH OIDS has been deprecated since 2005 (commit ff02d0a05280e0). Remove it. Removing includes: - CREATE TABLE and ALTER TABLE syntax for declaring the table to be WITH OIDS has been removed (WITH (oids[ = true]) will error out) - pg_dump does not support dumping tables declared WITH OIDS and will issue a warning when dumping one (and ignore the oid column). - restoring an pg_dump archive with pg_restore will warn when restoring a table with oid contents (and ignore the oid column) - COPY will refuse to load binary dump that includes oids. - pg_upgrade will error out when encountering tables declared WITH OIDS, they have to be altered to remove the oid column first. - Functionality to access the oid of the last inserted row (like plpgsql's RESULT_OID, spi's SPI_lastoid, ...) has been removed. The syntax for declaring a table WITHOUT OIDS (or WITH (oids = false) for CREATE TABLE) is still supported. While that requires a bit of support code, it seems unnecessary to break applications / dumps that do not use oids, and are explicit about not using them. The biggest user of WITH OID columns was postgres' catalog. This commit changes all 'magic' oid columns to be columns that are normally declared and stored. To reduce unnecessary query breakage all the newly added columns are still named 'oid', even if a table's column naming scheme would indicate 'reloid' or such. This obviously requires adapting a lot code, mostly replacing oid access via HeapTupleGetOid() with access to the underlying Form_pg_*->oid column. The bootstrap process now assigns oids for all oid columns in genbki.pl that do not have an explicit value (starting at the largest oid previously used), only oids assigned later by oids will be above FirstBootstrapObjectId. As the oid column now is a normal column the special bootstrap syntax for oids has been removed. Oids are not automatically assigned during insertion anymore, all backend code explicitly assigns oids with GetNewOidWithIndex(). For the rare case that insertions into the catalog via SQL are called for the new pg_nextoid() function can be used (which only works on catalog tables). The fact that oid columns on system tables are now normal columns means that they will be included in the set of columns expanded by * (i.e. SELECT * FROM pg_class will now include the table's oid, previously it did not). It'd not technically be hard to hide oid column by default, but that'd mean confusing behavior would either have to be carried forward forever, or it'd cause breakage down the line. While it's not unlikely that further adjustments are needed, the scope/invasiveness of the patch makes it worthwhile to get merge this now. It's painful to maintain externally, too complicated to commit after the code code freeze, and a dependency of a number of other patches. Catversion bump, for obvious reasons. Author: Andres Freund, with contributions by John Naylor Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180930034810.ywp2c7awz7opzcfr@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-11-21 00:36:57 +01:00
Anum_pg_largeobject_metadata_oid,
Refactor "ALTER some-obj SET SCHEMA" implementation Instead of having each object type implement the catalog munging independently, centralize knowledge about how to do it and expand the existing table in objectaddress.c with enough data about each object type to support this operation. Author: KaiGai Kohei Tweaks by me Reviewed by Robert Haas
2012-09-27 23:13:09 +02:00
InvalidAttrNumber,
InvalidAttrNumber,
Anum_pg_largeobject_metadata_lomowner,
Anum_pg_largeobject_metadata_lomacl,
Replace AclObjectKind with ObjectType AclObjectKind was basically just another enumeration for object types, and we already have a preferred one for that. It's only used in aclcheck_error. By using ObjectType instead, we can also give some more precise error messages, for example "index" instead of "relation". Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2017-12-02 15:26:34 +01:00
OBJECT_LARGEOBJECT,
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
false
Replace hardcoded switch in object_exists() with a lookup table. There's no particular advantage to this change on its face; indeed, it's possible that this might be slightly slower than the old way. But it makes this information more easily accessible to other functions, and therefore paves the way for future code consolidation. Performance isn't critical here, so there's no need to be smart about how we do the search. This is a heavily cut-down version of a patch from KaiGai Kohei, with several fixes by me. Additional review from Dimitri Fontaine.
2011-10-11 15:14:30 +02:00
},
{
Unify drop-by-OID functions There are a number of Remove${Something}ById() functions that are essentially identical in structure and only different in which catalog they are working on. Refactor this to be one generic function. The information about which oid column, index, etc. to use was already available in ObjectProperty for most catalogs, in a few cases it was easily added. Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/331d9661-1743-857f-1cbb-d5728bcd62cb%402ndquadrant.com
2020-06-09 09:10:14 +02:00
"operator class",
Replace hardcoded switch in object_exists() with a lookup table. There's no particular advantage to this change on its face; indeed, it's possible that this might be slightly slower than the old way. But it makes this information more easily accessible to other functions, and therefore paves the way for future code consolidation. Performance isn't critical here, so there's no need to be smart about how we do the search. This is a heavily cut-down version of a patch from KaiGai Kohei, with several fixes by me. Additional review from Dimitri Fontaine.
2011-10-11 15:14:30 +02:00
OperatorClassRelationId,
OpclassOidIndexId,
Consolidate DROP handling for some object types. This gets rid of a significant amount of duplicative code. KaiGai Kohei, reviewed in earlier versions by Dimitri Fontaine, with further review and cleanup by me.
2011-10-20 05:25:20 +02:00
CLAOID,
Refactor "ALTER some-obj SET SCHEMA" implementation Instead of having each object type implement the catalog munging independently, centralize knowledge about how to do it and expand the existing table in objectaddress.c with enough data about each object type to support this operation. Author: KaiGai Kohei Tweaks by me Reviewed by Robert Haas
2012-09-27 23:13:09 +02:00
-1, /* CLAAMNAMENSP also takes opcmethod */
Remove WITH OIDS support, change oid catalog column visibility. Previously tables declared WITH OIDS, including a significant fraction of the catalog tables, stored the oid column not as a normal column, but as part of the tuple header. This special column was not shown by default, which was somewhat odd, as it's often (consider e.g. pg_class.oid) one of the more important parts of a row. Neither pg_dump nor COPY included the contents of the oid column by default. The fact that the oid column was not an ordinary column necessitated a significant amount of special case code to support oid columns. That already was painful for the existing, but upcoming work aiming to make table storage pluggable, would have required expanding and duplicating that "specialness" significantly. WITH OIDS has been deprecated since 2005 (commit ff02d0a05280e0). Remove it. Removing includes: - CREATE TABLE and ALTER TABLE syntax for declaring the table to be WITH OIDS has been removed (WITH (oids[ = true]) will error out) - pg_dump does not support dumping tables declared WITH OIDS and will issue a warning when dumping one (and ignore the oid column). - restoring an pg_dump archive with pg_restore will warn when restoring a table with oid contents (and ignore the oid column) - COPY will refuse to load binary dump that includes oids. - pg_upgrade will error out when encountering tables declared WITH OIDS, they have to be altered to remove the oid column first. - Functionality to access the oid of the last inserted row (like plpgsql's RESULT_OID, spi's SPI_lastoid, ...) has been removed. The syntax for declaring a table WITHOUT OIDS (or WITH (oids = false) for CREATE TABLE) is still supported. While that requires a bit of support code, it seems unnecessary to break applications / dumps that do not use oids, and are explicit about not using them. The biggest user of WITH OID columns was postgres' catalog. This commit changes all 'magic' oid columns to be columns that are normally declared and stored. To reduce unnecessary query breakage all the newly added columns are still named 'oid', even if a table's column naming scheme would indicate 'reloid' or such. This obviously requires adapting a lot code, mostly replacing oid access via HeapTupleGetOid() with access to the underlying Form_pg_*->oid column. The bootstrap process now assigns oids for all oid columns in genbki.pl that do not have an explicit value (starting at the largest oid previously used), only oids assigned later by oids will be above FirstBootstrapObjectId. As the oid column now is a normal column the special bootstrap syntax for oids has been removed. Oids are not automatically assigned during insertion anymore, all backend code explicitly assigns oids with GetNewOidWithIndex(). For the rare case that insertions into the catalog via SQL are called for the new pg_nextoid() function can be used (which only works on catalog tables). The fact that oid columns on system tables are now normal columns means that they will be included in the set of columns expanded by * (i.e. SELECT * FROM pg_class will now include the table's oid, previously it did not). It'd not technically be hard to hide oid column by default, but that'd mean confusing behavior would either have to be carried forward forever, or it'd cause breakage down the line. While it's not unlikely that further adjustments are needed, the scope/invasiveness of the patch makes it worthwhile to get merge this now. It's painful to maintain externally, too complicated to commit after the code code freeze, and a dependency of a number of other patches. Catversion bump, for obvious reasons. Author: Andres Freund, with contributions by John Naylor Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180930034810.ywp2c7awz7opzcfr@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-11-21 00:36:57 +01:00
Anum_pg_opclass_oid,
Refactor "ALTER some-obj SET SCHEMA" implementation Instead of having each object type implement the catalog munging independently, centralize knowledge about how to do it and expand the existing table in objectaddress.c with enough data about each object type to support this operation. Author: KaiGai Kohei Tweaks by me Reviewed by Robert Haas
2012-09-27 23:13:09 +02:00
Anum_pg_opclass_opcname,
Consolidate DROP handling for some object types. This gets rid of a significant amount of duplicative code. KaiGai Kohei, reviewed in earlier versions by Dimitri Fontaine, with further review and cleanup by me.
2011-10-20 05:25:20 +02:00
Anum_pg_opclass_opcnamespace,
Refactor "ALTER some-obj SET SCHEMA" implementation Instead of having each object type implement the catalog munging independently, centralize knowledge about how to do it and expand the existing table in objectaddress.c with enough data about each object type to support this operation. Author: KaiGai Kohei Tweaks by me Reviewed by Robert Haas
2012-09-27 23:13:09 +02:00
Anum_pg_opclass_opcowner,
InvalidAttrNumber,
Replace AclObjectKind with ObjectType AclObjectKind was basically just another enumeration for object types, and we already have a preferred one for that. It's only used in aclcheck_error. By using ObjectType instead, we can also give some more precise error messages, for example "index" instead of "relation". Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2017-12-02 15:26:34 +01:00
OBJECT_OPCLASS,
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
true
Replace hardcoded switch in object_exists() with a lookup table. There's no particular advantage to this change on its face; indeed, it's possible that this might be slightly slower than the old way. But it makes this information more easily accessible to other functions, and therefore paves the way for future code consolidation. Performance isn't critical here, so there's no need to be smart about how we do the search. This is a heavily cut-down version of a patch from KaiGai Kohei, with several fixes by me. Additional review from Dimitri Fontaine.
2011-10-11 15:14:30 +02:00
},
{
Unify drop-by-OID functions There are a number of Remove${Something}ById() functions that are essentially identical in structure and only different in which catalog they are working on. Refactor this to be one generic function. The information about which oid column, index, etc. to use was already available in ObjectProperty for most catalogs, in a few cases it was easily added. Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/331d9661-1743-857f-1cbb-d5728bcd62cb%402ndquadrant.com
2020-06-09 09:10:14 +02:00
"operator",
Replace hardcoded switch in object_exists() with a lookup table. There's no particular advantage to this change on its face; indeed, it's possible that this might be slightly slower than the old way. But it makes this information more easily accessible to other functions, and therefore paves the way for future code consolidation. Performance isn't critical here, so there's no need to be smart about how we do the search. This is a heavily cut-down version of a patch from KaiGai Kohei, with several fixes by me. Additional review from Dimitri Fontaine.
2011-10-11 15:14:30 +02:00
OperatorRelationId,
OperatorOidIndexId,
Consolidate DROP handling for some object types. This gets rid of a significant amount of duplicative code. KaiGai Kohei, reviewed in earlier versions by Dimitri Fontaine, with further review and cleanup by me.
2011-10-20 05:25:20 +02:00
OPEROID,
Refactor "ALTER some-obj SET SCHEMA" implementation Instead of having each object type implement the catalog munging independently, centralize knowledge about how to do it and expand the existing table in objectaddress.c with enough data about each object type to support this operation. Author: KaiGai Kohei Tweaks by me Reviewed by Robert Haas
2012-09-27 23:13:09 +02:00
-1, /* OPERNAMENSP also takes left and right type */
Remove WITH OIDS support, change oid catalog column visibility. Previously tables declared WITH OIDS, including a significant fraction of the catalog tables, stored the oid column not as a normal column, but as part of the tuple header. This special column was not shown by default, which was somewhat odd, as it's often (consider e.g. pg_class.oid) one of the more important parts of a row. Neither pg_dump nor COPY included the contents of the oid column by default. The fact that the oid column was not an ordinary column necessitated a significant amount of special case code to support oid columns. That already was painful for the existing, but upcoming work aiming to make table storage pluggable, would have required expanding and duplicating that "specialness" significantly. WITH OIDS has been deprecated since 2005 (commit ff02d0a05280e0). Remove it. Removing includes: - CREATE TABLE and ALTER TABLE syntax for declaring the table to be WITH OIDS has been removed (WITH (oids[ = true]) will error out) - pg_dump does not support dumping tables declared WITH OIDS and will issue a warning when dumping one (and ignore the oid column). - restoring an pg_dump archive with pg_restore will warn when restoring a table with oid contents (and ignore the oid column) - COPY will refuse to load binary dump that includes oids. - pg_upgrade will error out when encountering tables declared WITH OIDS, they have to be altered to remove the oid column first. - Functionality to access the oid of the last inserted row (like plpgsql's RESULT_OID, spi's SPI_lastoid, ...) has been removed. The syntax for declaring a table WITHOUT OIDS (or WITH (oids = false) for CREATE TABLE) is still supported. While that requires a bit of support code, it seems unnecessary to break applications / dumps that do not use oids, and are explicit about not using them. The biggest user of WITH OID columns was postgres' catalog. This commit changes all 'magic' oid columns to be columns that are normally declared and stored. To reduce unnecessary query breakage all the newly added columns are still named 'oid', even if a table's column naming scheme would indicate 'reloid' or such. This obviously requires adapting a lot code, mostly replacing oid access via HeapTupleGetOid() with access to the underlying Form_pg_*->oid column. The bootstrap process now assigns oids for all oid columns in genbki.pl that do not have an explicit value (starting at the largest oid previously used), only oids assigned later by oids will be above FirstBootstrapObjectId. As the oid column now is a normal column the special bootstrap syntax for oids has been removed. Oids are not automatically assigned during insertion anymore, all backend code explicitly assigns oids with GetNewOidWithIndex(). For the rare case that insertions into the catalog via SQL are called for the new pg_nextoid() function can be used (which only works on catalog tables). The fact that oid columns on system tables are now normal columns means that they will be included in the set of columns expanded by * (i.e. SELECT * FROM pg_class will now include the table's oid, previously it did not). It'd not technically be hard to hide oid column by default, but that'd mean confusing behavior would either have to be carried forward forever, or it'd cause breakage down the line. While it's not unlikely that further adjustments are needed, the scope/invasiveness of the patch makes it worthwhile to get merge this now. It's painful to maintain externally, too complicated to commit after the code code freeze, and a dependency of a number of other patches. Catversion bump, for obvious reasons. Author: Andres Freund, with contributions by John Naylor Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180930034810.ywp2c7awz7opzcfr@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-11-21 00:36:57 +01:00
Anum_pg_operator_oid,
Refactor "ALTER some-obj SET SCHEMA" implementation Instead of having each object type implement the catalog munging independently, centralize knowledge about how to do it and expand the existing table in objectaddress.c with enough data about each object type to support this operation. Author: KaiGai Kohei Tweaks by me Reviewed by Robert Haas
2012-09-27 23:13:09 +02:00
Anum_pg_operator_oprname,
Anum_pg_operator_oprnamespace,
Anum_pg_operator_oprowner,
InvalidAttrNumber,
Replace AclObjectKind with ObjectType AclObjectKind was basically just another enumeration for object types, and we already have a preferred one for that. It's only used in aclcheck_error. By using ObjectType instead, we can also give some more precise error messages, for example "index" instead of "relation". Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2017-12-02 15:26:34 +01:00
OBJECT_OPERATOR,
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
false
Replace hardcoded switch in object_exists() with a lookup table. There's no particular advantage to this change on its face; indeed, it's possible that this might be slightly slower than the old way. But it makes this information more easily accessible to other functions, and therefore paves the way for future code consolidation. Performance isn't critical here, so there's no need to be smart about how we do the search. This is a heavily cut-down version of a patch from KaiGai Kohei, with several fixes by me. Additional review from Dimitri Fontaine.
2011-10-11 15:14:30 +02:00
},
{
Unify drop-by-OID functions There are a number of Remove${Something}ById() functions that are essentially identical in structure and only different in which catalog they are working on. Refactor this to be one generic function. The information about which oid column, index, etc. to use was already available in ObjectProperty for most catalogs, in a few cases it was easily added. Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/331d9661-1743-857f-1cbb-d5728bcd62cb%402ndquadrant.com
2020-06-09 09:10:14 +02:00
"operator family",
Replace hardcoded switch in object_exists() with a lookup table. There's no particular advantage to this change on its face; indeed, it's possible that this might be slightly slower than the old way. But it makes this information more easily accessible to other functions, and therefore paves the way for future code consolidation. Performance isn't critical here, so there's no need to be smart about how we do the search. This is a heavily cut-down version of a patch from KaiGai Kohei, with several fixes by me. Additional review from Dimitri Fontaine.
2011-10-11 15:14:30 +02:00
OperatorFamilyRelationId,
OpfamilyOidIndexId,
Consolidate DROP handling for some object types. This gets rid of a significant amount of duplicative code. KaiGai Kohei, reviewed in earlier versions by Dimitri Fontaine, with further review and cleanup by me.
2011-10-20 05:25:20 +02:00
OPFAMILYOID,
Refactor "ALTER some-obj SET SCHEMA" implementation Instead of having each object type implement the catalog munging independently, centralize knowledge about how to do it and expand the existing table in objectaddress.c with enough data about each object type to support this operation. Author: KaiGai Kohei Tweaks by me Reviewed by Robert Haas
2012-09-27 23:13:09 +02:00
-1, /* OPFAMILYAMNAMENSP also takes opfmethod */
Remove WITH OIDS support, change oid catalog column visibility. Previously tables declared WITH OIDS, including a significant fraction of the catalog tables, stored the oid column not as a normal column, but as part of the tuple header. This special column was not shown by default, which was somewhat odd, as it's often (consider e.g. pg_class.oid) one of the more important parts of a row. Neither pg_dump nor COPY included the contents of the oid column by default. The fact that the oid column was not an ordinary column necessitated a significant amount of special case code to support oid columns. That already was painful for the existing, but upcoming work aiming to make table storage pluggable, would have required expanding and duplicating that "specialness" significantly. WITH OIDS has been deprecated since 2005 (commit ff02d0a05280e0). Remove it. Removing includes: - CREATE TABLE and ALTER TABLE syntax for declaring the table to be WITH OIDS has been removed (WITH (oids[ = true]) will error out) - pg_dump does not support dumping tables declared WITH OIDS and will issue a warning when dumping one (and ignore the oid column). - restoring an pg_dump archive with pg_restore will warn when restoring a table with oid contents (and ignore the oid column) - COPY will refuse to load binary dump that includes oids. - pg_upgrade will error out when encountering tables declared WITH OIDS, they have to be altered to remove the oid column first. - Functionality to access the oid of the last inserted row (like plpgsql's RESULT_OID, spi's SPI_lastoid, ...) has been removed. The syntax for declaring a table WITHOUT OIDS (or WITH (oids = false) for CREATE TABLE) is still supported. While that requires a bit of support code, it seems unnecessary to break applications / dumps that do not use oids, and are explicit about not using them. The biggest user of WITH OID columns was postgres' catalog. This commit changes all 'magic' oid columns to be columns that are normally declared and stored. To reduce unnecessary query breakage all the newly added columns are still named 'oid', even if a table's column naming scheme would indicate 'reloid' or such. This obviously requires adapting a lot code, mostly replacing oid access via HeapTupleGetOid() with access to the underlying Form_pg_*->oid column. The bootstrap process now assigns oids for all oid columns in genbki.pl that do not have an explicit value (starting at the largest oid previously used), only oids assigned later by oids will be above FirstBootstrapObjectId. As the oid column now is a normal column the special bootstrap syntax for oids has been removed. Oids are not automatically assigned during insertion anymore, all backend code explicitly assigns oids with GetNewOidWithIndex(). For the rare case that insertions into the catalog via SQL are called for the new pg_nextoid() function can be used (which only works on catalog tables). The fact that oid columns on system tables are now normal columns means that they will be included in the set of columns expanded by * (i.e. SELECT * FROM pg_class will now include the table's oid, previously it did not). It'd not technically be hard to hide oid column by default, but that'd mean confusing behavior would either have to be carried forward forever, or it'd cause breakage down the line. While it's not unlikely that further adjustments are needed, the scope/invasiveness of the patch makes it worthwhile to get merge this now. It's painful to maintain externally, too complicated to commit after the code code freeze, and a dependency of a number of other patches. Catversion bump, for obvious reasons. Author: Andres Freund, with contributions by John Naylor Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180930034810.ywp2c7awz7opzcfr@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-11-21 00:36:57 +01:00
Anum_pg_opfamily_oid,
Refactor "ALTER some-obj SET SCHEMA" implementation Instead of having each object type implement the catalog munging independently, centralize knowledge about how to do it and expand the existing table in objectaddress.c with enough data about each object type to support this operation. Author: KaiGai Kohei Tweaks by me Reviewed by Robert Haas
2012-09-27 23:13:09 +02:00
Anum_pg_opfamily_opfname,
Anum_pg_opfamily_opfnamespace,
Anum_pg_opfamily_opfowner,
InvalidAttrNumber,
Replace AclObjectKind with ObjectType AclObjectKind was basically just another enumeration for object types, and we already have a preferred one for that. It's only used in aclcheck_error. By using ObjectType instead, we can also give some more precise error messages, for example "index" instead of "relation". Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2017-12-02 15:26:34 +01:00
OBJECT_OPFAMILY,
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
true
Replace hardcoded switch in object_exists() with a lookup table. There's no particular advantage to this change on its face; indeed, it's possible that this might be slightly slower than the old way. But it makes this information more easily accessible to other functions, and therefore paves the way for future code consolidation. Performance isn't critical here, so there's no need to be smart about how we do the search. This is a heavily cut-down version of a patch from KaiGai Kohei, with several fixes by me. Additional review from Dimitri Fontaine.
2011-10-11 15:14:30 +02:00
},
{
Unify drop-by-OID functions There are a number of Remove${Something}ById() functions that are essentially identical in structure and only different in which catalog they are working on. Refactor this to be one generic function. The information about which oid column, index, etc. to use was already available in ObjectProperty for most catalogs, in a few cases it was easily added. Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/331d9661-1743-857f-1cbb-d5728bcd62cb%402ndquadrant.com
2020-06-09 09:10:14 +02:00
"role",
Replace hardcoded switch in object_exists() with a lookup table. There's no particular advantage to this change on its face; indeed, it's possible that this might be slightly slower than the old way. But it makes this information more easily accessible to other functions, and therefore paves the way for future code consolidation. Performance isn't critical here, so there's no need to be smart about how we do the search. This is a heavily cut-down version of a patch from KaiGai Kohei, with several fixes by me. Additional review from Dimitri Fontaine.
2011-10-11 15:14:30 +02:00
AuthIdRelationId,
AuthIdOidIndexId,
Consolidate DROP handling for some object types. This gets rid of a significant amount of duplicative code. KaiGai Kohei, reviewed in earlier versions by Dimitri Fontaine, with further review and cleanup by me.
2011-10-20 05:25:20 +02:00
AUTHOID,
Refactor "ALTER some-obj SET SCHEMA" implementation Instead of having each object type implement the catalog munging independently, centralize knowledge about how to do it and expand the existing table in objectaddress.c with enough data about each object type to support this operation. Author: KaiGai Kohei Tweaks by me Reviewed by Robert Haas
2012-09-27 23:13:09 +02:00
AUTHNAME,
Remove WITH OIDS support, change oid catalog column visibility. Previously tables declared WITH OIDS, including a significant fraction of the catalog tables, stored the oid column not as a normal column, but as part of the tuple header. This special column was not shown by default, which was somewhat odd, as it's often (consider e.g. pg_class.oid) one of the more important parts of a row. Neither pg_dump nor COPY included the contents of the oid column by default. The fact that the oid column was not an ordinary column necessitated a significant amount of special case code to support oid columns. That already was painful for the existing, but upcoming work aiming to make table storage pluggable, would have required expanding and duplicating that "specialness" significantly. WITH OIDS has been deprecated since 2005 (commit ff02d0a05280e0). Remove it. Removing includes: - CREATE TABLE and ALTER TABLE syntax for declaring the table to be WITH OIDS has been removed (WITH (oids[ = true]) will error out) - pg_dump does not support dumping tables declared WITH OIDS and will issue a warning when dumping one (and ignore the oid column). - restoring an pg_dump archive with pg_restore will warn when restoring a table with oid contents (and ignore the oid column) - COPY will refuse to load binary dump that includes oids. - pg_upgrade will error out when encountering tables declared WITH OIDS, they have to be altered to remove the oid column first. - Functionality to access the oid of the last inserted row (like plpgsql's RESULT_OID, spi's SPI_lastoid, ...) has been removed. The syntax for declaring a table WITHOUT OIDS (or WITH (oids = false) for CREATE TABLE) is still supported. While that requires a bit of support code, it seems unnecessary to break applications / dumps that do not use oids, and are explicit about not using them. The biggest user of WITH OID columns was postgres' catalog. This commit changes all 'magic' oid columns to be columns that are normally declared and stored. To reduce unnecessary query breakage all the newly added columns are still named 'oid', even if a table's column naming scheme would indicate 'reloid' or such. This obviously requires adapting a lot code, mostly replacing oid access via HeapTupleGetOid() with access to the underlying Form_pg_*->oid column. The bootstrap process now assigns oids for all oid columns in genbki.pl that do not have an explicit value (starting at the largest oid previously used), only oids assigned later by oids will be above FirstBootstrapObjectId. As the oid column now is a normal column the special bootstrap syntax for oids has been removed. Oids are not automatically assigned during insertion anymore, all backend code explicitly assigns oids with GetNewOidWithIndex(). For the rare case that insertions into the catalog via SQL are called for the new pg_nextoid() function can be used (which only works on catalog tables). The fact that oid columns on system tables are now normal columns means that they will be included in the set of columns expanded by * (i.e. SELECT * FROM pg_class will now include the table's oid, previously it did not). It'd not technically be hard to hide oid column by default, but that'd mean confusing behavior would either have to be carried forward forever, or it'd cause breakage down the line. While it's not unlikely that further adjustments are needed, the scope/invasiveness of the patch makes it worthwhile to get merge this now. It's painful to maintain externally, too complicated to commit after the code code freeze, and a dependency of a number of other patches. Catversion bump, for obvious reasons. Author: Andres Freund, with contributions by John Naylor Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180930034810.ywp2c7awz7opzcfr@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-11-21 00:36:57 +01:00
Anum_pg_authid_oid,
Refactor "ALTER some-obj SET SCHEMA" implementation Instead of having each object type implement the catalog munging independently, centralize knowledge about how to do it and expand the existing table in objectaddress.c with enough data about each object type to support this operation. Author: KaiGai Kohei Tweaks by me Reviewed by Robert Haas
2012-09-27 23:13:09 +02:00
Anum_pg_authid_rolname,
InvalidAttrNumber,
InvalidAttrNumber,
InvalidAttrNumber,
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
-1,
true
Replace hardcoded switch in object_exists() with a lookup table. There's no particular advantage to this change on its face; indeed, it's possible that this might be slightly slower than the old way. But it makes this information more easily accessible to other functions, and therefore paves the way for future code consolidation. Performance isn't critical here, so there's no need to be smart about how we do the search. This is a heavily cut-down version of a patch from KaiGai Kohei, with several fixes by me. Additional review from Dimitri Fontaine.
2011-10-11 15:14:30 +02:00
},
Ensure that pg_auth_members.grantor is always valid. Previously, "GRANT foo TO bar" or "GRANT foo TO bar GRANTED BY baz" would record the OID of the grantor in pg_auth_members.grantor, but that role could later be dropped without modifying or removing the pg_auth_members record. That's not great, because we typically try to avoid dangling references in catalog data. Now, a role grant depends on the grantor, and the grantor can't be dropped without removing the grant or changing the grantor. "DROP OWNED BY" will remove the grant, just as it does for other kinds of privileges. "REASSIGN OWNED BY" will not, again just like what we do in other cases involving privileges. pg_auth_members now has an OID column, because that is needed in order for dependencies to work. It also now has an index on the grantor column, because otherwise dropping a role would require a sequential scan of the entire table to see whether the role's OID is in use as a grantor. That probably wouldn't be too large a problem in practice, but it seems better to have an index just in case. A follow-on patch is planned with the goal of more thoroughly rationalizing the behavior of role grants. This patch is just trying to do enough to make sure that the data we store in the catalogs is at some basic level valid. Patch by me, reviewed by Stephen Frost Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoaFr-RZeQ+WoQ5nKPv97oT9+aDgK_a5+qWHSgbDsMp1Vg@mail.gmail.com
2022-08-18 19:13:02 +02:00
{
"role membership",
AuthMemRelationId,
AuthMemOidIndexId,
-1,
-1,
Anum_pg_auth_members_oid,
InvalidAttrNumber,
InvalidAttrNumber,
Anum_pg_auth_members_grantor,
InvalidAttrNumber,
-1,
true
},
Replace hardcoded switch in object_exists() with a lookup table. There's no particular advantage to this change on its face; indeed, it's possible that this might be slightly slower than the old way. But it makes this information more easily accessible to other functions, and therefore paves the way for future code consolidation. Performance isn't critical here, so there's no need to be smart about how we do the search. This is a heavily cut-down version of a patch from KaiGai Kohei, with several fixes by me. Additional review from Dimitri Fontaine.
2011-10-11 15:14:30 +02:00
{
Unify drop-by-OID functions There are a number of Remove${Something}ById() functions that are essentially identical in structure and only different in which catalog they are working on. Refactor this to be one generic function. The information about which oid column, index, etc. to use was already available in ObjectProperty for most catalogs, in a few cases it was easily added. Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/331d9661-1743-857f-1cbb-d5728bcd62cb%402ndquadrant.com
2020-06-09 09:10:14 +02:00
"rule",
Replace hardcoded switch in object_exists() with a lookup table. There's no particular advantage to this change on its face; indeed, it's possible that this might be slightly slower than the old way. But it makes this information more easily accessible to other functions, and therefore paves the way for future code consolidation. Performance isn't critical here, so there's no need to be smart about how we do the search. This is a heavily cut-down version of a patch from KaiGai Kohei, with several fixes by me. Additional review from Dimitri Fontaine.
2011-10-11 15:14:30 +02:00
RewriteRelationId,
RewriteOidIndexId,
Consolidate DROP handling for some object types. This gets rid of a significant amount of duplicative code. KaiGai Kohei, reviewed in earlier versions by Dimitri Fontaine, with further review and cleanup by me.
2011-10-20 05:25:20 +02:00
-1,
Refactor "ALTER some-obj SET SCHEMA" implementation Instead of having each object type implement the catalog munging independently, centralize knowledge about how to do it and expand the existing table in objectaddress.c with enough data about each object type to support this operation. Author: KaiGai Kohei Tweaks by me Reviewed by Robert Haas
2012-09-27 23:13:09 +02:00
-1,
Remove WITH OIDS support, change oid catalog column visibility. Previously tables declared WITH OIDS, including a significant fraction of the catalog tables, stored the oid column not as a normal column, but as part of the tuple header. This special column was not shown by default, which was somewhat odd, as it's often (consider e.g. pg_class.oid) one of the more important parts of a row. Neither pg_dump nor COPY included the contents of the oid column by default. The fact that the oid column was not an ordinary column necessitated a significant amount of special case code to support oid columns. That already was painful for the existing, but upcoming work aiming to make table storage pluggable, would have required expanding and duplicating that "specialness" significantly. WITH OIDS has been deprecated since 2005 (commit ff02d0a05280e0). Remove it. Removing includes: - CREATE TABLE and ALTER TABLE syntax for declaring the table to be WITH OIDS has been removed (WITH (oids[ = true]) will error out) - pg_dump does not support dumping tables declared WITH OIDS and will issue a warning when dumping one (and ignore the oid column). - restoring an pg_dump archive with pg_restore will warn when restoring a table with oid contents (and ignore the oid column) - COPY will refuse to load binary dump that includes oids. - pg_upgrade will error out when encountering tables declared WITH OIDS, they have to be altered to remove the oid column first. - Functionality to access the oid of the last inserted row (like plpgsql's RESULT_OID, spi's SPI_lastoid, ...) has been removed. The syntax for declaring a table WITHOUT OIDS (or WITH (oids = false) for CREATE TABLE) is still supported. While that requires a bit of support code, it seems unnecessary to break applications / dumps that do not use oids, and are explicit about not using them. The biggest user of WITH OID columns was postgres' catalog. This commit changes all 'magic' oid columns to be columns that are normally declared and stored. To reduce unnecessary query breakage all the newly added columns are still named 'oid', even if a table's column naming scheme would indicate 'reloid' or such. This obviously requires adapting a lot code, mostly replacing oid access via HeapTupleGetOid() with access to the underlying Form_pg_*->oid column. The bootstrap process now assigns oids for all oid columns in genbki.pl that do not have an explicit value (starting at the largest oid previously used), only oids assigned later by oids will be above FirstBootstrapObjectId. As the oid column now is a normal column the special bootstrap syntax for oids has been removed. Oids are not automatically assigned during insertion anymore, all backend code explicitly assigns oids with GetNewOidWithIndex(). For the rare case that insertions into the catalog via SQL are called for the new pg_nextoid() function can be used (which only works on catalog tables). The fact that oid columns on system tables are now normal columns means that they will be included in the set of columns expanded by * (i.e. SELECT * FROM pg_class will now include the table's oid, previously it did not). It'd not technically be hard to hide oid column by default, but that'd mean confusing behavior would either have to be carried forward forever, or it'd cause breakage down the line. While it's not unlikely that further adjustments are needed, the scope/invasiveness of the patch makes it worthwhile to get merge this now. It's painful to maintain externally, too complicated to commit after the code code freeze, and a dependency of a number of other patches. Catversion bump, for obvious reasons. Author: Andres Freund, with contributions by John Naylor Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180930034810.ywp2c7awz7opzcfr@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-11-21 00:36:57 +01:00
Anum_pg_rewrite_oid,
Refactor "ALTER some-obj SET SCHEMA" implementation Instead of having each object type implement the catalog munging independently, centralize knowledge about how to do it and expand the existing table in objectaddress.c with enough data about each object type to support this operation. Author: KaiGai Kohei Tweaks by me Reviewed by Robert Haas
2012-09-27 23:13:09 +02:00
Anum_pg_rewrite_rulename,
InvalidAttrNumber,
InvalidAttrNumber,
InvalidAttrNumber,
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
-1,
false
Replace hardcoded switch in object_exists() with a lookup table. There's no particular advantage to this change on its face; indeed, it's possible that this might be slightly slower than the old way. But it makes this information more easily accessible to other functions, and therefore paves the way for future code consolidation. Performance isn't critical here, so there's no need to be smart about how we do the search. This is a heavily cut-down version of a patch from KaiGai Kohei, with several fixes by me. Additional review from Dimitri Fontaine.
2011-10-11 15:14:30 +02:00
},
{
Unify drop-by-OID functions There are a number of Remove${Something}ById() functions that are essentially identical in structure and only different in which catalog they are working on. Refactor this to be one generic function. The information about which oid column, index, etc. to use was already available in ObjectProperty for most catalogs, in a few cases it was easily added. Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/331d9661-1743-857f-1cbb-d5728bcd62cb%402ndquadrant.com
2020-06-09 09:10:14 +02:00
"schema",
Replace hardcoded switch in object_exists() with a lookup table. There's no particular advantage to this change on its face; indeed, it's possible that this might be slightly slower than the old way. But it makes this information more easily accessible to other functions, and therefore paves the way for future code consolidation. Performance isn't critical here, so there's no need to be smart about how we do the search. This is a heavily cut-down version of a patch from KaiGai Kohei, with several fixes by me. Additional review from Dimitri Fontaine.
2011-10-11 15:14:30 +02:00
NamespaceRelationId,
NamespaceOidIndexId,
Consolidate DROP handling for some object types. This gets rid of a significant amount of duplicative code. KaiGai Kohei, reviewed in earlier versions by Dimitri Fontaine, with further review and cleanup by me.
2011-10-20 05:25:20 +02:00
NAMESPACEOID,
Refactor "ALTER some-obj SET SCHEMA" implementation Instead of having each object type implement the catalog munging independently, centralize knowledge about how to do it and expand the existing table in objectaddress.c with enough data about each object type to support this operation. Author: KaiGai Kohei Tweaks by me Reviewed by Robert Haas
2012-09-27 23:13:09 +02:00
NAMESPACENAME,
Remove WITH OIDS support, change oid catalog column visibility. Previously tables declared WITH OIDS, including a significant fraction of the catalog tables, stored the oid column not as a normal column, but as part of the tuple header. This special column was not shown by default, which was somewhat odd, as it's often (consider e.g. pg_class.oid) one of the more important parts of a row. Neither pg_dump nor COPY included the contents of the oid column by default. The fact that the oid column was not an ordinary column necessitated a significant amount of special case code to support oid columns. That already was painful for the existing, but upcoming work aiming to make table storage pluggable, would have required expanding and duplicating that "specialness" significantly. WITH OIDS has been deprecated since 2005 (commit ff02d0a05280e0). Remove it. Removing includes: - CREATE TABLE and ALTER TABLE syntax for declaring the table to be WITH OIDS has been removed (WITH (oids[ = true]) will error out) - pg_dump does not support dumping tables declared WITH OIDS and will issue a warning when dumping one (and ignore the oid column). - restoring an pg_dump archive with pg_restore will warn when restoring a table with oid contents (and ignore the oid column) - COPY will refuse to load binary dump that includes oids. - pg_upgrade will error out when encountering tables declared WITH OIDS, they have to be altered to remove the oid column first. - Functionality to access the oid of the last inserted row (like plpgsql's RESULT_OID, spi's SPI_lastoid, ...) has been removed. The syntax for declaring a table WITHOUT OIDS (or WITH (oids = false) for CREATE TABLE) is still supported. While that requires a bit of support code, it seems unnecessary to break applications / dumps that do not use oids, and are explicit about not using them. The biggest user of WITH OID columns was postgres' catalog. This commit changes all 'magic' oid columns to be columns that are normally declared and stored. To reduce unnecessary query breakage all the newly added columns are still named 'oid', even if a table's column naming scheme would indicate 'reloid' or such. This obviously requires adapting a lot code, mostly replacing oid access via HeapTupleGetOid() with access to the underlying Form_pg_*->oid column. The bootstrap process now assigns oids for all oid columns in genbki.pl that do not have an explicit value (starting at the largest oid previously used), only oids assigned later by oids will be above FirstBootstrapObjectId. As the oid column now is a normal column the special bootstrap syntax for oids has been removed. Oids are not automatically assigned during insertion anymore, all backend code explicitly assigns oids with GetNewOidWithIndex(). For the rare case that insertions into the catalog via SQL are called for the new pg_nextoid() function can be used (which only works on catalog tables). The fact that oid columns on system tables are now normal columns means that they will be included in the set of columns expanded by * (i.e. SELECT * FROM pg_class will now include the table's oid, previously it did not). It'd not technically be hard to hide oid column by default, but that'd mean confusing behavior would either have to be carried forward forever, or it'd cause breakage down the line. While it's not unlikely that further adjustments are needed, the scope/invasiveness of the patch makes it worthwhile to get merge this now. It's painful to maintain externally, too complicated to commit after the code code freeze, and a dependency of a number of other patches. Catversion bump, for obvious reasons. Author: Andres Freund, with contributions by John Naylor Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180930034810.ywp2c7awz7opzcfr@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-11-21 00:36:57 +01:00
Anum_pg_namespace_oid,
Refactor "ALTER some-obj SET SCHEMA" implementation Instead of having each object type implement the catalog munging independently, centralize knowledge about how to do it and expand the existing table in objectaddress.c with enough data about each object type to support this operation. Author: KaiGai Kohei Tweaks by me Reviewed by Robert Haas
2012-09-27 23:13:09 +02:00
Anum_pg_namespace_nspname,
InvalidAttrNumber,
Anum_pg_namespace_nspowner,
Anum_pg_namespace_nspacl,
Replace AclObjectKind with ObjectType AclObjectKind was basically just another enumeration for object types, and we already have a preferred one for that. It's only used in aclcheck_error. By using ObjectType instead, we can also give some more precise error messages, for example "index" instead of "relation". Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2017-12-02 15:26:34 +01:00
OBJECT_SCHEMA,
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
true
Replace hardcoded switch in object_exists() with a lookup table. There's no particular advantage to this change on its face; indeed, it's possible that this might be slightly slower than the old way. But it makes this information more easily accessible to other functions, and therefore paves the way for future code consolidation. Performance isn't critical here, so there's no need to be smart about how we do the search. This is a heavily cut-down version of a patch from KaiGai Kohei, with several fixes by me. Additional review from Dimitri Fontaine.
2011-10-11 15:14:30 +02:00
},
{
Unify drop-by-OID functions There are a number of Remove${Something}ById() functions that are essentially identical in structure and only different in which catalog they are working on. Refactor this to be one generic function. The information about which oid column, index, etc. to use was already available in ObjectProperty for most catalogs, in a few cases it was easily added. Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/331d9661-1743-857f-1cbb-d5728bcd62cb%402ndquadrant.com
2020-06-09 09:10:14 +02:00
"relation",
Replace hardcoded switch in object_exists() with a lookup table. There's no particular advantage to this change on its face; indeed, it's possible that this might be slightly slower than the old way. But it makes this information more easily accessible to other functions, and therefore paves the way for future code consolidation. Performance isn't critical here, so there's no need to be smart about how we do the search. This is a heavily cut-down version of a patch from KaiGai Kohei, with several fixes by me. Additional review from Dimitri Fontaine.
2011-10-11 15:14:30 +02:00
RelationRelationId,
ClassOidIndexId,
Consolidate DROP handling for some object types. This gets rid of a significant amount of duplicative code. KaiGai Kohei, reviewed in earlier versions by Dimitri Fontaine, with further review and cleanup by me.
2011-10-20 05:25:20 +02:00
RELOID,
Refactor "ALTER some-obj SET SCHEMA" implementation Instead of having each object type implement the catalog munging independently, centralize knowledge about how to do it and expand the existing table in objectaddress.c with enough data about each object type to support this operation. Author: KaiGai Kohei Tweaks by me Reviewed by Robert Haas
2012-09-27 23:13:09 +02:00
RELNAMENSP,
Remove WITH OIDS support, change oid catalog column visibility. Previously tables declared WITH OIDS, including a significant fraction of the catalog tables, stored the oid column not as a normal column, but as part of the tuple header. This special column was not shown by default, which was somewhat odd, as it's often (consider e.g. pg_class.oid) one of the more important parts of a row. Neither pg_dump nor COPY included the contents of the oid column by default. The fact that the oid column was not an ordinary column necessitated a significant amount of special case code to support oid columns. That already was painful for the existing, but upcoming work aiming to make table storage pluggable, would have required expanding and duplicating that "specialness" significantly. WITH OIDS has been deprecated since 2005 (commit ff02d0a05280e0). Remove it. Removing includes: - CREATE TABLE and ALTER TABLE syntax for declaring the table to be WITH OIDS has been removed (WITH (oids[ = true]) will error out) - pg_dump does not support dumping tables declared WITH OIDS and will issue a warning when dumping one (and ignore the oid column). - restoring an pg_dump archive with pg_restore will warn when restoring a table with oid contents (and ignore the oid column) - COPY will refuse to load binary dump that includes oids. - pg_upgrade will error out when encountering tables declared WITH OIDS, they have to be altered to remove the oid column first. - Functionality to access the oid of the last inserted row (like plpgsql's RESULT_OID, spi's SPI_lastoid, ...) has been removed. The syntax for declaring a table WITHOUT OIDS (or WITH (oids = false) for CREATE TABLE) is still supported. While that requires a bit of support code, it seems unnecessary to break applications / dumps that do not use oids, and are explicit about not using them. The biggest user of WITH OID columns was postgres' catalog. This commit changes all 'magic' oid columns to be columns that are normally declared and stored. To reduce unnecessary query breakage all the newly added columns are still named 'oid', even if a table's column naming scheme would indicate 'reloid' or such. This obviously requires adapting a lot code, mostly replacing oid access via HeapTupleGetOid() with access to the underlying Form_pg_*->oid column. The bootstrap process now assigns oids for all oid columns in genbki.pl that do not have an explicit value (starting at the largest oid previously used), only oids assigned later by oids will be above FirstBootstrapObjectId. As the oid column now is a normal column the special bootstrap syntax for oids has been removed. Oids are not automatically assigned during insertion anymore, all backend code explicitly assigns oids with GetNewOidWithIndex(). For the rare case that insertions into the catalog via SQL are called for the new pg_nextoid() function can be used (which only works on catalog tables). The fact that oid columns on system tables are now normal columns means that they will be included in the set of columns expanded by * (i.e. SELECT * FROM pg_class will now include the table's oid, previously it did not). It'd not technically be hard to hide oid column by default, but that'd mean confusing behavior would either have to be carried forward forever, or it'd cause breakage down the line. While it's not unlikely that further adjustments are needed, the scope/invasiveness of the patch makes it worthwhile to get merge this now. It's painful to maintain externally, too complicated to commit after the code code freeze, and a dependency of a number of other patches. Catversion bump, for obvious reasons. Author: Andres Freund, with contributions by John Naylor Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180930034810.ywp2c7awz7opzcfr@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-11-21 00:36:57 +01:00
Anum_pg_class_oid,
Refactor "ALTER some-obj SET SCHEMA" implementation Instead of having each object type implement the catalog munging independently, centralize knowledge about how to do it and expand the existing table in objectaddress.c with enough data about each object type to support this operation. Author: KaiGai Kohei Tweaks by me Reviewed by Robert Haas
2012-09-27 23:13:09 +02:00
Anum_pg_class_relname,
Anum_pg_class_relnamespace,
Anum_pg_class_relowner,
Anum_pg_class_relacl,
Replace AclObjectKind with ObjectType AclObjectKind was basically just another enumeration for object types, and we already have a preferred one for that. It's only used in aclcheck_error. By using ObjectType instead, we can also give some more precise error messages, for example "index" instead of "relation". Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2017-12-02 15:26:34 +01:00
OBJECT_TABLE,
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
true
Replace hardcoded switch in object_exists() with a lookup table. There's no particular advantage to this change on its face; indeed, it's possible that this might be slightly slower than the old way. But it makes this information more easily accessible to other functions, and therefore paves the way for future code consolidation. Performance isn't critical here, so there's no need to be smart about how we do the search. This is a heavily cut-down version of a patch from KaiGai Kohei, with several fixes by me. Additional review from Dimitri Fontaine.
2011-10-11 15:14:30 +02:00
},
{
Unify drop-by-OID functions There are a number of Remove${Something}ById() functions that are essentially identical in structure and only different in which catalog they are working on. Refactor this to be one generic function. The information about which oid column, index, etc. to use was already available in ObjectProperty for most catalogs, in a few cases it was easily added. Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/331d9661-1743-857f-1cbb-d5728bcd62cb%402ndquadrant.com
2020-06-09 09:10:14 +02:00
"tablespace",
Replace hardcoded switch in object_exists() with a lookup table. There's no particular advantage to this change on its face; indeed, it's possible that this might be slightly slower than the old way. But it makes this information more easily accessible to other functions, and therefore paves the way for future code consolidation. Performance isn't critical here, so there's no need to be smart about how we do the search. This is a heavily cut-down version of a patch from KaiGai Kohei, with several fixes by me. Additional review from Dimitri Fontaine.
2011-10-11 15:14:30 +02:00
TableSpaceRelationId,
TablespaceOidIndexId,
TABLESPACEOID,
Refactor "ALTER some-obj SET SCHEMA" implementation Instead of having each object type implement the catalog munging independently, centralize knowledge about how to do it and expand the existing table in objectaddress.c with enough data about each object type to support this operation. Author: KaiGai Kohei Tweaks by me Reviewed by Robert Haas
2012-09-27 23:13:09 +02:00
-1,
Remove WITH OIDS support, change oid catalog column visibility. Previously tables declared WITH OIDS, including a significant fraction of the catalog tables, stored the oid column not as a normal column, but as part of the tuple header. This special column was not shown by default, which was somewhat odd, as it's often (consider e.g. pg_class.oid) one of the more important parts of a row. Neither pg_dump nor COPY included the contents of the oid column by default. The fact that the oid column was not an ordinary column necessitated a significant amount of special case code to support oid columns. That already was painful for the existing, but upcoming work aiming to make table storage pluggable, would have required expanding and duplicating that "specialness" significantly. WITH OIDS has been deprecated since 2005 (commit ff02d0a05280e0). Remove it. Removing includes: - CREATE TABLE and ALTER TABLE syntax for declaring the table to be WITH OIDS has been removed (WITH (oids[ = true]) will error out) - pg_dump does not support dumping tables declared WITH OIDS and will issue a warning when dumping one (and ignore the oid column). - restoring an pg_dump archive with pg_restore will warn when restoring a table with oid contents (and ignore the oid column) - COPY will refuse to load binary dump that includes oids. - pg_upgrade will error out when encountering tables declared WITH OIDS, they have to be altered to remove the oid column first. - Functionality to access the oid of the last inserted row (like plpgsql's RESULT_OID, spi's SPI_lastoid, ...) has been removed. The syntax for declaring a table WITHOUT OIDS (or WITH (oids = false) for CREATE TABLE) is still supported. While that requires a bit of support code, it seems unnecessary to break applications / dumps that do not use oids, and are explicit about not using them. The biggest user of WITH OID columns was postgres' catalog. This commit changes all 'magic' oid columns to be columns that are normally declared and stored. To reduce unnecessary query breakage all the newly added columns are still named 'oid', even if a table's column naming scheme would indicate 'reloid' or such. This obviously requires adapting a lot code, mostly replacing oid access via HeapTupleGetOid() with access to the underlying Form_pg_*->oid column. The bootstrap process now assigns oids for all oid columns in genbki.pl that do not have an explicit value (starting at the largest oid previously used), only oids assigned later by oids will be above FirstBootstrapObjectId. As the oid column now is a normal column the special bootstrap syntax for oids has been removed. Oids are not automatically assigned during insertion anymore, all backend code explicitly assigns oids with GetNewOidWithIndex(). For the rare case that insertions into the catalog via SQL are called for the new pg_nextoid() function can be used (which only works on catalog tables). The fact that oid columns on system tables are now normal columns means that they will be included in the set of columns expanded by * (i.e. SELECT * FROM pg_class will now include the table's oid, previously it did not). It'd not technically be hard to hide oid column by default, but that'd mean confusing behavior would either have to be carried forward forever, or it'd cause breakage down the line. While it's not unlikely that further adjustments are needed, the scope/invasiveness of the patch makes it worthwhile to get merge this now. It's painful to maintain externally, too complicated to commit after the code code freeze, and a dependency of a number of other patches. Catversion bump, for obvious reasons. Author: Andres Freund, with contributions by John Naylor Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180930034810.ywp2c7awz7opzcfr@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-11-21 00:36:57 +01:00
Anum_pg_tablespace_oid,
Refactor "ALTER some-obj SET SCHEMA" implementation Instead of having each object type implement the catalog munging independently, centralize knowledge about how to do it and expand the existing table in objectaddress.c with enough data about each object type to support this operation. Author: KaiGai Kohei Tweaks by me Reviewed by Robert Haas
2012-09-27 23:13:09 +02:00
Anum_pg_tablespace_spcname,
InvalidAttrNumber,
Anum_pg_tablespace_spcowner,
Anum_pg_tablespace_spcacl,
Replace AclObjectKind with ObjectType AclObjectKind was basically just another enumeration for object types, and we already have a preferred one for that. It's only used in aclcheck_error. By using ObjectType instead, we can also give some more precise error messages, for example "index" instead of "relation". Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2017-12-02 15:26:34 +01:00
OBJECT_TABLESPACE,
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
true
Replace hardcoded switch in object_exists() with a lookup table. There's no particular advantage to this change on its face; indeed, it's possible that this might be slightly slower than the old way. But it makes this information more easily accessible to other functions, and therefore paves the way for future code consolidation. Performance isn't critical here, so there's no need to be smart about how we do the search. This is a heavily cut-down version of a patch from KaiGai Kohei, with several fixes by me. Additional review from Dimitri Fontaine.
2011-10-11 15:14:30 +02:00
},
Add transforms feature This provides a mechanism for specifying conversions between SQL data types and procedural languages. As examples, there are transforms for hstore and ltree for PL/Perl and PL/Python. reviews by Pavel Stěhule and Andres Freund
2015-04-26 16:33:14 +02:00
{
Unify drop-by-OID functions There are a number of Remove${Something}ById() functions that are essentially identical in structure and only different in which catalog they are working on. Refactor this to be one generic function. The information about which oid column, index, etc. to use was already available in ObjectProperty for most catalogs, in a few cases it was easily added. Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/331d9661-1743-857f-1cbb-d5728bcd62cb%402ndquadrant.com
2020-06-09 09:10:14 +02:00
"transform",
Add transforms feature This provides a mechanism for specifying conversions between SQL data types and procedural languages. As examples, there are transforms for hstore and ltree for PL/Perl and PL/Python. reviews by Pavel Stěhule and Andres Freund
2015-04-26 16:33:14 +02:00
TransformRelationId,
TransformOidIndexId,
TRFOID,
Remove WITH OIDS support, change oid catalog column visibility. Previously tables declared WITH OIDS, including a significant fraction of the catalog tables, stored the oid column not as a normal column, but as part of the tuple header. This special column was not shown by default, which was somewhat odd, as it's often (consider e.g. pg_class.oid) one of the more important parts of a row. Neither pg_dump nor COPY included the contents of the oid column by default. The fact that the oid column was not an ordinary column necessitated a significant amount of special case code to support oid columns. That already was painful for the existing, but upcoming work aiming to make table storage pluggable, would have required expanding and duplicating that "specialness" significantly. WITH OIDS has been deprecated since 2005 (commit ff02d0a05280e0). Remove it. Removing includes: - CREATE TABLE and ALTER TABLE syntax for declaring the table to be WITH OIDS has been removed (WITH (oids[ = true]) will error out) - pg_dump does not support dumping tables declared WITH OIDS and will issue a warning when dumping one (and ignore the oid column). - restoring an pg_dump archive with pg_restore will warn when restoring a table with oid contents (and ignore the oid column) - COPY will refuse to load binary dump that includes oids. - pg_upgrade will error out when encountering tables declared WITH OIDS, they have to be altered to remove the oid column first. - Functionality to access the oid of the last inserted row (like plpgsql's RESULT_OID, spi's SPI_lastoid, ...) has been removed. The syntax for declaring a table WITHOUT OIDS (or WITH (oids = false) for CREATE TABLE) is still supported. While that requires a bit of support code, it seems unnecessary to break applications / dumps that do not use oids, and are explicit about not using them. The biggest user of WITH OID columns was postgres' catalog. This commit changes all 'magic' oid columns to be columns that are normally declared and stored. To reduce unnecessary query breakage all the newly added columns are still named 'oid', even if a table's column naming scheme would indicate 'reloid' or such. This obviously requires adapting a lot code, mostly replacing oid access via HeapTupleGetOid() with access to the underlying Form_pg_*->oid column. The bootstrap process now assigns oids for all oid columns in genbki.pl that do not have an explicit value (starting at the largest oid previously used), only oids assigned later by oids will be above FirstBootstrapObjectId. As the oid column now is a normal column the special bootstrap syntax for oids has been removed. Oids are not automatically assigned during insertion anymore, all backend code explicitly assigns oids with GetNewOidWithIndex(). For the rare case that insertions into the catalog via SQL are called for the new pg_nextoid() function can be used (which only works on catalog tables). The fact that oid columns on system tables are now normal columns means that they will be included in the set of columns expanded by * (i.e. SELECT * FROM pg_class will now include the table's oid, previously it did not). It'd not technically be hard to hide oid column by default, but that'd mean confusing behavior would either have to be carried forward forever, or it'd cause breakage down the line. While it's not unlikely that further adjustments are needed, the scope/invasiveness of the patch makes it worthwhile to get merge this now. It's painful to maintain externally, too complicated to commit after the code code freeze, and a dependency of a number of other patches. Catversion bump, for obvious reasons. Author: Andres Freund, with contributions by John Naylor Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180930034810.ywp2c7awz7opzcfr@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-11-21 00:36:57 +01:00
InvalidAttrNumber,
Anum_pg_transform_oid
Add transforms feature This provides a mechanism for specifying conversions between SQL data types and procedural languages. As examples, there are transforms for hstore and ltree for PL/Perl and PL/Python. reviews by Pavel Stěhule and Andres Freund
2015-04-26 16:33:14 +02:00
},
Replace hardcoded switch in object_exists() with a lookup table. There's no particular advantage to this change on its face; indeed, it's possible that this might be slightly slower than the old way. But it makes this information more easily accessible to other functions, and therefore paves the way for future code consolidation. Performance isn't critical here, so there's no need to be smart about how we do the search. This is a heavily cut-down version of a patch from KaiGai Kohei, with several fixes by me. Additional review from Dimitri Fontaine.
2011-10-11 15:14:30 +02:00
{
Unify drop-by-OID functions There are a number of Remove${Something}ById() functions that are essentially identical in structure and only different in which catalog they are working on. Refactor this to be one generic function. The information about which oid column, index, etc. to use was already available in ObjectProperty for most catalogs, in a few cases it was easily added. Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/331d9661-1743-857f-1cbb-d5728bcd62cb%402ndquadrant.com
2020-06-09 09:10:14 +02:00
"trigger",
Replace hardcoded switch in object_exists() with a lookup table. There's no particular advantage to this change on its face; indeed, it's possible that this might be slightly slower than the old way. But it makes this information more easily accessible to other functions, and therefore paves the way for future code consolidation. Performance isn't critical here, so there's no need to be smart about how we do the search. This is a heavily cut-down version of a patch from KaiGai Kohei, with several fixes by me. Additional review from Dimitri Fontaine.
2011-10-11 15:14:30 +02:00
TriggerRelationId,
TriggerOidIndexId,
Consolidate DROP handling for some object types. This gets rid of a significant amount of duplicative code. KaiGai Kohei, reviewed in earlier versions by Dimitri Fontaine, with further review and cleanup by me.
2011-10-20 05:25:20 +02:00
-1,
Refactor "ALTER some-obj SET SCHEMA" implementation Instead of having each object type implement the catalog munging independently, centralize knowledge about how to do it and expand the existing table in objectaddress.c with enough data about each object type to support this operation. Author: KaiGai Kohei Tweaks by me Reviewed by Robert Haas
2012-09-27 23:13:09 +02:00
-1,
Remove WITH OIDS support, change oid catalog column visibility. Previously tables declared WITH OIDS, including a significant fraction of the catalog tables, stored the oid column not as a normal column, but as part of the tuple header. This special column was not shown by default, which was somewhat odd, as it's often (consider e.g. pg_class.oid) one of the more important parts of a row. Neither pg_dump nor COPY included the contents of the oid column by default. The fact that the oid column was not an ordinary column necessitated a significant amount of special case code to support oid columns. That already was painful for the existing, but upcoming work aiming to make table storage pluggable, would have required expanding and duplicating that "specialness" significantly. WITH OIDS has been deprecated since 2005 (commit ff02d0a05280e0). Remove it. Removing includes: - CREATE TABLE and ALTER TABLE syntax for declaring the table to be WITH OIDS has been removed (WITH (oids[ = true]) will error out) - pg_dump does not support dumping tables declared WITH OIDS and will issue a warning when dumping one (and ignore the oid column). - restoring an pg_dump archive with pg_restore will warn when restoring a table with oid contents (and ignore the oid column) - COPY will refuse to load binary dump that includes oids. - pg_upgrade will error out when encountering tables declared WITH OIDS, they have to be altered to remove the oid column first. - Functionality to access the oid of the last inserted row (like plpgsql's RESULT_OID, spi's SPI_lastoid, ...) has been removed. The syntax for declaring a table WITHOUT OIDS (or WITH (oids = false) for CREATE TABLE) is still supported. While that requires a bit of support code, it seems unnecessary to break applications / dumps that do not use oids, and are explicit about not using them. The biggest user of WITH OID columns was postgres' catalog. This commit changes all 'magic' oid columns to be columns that are normally declared and stored. To reduce unnecessary query breakage all the newly added columns are still named 'oid', even if a table's column naming scheme would indicate 'reloid' or such. This obviously requires adapting a lot code, mostly replacing oid access via HeapTupleGetOid() with access to the underlying Form_pg_*->oid column. The bootstrap process now assigns oids for all oid columns in genbki.pl that do not have an explicit value (starting at the largest oid previously used), only oids assigned later by oids will be above FirstBootstrapObjectId. As the oid column now is a normal column the special bootstrap syntax for oids has been removed. Oids are not automatically assigned during insertion anymore, all backend code explicitly assigns oids with GetNewOidWithIndex(). For the rare case that insertions into the catalog via SQL are called for the new pg_nextoid() function can be used (which only works on catalog tables). The fact that oid columns on system tables are now normal columns means that they will be included in the set of columns expanded by * (i.e. SELECT * FROM pg_class will now include the table's oid, previously it did not). It'd not technically be hard to hide oid column by default, but that'd mean confusing behavior would either have to be carried forward forever, or it'd cause breakage down the line. While it's not unlikely that further adjustments are needed, the scope/invasiveness of the patch makes it worthwhile to get merge this now. It's painful to maintain externally, too complicated to commit after the code code freeze, and a dependency of a number of other patches. Catversion bump, for obvious reasons. Author: Andres Freund, with contributions by John Naylor Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180930034810.ywp2c7awz7opzcfr@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-11-21 00:36:57 +01:00
Anum_pg_trigger_oid,
Refactor "ALTER some-obj SET SCHEMA" implementation Instead of having each object type implement the catalog munging independently, centralize knowledge about how to do it and expand the existing table in objectaddress.c with enough data about each object type to support this operation. Author: KaiGai Kohei Tweaks by me Reviewed by Robert Haas
2012-09-27 23:13:09 +02:00
Anum_pg_trigger_tgname,
InvalidAttrNumber,
InvalidAttrNumber,
InvalidAttrNumber,
-1,
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
false
Replace hardcoded switch in object_exists() with a lookup table. There's no particular advantage to this change on its face; indeed, it's possible that this might be slightly slower than the old way. But it makes this information more easily accessible to other functions, and therefore paves the way for future code consolidation. Performance isn't critical here, so there's no need to be smart about how we do the search. This is a heavily cut-down version of a patch from KaiGai Kohei, with several fixes by me. Additional review from Dimitri Fontaine.
2011-10-11 15:14:30 +02:00
},
Row-Level Security Policies (RLS) Building on the updatable security-barrier views work, add the ability to define policies on tables to limit the set of rows which are returned from a query and which are allowed to be added to a table. Expressions defined by the policy for filtering are added to the security barrier quals of the query, while expressions defined to check records being added to a table are added to the with-check options of the query. New top-level commands are CREATE/ALTER/DROP POLICY and are controlled by the table owner. Row Security is able to be enabled and disabled by the owner on a per-table basis using ALTER TABLE .. ENABLE/DISABLE ROW SECURITY. Per discussion, ROW SECURITY is disabled on tables by default and must be enabled for policies on the table to be used. If no policies exist on a table with ROW SECURITY enabled, a default-deny policy is used and no records will be visible. By default, row security is applied at all times except for the table owner and the superuser. A new GUC, row_security, is added which can be set to ON, OFF, or FORCE. When set to FORCE, row security will be applied even for the table owner and superusers. When set to OFF, row security will be disabled when allowed and an error will be thrown if the user does not have rights to bypass row security. Per discussion, pg_dump sets row_security = OFF by default to ensure that exports and backups will have all data in the table or will error if there are insufficient privileges to bypass row security. A new option has been added to pg_dump, --enable-row-security, to ask pg_dump to export with row security enabled. A new role capability, BYPASSRLS, which can only be set by the superuser, is added to allow other users to be able to bypass row security using row_security = OFF. Many thanks to the various individuals who have helped with the design, particularly Robert Haas for his feedback. Authors include Craig Ringer, KaiGai Kohei, Adam Brightwell, Dean Rasheed, with additional changes and rework by me. Reviewers have included all of the above, Greg Smith, Jeff McCormick, and Robert Haas.
2014-09-19 17:18:35 +02:00
{
Unify drop-by-OID functions There are a number of Remove${Something}ById() functions that are essentially identical in structure and only different in which catalog they are working on. Refactor this to be one generic function. The information about which oid column, index, etc. to use was already available in ObjectProperty for most catalogs, in a few cases it was easily added. Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/331d9661-1743-857f-1cbb-d5728bcd62cb%402ndquadrant.com
2020-06-09 09:10:14 +02:00
"policy",
Rename pg_rowsecurity -> pg_policy and other fixes As pointed out by Robert, we should really have named pg_rowsecurity pg_policy, as the objects stored in that catalog are policies. This patch fixes that and updates the column names to start with 'pol' to match the new catalog name. The security consideration for COPY with row level security, also pointed out by Robert, has also been addressed by remembering and re-checking the OID of the relation initially referenced during COPY processing, to make sure it hasn't changed under us by the time we finish planning out the query which has been built. Robert and Alvaro also commented on missing OCLASS and OBJECT entries for POLICY (formerly ROWSECURITY or POLICY, depending) in various places. This patch fixes that too, which also happens to add the ability to COMMENT on policies. In passing, attempt to improve the consistency of messages, comments, and documentation as well. This removes various incarnations of 'row-security', 'row-level security', 'Row-security', etc, in favor of 'policy', 'row level security' or 'row_security' as appropriate. Happy Thanksgiving!
2014-11-27 07:06:36 +01:00
PolicyRelationId,
PolicyOidIndexId,
Row-Level Security Policies (RLS) Building on the updatable security-barrier views work, add the ability to define policies on tables to limit the set of rows which are returned from a query and which are allowed to be added to a table. Expressions defined by the policy for filtering are added to the security barrier quals of the query, while expressions defined to check records being added to a table are added to the with-check options of the query. New top-level commands are CREATE/ALTER/DROP POLICY and are controlled by the table owner. Row Security is able to be enabled and disabled by the owner on a per-table basis using ALTER TABLE .. ENABLE/DISABLE ROW SECURITY. Per discussion, ROW SECURITY is disabled on tables by default and must be enabled for policies on the table to be used. If no policies exist on a table with ROW SECURITY enabled, a default-deny policy is used and no records will be visible. By default, row security is applied at all times except for the table owner and the superuser. A new GUC, row_security, is added which can be set to ON, OFF, or FORCE. When set to FORCE, row security will be applied even for the table owner and superusers. When set to OFF, row security will be disabled when allowed and an error will be thrown if the user does not have rights to bypass row security. Per discussion, pg_dump sets row_security = OFF by default to ensure that exports and backups will have all data in the table or will error if there are insufficient privileges to bypass row security. A new option has been added to pg_dump, --enable-row-security, to ask pg_dump to export with row security enabled. A new role capability, BYPASSRLS, which can only be set by the superuser, is added to allow other users to be able to bypass row security using row_security = OFF. Many thanks to the various individuals who have helped with the design, particularly Robert Haas for his feedback. Authors include Craig Ringer, KaiGai Kohei, Adam Brightwell, Dean Rasheed, with additional changes and rework by me. Reviewers have included all of the above, Greg Smith, Jeff McCormick, and Robert Haas.
2014-09-19 17:18:35 +02:00
-1,
-1,
Remove WITH OIDS support, change oid catalog column visibility. Previously tables declared WITH OIDS, including a significant fraction of the catalog tables, stored the oid column not as a normal column, but as part of the tuple header. This special column was not shown by default, which was somewhat odd, as it's often (consider e.g. pg_class.oid) one of the more important parts of a row. Neither pg_dump nor COPY included the contents of the oid column by default. The fact that the oid column was not an ordinary column necessitated a significant amount of special case code to support oid columns. That already was painful for the existing, but upcoming work aiming to make table storage pluggable, would have required expanding and duplicating that "specialness" significantly. WITH OIDS has been deprecated since 2005 (commit ff02d0a05280e0). Remove it. Removing includes: - CREATE TABLE and ALTER TABLE syntax for declaring the table to be WITH OIDS has been removed (WITH (oids[ = true]) will error out) - pg_dump does not support dumping tables declared WITH OIDS and will issue a warning when dumping one (and ignore the oid column). - restoring an pg_dump archive with pg_restore will warn when restoring a table with oid contents (and ignore the oid column) - COPY will refuse to load binary dump that includes oids. - pg_upgrade will error out when encountering tables declared WITH OIDS, they have to be altered to remove the oid column first. - Functionality to access the oid of the last inserted row (like plpgsql's RESULT_OID, spi's SPI_lastoid, ...) has been removed. The syntax for declaring a table WITHOUT OIDS (or WITH (oids = false) for CREATE TABLE) is still supported. While that requires a bit of support code, it seems unnecessary to break applications / dumps that do not use oids, and are explicit about not using them. The biggest user of WITH OID columns was postgres' catalog. This commit changes all 'magic' oid columns to be columns that are normally declared and stored. To reduce unnecessary query breakage all the newly added columns are still named 'oid', even if a table's column naming scheme would indicate 'reloid' or such. This obviously requires adapting a lot code, mostly replacing oid access via HeapTupleGetOid() with access to the underlying Form_pg_*->oid column. The bootstrap process now assigns oids for all oid columns in genbki.pl that do not have an explicit value (starting at the largest oid previously used), only oids assigned later by oids will be above FirstBootstrapObjectId. As the oid column now is a normal column the special bootstrap syntax for oids has been removed. Oids are not automatically assigned during insertion anymore, all backend code explicitly assigns oids with GetNewOidWithIndex(). For the rare case that insertions into the catalog via SQL are called for the new pg_nextoid() function can be used (which only works on catalog tables). The fact that oid columns on system tables are now normal columns means that they will be included in the set of columns expanded by * (i.e. SELECT * FROM pg_class will now include the table's oid, previously it did not). It'd not technically be hard to hide oid column by default, but that'd mean confusing behavior would either have to be carried forward forever, or it'd cause breakage down the line. While it's not unlikely that further adjustments are needed, the scope/invasiveness of the patch makes it worthwhile to get merge this now. It's painful to maintain externally, too complicated to commit after the code code freeze, and a dependency of a number of other patches. Catversion bump, for obvious reasons. Author: Andres Freund, with contributions by John Naylor Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180930034810.ywp2c7awz7opzcfr@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-11-21 00:36:57 +01:00
Anum_pg_policy_oid,
Rename pg_rowsecurity -> pg_policy and other fixes As pointed out by Robert, we should really have named pg_rowsecurity pg_policy, as the objects stored in that catalog are policies. This patch fixes that and updates the column names to start with 'pol' to match the new catalog name. The security consideration for COPY with row level security, also pointed out by Robert, has also been addressed by remembering and re-checking the OID of the relation initially referenced during COPY processing, to make sure it hasn't changed under us by the time we finish planning out the query which has been built. Robert and Alvaro also commented on missing OCLASS and OBJECT entries for POLICY (formerly ROWSECURITY or POLICY, depending) in various places. This patch fixes that too, which also happens to add the ability to COMMENT on policies. In passing, attempt to improve the consistency of messages, comments, and documentation as well. This removes various incarnations of 'row-security', 'row-level security', 'Row-security', etc, in favor of 'policy', 'row level security' or 'row_security' as appropriate. Happy Thanksgiving!
2014-11-27 07:06:36 +01:00
Anum_pg_policy_polname,
Row-Level Security Policies (RLS) Building on the updatable security-barrier views work, add the ability to define policies on tables to limit the set of rows which are returned from a query and which are allowed to be added to a table. Expressions defined by the policy for filtering are added to the security barrier quals of the query, while expressions defined to check records being added to a table are added to the with-check options of the query. New top-level commands are CREATE/ALTER/DROP POLICY and are controlled by the table owner. Row Security is able to be enabled and disabled by the owner on a per-table basis using ALTER TABLE .. ENABLE/DISABLE ROW SECURITY. Per discussion, ROW SECURITY is disabled on tables by default and must be enabled for policies on the table to be used. If no policies exist on a table with ROW SECURITY enabled, a default-deny policy is used and no records will be visible. By default, row security is applied at all times except for the table owner and the superuser. A new GUC, row_security, is added which can be set to ON, OFF, or FORCE. When set to FORCE, row security will be applied even for the table owner and superusers. When set to OFF, row security will be disabled when allowed and an error will be thrown if the user does not have rights to bypass row security. Per discussion, pg_dump sets row_security = OFF by default to ensure that exports and backups will have all data in the table or will error if there are insufficient privileges to bypass row security. A new option has been added to pg_dump, --enable-row-security, to ask pg_dump to export with row security enabled. A new role capability, BYPASSRLS, which can only be set by the superuser, is added to allow other users to be able to bypass row security using row_security = OFF. Many thanks to the various individuals who have helped with the design, particularly Robert Haas for his feedback. Authors include Craig Ringer, KaiGai Kohei, Adam Brightwell, Dean Rasheed, with additional changes and rework by me. Reviewers have included all of the above, Greg Smith, Jeff McCormick, and Robert Haas.
2014-09-19 17:18:35 +02:00
InvalidAttrNumber,
InvalidAttrNumber,
InvalidAttrNumber,
-1,
false
},
Syntax support and documentation for event triggers. They don't actually do anything yet; that will get fixed in a follow-on commit. But this gets the basic infrastructure in place, including CREATE/ALTER/DROP EVENT TRIGGER; support for COMMENT, SECURITY LABEL, and ALTER EXTENSION .. ADD/DROP EVENT TRIGGER; pg_dump and psql support; and documentation for the anticipated initial feature set. Dimitri Fontaine, with review and a bunch of additional hacking by me. Thom Brown extensively reviewed earlier versions of this patch set, but there's not a whole lot of that code left in this commit, as it turns out.
2012-07-18 16:16:16 +02:00
{
Unify drop-by-OID functions There are a number of Remove${Something}ById() functions that are essentially identical in structure and only different in which catalog they are working on. Refactor this to be one generic function. The information about which oid column, index, etc. to use was already available in ObjectProperty for most catalogs, in a few cases it was easily added. Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/331d9661-1743-857f-1cbb-d5728bcd62cb%402ndquadrant.com
2020-06-09 09:10:14 +02:00
"event trigger",
Syntax support and documentation for event triggers. They don't actually do anything yet; that will get fixed in a follow-on commit. But this gets the basic infrastructure in place, including CREATE/ALTER/DROP EVENT TRIGGER; support for COMMENT, SECURITY LABEL, and ALTER EXTENSION .. ADD/DROP EVENT TRIGGER; pg_dump and psql support; and documentation for the anticipated initial feature set. Dimitri Fontaine, with review and a bunch of additional hacking by me. Thom Brown extensively reviewed earlier versions of this patch set, but there's not a whole lot of that code left in this commit, as it turns out.
2012-07-18 16:16:16 +02:00
EventTriggerRelationId,
EventTriggerOidIndexId,
Refactor "ALTER some-obj SET SCHEMA" implementation Instead of having each object type implement the catalog munging independently, centralize knowledge about how to do it and expand the existing table in objectaddress.c with enough data about each object type to support this operation. Author: KaiGai Kohei Tweaks by me Reviewed by Robert Haas
2012-09-27 23:13:09 +02:00
EVENTTRIGGEROID,
EVENTTRIGGERNAME,
Remove WITH OIDS support, change oid catalog column visibility. Previously tables declared WITH OIDS, including a significant fraction of the catalog tables, stored the oid column not as a normal column, but as part of the tuple header. This special column was not shown by default, which was somewhat odd, as it's often (consider e.g. pg_class.oid) one of the more important parts of a row. Neither pg_dump nor COPY included the contents of the oid column by default. The fact that the oid column was not an ordinary column necessitated a significant amount of special case code to support oid columns. That already was painful for the existing, but upcoming work aiming to make table storage pluggable, would have required expanding and duplicating that "specialness" significantly. WITH OIDS has been deprecated since 2005 (commit ff02d0a05280e0). Remove it. Removing includes: - CREATE TABLE and ALTER TABLE syntax for declaring the table to be WITH OIDS has been removed (WITH (oids[ = true]) will error out) - pg_dump does not support dumping tables declared WITH OIDS and will issue a warning when dumping one (and ignore the oid column). - restoring an pg_dump archive with pg_restore will warn when restoring a table with oid contents (and ignore the oid column) - COPY will refuse to load binary dump that includes oids. - pg_upgrade will error out when encountering tables declared WITH OIDS, they have to be altered to remove the oid column first. - Functionality to access the oid of the last inserted row (like plpgsql's RESULT_OID, spi's SPI_lastoid, ...) has been removed. The syntax for declaring a table WITHOUT OIDS (or WITH (oids = false) for CREATE TABLE) is still supported. While that requires a bit of support code, it seems unnecessary to break applications / dumps that do not use oids, and are explicit about not using them. The biggest user of WITH OID columns was postgres' catalog. This commit changes all 'magic' oid columns to be columns that are normally declared and stored. To reduce unnecessary query breakage all the newly added columns are still named 'oid', even if a table's column naming scheme would indicate 'reloid' or such. This obviously requires adapting a lot code, mostly replacing oid access via HeapTupleGetOid() with access to the underlying Form_pg_*->oid column. The bootstrap process now assigns oids for all oid columns in genbki.pl that do not have an explicit value (starting at the largest oid previously used), only oids assigned later by oids will be above FirstBootstrapObjectId. As the oid column now is a normal column the special bootstrap syntax for oids has been removed. Oids are not automatically assigned during insertion anymore, all backend code explicitly assigns oids with GetNewOidWithIndex(). For the rare case that insertions into the catalog via SQL are called for the new pg_nextoid() function can be used (which only works on catalog tables). The fact that oid columns on system tables are now normal columns means that they will be included in the set of columns expanded by * (i.e. SELECT * FROM pg_class will now include the table's oid, previously it did not). It'd not technically be hard to hide oid column by default, but that'd mean confusing behavior would either have to be carried forward forever, or it'd cause breakage down the line. While it's not unlikely that further adjustments are needed, the scope/invasiveness of the patch makes it worthwhile to get merge this now. It's painful to maintain externally, too complicated to commit after the code code freeze, and a dependency of a number of other patches. Catversion bump, for obvious reasons. Author: Andres Freund, with contributions by John Naylor Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180930034810.ywp2c7awz7opzcfr@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-11-21 00:36:57 +01:00
Anum_pg_event_trigger_oid,
Refactor "ALTER some-obj SET SCHEMA" implementation Instead of having each object type implement the catalog munging independently, centralize knowledge about how to do it and expand the existing table in objectaddress.c with enough data about each object type to support this operation. Author: KaiGai Kohei Tweaks by me Reviewed by Robert Haas
2012-09-27 23:13:09 +02:00
Anum_pg_event_trigger_evtname,
InvalidAttrNumber,
Anum_pg_event_trigger_evtowner,
InvalidAttrNumber,
Replace AclObjectKind with ObjectType AclObjectKind was basically just another enumeration for object types, and we already have a preferred one for that. It's only used in aclcheck_error. By using ObjectType instead, we can also give some more precise error messages, for example "index" instead of "relation". Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2017-12-02 15:26:34 +01:00
OBJECT_EVENT_TRIGGER,
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
true
Syntax support and documentation for event triggers. They don't actually do anything yet; that will get fixed in a follow-on commit. But this gets the basic infrastructure in place, including CREATE/ALTER/DROP EVENT TRIGGER; support for COMMENT, SECURITY LABEL, and ALTER EXTENSION .. ADD/DROP EVENT TRIGGER; pg_dump and psql support; and documentation for the anticipated initial feature set. Dimitri Fontaine, with review and a bunch of additional hacking by me. Thom Brown extensively reviewed earlier versions of this patch set, but there's not a whole lot of that code left in this commit, as it turns out.
2012-07-18 16:16:16 +02:00
},
Replace hardcoded switch in object_exists() with a lookup table. There's no particular advantage to this change on its face; indeed, it's possible that this might be slightly slower than the old way. But it makes this information more easily accessible to other functions, and therefore paves the way for future code consolidation. Performance isn't critical here, so there's no need to be smart about how we do the search. This is a heavily cut-down version of a patch from KaiGai Kohei, with several fixes by me. Additional review from Dimitri Fontaine.
2011-10-11 15:14:30 +02:00
{
Unify drop-by-OID functions There are a number of Remove${Something}ById() functions that are essentially identical in structure and only different in which catalog they are working on. Refactor this to be one generic function. The information about which oid column, index, etc. to use was already available in ObjectProperty for most catalogs, in a few cases it was easily added. Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/331d9661-1743-857f-1cbb-d5728bcd62cb%402ndquadrant.com
2020-06-09 09:10:14 +02:00
"text search configuration",
Replace hardcoded switch in object_exists() with a lookup table. There's no particular advantage to this change on its face; indeed, it's possible that this might be slightly slower than the old way. But it makes this information more easily accessible to other functions, and therefore paves the way for future code consolidation. Performance isn't critical here, so there's no need to be smart about how we do the search. This is a heavily cut-down version of a patch from KaiGai Kohei, with several fixes by me. Additional review from Dimitri Fontaine.
2011-10-11 15:14:30 +02:00
TSConfigRelationId,
TSConfigOidIndexId,
Consolidate DROP handling for some object types. This gets rid of a significant amount of duplicative code. KaiGai Kohei, reviewed in earlier versions by Dimitri Fontaine, with further review and cleanup by me.
2011-10-20 05:25:20 +02:00
TSCONFIGOID,
Refactor "ALTER some-obj SET SCHEMA" implementation Instead of having each object type implement the catalog munging independently, centralize knowledge about how to do it and expand the existing table in objectaddress.c with enough data about each object type to support this operation. Author: KaiGai Kohei Tweaks by me Reviewed by Robert Haas
2012-09-27 23:13:09 +02:00
TSCONFIGNAMENSP,
Remove WITH OIDS support, change oid catalog column visibility. Previously tables declared WITH OIDS, including a significant fraction of the catalog tables, stored the oid column not as a normal column, but as part of the tuple header. This special column was not shown by default, which was somewhat odd, as it's often (consider e.g. pg_class.oid) one of the more important parts of a row. Neither pg_dump nor COPY included the contents of the oid column by default. The fact that the oid column was not an ordinary column necessitated a significant amount of special case code to support oid columns. That already was painful for the existing, but upcoming work aiming to make table storage pluggable, would have required expanding and duplicating that "specialness" significantly. WITH OIDS has been deprecated since 2005 (commit ff02d0a05280e0). Remove it. Removing includes: - CREATE TABLE and ALTER TABLE syntax for declaring the table to be WITH OIDS has been removed (WITH (oids[ = true]) will error out) - pg_dump does not support dumping tables declared WITH OIDS and will issue a warning when dumping one (and ignore the oid column). - restoring an pg_dump archive with pg_restore will warn when restoring a table with oid contents (and ignore the oid column) - COPY will refuse to load binary dump that includes oids. - pg_upgrade will error out when encountering tables declared WITH OIDS, they have to be altered to remove the oid column first. - Functionality to access the oid of the last inserted row (like plpgsql's RESULT_OID, spi's SPI_lastoid, ...) has been removed. The syntax for declaring a table WITHOUT OIDS (or WITH (oids = false) for CREATE TABLE) is still supported. While that requires a bit of support code, it seems unnecessary to break applications / dumps that do not use oids, and are explicit about not using them. The biggest user of WITH OID columns was postgres' catalog. This commit changes all 'magic' oid columns to be columns that are normally declared and stored. To reduce unnecessary query breakage all the newly added columns are still named 'oid', even if a table's column naming scheme would indicate 'reloid' or such. This obviously requires adapting a lot code, mostly replacing oid access via HeapTupleGetOid() with access to the underlying Form_pg_*->oid column. The bootstrap process now assigns oids for all oid columns in genbki.pl that do not have an explicit value (starting at the largest oid previously used), only oids assigned later by oids will be above FirstBootstrapObjectId. As the oid column now is a normal column the special bootstrap syntax for oids has been removed. Oids are not automatically assigned during insertion anymore, all backend code explicitly assigns oids with GetNewOidWithIndex(). For the rare case that insertions into the catalog via SQL are called for the new pg_nextoid() function can be used (which only works on catalog tables). The fact that oid columns on system tables are now normal columns means that they will be included in the set of columns expanded by * (i.e. SELECT * FROM pg_class will now include the table's oid, previously it did not). It'd not technically be hard to hide oid column by default, but that'd mean confusing behavior would either have to be carried forward forever, or it'd cause breakage down the line. While it's not unlikely that further adjustments are needed, the scope/invasiveness of the patch makes it worthwhile to get merge this now. It's painful to maintain externally, too complicated to commit after the code code freeze, and a dependency of a number of other patches. Catversion bump, for obvious reasons. Author: Andres Freund, with contributions by John Naylor Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180930034810.ywp2c7awz7opzcfr@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-11-21 00:36:57 +01:00
Anum_pg_ts_config_oid,
Refactor "ALTER some-obj SET SCHEMA" implementation Instead of having each object type implement the catalog munging independently, centralize knowledge about how to do it and expand the existing table in objectaddress.c with enough data about each object type to support this operation. Author: KaiGai Kohei Tweaks by me Reviewed by Robert Haas
2012-09-27 23:13:09 +02:00
Anum_pg_ts_config_cfgname,
Anum_pg_ts_config_cfgnamespace,
Anum_pg_ts_config_cfgowner,
InvalidAttrNumber,
Replace AclObjectKind with ObjectType AclObjectKind was basically just another enumeration for object types, and we already have a preferred one for that. It's only used in aclcheck_error. By using ObjectType instead, we can also give some more precise error messages, for example "index" instead of "relation". Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2017-12-02 15:26:34 +01:00
OBJECT_TSCONFIGURATION,
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
true
Replace hardcoded switch in object_exists() with a lookup table. There's no particular advantage to this change on its face; indeed, it's possible that this might be slightly slower than the old way. But it makes this information more easily accessible to other functions, and therefore paves the way for future code consolidation. Performance isn't critical here, so there's no need to be smart about how we do the search. This is a heavily cut-down version of a patch from KaiGai Kohei, with several fixes by me. Additional review from Dimitri Fontaine.
2011-10-11 15:14:30 +02:00
},
{
Unify drop-by-OID functions There are a number of Remove${Something}ById() functions that are essentially identical in structure and only different in which catalog they are working on. Refactor this to be one generic function. The information about which oid column, index, etc. to use was already available in ObjectProperty for most catalogs, in a few cases it was easily added. Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/331d9661-1743-857f-1cbb-d5728bcd62cb%402ndquadrant.com
2020-06-09 09:10:14 +02:00
"text search dictionary",
Replace hardcoded switch in object_exists() with a lookup table. There's no particular advantage to this change on its face; indeed, it's possible that this might be slightly slower than the old way. But it makes this information more easily accessible to other functions, and therefore paves the way for future code consolidation. Performance isn't critical here, so there's no need to be smart about how we do the search. This is a heavily cut-down version of a patch from KaiGai Kohei, with several fixes by me. Additional review from Dimitri Fontaine.
2011-10-11 15:14:30 +02:00
TSDictionaryRelationId,
TSDictionaryOidIndexId,
Consolidate DROP handling for some object types. This gets rid of a significant amount of duplicative code. KaiGai Kohei, reviewed in earlier versions by Dimitri Fontaine, with further review and cleanup by me.
2011-10-20 05:25:20 +02:00
TSDICTOID,
Refactor "ALTER some-obj SET SCHEMA" implementation Instead of having each object type implement the catalog munging independently, centralize knowledge about how to do it and expand the existing table in objectaddress.c with enough data about each object type to support this operation. Author: KaiGai Kohei Tweaks by me Reviewed by Robert Haas
2012-09-27 23:13:09 +02:00
TSDICTNAMENSP,
Remove WITH OIDS support, change oid catalog column visibility. Previously tables declared WITH OIDS, including a significant fraction of the catalog tables, stored the oid column not as a normal column, but as part of the tuple header. This special column was not shown by default, which was somewhat odd, as it's often (consider e.g. pg_class.oid) one of the more important parts of a row. Neither pg_dump nor COPY included the contents of the oid column by default. The fact that the oid column was not an ordinary column necessitated a significant amount of special case code to support oid columns. That already was painful for the existing, but upcoming work aiming to make table storage pluggable, would have required expanding and duplicating that "specialness" significantly. WITH OIDS has been deprecated since 2005 (commit ff02d0a05280e0). Remove it. Removing includes: - CREATE TABLE and ALTER TABLE syntax for declaring the table to be WITH OIDS has been removed (WITH (oids[ = true]) will error out) - pg_dump does not support dumping tables declared WITH OIDS and will issue a warning when dumping one (and ignore the oid column). - restoring an pg_dump archive with pg_restore will warn when restoring a table with oid contents (and ignore the oid column) - COPY will refuse to load binary dump that includes oids. - pg_upgrade will error out when encountering tables declared WITH OIDS, they have to be altered to remove the oid column first. - Functionality to access the oid of the last inserted row (like plpgsql's RESULT_OID, spi's SPI_lastoid, ...) has been removed. The syntax for declaring a table WITHOUT OIDS (or WITH (oids = false) for CREATE TABLE) is still supported. While that requires a bit of support code, it seems unnecessary to break applications / dumps that do not use oids, and are explicit about not using them. The biggest user of WITH OID columns was postgres' catalog. This commit changes all 'magic' oid columns to be columns that are normally declared and stored. To reduce unnecessary query breakage all the newly added columns are still named 'oid', even if a table's column naming scheme would indicate 'reloid' or such. This obviously requires adapting a lot code, mostly replacing oid access via HeapTupleGetOid() with access to the underlying Form_pg_*->oid column. The bootstrap process now assigns oids for all oid columns in genbki.pl that do not have an explicit value (starting at the largest oid previously used), only oids assigned later by oids will be above FirstBootstrapObjectId. As the oid column now is a normal column the special bootstrap syntax for oids has been removed. Oids are not automatically assigned during insertion anymore, all backend code explicitly assigns oids with GetNewOidWithIndex(). For the rare case that insertions into the catalog via SQL are called for the new pg_nextoid() function can be used (which only works on catalog tables). The fact that oid columns on system tables are now normal columns means that they will be included in the set of columns expanded by * (i.e. SELECT * FROM pg_class will now include the table's oid, previously it did not). It'd not technically be hard to hide oid column by default, but that'd mean confusing behavior would either have to be carried forward forever, or it'd cause breakage down the line. While it's not unlikely that further adjustments are needed, the scope/invasiveness of the patch makes it worthwhile to get merge this now. It's painful to maintain externally, too complicated to commit after the code code freeze, and a dependency of a number of other patches. Catversion bump, for obvious reasons. Author: Andres Freund, with contributions by John Naylor Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180930034810.ywp2c7awz7opzcfr@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-11-21 00:36:57 +01:00
Anum_pg_ts_dict_oid,
Refactor "ALTER some-obj SET SCHEMA" implementation Instead of having each object type implement the catalog munging independently, centralize knowledge about how to do it and expand the existing table in objectaddress.c with enough data about each object type to support this operation. Author: KaiGai Kohei Tweaks by me Reviewed by Robert Haas
2012-09-27 23:13:09 +02:00
Anum_pg_ts_dict_dictname,
Anum_pg_ts_dict_dictnamespace,
Anum_pg_ts_dict_dictowner,
InvalidAttrNumber,
Replace AclObjectKind with ObjectType AclObjectKind was basically just another enumeration for object types, and we already have a preferred one for that. It's only used in aclcheck_error. By using ObjectType instead, we can also give some more precise error messages, for example "index" instead of "relation". Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2017-12-02 15:26:34 +01:00
OBJECT_TSDICTIONARY,
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
true
Replace hardcoded switch in object_exists() with a lookup table. There's no particular advantage to this change on its face; indeed, it's possible that this might be slightly slower than the old way. But it makes this information more easily accessible to other functions, and therefore paves the way for future code consolidation. Performance isn't critical here, so there's no need to be smart about how we do the search. This is a heavily cut-down version of a patch from KaiGai Kohei, with several fixes by me. Additional review from Dimitri Fontaine.
2011-10-11 15:14:30 +02:00
},
{
Unify drop-by-OID functions There are a number of Remove${Something}ById() functions that are essentially identical in structure and only different in which catalog they are working on. Refactor this to be one generic function. The information about which oid column, index, etc. to use was already available in ObjectProperty for most catalogs, in a few cases it was easily added. Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/331d9661-1743-857f-1cbb-d5728bcd62cb%402ndquadrant.com
2020-06-09 09:10:14 +02:00
"text search parser",
Replace hardcoded switch in object_exists() with a lookup table. There's no particular advantage to this change on its face; indeed, it's possible that this might be slightly slower than the old way. But it makes this information more easily accessible to other functions, and therefore paves the way for future code consolidation. Performance isn't critical here, so there's no need to be smart about how we do the search. This is a heavily cut-down version of a patch from KaiGai Kohei, with several fixes by me. Additional review from Dimitri Fontaine.
2011-10-11 15:14:30 +02:00
TSParserRelationId,
TSParserOidIndexId,
Consolidate DROP handling for some object types. This gets rid of a significant amount of duplicative code. KaiGai Kohei, reviewed in earlier versions by Dimitri Fontaine, with further review and cleanup by me.
2011-10-20 05:25:20 +02:00
TSPARSEROID,
Refactor "ALTER some-obj SET SCHEMA" implementation Instead of having each object type implement the catalog munging independently, centralize knowledge about how to do it and expand the existing table in objectaddress.c with enough data about each object type to support this operation. Author: KaiGai Kohei Tweaks by me Reviewed by Robert Haas
2012-09-27 23:13:09 +02:00
TSPARSERNAMENSP,
Remove WITH OIDS support, change oid catalog column visibility. Previously tables declared WITH OIDS, including a significant fraction of the catalog tables, stored the oid column not as a normal column, but as part of the tuple header. This special column was not shown by default, which was somewhat odd, as it's often (consider e.g. pg_class.oid) one of the more important parts of a row. Neither pg_dump nor COPY included the contents of the oid column by default. The fact that the oid column was not an ordinary column necessitated a significant amount of special case code to support oid columns. That already was painful for the existing, but upcoming work aiming to make table storage pluggable, would have required expanding and duplicating that "specialness" significantly. WITH OIDS has been deprecated since 2005 (commit ff02d0a05280e0). Remove it. Removing includes: - CREATE TABLE and ALTER TABLE syntax for declaring the table to be WITH OIDS has been removed (WITH (oids[ = true]) will error out) - pg_dump does not support dumping tables declared WITH OIDS and will issue a warning when dumping one (and ignore the oid column). - restoring an pg_dump archive with pg_restore will warn when restoring a table with oid contents (and ignore the oid column) - COPY will refuse to load binary dump that includes oids. - pg_upgrade will error out when encountering tables declared WITH OIDS, they have to be altered to remove the oid column first. - Functionality to access the oid of the last inserted row (like plpgsql's RESULT_OID, spi's SPI_lastoid, ...) has been removed. The syntax for declaring a table WITHOUT OIDS (or WITH (oids = false) for CREATE TABLE) is still supported. While that requires a bit of support code, it seems unnecessary to break applications / dumps that do not use oids, and are explicit about not using them. The biggest user of WITH OID columns was postgres' catalog. This commit changes all 'magic' oid columns to be columns that are normally declared and stored. To reduce unnecessary query breakage all the newly added columns are still named 'oid', even if a table's column naming scheme would indicate 'reloid' or such. This obviously requires adapting a lot code, mostly replacing oid access via HeapTupleGetOid() with access to the underlying Form_pg_*->oid column. The bootstrap process now assigns oids for all oid columns in genbki.pl that do not have an explicit value (starting at the largest oid previously used), only oids assigned later by oids will be above FirstBootstrapObjectId. As the oid column now is a normal column the special bootstrap syntax for oids has been removed. Oids are not automatically assigned during insertion anymore, all backend code explicitly assigns oids with GetNewOidWithIndex(). For the rare case that insertions into the catalog via SQL are called for the new pg_nextoid() function can be used (which only works on catalog tables). The fact that oid columns on system tables are now normal columns means that they will be included in the set of columns expanded by * (i.e. SELECT * FROM pg_class will now include the table's oid, previously it did not). It'd not technically be hard to hide oid column by default, but that'd mean confusing behavior would either have to be carried forward forever, or it'd cause breakage down the line. While it's not unlikely that further adjustments are needed, the scope/invasiveness of the patch makes it worthwhile to get merge this now. It's painful to maintain externally, too complicated to commit after the code code freeze, and a dependency of a number of other patches. Catversion bump, for obvious reasons. Author: Andres Freund, with contributions by John Naylor Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180930034810.ywp2c7awz7opzcfr@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-11-21 00:36:57 +01:00
Anum_pg_ts_parser_oid,
Refactor "ALTER some-obj SET SCHEMA" implementation Instead of having each object type implement the catalog munging independently, centralize knowledge about how to do it and expand the existing table in objectaddress.c with enough data about each object type to support this operation. Author: KaiGai Kohei Tweaks by me Reviewed by Robert Haas
2012-09-27 23:13:09 +02:00
Anum_pg_ts_parser_prsname,
Anum_pg_ts_parser_prsnamespace,
InvalidAttrNumber,
InvalidAttrNumber,
-1,
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
true
Replace hardcoded switch in object_exists() with a lookup table. There's no particular advantage to this change on its face; indeed, it's possible that this might be slightly slower than the old way. But it makes this information more easily accessible to other functions, and therefore paves the way for future code consolidation. Performance isn't critical here, so there's no need to be smart about how we do the search. This is a heavily cut-down version of a patch from KaiGai Kohei, with several fixes by me. Additional review from Dimitri Fontaine.
2011-10-11 15:14:30 +02:00
},
{
Unify drop-by-OID functions There are a number of Remove${Something}ById() functions that are essentially identical in structure and only different in which catalog they are working on. Refactor this to be one generic function. The information about which oid column, index, etc. to use was already available in ObjectProperty for most catalogs, in a few cases it was easily added. Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/331d9661-1743-857f-1cbb-d5728bcd62cb%402ndquadrant.com
2020-06-09 09:10:14 +02:00
"text search template",
Replace hardcoded switch in object_exists() with a lookup table. There's no particular advantage to this change on its face; indeed, it's possible that this might be slightly slower than the old way. But it makes this information more easily accessible to other functions, and therefore paves the way for future code consolidation. Performance isn't critical here, so there's no need to be smart about how we do the search. This is a heavily cut-down version of a patch from KaiGai Kohei, with several fixes by me. Additional review from Dimitri Fontaine.
2011-10-11 15:14:30 +02:00
TSTemplateRelationId,
TSTemplateOidIndexId,
Consolidate DROP handling for some object types. This gets rid of a significant amount of duplicative code. KaiGai Kohei, reviewed in earlier versions by Dimitri Fontaine, with further review and cleanup by me.
2011-10-20 05:25:20 +02:00
TSTEMPLATEOID,
Refactor "ALTER some-obj SET SCHEMA" implementation Instead of having each object type implement the catalog munging independently, centralize knowledge about how to do it and expand the existing table in objectaddress.c with enough data about each object type to support this operation. Author: KaiGai Kohei Tweaks by me Reviewed by Robert Haas
2012-09-27 23:13:09 +02:00
TSTEMPLATENAMENSP,
Remove WITH OIDS support, change oid catalog column visibility. Previously tables declared WITH OIDS, including a significant fraction of the catalog tables, stored the oid column not as a normal column, but as part of the tuple header. This special column was not shown by default, which was somewhat odd, as it's often (consider e.g. pg_class.oid) one of the more important parts of a row. Neither pg_dump nor COPY included the contents of the oid column by default. The fact that the oid column was not an ordinary column necessitated a significant amount of special case code to support oid columns. That already was painful for the existing, but upcoming work aiming to make table storage pluggable, would have required expanding and duplicating that "specialness" significantly. WITH OIDS has been deprecated since 2005 (commit ff02d0a05280e0). Remove it. Removing includes: - CREATE TABLE and ALTER TABLE syntax for declaring the table to be WITH OIDS has been removed (WITH (oids[ = true]) will error out) - pg_dump does not support dumping tables declared WITH OIDS and will issue a warning when dumping one (and ignore the oid column). - restoring an pg_dump archive with pg_restore will warn when restoring a table with oid contents (and ignore the oid column) - COPY will refuse to load binary dump that includes oids. - pg_upgrade will error out when encountering tables declared WITH OIDS, they have to be altered to remove the oid column first. - Functionality to access the oid of the last inserted row (like plpgsql's RESULT_OID, spi's SPI_lastoid, ...) has been removed. The syntax for declaring a table WITHOUT OIDS (or WITH (oids = false) for CREATE TABLE) is still supported. While that requires a bit of support code, it seems unnecessary to break applications / dumps that do not use oids, and are explicit about not using them. The biggest user of WITH OID columns was postgres' catalog. This commit changes all 'magic' oid columns to be columns that are normally declared and stored. To reduce unnecessary query breakage all the newly added columns are still named 'oid', even if a table's column naming scheme would indicate 'reloid' or such. This obviously requires adapting a lot code, mostly replacing oid access via HeapTupleGetOid() with access to the underlying Form_pg_*->oid column. The bootstrap process now assigns oids for all oid columns in genbki.pl that do not have an explicit value (starting at the largest oid previously used), only oids assigned later by oids will be above FirstBootstrapObjectId. As the oid column now is a normal column the special bootstrap syntax for oids has been removed. Oids are not automatically assigned during insertion anymore, all backend code explicitly assigns oids with GetNewOidWithIndex(). For the rare case that insertions into the catalog via SQL are called for the new pg_nextoid() function can be used (which only works on catalog tables). The fact that oid columns on system tables are now normal columns means that they will be included in the set of columns expanded by * (i.e. SELECT * FROM pg_class will now include the table's oid, previously it did not). It'd not technically be hard to hide oid column by default, but that'd mean confusing behavior would either have to be carried forward forever, or it'd cause breakage down the line. While it's not unlikely that further adjustments are needed, the scope/invasiveness of the patch makes it worthwhile to get merge this now. It's painful to maintain externally, too complicated to commit after the code code freeze, and a dependency of a number of other patches. Catversion bump, for obvious reasons. Author: Andres Freund, with contributions by John Naylor Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180930034810.ywp2c7awz7opzcfr@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-11-21 00:36:57 +01:00
Anum_pg_ts_template_oid,
Refactor "ALTER some-obj SET SCHEMA" implementation Instead of having each object type implement the catalog munging independently, centralize knowledge about how to do it and expand the existing table in objectaddress.c with enough data about each object type to support this operation. Author: KaiGai Kohei Tweaks by me Reviewed by Robert Haas
2012-09-27 23:13:09 +02:00
Anum_pg_ts_template_tmplname,
Consolidate DROP handling for some object types. This gets rid of a significant amount of duplicative code. KaiGai Kohei, reviewed in earlier versions by Dimitri Fontaine, with further review and cleanup by me.
2011-10-20 05:25:20 +02:00
Anum_pg_ts_template_tmplnamespace,
Refactor "ALTER some-obj SET SCHEMA" implementation Instead of having each object type implement the catalog munging independently, centralize knowledge about how to do it and expand the existing table in objectaddress.c with enough data about each object type to support this operation. Author: KaiGai Kohei Tweaks by me Reviewed by Robert Haas
2012-09-27 23:13:09 +02:00
InvalidAttrNumber,
InvalidAttrNumber,
-1,
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
true,
Replace hardcoded switch in object_exists() with a lookup table. There's no particular advantage to this change on its face; indeed, it's possible that this might be slightly slower than the old way. But it makes this information more easily accessible to other functions, and therefore paves the way for future code consolidation. Performance isn't critical here, so there's no need to be smart about how we do the search. This is a heavily cut-down version of a patch from KaiGai Kohei, with several fixes by me. Additional review from Dimitri Fontaine.
2011-10-11 15:14:30 +02:00
},
{
Unify drop-by-OID functions There are a number of Remove${Something}ById() functions that are essentially identical in structure and only different in which catalog they are working on. Refactor this to be one generic function. The information about which oid column, index, etc. to use was already available in ObjectProperty for most catalogs, in a few cases it was easily added. Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/331d9661-1743-857f-1cbb-d5728bcd62cb%402ndquadrant.com
2020-06-09 09:10:14 +02:00
"type",
Replace hardcoded switch in object_exists() with a lookup table. There's no particular advantage to this change on its face; indeed, it's possible that this might be slightly slower than the old way. But it makes this information more easily accessible to other functions, and therefore paves the way for future code consolidation. Performance isn't critical here, so there's no need to be smart about how we do the search. This is a heavily cut-down version of a patch from KaiGai Kohei, with several fixes by me. Additional review from Dimitri Fontaine.
2011-10-11 15:14:30 +02:00
TypeRelationId,
TypeOidIndexId,
Consolidate DROP handling for some object types. This gets rid of a significant amount of duplicative code. KaiGai Kohei, reviewed in earlier versions by Dimitri Fontaine, with further review and cleanup by me.
2011-10-20 05:25:20 +02:00
TYPEOID,
Refactor "ALTER some-obj SET SCHEMA" implementation Instead of having each object type implement the catalog munging independently, centralize knowledge about how to do it and expand the existing table in objectaddress.c with enough data about each object type to support this operation. Author: KaiGai Kohei Tweaks by me Reviewed by Robert Haas
2012-09-27 23:13:09 +02:00
TYPENAMENSP,
Remove WITH OIDS support, change oid catalog column visibility. Previously tables declared WITH OIDS, including a significant fraction of the catalog tables, stored the oid column not as a normal column, but as part of the tuple header. This special column was not shown by default, which was somewhat odd, as it's often (consider e.g. pg_class.oid) one of the more important parts of a row. Neither pg_dump nor COPY included the contents of the oid column by default. The fact that the oid column was not an ordinary column necessitated a significant amount of special case code to support oid columns. That already was painful for the existing, but upcoming work aiming to make table storage pluggable, would have required expanding and duplicating that "specialness" significantly. WITH OIDS has been deprecated since 2005 (commit ff02d0a05280e0). Remove it. Removing includes: - CREATE TABLE and ALTER TABLE syntax for declaring the table to be WITH OIDS has been removed (WITH (oids[ = true]) will error out) - pg_dump does not support dumping tables declared WITH OIDS and will issue a warning when dumping one (and ignore the oid column). - restoring an pg_dump archive with pg_restore will warn when restoring a table with oid contents (and ignore the oid column) - COPY will refuse to load binary dump that includes oids. - pg_upgrade will error out when encountering tables declared WITH OIDS, they have to be altered to remove the oid column first. - Functionality to access the oid of the last inserted row (like plpgsql's RESULT_OID, spi's SPI_lastoid, ...) has been removed. The syntax for declaring a table WITHOUT OIDS (or WITH (oids = false) for CREATE TABLE) is still supported. While that requires a bit of support code, it seems unnecessary to break applications / dumps that do not use oids, and are explicit about not using them. The biggest user of WITH OID columns was postgres' catalog. This commit changes all 'magic' oid columns to be columns that are normally declared and stored. To reduce unnecessary query breakage all the newly added columns are still named 'oid', even if a table's column naming scheme would indicate 'reloid' or such. This obviously requires adapting a lot code, mostly replacing oid access via HeapTupleGetOid() with access to the underlying Form_pg_*->oid column. The bootstrap process now assigns oids for all oid columns in genbki.pl that do not have an explicit value (starting at the largest oid previously used), only oids assigned later by oids will be above FirstBootstrapObjectId. As the oid column now is a normal column the special bootstrap syntax for oids has been removed. Oids are not automatically assigned during insertion anymore, all backend code explicitly assigns oids with GetNewOidWithIndex(). For the rare case that insertions into the catalog via SQL are called for the new pg_nextoid() function can be used (which only works on catalog tables). The fact that oid columns on system tables are now normal columns means that they will be included in the set of columns expanded by * (i.e. SELECT * FROM pg_class will now include the table's oid, previously it did not). It'd not technically be hard to hide oid column by default, but that'd mean confusing behavior would either have to be carried forward forever, or it'd cause breakage down the line. While it's not unlikely that further adjustments are needed, the scope/invasiveness of the patch makes it worthwhile to get merge this now. It's painful to maintain externally, too complicated to commit after the code code freeze, and a dependency of a number of other patches. Catversion bump, for obvious reasons. Author: Andres Freund, with contributions by John Naylor Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180930034810.ywp2c7awz7opzcfr@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-11-21 00:36:57 +01:00
Anum_pg_type_oid,
Refactor "ALTER some-obj SET SCHEMA" implementation Instead of having each object type implement the catalog munging independently, centralize knowledge about how to do it and expand the existing table in objectaddress.c with enough data about each object type to support this operation. Author: KaiGai Kohei Tweaks by me Reviewed by Robert Haas
2012-09-27 23:13:09 +02:00
Anum_pg_type_typname,
Anum_pg_type_typnamespace,
Anum_pg_type_typowner,
Anum_pg_type_typacl,
Replace AclObjectKind with ObjectType AclObjectKind was basically just another enumeration for object types, and we already have a preferred one for that. It's only used in aclcheck_error. By using ObjectType instead, we can also give some more precise error messages, for example "index" instead of "relation". Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2017-12-02 15:26:34 +01:00
OBJECT_TYPE,
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
true
Logical replication - Add PUBLICATION catalogs and DDL - Add SUBSCRIPTION catalog and DDL - Define logical replication protocol and output plugin - Add logical replication workers From: Petr Jelinek <petr@2ndquadrant.com> Reviewed-by: Steve Singer <steve@ssinger.info> Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> Reviewed-by: Erik Rijkers <er@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
2017-01-19 18:00:00 +01:00
},
{
Unify drop-by-OID functions There are a number of Remove${Something}ById() functions that are essentially identical in structure and only different in which catalog they are working on. Refactor this to be one generic function. The information about which oid column, index, etc. to use was already available in ObjectProperty for most catalogs, in a few cases it was easily added. Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/331d9661-1743-857f-1cbb-d5728bcd62cb%402ndquadrant.com
2020-06-09 09:10:14 +02:00
"publication",
Logical replication - Add PUBLICATION catalogs and DDL - Add SUBSCRIPTION catalog and DDL - Define logical replication protocol and output plugin - Add logical replication workers From: Petr Jelinek <petr@2ndquadrant.com> Reviewed-by: Steve Singer <steve@ssinger.info> Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> Reviewed-by: Erik Rijkers <er@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
2017-01-19 18:00:00 +01:00
PublicationRelationId,
PublicationObjectIndexId,
PUBLICATIONOID,
PUBLICATIONNAME,
Remove WITH OIDS support, change oid catalog column visibility. Previously tables declared WITH OIDS, including a significant fraction of the catalog tables, stored the oid column not as a normal column, but as part of the tuple header. This special column was not shown by default, which was somewhat odd, as it's often (consider e.g. pg_class.oid) one of the more important parts of a row. Neither pg_dump nor COPY included the contents of the oid column by default. The fact that the oid column was not an ordinary column necessitated a significant amount of special case code to support oid columns. That already was painful for the existing, but upcoming work aiming to make table storage pluggable, would have required expanding and duplicating that "specialness" significantly. WITH OIDS has been deprecated since 2005 (commit ff02d0a05280e0). Remove it. Removing includes: - CREATE TABLE and ALTER TABLE syntax for declaring the table to be WITH OIDS has been removed (WITH (oids[ = true]) will error out) - pg_dump does not support dumping tables declared WITH OIDS and will issue a warning when dumping one (and ignore the oid column). - restoring an pg_dump archive with pg_restore will warn when restoring a table with oid contents (and ignore the oid column) - COPY will refuse to load binary dump that includes oids. - pg_upgrade will error out when encountering tables declared WITH OIDS, they have to be altered to remove the oid column first. - Functionality to access the oid of the last inserted row (like plpgsql's RESULT_OID, spi's SPI_lastoid, ...) has been removed. The syntax for declaring a table WITHOUT OIDS (or WITH (oids = false) for CREATE TABLE) is still supported. While that requires a bit of support code, it seems unnecessary to break applications / dumps that do not use oids, and are explicit about not using them. The biggest user of WITH OID columns was postgres' catalog. This commit changes all 'magic' oid columns to be columns that are normally declared and stored. To reduce unnecessary query breakage all the newly added columns are still named 'oid', even if a table's column naming scheme would indicate 'reloid' or such. This obviously requires adapting a lot code, mostly replacing oid access via HeapTupleGetOid() with access to the underlying Form_pg_*->oid column. The bootstrap process now assigns oids for all oid columns in genbki.pl that do not have an explicit value (starting at the largest oid previously used), only oids assigned later by oids will be above FirstBootstrapObjectId. As the oid column now is a normal column the special bootstrap syntax for oids has been removed. Oids are not automatically assigned during insertion anymore, all backend code explicitly assigns oids with GetNewOidWithIndex(). For the rare case that insertions into the catalog via SQL are called for the new pg_nextoid() function can be used (which only works on catalog tables). The fact that oid columns on system tables are now normal columns means that they will be included in the set of columns expanded by * (i.e. SELECT * FROM pg_class will now include the table's oid, previously it did not). It'd not technically be hard to hide oid column by default, but that'd mean confusing behavior would either have to be carried forward forever, or it'd cause breakage down the line. While it's not unlikely that further adjustments are needed, the scope/invasiveness of the patch makes it worthwhile to get merge this now. It's painful to maintain externally, too complicated to commit after the code code freeze, and a dependency of a number of other patches. Catversion bump, for obvious reasons. Author: Andres Freund, with contributions by John Naylor Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180930034810.ywp2c7awz7opzcfr@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-11-21 00:36:57 +01:00
Anum_pg_publication_oid,
Logical replication - Add PUBLICATION catalogs and DDL - Add SUBSCRIPTION catalog and DDL - Define logical replication protocol and output plugin - Add logical replication workers From: Petr Jelinek <petr@2ndquadrant.com> Reviewed-by: Steve Singer <steve@ssinger.info> Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> Reviewed-by: Erik Rijkers <er@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
2017-01-19 18:00:00 +01:00
Anum_pg_publication_pubname,
InvalidAttrNumber,
Anum_pg_publication_pubowner,
InvalidAttrNumber,
Replace AclObjectKind with ObjectType AclObjectKind was basically just another enumeration for object types, and we already have a preferred one for that. It's only used in aclcheck_error. By using ObjectType instead, we can also give some more precise error messages, for example "index" instead of "relation". Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2017-12-02 15:26:34 +01:00
OBJECT_PUBLICATION,
Logical replication - Add PUBLICATION catalogs and DDL - Add SUBSCRIPTION catalog and DDL - Define logical replication protocol and output plugin - Add logical replication workers From: Petr Jelinek <petr@2ndquadrant.com> Reviewed-by: Steve Singer <steve@ssinger.info> Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> Reviewed-by: Erik Rijkers <er@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
2017-01-19 18:00:00 +01:00
true
},
{
Unify drop-by-OID functions There are a number of Remove${Something}ById() functions that are essentially identical in structure and only different in which catalog they are working on. Refactor this to be one generic function. The information about which oid column, index, etc. to use was already available in ObjectProperty for most catalogs, in a few cases it was easily added. Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/331d9661-1743-857f-1cbb-d5728bcd62cb%402ndquadrant.com
2020-06-09 09:10:14 +02:00
"subscription",
Logical replication - Add PUBLICATION catalogs and DDL - Add SUBSCRIPTION catalog and DDL - Define logical replication protocol and output plugin - Add logical replication workers From: Petr Jelinek <petr@2ndquadrant.com> Reviewed-by: Steve Singer <steve@ssinger.info> Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> Reviewed-by: Erik Rijkers <er@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
2017-01-19 18:00:00 +01:00
SubscriptionRelationId,
SubscriptionObjectIndexId,
SUBSCRIPTIONOID,
SUBSCRIPTIONNAME,
Remove WITH OIDS support, change oid catalog column visibility. Previously tables declared WITH OIDS, including a significant fraction of the catalog tables, stored the oid column not as a normal column, but as part of the tuple header. This special column was not shown by default, which was somewhat odd, as it's often (consider e.g. pg_class.oid) one of the more important parts of a row. Neither pg_dump nor COPY included the contents of the oid column by default. The fact that the oid column was not an ordinary column necessitated a significant amount of special case code to support oid columns. That already was painful for the existing, but upcoming work aiming to make table storage pluggable, would have required expanding and duplicating that "specialness" significantly. WITH OIDS has been deprecated since 2005 (commit ff02d0a05280e0). Remove it. Removing includes: - CREATE TABLE and ALTER TABLE syntax for declaring the table to be WITH OIDS has been removed (WITH (oids[ = true]) will error out) - pg_dump does not support dumping tables declared WITH OIDS and will issue a warning when dumping one (and ignore the oid column). - restoring an pg_dump archive with pg_restore will warn when restoring a table with oid contents (and ignore the oid column) - COPY will refuse to load binary dump that includes oids. - pg_upgrade will error out when encountering tables declared WITH OIDS, they have to be altered to remove the oid column first. - Functionality to access the oid of the last inserted row (like plpgsql's RESULT_OID, spi's SPI_lastoid, ...) has been removed. The syntax for declaring a table WITHOUT OIDS (or WITH (oids = false) for CREATE TABLE) is still supported. While that requires a bit of support code, it seems unnecessary to break applications / dumps that do not use oids, and are explicit about not using them. The biggest user of WITH OID columns was postgres' catalog. This commit changes all 'magic' oid columns to be columns that are normally declared and stored. To reduce unnecessary query breakage all the newly added columns are still named 'oid', even if a table's column naming scheme would indicate 'reloid' or such. This obviously requires adapting a lot code, mostly replacing oid access via HeapTupleGetOid() with access to the underlying Form_pg_*->oid column. The bootstrap process now assigns oids for all oid columns in genbki.pl that do not have an explicit value (starting at the largest oid previously used), only oids assigned later by oids will be above FirstBootstrapObjectId. As the oid column now is a normal column the special bootstrap syntax for oids has been removed. Oids are not automatically assigned during insertion anymore, all backend code explicitly assigns oids with GetNewOidWithIndex(). For the rare case that insertions into the catalog via SQL are called for the new pg_nextoid() function can be used (which only works on catalog tables). The fact that oid columns on system tables are now normal columns means that they will be included in the set of columns expanded by * (i.e. SELECT * FROM pg_class will now include the table's oid, previously it did not). It'd not technically be hard to hide oid column by default, but that'd mean confusing behavior would either have to be carried forward forever, or it'd cause breakage down the line. While it's not unlikely that further adjustments are needed, the scope/invasiveness of the patch makes it worthwhile to get merge this now. It's painful to maintain externally, too complicated to commit after the code code freeze, and a dependency of a number of other patches. Catversion bump, for obvious reasons. Author: Andres Freund, with contributions by John Naylor Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180930034810.ywp2c7awz7opzcfr@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-11-21 00:36:57 +01:00
Anum_pg_subscription_oid,
Logical replication - Add PUBLICATION catalogs and DDL - Add SUBSCRIPTION catalog and DDL - Define logical replication protocol and output plugin - Add logical replication workers From: Petr Jelinek <petr@2ndquadrant.com> Reviewed-by: Steve Singer <steve@ssinger.info> Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> Reviewed-by: Erik Rijkers <er@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
2017-01-19 18:00:00 +01:00
Anum_pg_subscription_subname,
InvalidAttrNumber,
Anum_pg_subscription_subowner,
InvalidAttrNumber,
Replace AclObjectKind with ObjectType AclObjectKind was basically just another enumeration for object types, and we already have a preferred one for that. It's only used in aclcheck_error. By using ObjectType instead, we can also give some more precise error messages, for example "index" instead of "relation". Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2017-12-02 15:26:34 +01:00
OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION,
Logical replication - Add PUBLICATION catalogs and DDL - Add SUBSCRIPTION catalog and DDL - Define logical replication protocol and output plugin - Add logical replication workers From: Petr Jelinek <petr@2ndquadrant.com> Reviewed-by: Steve Singer <steve@ssinger.info> Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> Reviewed-by: Erik Rijkers <er@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
2017-01-19 18:00:00 +01:00
true
Implement multivariate n-distinct coefficients Add support for explicitly declared statistic objects (CREATE STATISTICS), allowing collection of statistics on more complex combinations that individual table columns. Companion commands DROP STATISTICS and ALTER STATISTICS ... OWNER TO / SET SCHEMA / RENAME are added too. All this DDL has been designed so that more statistic types can be added later on, such as multivariate most-common-values and multivariate histograms between columns of a single table, leaving room for permitting columns on multiple tables, too, as well as expressions. This commit only adds support for collection of n-distinct coefficient on user-specified sets of columns in a single table. This is useful to estimate number of distinct groups in GROUP BY and DISTINCT clauses; estimation errors there can cause over-allocation of memory in hashed aggregates, for instance, so it's a worthwhile problem to solve. A new special pseudo-type pg_ndistinct is used. (num-distinct estimation was deemed sufficiently useful by itself that this is worthwhile even if no further statistic types are added immediately; so much so that another version of essentially the same functionality was submitted by Kyotaro Horiguchi: https://postgr.es/m/20150828.173334.114731693.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp though this commit does not use that code.) Author: Tomas Vondra. Some code rework by Álvaro. Reviewed-by: Dean Rasheed, David Rowley, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Jeff Janes, Ideriha Takeshi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/543AFA15.4080608@fuzzy.cz https://postgr.es/m/20170320190220.ixlaueanxegqd5gr@alvherre.pgsql
2017-03-24 18:06:10 +01:00
},
{
Fix some typos Author: Daniel Gustafsson Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/C36ADFDF-D09A-4EE5-B186-CB46C3653F4C@yesql.se
2020-11-14 03:43:10 +01:00
"extended statistics",
Implement multivariate n-distinct coefficients Add support for explicitly declared statistic objects (CREATE STATISTICS), allowing collection of statistics on more complex combinations that individual table columns. Companion commands DROP STATISTICS and ALTER STATISTICS ... OWNER TO / SET SCHEMA / RENAME are added too. All this DDL has been designed so that more statistic types can be added later on, such as multivariate most-common-values and multivariate histograms between columns of a single table, leaving room for permitting columns on multiple tables, too, as well as expressions. This commit only adds support for collection of n-distinct coefficient on user-specified sets of columns in a single table. This is useful to estimate number of distinct groups in GROUP BY and DISTINCT clauses; estimation errors there can cause over-allocation of memory in hashed aggregates, for instance, so it's a worthwhile problem to solve. A new special pseudo-type pg_ndistinct is used. (num-distinct estimation was deemed sufficiently useful by itself that this is worthwhile even if no further statistic types are added immediately; so much so that another version of essentially the same functionality was submitted by Kyotaro Horiguchi: https://postgr.es/m/20150828.173334.114731693.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp though this commit does not use that code.) Author: Tomas Vondra. Some code rework by Álvaro. Reviewed-by: Dean Rasheed, David Rowley, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Jeff Janes, Ideriha Takeshi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/543AFA15.4080608@fuzzy.cz https://postgr.es/m/20170320190220.ixlaueanxegqd5gr@alvherre.pgsql
2017-03-24 18:06:10 +01:00
StatisticExtRelationId,
StatisticExtOidIndexId,
STATEXTOID,
STATEXTNAMENSP,
Remove WITH OIDS support, change oid catalog column visibility. Previously tables declared WITH OIDS, including a significant fraction of the catalog tables, stored the oid column not as a normal column, but as part of the tuple header. This special column was not shown by default, which was somewhat odd, as it's often (consider e.g. pg_class.oid) one of the more important parts of a row. Neither pg_dump nor COPY included the contents of the oid column by default. The fact that the oid column was not an ordinary column necessitated a significant amount of special case code to support oid columns. That already was painful for the existing, but upcoming work aiming to make table storage pluggable, would have required expanding and duplicating that "specialness" significantly. WITH OIDS has been deprecated since 2005 (commit ff02d0a05280e0). Remove it. Removing includes: - CREATE TABLE and ALTER TABLE syntax for declaring the table to be WITH OIDS has been removed (WITH (oids[ = true]) will error out) - pg_dump does not support dumping tables declared WITH OIDS and will issue a warning when dumping one (and ignore the oid column). - restoring an pg_dump archive with pg_restore will warn when restoring a table with oid contents (and ignore the oid column) - COPY will refuse to load binary dump that includes oids. - pg_upgrade will error out when encountering tables declared WITH OIDS, they have to be altered to remove the oid column first. - Functionality to access the oid of the last inserted row (like plpgsql's RESULT_OID, spi's SPI_lastoid, ...) has been removed. The syntax for declaring a table WITHOUT OIDS (or WITH (oids = false) for CREATE TABLE) is still supported. While that requires a bit of support code, it seems unnecessary to break applications / dumps that do not use oids, and are explicit about not using them. The biggest user of WITH OID columns was postgres' catalog. This commit changes all 'magic' oid columns to be columns that are normally declared and stored. To reduce unnecessary query breakage all the newly added columns are still named 'oid', even if a table's column naming scheme would indicate 'reloid' or such. This obviously requires adapting a lot code, mostly replacing oid access via HeapTupleGetOid() with access to the underlying Form_pg_*->oid column. The bootstrap process now assigns oids for all oid columns in genbki.pl that do not have an explicit value (starting at the largest oid previously used), only oids assigned later by oids will be above FirstBootstrapObjectId. As the oid column now is a normal column the special bootstrap syntax for oids has been removed. Oids are not automatically assigned during insertion anymore, all backend code explicitly assigns oids with GetNewOidWithIndex(). For the rare case that insertions into the catalog via SQL are called for the new pg_nextoid() function can be used (which only works on catalog tables). The fact that oid columns on system tables are now normal columns means that they will be included in the set of columns expanded by * (i.e. SELECT * FROM pg_class will now include the table's oid, previously it did not). It'd not technically be hard to hide oid column by default, but that'd mean confusing behavior would either have to be carried forward forever, or it'd cause breakage down the line. While it's not unlikely that further adjustments are needed, the scope/invasiveness of the patch makes it worthwhile to get merge this now. It's painful to maintain externally, too complicated to commit after the code code freeze, and a dependency of a number of other patches. Catversion bump, for obvious reasons. Author: Andres Freund, with contributions by John Naylor Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180930034810.ywp2c7awz7opzcfr@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-11-21 00:36:57 +01:00
Anum_pg_statistic_ext_oid,
Rename columns in new pg_statistic_ext catalog The new catalog reused a column prefix "sta" from pg_statistic, but this is undesirable, so change the catalog to use prefix "stx" instead. Also, rename the column that lists enabled statistic kinds as "stxkind" rather than "enabled". Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f_2t5jhSN7huYRFH3w3rrHfG2QU7hiUHsu-Vdjd1rYT3w@mail.gmail.com
2017-04-17 23:34:29 +02:00
Anum_pg_statistic_ext_stxname,
Anum_pg_statistic_ext_stxnamespace,
Anum_pg_statistic_ext_stxowner,
Implement multivariate n-distinct coefficients Add support for explicitly declared statistic objects (CREATE STATISTICS), allowing collection of statistics on more complex combinations that individual table columns. Companion commands DROP STATISTICS and ALTER STATISTICS ... OWNER TO / SET SCHEMA / RENAME are added too. All this DDL has been designed so that more statistic types can be added later on, such as multivariate most-common-values and multivariate histograms between columns of a single table, leaving room for permitting columns on multiple tables, too, as well as expressions. This commit only adds support for collection of n-distinct coefficient on user-specified sets of columns in a single table. This is useful to estimate number of distinct groups in GROUP BY and DISTINCT clauses; estimation errors there can cause over-allocation of memory in hashed aggregates, for instance, so it's a worthwhile problem to solve. A new special pseudo-type pg_ndistinct is used. (num-distinct estimation was deemed sufficiently useful by itself that this is worthwhile even if no further statistic types are added immediately; so much so that another version of essentially the same functionality was submitted by Kyotaro Horiguchi: https://postgr.es/m/20150828.173334.114731693.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp though this commit does not use that code.) Author: Tomas Vondra. Some code rework by Álvaro. Reviewed-by: Dean Rasheed, David Rowley, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Jeff Janes, Ideriha Takeshi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/543AFA15.4080608@fuzzy.cz https://postgr.es/m/20170320190220.ixlaueanxegqd5gr@alvherre.pgsql
2017-03-24 18:06:10 +01:00
InvalidAttrNumber, /* no ACL (same as relation) */
Replace AclObjectKind with ObjectType AclObjectKind was basically just another enumeration for object types, and we already have a preferred one for that. It's only used in aclcheck_error. By using ObjectType instead, we can also give some more precise error messages, for example "index" instead of "relation". Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2017-12-02 15:26:34 +01:00
OBJECT_STATISTIC_EXT,
Implement multivariate n-distinct coefficients Add support for explicitly declared statistic objects (CREATE STATISTICS), allowing collection of statistics on more complex combinations that individual table columns. Companion commands DROP STATISTICS and ALTER STATISTICS ... OWNER TO / SET SCHEMA / RENAME are added too. All this DDL has been designed so that more statistic types can be added later on, such as multivariate most-common-values and multivariate histograms between columns of a single table, leaving room for permitting columns on multiple tables, too, as well as expressions. This commit only adds support for collection of n-distinct coefficient on user-specified sets of columns in a single table. This is useful to estimate number of distinct groups in GROUP BY and DISTINCT clauses; estimation errors there can cause over-allocation of memory in hashed aggregates, for instance, so it's a worthwhile problem to solve. A new special pseudo-type pg_ndistinct is used. (num-distinct estimation was deemed sufficiently useful by itself that this is worthwhile even if no further statistic types are added immediately; so much so that another version of essentially the same functionality was submitted by Kyotaro Horiguchi: https://postgr.es/m/20150828.173334.114731693.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp though this commit does not use that code.) Author: Tomas Vondra. Some code rework by Álvaro. Reviewed-by: Dean Rasheed, David Rowley, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Jeff Janes, Ideriha Takeshi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/543AFA15.4080608@fuzzy.cz https://postgr.es/m/20170320190220.ixlaueanxegqd5gr@alvherre.pgsql
2017-03-24 18:06:10 +01:00
true
Unify drop-by-OID functions There are a number of Remove${Something}ById() functions that are essentially identical in structure and only different in which catalog they are working on. Refactor this to be one generic function. The information about which oid column, index, etc. to use was already available in ObjectProperty for most catalogs, in a few cases it was easily added. Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/331d9661-1743-857f-1cbb-d5728bcd62cb%402ndquadrant.com
2020-06-09 09:10:14 +02:00
},
{
"user mapping",
UserMappingRelationId,
UserMappingOidIndexId,
USERMAPPINGOID,
-1,
Anum_pg_user_mapping_oid,
InvalidAttrNumber,
InvalidAttrNumber,
InvalidAttrNumber,
InvalidAttrNumber,
OBJECT_USER_MAPPING,
false
},
Replace hardcoded switch in object_exists() with a lookup table. There's no particular advantage to this change on its face; indeed, it's possible that this might be slightly slower than the old way. But it makes this information more easily accessible to other functions, and therefore paves the way for future code consolidation. Performance isn't critical here, so there's no need to be smart about how we do the search. This is a heavily cut-down version of a patch from KaiGai Kohei, with several fixes by me. Additional review from Dimitri Fontaine.
2011-10-11 15:14:30 +02:00
};
Allow non-superusers to create (some) extensions. Remove the unconditional superuser permissions check in CREATE EXTENSION, and instead define a "superuser" extension property, which when false (not the default) skips the superuser permissions check. In this case the calling user only needs enough permissions to execute the commands in the extension's installation script. The superuser property is also enforced in the same way for ALTER EXTENSION UPDATE cases. In other ALTER EXTENSION cases and DROP EXTENSION, test ownership of the extension rather than superuserness. ALTER EXTENSION ADD/DROP needs to insist on ownership of the target object as well; to do that without duplicating code, refactor comment.c's big switch for permissions checks into a separate function in objectaddress.c. I also removed the superuserness checks in pg_available_extensions and related functions; there's no strong reason why everybody shouldn't be able to see that info. Also invent an IF NOT EXISTS variant of CREATE EXTENSION, and use that in pg_dump, so that dumps won't fail for installed-by-default extensions. We don't have any of those yet, but we will soon. This is all per discussion of wrapping the standard procedural languages into extensions. I'll make those changes in a separate commit; this is just putting the core infrastructure in place.
2011-03-04 22:08:24 +01:00
Add SQL-callable pg_get_object_address This allows access to get_object_address from SQL, which is useful to obtain OID addressing information from data equivalent to that emitted by the parser. This is necessary infrastructure of a project to let replication systems propagate object dropping events to remote servers, where the schema might be different than the server originating the DROP. This patch also adds support for OBJECT_DEFAULT to get_object_address; that is, it is now possible to refer to a column's default value. Catalog version bumped due to the new function. Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Heikki Linnakangas, Robert Haas, Andres Freund, Abhijit Menon-Sen, Adam Brightwell.
2014-12-23 19:31:29 +01:00
/*
* This struct maps the string object types as returned by
Fix inconsistencies and typos in the tree, take 9 This addresses more issues with code comments, variable names and unreferenced variables. Author: Alexander Lakhin Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7ab243e0-116d-3e44-d120-76b3df7abefd@gmail.com
2019-08-05 05:14:58 +02:00
* getObjectTypeDescription into ObjectType enum values. Note that some enum
Add SQL-callable pg_get_object_address This allows access to get_object_address from SQL, which is useful to obtain OID addressing information from data equivalent to that emitted by the parser. This is necessary infrastructure of a project to let replication systems propagate object dropping events to remote servers, where the schema might be different than the server originating the DROP. This patch also adds support for OBJECT_DEFAULT to get_object_address; that is, it is now possible to refer to a column's default value. Catalog version bumped due to the new function. Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Heikki Linnakangas, Robert Haas, Andres Freund, Abhijit Menon-Sen, Adam Brightwell.
2014-12-23 19:31:29 +01:00
* values can be obtained by different names, and that some string object types
* do not have corresponding values in the output enum. The user of this map
* must be careful to test for invalid values being returned.
*
* To ease maintenance, this follows the order of getObjectTypeDescription.
*/
static const struct object_type_map
{
const char *tm_name;
ObjectType tm_type;
}
pgindent run for 9.5
2015-05-24 03:35:49 +02:00
Add SQL-callable pg_get_object_address This allows access to get_object_address from SQL, which is useful to obtain OID addressing information from data equivalent to that emitted by the parser. This is necessary infrastructure of a project to let replication systems propagate object dropping events to remote servers, where the schema might be different than the server originating the DROP. This patch also adds support for OBJECT_DEFAULT to get_object_address; that is, it is now possible to refer to a column's default value. Catalog version bumped due to the new function. Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Heikki Linnakangas, Robert Haas, Andres Freund, Abhijit Menon-Sen, Adam Brightwell.
2014-12-23 19:31:29 +01:00
ObjectTypeMap[] =
{
/* OCLASS_CLASS, all kinds of relations */
{
"table", OBJECT_TABLE
},
{
"index", OBJECT_INDEX
},
{
"sequence", OBJECT_SEQUENCE
},
{
"toast table", -1
}, /* unmapped */
{
"view", OBJECT_VIEW
},
{
"materialized view", OBJECT_MATVIEW
},
{
"composite type", -1
}, /* unmapped */
{
"foreign table", OBJECT_FOREIGN_TABLE
},
{
"table column", OBJECT_COLUMN
},
{
"index column", -1
}, /* unmapped */
{
"sequence column", -1
}, /* unmapped */
{
"toast table column", -1
}, /* unmapped */
{
"view column", -1
}, /* unmapped */
{
"materialized view column", -1
}, /* unmapped */
{
"composite type column", -1
}, /* unmapped */
{
"foreign table column", OBJECT_COLUMN
},
/* OCLASS_PROC */
{
"aggregate", OBJECT_AGGREGATE
},
{
"function", OBJECT_FUNCTION
},
SQL procedures This adds a new object type "procedure" that is similar to a function but does not have a return type and is invoked by the new CALL statement instead of SELECT or similar. This implementation is aligned with the SQL standard and compatible with or similar to other SQL implementations. This commit adds new commands CALL, CREATE/ALTER/DROP PROCEDURE, as well as ALTER/DROP ROUTINE that can refer to either a function or a procedure (or an aggregate function, as an extension to SQL). There is also support for procedures in various utility commands such as COMMENT and GRANT, as well as support in pg_dump and psql. Support for defining procedures is available in all the languages supplied by the core distribution. While this commit is mainly syntax sugar around existing functionality, future features will rely on having procedures as a separate object type. Reviewed-by: Andrew Dunstan <andrew.dunstan@2ndquadrant.com>
2017-11-30 14:46:13 +01:00
{
"procedure", OBJECT_PROCEDURE
},
Add SQL-callable pg_get_object_address This allows access to get_object_address from SQL, which is useful to obtain OID addressing information from data equivalent to that emitted by the parser. This is necessary infrastructure of a project to let replication systems propagate object dropping events to remote servers, where the schema might be different than the server originating the DROP. This patch also adds support for OBJECT_DEFAULT to get_object_address; that is, it is now possible to refer to a column's default value. Catalog version bumped due to the new function. Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Heikki Linnakangas, Robert Haas, Andres Freund, Abhijit Menon-Sen, Adam Brightwell.
2014-12-23 19:31:29 +01:00
/* OCLASS_TYPE */
{
"type", OBJECT_TYPE
},
/* OCLASS_CAST */
{
"cast", OBJECT_CAST
},
/* OCLASS_COLLATION */
{
"collation", OBJECT_COLLATION
},
/* OCLASS_CONSTRAINT */
{
"table constraint", OBJECT_TABCONSTRAINT
},
{
"domain constraint", OBJECT_DOMCONSTRAINT
},
/* OCLASS_CONVERSION */
{
"conversion", OBJECT_CONVERSION
},
/* OCLASS_DEFAULT */
{
"default value", OBJECT_DEFAULT
},
/* OCLASS_LANGUAGE */
{
"language", OBJECT_LANGUAGE
},
/* OCLASS_LARGEOBJECT */
{
"large object", OBJECT_LARGEOBJECT
},
/* OCLASS_OPERATOR */
{
"operator", OBJECT_OPERATOR
},
/* OCLASS_OPCLASS */
{
"operator class", OBJECT_OPCLASS
},
/* OCLASS_OPFAMILY */
{
"operator family", OBJECT_OPFAMILY
},
Support CREATE ACCESS METHOD This enables external code to create access methods. This is useful so that extensions can add their own access methods which can be formally tracked for dependencies, so that DROP operates correctly. Also, having explicit support makes pg_dump work correctly. Currently only index AMs are supported, but we expect different types to be added in the future. Authors: Alexander Korotkov, Petr Jelínek Reviewed-By: Teodor Sigaev, Petr Jelínek, Jim Nasby Commitfest-URL: https://commitfest.postgresql.org/9/353/ Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAPpHfdsXwZmojm6Dx+TJnpYk27kT4o7Ri6X_4OSWcByu1Rm+VA@mail.gmail.com
2016-03-24 03:01:35 +01:00
/* OCLASS_AM */
{
"access method", OBJECT_ACCESS_METHOD
},
Add SQL-callable pg_get_object_address This allows access to get_object_address from SQL, which is useful to obtain OID addressing information from data equivalent to that emitted by the parser. This is necessary infrastructure of a project to let replication systems propagate object dropping events to remote servers, where the schema might be different than the server originating the DROP. This patch also adds support for OBJECT_DEFAULT to get_object_address; that is, it is now possible to refer to a column's default value. Catalog version bumped due to the new function. Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Heikki Linnakangas, Robert Haas, Andres Freund, Abhijit Menon-Sen, Adam Brightwell.
2014-12-23 19:31:29 +01:00
/* OCLASS_AMOP */
Support opfamily members in get_object_address In the spirit of 890192e99af and 4464303405f: have get_object_address understand individual pg_amop and pg_amproc objects. There is no way to refer to such objects directly in the grammar -- rather, they are almost always considered an integral part of the opfamily that contains them. (The only case that deals with them individually is ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY ADD/DROP, which carries the opfamily address separately and thus does not need it to be part of each added/dropped element's address.) In event triggers it becomes possible to become involved with individual amop/amproc elements, and this commit enables pg_get_object_address to do so as well. To make the overall coding simpler, this commit also slightly changes the get_object_address representation for opclasses and opfamilies: instead of having the AM name in the objargs array, I moved it as the first element of the objnames array. This enables the new code to use objargs for the type names used by pg_amop and pg_amproc. Reviewed by: Stephen Frost
2015-03-16 16:06:34 +01:00
{
"operator of access method", OBJECT_AMOP
},
Add SQL-callable pg_get_object_address This allows access to get_object_address from SQL, which is useful to obtain OID addressing information from data equivalent to that emitted by the parser. This is necessary infrastructure of a project to let replication systems propagate object dropping events to remote servers, where the schema might be different than the server originating the DROP. This patch also adds support for OBJECT_DEFAULT to get_object_address; that is, it is now possible to refer to a column's default value. Catalog version bumped due to the new function. Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Heikki Linnakangas, Robert Haas, Andres Freund, Abhijit Menon-Sen, Adam Brightwell.
2014-12-23 19:31:29 +01:00
/* OCLASS_AMPROC */
Support opfamily members in get_object_address In the spirit of 890192e99af and 4464303405f: have get_object_address understand individual pg_amop and pg_amproc objects. There is no way to refer to such objects directly in the grammar -- rather, they are almost always considered an integral part of the opfamily that contains them. (The only case that deals with them individually is ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY ADD/DROP, which carries the opfamily address separately and thus does not need it to be part of each added/dropped element's address.) In event triggers it becomes possible to become involved with individual amop/amproc elements, and this commit enables pg_get_object_address to do so as well. To make the overall coding simpler, this commit also slightly changes the get_object_address representation for opclasses and opfamilies: instead of having the AM name in the objargs array, I moved it as the first element of the objnames array. This enables the new code to use objargs for the type names used by pg_amop and pg_amproc. Reviewed by: Stephen Frost
2015-03-16 16:06:34 +01:00
{
"function of access method", OBJECT_AMPROC
},
Add SQL-callable pg_get_object_address This allows access to get_object_address from SQL, which is useful to obtain OID addressing information from data equivalent to that emitted by the parser. This is necessary infrastructure of a project to let replication systems propagate object dropping events to remote servers, where the schema might be different than the server originating the DROP. This patch also adds support for OBJECT_DEFAULT to get_object_address; that is, it is now possible to refer to a column's default value. Catalog version bumped due to the new function. Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Heikki Linnakangas, Robert Haas, Andres Freund, Abhijit Menon-Sen, Adam Brightwell.
2014-12-23 19:31:29 +01:00
/* OCLASS_REWRITE */
{
"rule", OBJECT_RULE
},
/* OCLASS_TRIGGER */
{
"trigger", OBJECT_TRIGGER
},
/* OCLASS_SCHEMA */
{
"schema", OBJECT_SCHEMA
},
/* OCLASS_TSPARSER */
{
"text search parser", OBJECT_TSPARSER
},
/* OCLASS_TSDICT */
{
"text search dictionary", OBJECT_TSDICTIONARY
},
/* OCLASS_TSTEMPLATE */
{
"text search template", OBJECT_TSTEMPLATE
},
/* OCLASS_TSCONFIG */
{
"text search configuration", OBJECT_TSCONFIGURATION
},
/* OCLASS_ROLE */
{
"role", OBJECT_ROLE
},
Ensure that pg_auth_members.grantor is always valid. Previously, "GRANT foo TO bar" or "GRANT foo TO bar GRANTED BY baz" would record the OID of the grantor in pg_auth_members.grantor, but that role could later be dropped without modifying or removing the pg_auth_members record. That's not great, because we typically try to avoid dangling references in catalog data. Now, a role grant depends on the grantor, and the grantor can't be dropped without removing the grant or changing the grantor. "DROP OWNED BY" will remove the grant, just as it does for other kinds of privileges. "REASSIGN OWNED BY" will not, again just like what we do in other cases involving privileges. pg_auth_members now has an OID column, because that is needed in order for dependencies to work. It also now has an index on the grantor column, because otherwise dropping a role would require a sequential scan of the entire table to see whether the role's OID is in use as a grantor. That probably wouldn't be too large a problem in practice, but it seems better to have an index just in case. A follow-on patch is planned with the goal of more thoroughly rationalizing the behavior of role grants. This patch is just trying to do enough to make sure that the data we store in the catalogs is at some basic level valid. Patch by me, reviewed by Stephen Frost Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoaFr-RZeQ+WoQ5nKPv97oT9+aDgK_a5+qWHSgbDsMp1Vg@mail.gmail.com
2022-08-18 19:13:02 +02:00
/* OCLASS_ROLE_MEMBERSHIP */
{
"role membership", -1 /* unmapped */
},
Add SQL-callable pg_get_object_address This allows access to get_object_address from SQL, which is useful to obtain OID addressing information from data equivalent to that emitted by the parser. This is necessary infrastructure of a project to let replication systems propagate object dropping events to remote servers, where the schema might be different than the server originating the DROP. This patch also adds support for OBJECT_DEFAULT to get_object_address; that is, it is now possible to refer to a column's default value. Catalog version bumped due to the new function. Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Heikki Linnakangas, Robert Haas, Andres Freund, Abhijit Menon-Sen, Adam Brightwell.
2014-12-23 19:31:29 +01:00
/* OCLASS_DATABASE */
{
"database", OBJECT_DATABASE
},
/* OCLASS_TBLSPACE */
{
"tablespace", OBJECT_TABLESPACE
},
/* OCLASS_FDW */
{
"foreign-data wrapper", OBJECT_FDW
},
/* OCLASS_FOREIGN_SERVER */
{
"server", OBJECT_FOREIGN_SERVER
},
/* OCLASS_USER_MAPPING */
Support user mappings in get_object_address Since commit 72dd233d3ef we were trying to obtain object addressing information in sql_drop event triggers, but that caused failures when the drops involved user mappings. This addition enables that to work again. Naturally, pg_get_object_address can work with these objects now, too. I toyed with the idea of removing DropUserMappingStmt as a node and using DropStmt instead in the DropUserMappingStmt grammar production, but that didn't go very well: for one thing the messages thrown by the specific code are specialized (you get "server not found" if you specify the wrong server, instead of a generic "user mapping for ... not found" which you'd get it we were to merge this with RemoveObjects --- unless we added even more special cases). For another thing, it would require to pass RoleSpec nodes through the objname/objargs representation used by RemoveObjects, which works in isolation, but gets messy when pg_get_object_address is involved. So I dropped this part for now. Reviewed by Stephen Frost.
2015-03-11 21:01:13 +01:00
{
"user mapping", OBJECT_USER_MAPPING
},
Add SQL-callable pg_get_object_address This allows access to get_object_address from SQL, which is useful to obtain OID addressing information from data equivalent to that emitted by the parser. This is necessary infrastructure of a project to let replication systems propagate object dropping events to remote servers, where the schema might be different than the server originating the DROP. This patch also adds support for OBJECT_DEFAULT to get_object_address; that is, it is now possible to refer to a column's default value. Catalog version bumped due to the new function. Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Heikki Linnakangas, Robert Haas, Andres Freund, Abhijit Menon-Sen, Adam Brightwell.
2014-12-23 19:31:29 +01:00
/* OCLASS_DEFACL */
Support default ACLs in get_object_address In the spirit of 890192e99af, this time add support for the things living in the pg_default_acl catalog. These are not really "objects", but they show up as such in event triggers. There is no "DROP DEFAULT PRIVILEGES" or similar command, so it doesn't look like the new representation given would be useful anywhere else, so I didn't try to use it outside objectaddress.c. (That might be a bug in itself, but that would be material for another commit.) Reviewed by Stephen Frost.
2015-03-11 23:23:47 +01:00
{
"default acl", OBJECT_DEFACL
},
Add SQL-callable pg_get_object_address This allows access to get_object_address from SQL, which is useful to obtain OID addressing information from data equivalent to that emitted by the parser. This is necessary infrastructure of a project to let replication systems propagate object dropping events to remote servers, where the schema might be different than the server originating the DROP. This patch also adds support for OBJECT_DEFAULT to get_object_address; that is, it is now possible to refer to a column's default value. Catalog version bumped due to the new function. Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Heikki Linnakangas, Robert Haas, Andres Freund, Abhijit Menon-Sen, Adam Brightwell.
2014-12-23 19:31:29 +01:00
/* OCLASS_EXTENSION */
{
"extension", OBJECT_EXTENSION
},
/* OCLASS_EVENT_TRIGGER */
{
"event trigger", OBJECT_EVENT_TRIGGER
},
Allow granting SET and ALTER SYSTEM privileges on GUC parameters. This patch allows "PGC_SUSET" parameters to be set by non-superusers if they have been explicitly granted the privilege to do so. The privilege to perform ALTER SYSTEM SET/RESET on a specific parameter can also be granted. Such privileges are cluster-wide, not per database. They are tracked in a new shared catalog, pg_parameter_acl. Granting and revoking these new privileges works as one would expect. One caveat is that PGC_USERSET GUCs are unaffected by the SET privilege --- one could wish that those were handled by a revocable grant to PUBLIC, but they are not, because we couldn't make it robust enough for GUCs defined by extensions. Mark Dilger, reviewed at various times by Andrew Dunstan, Robert Haas, Joshua Brindle, and myself Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3D691E20-C1D5-4B80-8BA5-6BEB63AF3029@enterprisedb.com
2022-04-06 19:24:33 +02:00
/* OCLASS_PARAMETER_ACL */
{
"parameter ACL", OBJECT_PARAMETER_ACL
},
Add SQL-callable pg_get_object_address This allows access to get_object_address from SQL, which is useful to obtain OID addressing information from data equivalent to that emitted by the parser. This is necessary infrastructure of a project to let replication systems propagate object dropping events to remote servers, where the schema might be different than the server originating the DROP. This patch also adds support for OBJECT_DEFAULT to get_object_address; that is, it is now possible to refer to a column's default value. Catalog version bumped due to the new function. Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Heikki Linnakangas, Robert Haas, Andres Freund, Abhijit Menon-Sen, Adam Brightwell.
2014-12-23 19:31:29 +01:00
/* OCLASS_POLICY */
{
"policy", OBJECT_POLICY
Add transforms to pg_get_object_address and friends This was missed when transforms were added by commit cac76582053ef8e. Extracted from a larger patch Author: Michael Paquier
2015-06-21 21:08:49 +02:00
},
Logical replication - Add PUBLICATION catalogs and DDL - Add SUBSCRIPTION catalog and DDL - Define logical replication protocol and output plugin - Add logical replication workers From: Petr Jelinek <petr@2ndquadrant.com> Reviewed-by: Steve Singer <steve@ssinger.info> Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> Reviewed-by: Erik Rijkers <er@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
2017-01-19 18:00:00 +01:00
/* OCLASS_PUBLICATION */
{
"publication", OBJECT_PUBLICATION
},
Allow publishing the tables of schema. A new option "FOR ALL TABLES IN SCHEMA" in Create/Alter Publication allows one or more schemas to be specified, whose tables are selected by the publisher for sending the data to the subscriber. The new syntax allows specifying both the tables and schemas. For example: CREATE PUBLICATION pub1 FOR TABLE t1,t2,t3, ALL TABLES IN SCHEMA s1,s2; OR ALTER PUBLICATION pub1 ADD TABLE t1,t2,t3, ALL TABLES IN SCHEMA s1,s2; A new system table "pg_publication_namespace" has been added, to maintain the schemas that the user wants to publish through the publication. Modified the output plugin (pgoutput) to publish the changes if the relation is part of schema publication. Updates pg_dump to identify and dump schema publications. Updates the \d family of commands to display schema publications and \dRp+ variant will now display associated schemas if any. Author: Vignesh C, Hou Zhijie, Amit Kapila Syntax-Suggested-by: Tom Lane, Alvaro Herrera Reviewed-by: Greg Nancarrow, Masahiko Sawada, Hou Zhijie, Amit Kapila, Haiying Tang, Ajin Cherian, Rahila Syed, Bharath Rupireddy, Mark Dilger Tested-by: Haiying Tang Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CALDaNm0OANxuJ6RXqwZsM1MSY4s19nuH3734j4a72etDwvBETQ@mail.gmail.com
2021-10-27 04:14:52 +02:00
/* OCLASS_PUBLICATION_NAMESPACE */
{
"publication namespace", OBJECT_PUBLICATION_NAMESPACE
},
Logical replication - Add PUBLICATION catalogs and DDL - Add SUBSCRIPTION catalog and DDL - Define logical replication protocol and output plugin - Add logical replication workers From: Petr Jelinek <petr@2ndquadrant.com> Reviewed-by: Steve Singer <steve@ssinger.info> Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> Reviewed-by: Erik Rijkers <er@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
2017-01-19 18:00:00 +01:00
/* OCLASS_PUBLICATION_REL */
{
"publication relation", OBJECT_PUBLICATION_REL
},
/* OCLASS_SUBSCRIPTION */
{
"subscription", OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION
},
Add transforms to pg_get_object_address and friends This was missed when transforms were added by commit cac76582053ef8e. Extracted from a larger patch Author: Michael Paquier
2015-06-21 21:08:49 +02:00
/* OCLASS_TRANSFORM */
{
"transform", OBJECT_TRANSFORM
Implement multivariate n-distinct coefficients Add support for explicitly declared statistic objects (CREATE STATISTICS), allowing collection of statistics on more complex combinations that individual table columns. Companion commands DROP STATISTICS and ALTER STATISTICS ... OWNER TO / SET SCHEMA / RENAME are added too. All this DDL has been designed so that more statistic types can be added later on, such as multivariate most-common-values and multivariate histograms between columns of a single table, leaving room for permitting columns on multiple tables, too, as well as expressions. This commit only adds support for collection of n-distinct coefficient on user-specified sets of columns in a single table. This is useful to estimate number of distinct groups in GROUP BY and DISTINCT clauses; estimation errors there can cause over-allocation of memory in hashed aggregates, for instance, so it's a worthwhile problem to solve. A new special pseudo-type pg_ndistinct is used. (num-distinct estimation was deemed sufficiently useful by itself that this is worthwhile even if no further statistic types are added immediately; so much so that another version of essentially the same functionality was submitted by Kyotaro Horiguchi: https://postgr.es/m/20150828.173334.114731693.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp though this commit does not use that code.) Author: Tomas Vondra. Some code rework by Álvaro. Reviewed-by: Dean Rasheed, David Rowley, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Jeff Janes, Ideriha Takeshi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/543AFA15.4080608@fuzzy.cz https://postgr.es/m/20170320190220.ixlaueanxegqd5gr@alvherre.pgsql
2017-03-24 18:06:10 +01:00
},
Fix typo
2020-03-07 08:51:59 +01:00
/* OCLASS_STATISTIC_EXT */
Implement multivariate n-distinct coefficients Add support for explicitly declared statistic objects (CREATE STATISTICS), allowing collection of statistics on more complex combinations that individual table columns. Companion commands DROP STATISTICS and ALTER STATISTICS ... OWNER TO / SET SCHEMA / RENAME are added too. All this DDL has been designed so that more statistic types can be added later on, such as multivariate most-common-values and multivariate histograms between columns of a single table, leaving room for permitting columns on multiple tables, too, as well as expressions. This commit only adds support for collection of n-distinct coefficient on user-specified sets of columns in a single table. This is useful to estimate number of distinct groups in GROUP BY and DISTINCT clauses; estimation errors there can cause over-allocation of memory in hashed aggregates, for instance, so it's a worthwhile problem to solve. A new special pseudo-type pg_ndistinct is used. (num-distinct estimation was deemed sufficiently useful by itself that this is worthwhile even if no further statistic types are added immediately; so much so that another version of essentially the same functionality was submitted by Kyotaro Horiguchi: https://postgr.es/m/20150828.173334.114731693.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp though this commit does not use that code.) Author: Tomas Vondra. Some code rework by Álvaro. Reviewed-by: Dean Rasheed, David Rowley, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Jeff Janes, Ideriha Takeshi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/543AFA15.4080608@fuzzy.cz https://postgr.es/m/20170320190220.ixlaueanxegqd5gr@alvherre.pgsql
2017-03-24 18:06:10 +01:00
{
Standardize terminology for pg_statistic_ext entries. Consistently refer to such an entry as a "statistics object", not just "statistics" or "extended statistics". Previously we had a mismash of terms, accompanied by utter confusion as to whether the term was singular or plural. That's not only grating (at least to the ear of a native English speaker) but could be outright misleading, eg in error messages that seemed to be referring to multiple objects where only one could be meant. This commit fixes the code and a lot of comments (though I may have missed a few). I also renamed two new SQL functions, pg_get_statisticsextdef -> pg_get_statisticsobjdef pg_statistic_ext_is_visible -> pg_statistics_obj_is_visible to conform better with this terminology. I have not touched the SGML docs other than fixing those function names; the docs certainly need work but it seems like a separable task. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/22676.1494557205@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-05-14 16:54:47 +02:00
"statistics object", OBJECT_STATISTIC_EXT
Add SQL-callable pg_get_object_address This allows access to get_object_address from SQL, which is useful to obtain OID addressing information from data equivalent to that emitted by the parser. This is necessary infrastructure of a project to let replication systems propagate object dropping events to remote servers, where the schema might be different than the server originating the DROP. This patch also adds support for OBJECT_DEFAULT to get_object_address; that is, it is now possible to refer to a column's default value. Catalog version bumped due to the new function. Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Heikki Linnakangas, Robert Haas, Andres Freund, Abhijit Menon-Sen, Adam Brightwell.
2014-12-23 19:31:29 +01:00
}
};
Change many routines to return ObjectAddress rather than OID The changed routines are mostly those that can be directly called by ProcessUtilitySlow; the intention is to make the affected object information more precise, in support for future event trigger changes. Originally it was envisioned that the OID of the affected object would be enough, and in most cases that is correct, but upon actually implementing the event trigger changes it turned out that ObjectAddress is more widely useful. Additionally, some command execution routines grew an output argument that's an object address which provides further info about the executed command. To wit: * for ALTER DOMAIN / ADD CONSTRAINT, it corresponds to the address of the new constraint * for ALTER OBJECT / SET SCHEMA, it corresponds to the address of the schema that originally contained the object. * for ALTER EXTENSION {ADD, DROP} OBJECT, it corresponds to the address of the object added to or dropped from the extension. There's no user-visible change in this commit, and no functional change either. Discussion: 20150218213255.GC6717@tamriel.snowman.net Reviewed-By: Stephen Frost, Andres Freund
2015-03-03 18:10:50 +01:00
const ObjectAddress InvalidObjectAddress =
{
InvalidOid,
InvalidOid,
0
};
Add SQL-callable pg_get_object_address This allows access to get_object_address from SQL, which is useful to obtain OID addressing information from data equivalent to that emitted by the parser. This is necessary infrastructure of a project to let replication systems propagate object dropping events to remote servers, where the schema might be different than the server originating the DROP. This patch also adds support for OBJECT_DEFAULT to get_object_address; that is, it is now possible to refer to a column's default value. Catalog version bumped due to the new function. Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Heikki Linnakangas, Robert Haas, Andres Freund, Abhijit Menon-Sen, Adam Brightwell.
2014-12-23 19:31:29 +01:00
Consolidate DROP handling for some object types. This gets rid of a significant amount of duplicative code. KaiGai Kohei, reviewed in earlier versions by Dimitri Fontaine, with further review and cleanup by me.
2011-10-20 05:25:20 +02:00
static ObjectAddress get_object_address_unqualified(ObjectType objtype,
Remove Value node struct The Value node struct is a weird construct. It is its own node type, but most of the time, it actually has a node type of Integer, Float, String, or BitString. As a consequence, the struct name and the node type don't match most of the time, and so it has to be treated specially a lot. There doesn't seem to be any value in the special construct. There is very little code that wants to accept all Value variants but nothing else (and even if it did, this doesn't provide any convenient way to check it), and most code wants either just one particular node type (usually String), or it accepts a broader set of node types besides just Value. This change removes the Value struct and node type and replaces them by separate Integer, Float, String, and BitString node types that are proper node types and structs of their own and behave mostly like normal node types. Also, this removes the T_Null node tag, which was previously also a possible variant of Value but wasn't actually used outside of the Value contained in A_Const. Replace that by an isnull field in A_Const. Reviewed-by: Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker <ilmari@ilmari.org> Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/5ba6bc5b-3f95-04f2-2419-f8ddb4c046fb@enterprisedb.com
2021-09-09 07:58:12 +02:00
String *strval, bool missing_ok);
Consolidate DROP handling for some object types. This gets rid of a significant amount of duplicative code. KaiGai Kohei, reviewed in earlier versions by Dimitri Fontaine, with further review and cleanup by me.
2011-10-20 05:25:20 +02:00
static ObjectAddress get_relation_by_qualified_name(ObjectType objtype,
Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward to deal with lists of functions. Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-11-12 18:00:00 +01:00
List *object, Relation *relp,
Consolidate DROP handling for some object types. This gets rid of a significant amount of duplicative code. KaiGai Kohei, reviewed in earlier versions by Dimitri Fontaine, with further review and cleanup by me.
2011-10-20 05:25:20 +02:00
LOCKMODE lockmode, bool missing_ok);
static ObjectAddress get_object_address_relobject(ObjectType objtype,
Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward to deal with lists of functions. Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-11-12 18:00:00 +01:00
List *object, Relation *relp, bool missing_ok);
Consolidate DROP handling for some object types. This gets rid of a significant amount of duplicative code. KaiGai Kohei, reviewed in earlier versions by Dimitri Fontaine, with further review and cleanup by me.
2011-10-20 05:25:20 +02:00
static ObjectAddress get_object_address_attribute(ObjectType objtype,
Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward to deal with lists of functions. Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-11-12 18:00:00 +01:00
List *object, Relation *relp,
Consolidate DROP handling for some object types. This gets rid of a significant amount of duplicative code. KaiGai Kohei, reviewed in earlier versions by Dimitri Fontaine, with further review and cleanup by me.
2011-10-20 05:25:20 +02:00
LOCKMODE lockmode, bool missing_ok);
Add SQL-callable pg_get_object_address This allows access to get_object_address from SQL, which is useful to obtain OID addressing information from data equivalent to that emitted by the parser. This is necessary infrastructure of a project to let replication systems propagate object dropping events to remote servers, where the schema might be different than the server originating the DROP. This patch also adds support for OBJECT_DEFAULT to get_object_address; that is, it is now possible to refer to a column's default value. Catalog version bumped due to the new function. Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Heikki Linnakangas, Robert Haas, Andres Freund, Abhijit Menon-Sen, Adam Brightwell.
2014-12-23 19:31:29 +01:00
static ObjectAddress get_object_address_attrdef(ObjectType objtype,
Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward to deal with lists of functions. Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-11-12 18:00:00 +01:00
List *object, Relation *relp, LOCKMODE lockmode,
Add SQL-callable pg_get_object_address This allows access to get_object_address from SQL, which is useful to obtain OID addressing information from data equivalent to that emitted by the parser. This is necessary infrastructure of a project to let replication systems propagate object dropping events to remote servers, where the schema might be different than the server originating the DROP. This patch also adds support for OBJECT_DEFAULT to get_object_address; that is, it is now possible to refer to a column's default value. Catalog version bumped due to the new function. Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Heikki Linnakangas, Robert Haas, Andres Freund, Abhijit Menon-Sen, Adam Brightwell.
2014-12-23 19:31:29 +01:00
bool missing_ok);
Consolidate DROP handling for some object types. This gets rid of a significant amount of duplicative code. KaiGai Kohei, reviewed in earlier versions by Dimitri Fontaine, with further review and cleanup by me.
2011-10-20 05:25:20 +02:00
static ObjectAddress get_object_address_type(ObjectType objtype,
Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward to deal with lists of functions. Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-11-12 18:00:00 +01:00
TypeName *typename, bool missing_ok);
static ObjectAddress get_object_address_opcf(ObjectType objtype, List *object,
Support opfamily members in get_object_address In the spirit of 890192e99af and 4464303405f: have get_object_address understand individual pg_amop and pg_amproc objects. There is no way to refer to such objects directly in the grammar -- rather, they are almost always considered an integral part of the opfamily that contains them. (The only case that deals with them individually is ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY ADD/DROP, which carries the opfamily address separately and thus does not need it to be part of each added/dropped element's address.) In event triggers it becomes possible to become involved with individual amop/amproc elements, and this commit enables pg_get_object_address to do so as well. To make the overall coding simpler, this commit also slightly changes the get_object_address representation for opclasses and opfamilies: instead of having the AM name in the objargs array, I moved it as the first element of the objnames array. This enables the new code to use objargs for the type names used by pg_amop and pg_amproc. Reviewed by: Stephen Frost
2015-03-16 16:06:34 +01:00
bool missing_ok);
static ObjectAddress get_object_address_opf_member(ObjectType objtype,
Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward to deal with lists of functions. Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-11-12 18:00:00 +01:00
List *object, bool missing_ok);
Support opfamily members in get_object_address In the spirit of 890192e99af and 4464303405f: have get_object_address understand individual pg_amop and pg_amproc objects. There is no way to refer to such objects directly in the grammar -- rather, they are almost always considered an integral part of the opfamily that contains them. (The only case that deals with them individually is ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY ADD/DROP, which carries the opfamily address separately and thus does not need it to be part of each added/dropped element's address.) In event triggers it becomes possible to become involved with individual amop/amproc elements, and this commit enables pg_get_object_address to do so as well. To make the overall coding simpler, this commit also slightly changes the get_object_address representation for opclasses and opfamilies: instead of having the AM name in the objargs array, I moved it as the first element of the objnames array. This enables the new code to use objargs for the type names used by pg_amop and pg_amproc. Reviewed by: Stephen Frost
2015-03-16 16:06:34 +01:00
Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward to deal with lists of functions. Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-11-12 18:00:00 +01:00
static ObjectAddress get_object_address_usermapping(List *object,
bool missing_ok);
static ObjectAddress get_object_address_publication_rel(List *object,
Relation *relp,
Logical replication - Add PUBLICATION catalogs and DDL - Add SUBSCRIPTION catalog and DDL - Define logical replication protocol and output plugin - Add logical replication workers From: Petr Jelinek <petr@2ndquadrant.com> Reviewed-by: Steve Singer <steve@ssinger.info> Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> Reviewed-by: Erik Rijkers <er@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
2017-01-19 18:00:00 +01:00
bool missing_ok);
Allow publishing the tables of schema. A new option "FOR ALL TABLES IN SCHEMA" in Create/Alter Publication allows one or more schemas to be specified, whose tables are selected by the publisher for sending the data to the subscriber. The new syntax allows specifying both the tables and schemas. For example: CREATE PUBLICATION pub1 FOR TABLE t1,t2,t3, ALL TABLES IN SCHEMA s1,s2; OR ALTER PUBLICATION pub1 ADD TABLE t1,t2,t3, ALL TABLES IN SCHEMA s1,s2; A new system table "pg_publication_namespace" has been added, to maintain the schemas that the user wants to publish through the publication. Modified the output plugin (pgoutput) to publish the changes if the relation is part of schema publication. Updates pg_dump to identify and dump schema publications. Updates the \d family of commands to display schema publications and \dRp+ variant will now display associated schemas if any. Author: Vignesh C, Hou Zhijie, Amit Kapila Syntax-Suggested-by: Tom Lane, Alvaro Herrera Reviewed-by: Greg Nancarrow, Masahiko Sawada, Hou Zhijie, Amit Kapila, Haiying Tang, Ajin Cherian, Rahila Syed, Bharath Rupireddy, Mark Dilger Tested-by: Haiying Tang Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CALDaNm0OANxuJ6RXqwZsM1MSY4s19nuH3734j4a72etDwvBETQ@mail.gmail.com
2021-10-27 04:14:52 +02:00
static ObjectAddress get_object_address_publication_schema(List *object,
bool missing_ok);
Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward to deal with lists of functions. Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-11-12 18:00:00 +01:00
static ObjectAddress get_object_address_defacl(List *object,
Support default ACLs in get_object_address In the spirit of 890192e99af, this time add support for the things living in the pg_default_acl catalog. These are not really "objects", but they show up as such in event triggers. There is no "DROP DEFAULT PRIVILEGES" or similar command, so it doesn't look like the new representation given would be useful anywhere else, so I didn't try to use it outside objectaddress.c. (That might be a bug in itself, but that would be material for another commit.) Reviewed by Stephen Frost.
2015-03-11 23:23:47 +01:00
bool missing_ok);
Make various variables const (read-only). These changes should generally improve correctness/maintainability. A nice side benefit is that several kilobytes move from initialized data to text segment, allowing them to be shared across processes and probably reducing copy-on-write overhead while forking a new backend. Unfortunately this doesn't seem to help libpq in the same way (at least not when it's compiled with -fpic on x86_64), but we can hope the linker at least collects all nominally-const data together even if it's not actually part of the text segment. Also, make pg_encname_tbl[] static in encnames.c, since there seems no very good reason for any other code to use it; per a suggestion from Wim Lewis, who independently submitted a patch that was mostly a subset of this one. Oskari Saarenmaa, with some editorialization by me
2014-01-18 22:04:11 +01:00
static const ObjectPropertyType *get_object_property_data(Oid class_id);
Consolidate DROP handling for some object types. This gets rid of a significant amount of duplicative code. KaiGai Kohei, reviewed in earlier versions by Dimitri Fontaine, with further review and cleanup by me.
2011-10-20 05:25:20 +02:00
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
static void getRelationDescription(StringInfo buffer, Oid relid,
bool missing_ok);
static void getOpFamilyDescription(StringInfo buffer, Oid opfid,
bool missing_ok);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
static void getRelationTypeDescription(StringInfo buffer, Oid relid,
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
int32 objectSubId, bool missing_ok);
static void getProcedureTypeDescription(StringInfo buffer, Oid procid,
bool missing_ok);
static void getConstraintTypeDescription(StringInfo buffer, Oid constroid,
bool missing_ok);
static void getOpFamilyIdentity(StringInfo buffer, Oid opfid, List **object,
bool missing_ok);
static void getRelationIdentity(StringInfo buffer, Oid relid, List **object,
bool missing_ok);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
Rewrite comment code for better modularity, and add necessary locking. Review by Alvaro Herrera, KaiGai Kohei, and Tom Lane.
2010-08-27 13:47:41 +02:00
/*
* Translate an object name and arguments (as passed by the parser) to an
* ObjectAddress.
*
* The returned object will be locked using the specified lockmode. If a
* sub-object is looked up, the parent object will be locked instead.
*
* If the object is a relation or a child object of a relation (e.g. an
Make DROP IF EXISTS more consistently not fail Some cases were still reporting errors and aborting, instead of a NOTICE that the object was being skipped. This makes it more difficult to cleanly handle pg_dump --clean, so change that to instead skip missing objects properly. Per bug #7873 reported by Dave Rolsky; apparently this affects a large number of users. Authors: Pavel Stehule and Dean Rasheed. Some tweaks by Álvaro Herrera
2014-01-23 18:40:29 +01:00
* attribute or constraint), the relation is also opened and *relp receives
Rewrite comment code for better modularity, and add necessary locking. Review by Alvaro Herrera, KaiGai Kohei, and Tom Lane.
2010-08-27 13:47:41 +02:00
* the open relcache entry pointer; otherwise, *relp is set to NULL. This
* is a bit grotty but it makes life simpler, since the caller will
* typically need the relcache entry too. Caller must close the relcache
* entry when done with it. The relation is locked with the specified lockmode
* if the target object is the relation itself or an attribute, but for other
* child objects, only AccessShareLock is acquired on the relation.
*
Make DROP IF EXISTS more consistently not fail Some cases were still reporting errors and aborting, instead of a NOTICE that the object was being skipped. This makes it more difficult to cleanly handle pg_dump --clean, so change that to instead skip missing objects properly. Per bug #7873 reported by Dave Rolsky; apparently this affects a large number of users. Authors: Pavel Stehule and Dean Rasheed. Some tweaks by Álvaro Herrera
2014-01-23 18:40:29 +01:00
* If the object is not found, an error is thrown, unless missing_ok is
* true. In this case, no lock is acquired, relp is set to NULL, and the
* returned address has objectId set to InvalidOid.
*
Rewrite comment code for better modularity, and add necessary locking. Review by Alvaro Herrera, KaiGai Kohei, and Tom Lane.
2010-08-27 13:47:41 +02:00
* We don't currently provide a function to release the locks acquired here;
* typically, the lock must be held until commit to guard against a concurrent
* drop operation.
Make DROP IF EXISTS more consistently not fail Some cases were still reporting errors and aborting, instead of a NOTICE that the object was being skipped. This makes it more difficult to cleanly handle pg_dump --clean, so change that to instead skip missing objects properly. Per bug #7873 reported by Dave Rolsky; apparently this affects a large number of users. Authors: Pavel Stehule and Dean Rasheed. Some tweaks by Álvaro Herrera
2014-01-23 18:40:29 +01:00
*
* Note: If the object is not found, we don't give any indication of the
* reason. (It might have been a missing schema if the name was qualified, or
Fix typos in comments. Backpatch to all supported versions, where applicable, to make backpatching of future fixes go more smoothly. Josh Soref Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CACZqfqCf+5qRztLPgmmosr-B0Ye4srWzzw_mo4c_8_B_mtjmJQ@mail.gmail.com
2017-02-06 10:33:58 +01:00
* a nonexistent type name in case of a cast, function or operator; etc).
Make DROP IF EXISTS more consistently not fail Some cases were still reporting errors and aborting, instead of a NOTICE that the object was being skipped. This makes it more difficult to cleanly handle pg_dump --clean, so change that to instead skip missing objects properly. Per bug #7873 reported by Dave Rolsky; apparently this affects a large number of users. Authors: Pavel Stehule and Dean Rasheed. Some tweaks by Álvaro Herrera
2014-01-23 18:40:29 +01:00
* Currently there is only one caller that might be interested in such info, so
* we don't spend much effort here. If more callers start to care, it might be
* better to add some support for that in this function.
Rewrite comment code for better modularity, and add necessary locking. Review by Alvaro Herrera, KaiGai Kohei, and Tom Lane.
2010-08-27 13:47:41 +02:00
*/
ObjectAddress
Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward to deal with lists of functions. Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-11-12 18:00:00 +01:00
get_object_address(ObjectType objtype, Node *object,
Add a missing_ok argument to get_object_address(). This lays the groundwork for an upcoming patch to streamline the handling of DROP commands. KaiGai Kohei
2011-06-28 03:17:25 +02:00
Relation *relp, LOCKMODE lockmode, bool missing_ok)
Rewrite comment code for better modularity, and add necessary locking. Review by Alvaro Herrera, KaiGai Kohei, and Tom Lane.
2010-08-27 13:47:41 +02:00
{
Update some more ObjectType switch statements to not have default This allows the compiler to complain if a case has been missed. In these instances, the tradeoff of having to list a few unneeded cases to silence the compiler seems better than the risk of actually missing one. Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/fce5c98a-45da-19e7-dad0-21096bccd66e%40enterprisedb.com
2022-11-17 07:08:44 +01:00
ObjectAddress address = {InvalidOid, InvalidOid, 0};
Restructure get_object_address() so it's safe against concurrent DDL. This gives a much better error message when the object of interest is concurrently dropped and avoids needlessly failing when the object of interest is concurrently dropped and recreated. It also improves the behavior of two concurrent DROP IF EXISTS operations targeted at the same object; as before, one will drop the object, but now the other will emit the usual NOTICE indicating that the object does not exist, instead of rolling back. As a fringe benefit, it's also slightly less code.
2011-11-17 18:41:37 +01:00
ObjectAddress old_address = {InvalidOid, InvalidOid, 0};
Rewrite comment code for better modularity, and add necessary locking. Review by Alvaro Herrera, KaiGai Kohei, and Tom Lane.
2010-08-27 13:47:41 +02:00
Relation relation = NULL;
Restructure get_object_address() so it's safe against concurrent DDL. This gives a much better error message when the object of interest is concurrently dropped and avoids needlessly failing when the object of interest is concurrently dropped and recreated. It also improves the behavior of two concurrent DROP IF EXISTS operations targeted at the same object; as before, one will drop the object, but now the other will emit the usual NOTICE indicating that the object does not exist, instead of rolling back. As a fringe benefit, it's also slightly less code.
2011-11-17 18:41:37 +01:00
uint64 inval_count;
Rewrite comment code for better modularity, and add necessary locking. Review by Alvaro Herrera, KaiGai Kohei, and Tom Lane.
2010-08-27 13:47:41 +02:00
/* Some kind of lock must be taken. */
Assert(lockmode != NoLock);
Restructure get_object_address() so it's safe against concurrent DDL. This gives a much better error message when the object of interest is concurrently dropped and avoids needlessly failing when the object of interest is concurrently dropped and recreated. It also improves the behavior of two concurrent DROP IF EXISTS operations targeted at the same object; as before, one will drop the object, but now the other will emit the usual NOTICE indicating that the object does not exist, instead of rolling back. As a fringe benefit, it's also slightly less code.
2011-11-17 18:41:37 +01:00
for (;;)
Rewrite comment code for better modularity, and add necessary locking. Review by Alvaro Herrera, KaiGai Kohei, and Tom Lane.
2010-08-27 13:47:41 +02:00
{
Restructure get_object_address() so it's safe against concurrent DDL. This gives a much better error message when the object of interest is concurrently dropped and avoids needlessly failing when the object of interest is concurrently dropped and recreated. It also improves the behavior of two concurrent DROP IF EXISTS operations targeted at the same object; as before, one will drop the object, but now the other will emit the usual NOTICE indicating that the object does not exist, instead of rolling back. As a fringe benefit, it's also slightly less code.
2011-11-17 18:41:37 +01:00
/*
* Remember this value, so that, after looking up the object name and
* locking it, we can check whether any invalidation messages have
* been processed that might require a do-over.
*/
inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter;
Rewrite comment code for better modularity, and add necessary locking. Review by Alvaro Herrera, KaiGai Kohei, and Tom Lane.
2010-08-27 13:47:41 +02:00
Restructure get_object_address() so it's safe against concurrent DDL. This gives a much better error message when the object of interest is concurrently dropped and avoids needlessly failing when the object of interest is concurrently dropped and recreated. It also improves the behavior of two concurrent DROP IF EXISTS operations targeted at the same object; as before, one will drop the object, but now the other will emit the usual NOTICE indicating that the object does not exist, instead of rolling back. As a fringe benefit, it's also slightly less code.
2011-11-17 18:41:37 +01:00
/* Look up object address. */
switch (objtype)
{
case OBJECT_INDEX:
case OBJECT_SEQUENCE:
case OBJECT_TABLE:
case OBJECT_VIEW:
Add a materialized view relations. A materialized view has a rule just like a view and a heap and other physical properties like a table. The rule is only used to populate the table, references in queries refer to the materialized data. This is a minimal implementation, but should still be useful in many cases. Currently data is only populated "on demand" by the CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW and REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW statements. It is expected that future releases will add incremental updates with various timings, and that a more refined concept of defining what is "fresh" data will be developed. At some point it may even be possible to have queries use a materialized in place of references to underlying tables, but that requires the other above-mentioned features to be working first. Much of the documentation work by Robert Haas. Review by Noah Misch, Thom Brown, Robert Haas, Marko Tiikkaja Security review by KaiGai Kohei, with a decision on how best to implement sepgsql still pending.
2013-03-04 01:23:31 +01:00
case OBJECT_MATVIEW:
Restructure get_object_address() so it's safe against concurrent DDL. This gives a much better error message when the object of interest is concurrently dropped and avoids needlessly failing when the object of interest is concurrently dropped and recreated. It also improves the behavior of two concurrent DROP IF EXISTS operations targeted at the same object; as before, one will drop the object, but now the other will emit the usual NOTICE indicating that the object does not exist, instead of rolling back. As a fringe benefit, it's also slightly less code.
2011-11-17 18:41:37 +01:00
case OBJECT_FOREIGN_TABLE:
address =
Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward to deal with lists of functions. Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-11-12 18:00:00 +01:00
get_relation_by_qualified_name(objtype, castNode(List, object),
Restructure get_object_address() so it's safe against concurrent DDL. This gives a much better error message when the object of interest is concurrently dropped and avoids needlessly failing when the object of interest is concurrently dropped and recreated. It also improves the behavior of two concurrent DROP IF EXISTS operations targeted at the same object; as before, one will drop the object, but now the other will emit the usual NOTICE indicating that the object does not exist, instead of rolling back. As a fringe benefit, it's also slightly less code.
2011-11-17 18:41:37 +01:00
&relation, lockmode,
missing_ok);
break;
Update some more ObjectType switch statements to not have default This allows the compiler to complain if a case has been missed. In these instances, the tradeoff of having to list a few unneeded cases to silence the compiler seems better than the risk of actually missing one. Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/fce5c98a-45da-19e7-dad0-21096bccd66e%40enterprisedb.com
2022-11-17 07:08:44 +01:00
case OBJECT_ATTRIBUTE:
Restructure get_object_address() so it's safe against concurrent DDL. This gives a much better error message when the object of interest is concurrently dropped and avoids needlessly failing when the object of interest is concurrently dropped and recreated. It also improves the behavior of two concurrent DROP IF EXISTS operations targeted at the same object; as before, one will drop the object, but now the other will emit the usual NOTICE indicating that the object does not exist, instead of rolling back. As a fringe benefit, it's also slightly less code.
2011-11-17 18:41:37 +01:00
case OBJECT_COLUMN:
address =
Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward to deal with lists of functions. Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-11-12 18:00:00 +01:00
get_object_address_attribute(objtype, castNode(List, object),
Restructure get_object_address() so it's safe against concurrent DDL. This gives a much better error message when the object of interest is concurrently dropped and avoids needlessly failing when the object of interest is concurrently dropped and recreated. It also improves the behavior of two concurrent DROP IF EXISTS operations targeted at the same object; as before, one will drop the object, but now the other will emit the usual NOTICE indicating that the object does not exist, instead of rolling back. As a fringe benefit, it's also slightly less code.
2011-11-17 18:41:37 +01:00
&relation, lockmode,
missing_ok);
break;
Add SQL-callable pg_get_object_address This allows access to get_object_address from SQL, which is useful to obtain OID addressing information from data equivalent to that emitted by the parser. This is necessary infrastructure of a project to let replication systems propagate object dropping events to remote servers, where the schema might be different than the server originating the DROP. This patch also adds support for OBJECT_DEFAULT to get_object_address; that is, it is now possible to refer to a column's default value. Catalog version bumped due to the new function. Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Heikki Linnakangas, Robert Haas, Andres Freund, Abhijit Menon-Sen, Adam Brightwell.
2014-12-23 19:31:29 +01:00
case OBJECT_DEFAULT:
address =
Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward to deal with lists of functions. Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-11-12 18:00:00 +01:00
get_object_address_attrdef(objtype, castNode(List, object),
Add SQL-callable pg_get_object_address This allows access to get_object_address from SQL, which is useful to obtain OID addressing information from data equivalent to that emitted by the parser. This is necessary infrastructure of a project to let replication systems propagate object dropping events to remote servers, where the schema might be different than the server originating the DROP. This patch also adds support for OBJECT_DEFAULT to get_object_address; that is, it is now possible to refer to a column's default value. Catalog version bumped due to the new function. Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Heikki Linnakangas, Robert Haas, Andres Freund, Abhijit Menon-Sen, Adam Brightwell.
2014-12-23 19:31:29 +01:00
&relation, lockmode,
missing_ok);
break;
Restructure get_object_address() so it's safe against concurrent DDL. This gives a much better error message when the object of interest is concurrently dropped and avoids needlessly failing when the object of interest is concurrently dropped and recreated. It also improves the behavior of two concurrent DROP IF EXISTS operations targeted at the same object; as before, one will drop the object, but now the other will emit the usual NOTICE indicating that the object does not exist, instead of rolling back. As a fringe benefit, it's also slightly less code.
2011-11-17 18:41:37 +01:00
case OBJECT_RULE:
case OBJECT_TRIGGER:
get_object_address: separate domain constraints from table constraints Apart from enabling comments on domain constraints, this enables a future project to replicate object dropping to remote servers: with the current mechanism there's no way to distinguish between the two types of constraints, so there's no way to know what to drop. Also added support for the domain constraint comments in psql's \dd and pg_dump. Catalog version bumped due to the change in ObjectType enum.
2014-12-23 13:06:44 +01:00
case OBJECT_TABCONSTRAINT:
Row-Level Security Policies (RLS) Building on the updatable security-barrier views work, add the ability to define policies on tables to limit the set of rows which are returned from a query and which are allowed to be added to a table. Expressions defined by the policy for filtering are added to the security barrier quals of the query, while expressions defined to check records being added to a table are added to the with-check options of the query. New top-level commands are CREATE/ALTER/DROP POLICY and are controlled by the table owner. Row Security is able to be enabled and disabled by the owner on a per-table basis using ALTER TABLE .. ENABLE/DISABLE ROW SECURITY. Per discussion, ROW SECURITY is disabled on tables by default and must be enabled for policies on the table to be used. If no policies exist on a table with ROW SECURITY enabled, a default-deny policy is used and no records will be visible. By default, row security is applied at all times except for the table owner and the superuser. A new GUC, row_security, is added which can be set to ON, OFF, or FORCE. When set to FORCE, row security will be applied even for the table owner and superusers. When set to OFF, row security will be disabled when allowed and an error will be thrown if the user does not have rights to bypass row security. Per discussion, pg_dump sets row_security = OFF by default to ensure that exports and backups will have all data in the table or will error if there are insufficient privileges to bypass row security. A new option has been added to pg_dump, --enable-row-security, to ask pg_dump to export with row security enabled. A new role capability, BYPASSRLS, which can only be set by the superuser, is added to allow other users to be able to bypass row security using row_security = OFF. Many thanks to the various individuals who have helped with the design, particularly Robert Haas for his feedback. Authors include Craig Ringer, KaiGai Kohei, Adam Brightwell, Dean Rasheed, with additional changes and rework by me. Reviewers have included all of the above, Greg Smith, Jeff McCormick, and Robert Haas.
2014-09-19 17:18:35 +02:00
case OBJECT_POLICY:
Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward to deal with lists of functions. Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-11-12 18:00:00 +01:00
address = get_object_address_relobject(objtype, castNode(List, object),
Restructure get_object_address() so it's safe against concurrent DDL. This gives a much better error message when the object of interest is concurrently dropped and avoids needlessly failing when the object of interest is concurrently dropped and recreated. It also improves the behavior of two concurrent DROP IF EXISTS operations targeted at the same object; as before, one will drop the object, but now the other will emit the usual NOTICE indicating that the object does not exist, instead of rolling back. As a fringe benefit, it's also slightly less code.
2011-11-17 18:41:37 +01:00
&relation, missing_ok);
break;
get_object_address: separate domain constraints from table constraints Apart from enabling comments on domain constraints, this enables a future project to replicate object dropping to remote servers: with the current mechanism there's no way to distinguish between the two types of constraints, so there's no way to know what to drop. Also added support for the domain constraint comments in psql's \dd and pg_dump. Catalog version bumped due to the change in ObjectType enum.
2014-12-23 13:06:44 +01:00
case OBJECT_DOMCONSTRAINT:
{
Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward to deal with lists of functions. Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-11-12 18:00:00 +01:00
List *objlist;
get_object_address: separate domain constraints from table constraints Apart from enabling comments on domain constraints, this enables a future project to replicate object dropping to remote servers: with the current mechanism there's no way to distinguish between the two types of constraints, so there's no way to know what to drop. Also added support for the domain constraint comments in psql's \dd and pg_dump. Catalog version bumped due to the change in ObjectType enum.
2014-12-23 13:06:44 +01:00
ObjectAddress domaddr;
char *constrname;
Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward to deal with lists of functions. Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-11-12 18:00:00 +01:00
objlist = castNode(List, object);
Support opfamily members in get_object_address In the spirit of 890192e99af and 4464303405f: have get_object_address understand individual pg_amop and pg_amproc objects. There is no way to refer to such objects directly in the grammar -- rather, they are almost always considered an integral part of the opfamily that contains them. (The only case that deals with them individually is ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY ADD/DROP, which carries the opfamily address separately and thus does not need it to be part of each added/dropped element's address.) In event triggers it becomes possible to become involved with individual amop/amproc elements, and this commit enables pg_get_object_address to do so as well. To make the overall coding simpler, this commit also slightly changes the get_object_address representation for opclasses and opfamilies: instead of having the AM name in the objargs array, I moved it as the first element of the objnames array. This enables the new code to use objargs for the type names used by pg_amop and pg_amproc. Reviewed by: Stephen Frost
2015-03-16 16:06:34 +01:00
domaddr = get_object_address_type(OBJECT_DOMAIN,
Improve castNode notation by introducing list-extraction-specific variants. This extends the castNode() notation introduced by commit 5bcab1114 to provide, in one step, extraction of a list cell's pointer and coercion to a concrete node type. For example, "lfirst_node(Foo, lc)" is the same as "castNode(Foo, lfirst(lc))". Almost half of the uses of castNode that have appeared so far include a list extraction call, so this is pretty widely useful, and it saves a few more keystrokes compared to the old way. As with the previous patch, back-patch the addition of these macros to pg_list.h, so that the notation will be available when back-patching. Patch by me, after an idea of Andrew Gierth's. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/14197.1491841216@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-04-10 19:51:29 +02:00
linitial_node(TypeName, objlist),
Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward to deal with lists of functions. Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-11-12 18:00:00 +01:00
missing_ok);
constrname = strVal(lsecond(objlist));
get_object_address: separate domain constraints from table constraints Apart from enabling comments on domain constraints, this enables a future project to replicate object dropping to remote servers: with the current mechanism there's no way to distinguish between the two types of constraints, so there's no way to know what to drop. Also added support for the domain constraint comments in psql's \dd and pg_dump. Catalog version bumped due to the change in ObjectType enum.
2014-12-23 13:06:44 +01:00
address.classId = ConstraintRelationId;
address.objectId = get_domain_constraint_oid(domaddr.objectId,
constrname, missing_ok);
address.objectSubId = 0;
}
break;
Restructure get_object_address() so it's safe against concurrent DDL. This gives a much better error message when the object of interest is concurrently dropped and avoids needlessly failing when the object of interest is concurrently dropped and recreated. It also improves the behavior of two concurrent DROP IF EXISTS operations targeted at the same object; as before, one will drop the object, but now the other will emit the usual NOTICE indicating that the object does not exist, instead of rolling back. As a fringe benefit, it's also slightly less code.
2011-11-17 18:41:37 +01:00
case OBJECT_DATABASE:
case OBJECT_EXTENSION:
case OBJECT_TABLESPACE:
case OBJECT_ROLE:
case OBJECT_SCHEMA:
case OBJECT_LANGUAGE:
case OBJECT_FDW:
case OBJECT_FOREIGN_SERVER:
Syntax support and documentation for event triggers. They don't actually do anything yet; that will get fixed in a follow-on commit. But this gets the basic infrastructure in place, including CREATE/ALTER/DROP EVENT TRIGGER; support for COMMENT, SECURITY LABEL, and ALTER EXTENSION .. ADD/DROP EVENT TRIGGER; pg_dump and psql support; and documentation for the anticipated initial feature set. Dimitri Fontaine, with review and a bunch of additional hacking by me. Thom Brown extensively reviewed earlier versions of this patch set, but there's not a whole lot of that code left in this commit, as it turns out.
2012-07-18 16:16:16 +02:00
case OBJECT_EVENT_TRIGGER:
Allow granting SET and ALTER SYSTEM privileges on GUC parameters. This patch allows "PGC_SUSET" parameters to be set by non-superusers if they have been explicitly granted the privilege to do so. The privilege to perform ALTER SYSTEM SET/RESET on a specific parameter can also be granted. Such privileges are cluster-wide, not per database. They are tracked in a new shared catalog, pg_parameter_acl. Granting and revoking these new privileges works as one would expect. One caveat is that PGC_USERSET GUCs are unaffected by the SET privilege --- one could wish that those were handled by a revocable grant to PUBLIC, but they are not, because we couldn't make it robust enough for GUCs defined by extensions. Mark Dilger, reviewed at various times by Andrew Dunstan, Robert Haas, Joshua Brindle, and myself Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3D691E20-C1D5-4B80-8BA5-6BEB63AF3029@enterprisedb.com
2022-04-06 19:24:33 +02:00
case OBJECT_PARAMETER_ACL:
Support CREATE ACCESS METHOD This enables external code to create access methods. This is useful so that extensions can add their own access methods which can be formally tracked for dependencies, so that DROP operates correctly. Also, having explicit support makes pg_dump work correctly. Currently only index AMs are supported, but we expect different types to be added in the future. Authors: Alexander Korotkov, Petr Jelínek Reviewed-By: Teodor Sigaev, Petr Jelínek, Jim Nasby Commitfest-URL: https://commitfest.postgresql.org/9/353/ Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAPpHfdsXwZmojm6Dx+TJnpYk27kT4o7Ri6X_4OSWcByu1Rm+VA@mail.gmail.com
2016-03-24 03:01:35 +01:00
case OBJECT_ACCESS_METHOD:
Logical replication - Add PUBLICATION catalogs and DDL - Add SUBSCRIPTION catalog and DDL - Define logical replication protocol and output plugin - Add logical replication workers From: Petr Jelinek <petr@2ndquadrant.com> Reviewed-by: Steve Singer <steve@ssinger.info> Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> Reviewed-by: Erik Rijkers <er@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
2017-01-19 18:00:00 +01:00
case OBJECT_PUBLICATION:
case OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION:
Restructure get_object_address() so it's safe against concurrent DDL. This gives a much better error message when the object of interest is concurrently dropped and avoids needlessly failing when the object of interest is concurrently dropped and recreated. It also improves the behavior of two concurrent DROP IF EXISTS operations targeted at the same object; as before, one will drop the object, but now the other will emit the usual NOTICE indicating that the object does not exist, instead of rolling back. As a fringe benefit, it's also slightly less code.
2011-11-17 18:41:37 +01:00
address = get_object_address_unqualified(objtype,
Remove Value node struct The Value node struct is a weird construct. It is its own node type, but most of the time, it actually has a node type of Integer, Float, String, or BitString. As a consequence, the struct name and the node type don't match most of the time, and so it has to be treated specially a lot. There doesn't seem to be any value in the special construct. There is very little code that wants to accept all Value variants but nothing else (and even if it did, this doesn't provide any convenient way to check it), and most code wants either just one particular node type (usually String), or it accepts a broader set of node types besides just Value. This change removes the Value struct and node type and replaces them by separate Integer, Float, String, and BitString node types that are proper node types and structs of their own and behave mostly like normal node types. Also, this removes the T_Null node tag, which was previously also a possible variant of Value but wasn't actually used outside of the Value contained in A_Const. Replace that by an isnull field in A_Const. Reviewed-by: Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker <ilmari@ilmari.org> Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/5ba6bc5b-3f95-04f2-2419-f8ddb4c046fb@enterprisedb.com
2021-09-09 07:58:12 +02:00
castNode(String, object), missing_ok);
Restructure get_object_address() so it's safe against concurrent DDL. This gives a much better error message when the object of interest is concurrently dropped and avoids needlessly failing when the object of interest is concurrently dropped and recreated. It also improves the behavior of two concurrent DROP IF EXISTS operations targeted at the same object; as before, one will drop the object, but now the other will emit the usual NOTICE indicating that the object does not exist, instead of rolling back. As a fringe benefit, it's also slightly less code.
2011-11-17 18:41:37 +01:00
break;
case OBJECT_TYPE:
case OBJECT_DOMAIN:
Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward to deal with lists of functions. Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-11-12 18:00:00 +01:00
address = get_object_address_type(objtype, castNode(TypeName, object), missing_ok);
Restructure get_object_address() so it's safe against concurrent DDL. This gives a much better error message when the object of interest is concurrently dropped and avoids needlessly failing when the object of interest is concurrently dropped and recreated. It also improves the behavior of two concurrent DROP IF EXISTS operations targeted at the same object; as before, one will drop the object, but now the other will emit the usual NOTICE indicating that the object does not exist, instead of rolling back. As a fringe benefit, it's also slightly less code.
2011-11-17 18:41:37 +01:00
break;
case OBJECT_AGGREGATE:
case OBJECT_FUNCTION:
SQL procedures This adds a new object type "procedure" that is similar to a function but does not have a return type and is invoked by the new CALL statement instead of SELECT or similar. This implementation is aligned with the SQL standard and compatible with or similar to other SQL implementations. This commit adds new commands CALL, CREATE/ALTER/DROP PROCEDURE, as well as ALTER/DROP ROUTINE that can refer to either a function or a procedure (or an aggregate function, as an extension to SQL). There is also support for procedures in various utility commands such as COMMENT and GRANT, as well as support in pg_dump and psql. Support for defining procedures is available in all the languages supplied by the core distribution. While this commit is mainly syntax sugar around existing functionality, future features will rely on having procedures as a separate object type. Reviewed-by: Andrew Dunstan <andrew.dunstan@2ndquadrant.com>
2017-11-30 14:46:13 +01:00
case OBJECT_PROCEDURE:
case OBJECT_ROUTINE:
Replace LookupFuncNameTypeNames() with LookupFuncWithArgs() The old function took function name and function argument list as separate arguments. Now that all function signatures are passed around as ObjectWithArgs structs, this is no longer necessary and can be replaced by a function that takes ObjectWithArgs directly. Similarly for aggregates and operators. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-12-28 18:00:00 +01:00
address.classId = ProcedureRelationId;
SQL procedures This adds a new object type "procedure" that is similar to a function but does not have a return type and is invoked by the new CALL statement instead of SELECT or similar. This implementation is aligned with the SQL standard and compatible with or similar to other SQL implementations. This commit adds new commands CALL, CREATE/ALTER/DROP PROCEDURE, as well as ALTER/DROP ROUTINE that can refer to either a function or a procedure (or an aggregate function, as an extension to SQL). There is also support for procedures in various utility commands such as COMMENT and GRANT, as well as support in pg_dump and psql. Support for defining procedures is available in all the languages supplied by the core distribution. While this commit is mainly syntax sugar around existing functionality, future features will rely on having procedures as a separate object type. Reviewed-by: Andrew Dunstan <andrew.dunstan@2ndquadrant.com>
2017-11-30 14:46:13 +01:00
address.objectId = LookupFuncWithArgs(objtype, castNode(ObjectWithArgs, object), missing_ok);
Replace LookupFuncNameTypeNames() with LookupFuncWithArgs() The old function took function name and function argument list as separate arguments. Now that all function signatures are passed around as ObjectWithArgs structs, this is no longer necessary and can be replaced by a function that takes ObjectWithArgs directly. Similarly for aggregates and operators. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-12-28 18:00:00 +01:00
address.objectSubId = 0;
break;
Restructure get_object_address() so it's safe against concurrent DDL. This gives a much better error message when the object of interest is concurrently dropped and avoids needlessly failing when the object of interest is concurrently dropped and recreated. It also improves the behavior of two concurrent DROP IF EXISTS operations targeted at the same object; as before, one will drop the object, but now the other will emit the usual NOTICE indicating that the object does not exist, instead of rolling back. As a fringe benefit, it's also slightly less code.
2011-11-17 18:41:37 +01:00
case OBJECT_OPERATOR:
Replace LookupFuncNameTypeNames() with LookupFuncWithArgs() The old function took function name and function argument list as separate arguments. Now that all function signatures are passed around as ObjectWithArgs structs, this is no longer necessary and can be replaced by a function that takes ObjectWithArgs directly. Similarly for aggregates and operators. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-12-28 18:00:00 +01:00
address.classId = OperatorRelationId;
address.objectId = LookupOperWithArgs(castNode(ObjectWithArgs, object), missing_ok);
address.objectSubId = 0;
break;
Restructure get_object_address() so it's safe against concurrent DDL. This gives a much better error message when the object of interest is concurrently dropped and avoids needlessly failing when the object of interest is concurrently dropped and recreated. It also improves the behavior of two concurrent DROP IF EXISTS operations targeted at the same object; as before, one will drop the object, but now the other will emit the usual NOTICE indicating that the object does not exist, instead of rolling back. As a fringe benefit, it's also slightly less code.
2011-11-17 18:41:37 +01:00
case OBJECT_COLLATION:
address.classId = CollationRelationId;
Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward to deal with lists of functions. Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-11-12 18:00:00 +01:00
address.objectId = get_collation_oid(castNode(List, object), missing_ok);
Restructure get_object_address() so it's safe against concurrent DDL. This gives a much better error message when the object of interest is concurrently dropped and avoids needlessly failing when the object of interest is concurrently dropped and recreated. It also improves the behavior of two concurrent DROP IF EXISTS operations targeted at the same object; as before, one will drop the object, but now the other will emit the usual NOTICE indicating that the object does not exist, instead of rolling back. As a fringe benefit, it's also slightly less code.
2011-11-17 18:41:37 +01:00
address.objectSubId = 0;
break;
case OBJECT_CONVERSION:
address.classId = ConversionRelationId;
Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward to deal with lists of functions. Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-11-12 18:00:00 +01:00
address.objectId = get_conversion_oid(castNode(List, object), missing_ok);
Restructure get_object_address() so it's safe against concurrent DDL. This gives a much better error message when the object of interest is concurrently dropped and avoids needlessly failing when the object of interest is concurrently dropped and recreated. It also improves the behavior of two concurrent DROP IF EXISTS operations targeted at the same object; as before, one will drop the object, but now the other will emit the usual NOTICE indicating that the object does not exist, instead of rolling back. As a fringe benefit, it's also slightly less code.
2011-11-17 18:41:37 +01:00
address.objectSubId = 0;
break;
case OBJECT_OPCLASS:
case OBJECT_OPFAMILY:
Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward to deal with lists of functions. Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-11-12 18:00:00 +01:00
address = get_object_address_opcf(objtype, castNode(List, object), missing_ok);
Support opfamily members in get_object_address In the spirit of 890192e99af and 4464303405f: have get_object_address understand individual pg_amop and pg_amproc objects. There is no way to refer to such objects directly in the grammar -- rather, they are almost always considered an integral part of the opfamily that contains them. (The only case that deals with them individually is ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY ADD/DROP, which carries the opfamily address separately and thus does not need it to be part of each added/dropped element's address.) In event triggers it becomes possible to become involved with individual amop/amproc elements, and this commit enables pg_get_object_address to do so as well. To make the overall coding simpler, this commit also slightly changes the get_object_address representation for opclasses and opfamilies: instead of having the AM name in the objargs array, I moved it as the first element of the objnames array. This enables the new code to use objargs for the type names used by pg_amop and pg_amproc. Reviewed by: Stephen Frost
2015-03-16 16:06:34 +01:00
break;
case OBJECT_AMOP:
case OBJECT_AMPROC:
Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward to deal with lists of functions. Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-11-12 18:00:00 +01:00
address = get_object_address_opf_member(objtype, castNode(List, object), missing_ok);
Restructure get_object_address() so it's safe against concurrent DDL. This gives a much better error message when the object of interest is concurrently dropped and avoids needlessly failing when the object of interest is concurrently dropped and recreated. It also improves the behavior of two concurrent DROP IF EXISTS operations targeted at the same object; as before, one will drop the object, but now the other will emit the usual NOTICE indicating that the object does not exist, instead of rolling back. As a fringe benefit, it's also slightly less code.
2011-11-17 18:41:37 +01:00
break;
case OBJECT_LARGEOBJECT:
address.classId = LargeObjectRelationId;
Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward to deal with lists of functions. Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-11-12 18:00:00 +01:00
address.objectId = oidparse(object);
Restructure get_object_address() so it's safe against concurrent DDL. This gives a much better error message when the object of interest is concurrently dropped and avoids needlessly failing when the object of interest is concurrently dropped and recreated. It also improves the behavior of two concurrent DROP IF EXISTS operations targeted at the same object; as before, one will drop the object, but now the other will emit the usual NOTICE indicating that the object does not exist, instead of rolling back. As a fringe benefit, it's also slightly less code.
2011-11-17 18:41:37 +01:00
address.objectSubId = 0;
if (!LargeObjectExists(address.objectId))
{
if (!missing_ok)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
errmsg("large object %u does not exist",
address.objectId)));
}
break;
case OBJECT_CAST:
{
Improve castNode notation by introducing list-extraction-specific variants. This extends the castNode() notation introduced by commit 5bcab1114 to provide, in one step, extraction of a list cell's pointer and coercion to a concrete node type. For example, "lfirst_node(Foo, lc)" is the same as "castNode(Foo, lfirst(lc))". Almost half of the uses of castNode that have appeared so far include a list extraction call, so this is pretty widely useful, and it saves a few more keystrokes compared to the old way. As with the previous patch, back-patch the addition of these macros to pg_list.h, so that the notation will be available when back-patching. Patch by me, after an idea of Andrew Gierth's. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/14197.1491841216@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-04-10 19:51:29 +02:00
TypeName *sourcetype = linitial_node(TypeName, castNode(List, object));
TypeName *targettype = lsecond_node(TypeName, castNode(List, object));
Make DROP IF EXISTS more consistently not fail Some cases were still reporting errors and aborting, instead of a NOTICE that the object was being skipped. This makes it more difficult to cleanly handle pg_dump --clean, so change that to instead skip missing objects properly. Per bug #7873 reported by Dave Rolsky; apparently this affects a large number of users. Authors: Pavel Stehule and Dean Rasheed. Some tweaks by Álvaro Herrera
2014-01-23 18:40:29 +01:00
Oid sourcetypeid;
Oid targettypeid;
Restructure get_object_address() so it's safe against concurrent DDL. This gives a much better error message when the object of interest is concurrently dropped and avoids needlessly failing when the object of interest is concurrently dropped and recreated. It also improves the behavior of two concurrent DROP IF EXISTS operations targeted at the same object; as before, one will drop the object, but now the other will emit the usual NOTICE indicating that the object does not exist, instead of rolling back. As a fringe benefit, it's also slightly less code.
2011-11-17 18:41:37 +01:00
Make DROP IF EXISTS more consistently not fail Some cases were still reporting errors and aborting, instead of a NOTICE that the object was being skipped. This makes it more difficult to cleanly handle pg_dump --clean, so change that to instead skip missing objects properly. Per bug #7873 reported by Dave Rolsky; apparently this affects a large number of users. Authors: Pavel Stehule and Dean Rasheed. Some tweaks by Álvaro Herrera
2014-01-23 18:40:29 +01:00
sourcetypeid = LookupTypeNameOid(NULL, sourcetype, missing_ok);
targettypeid = LookupTypeNameOid(NULL, targettype, missing_ok);
Restructure get_object_address() so it's safe against concurrent DDL. This gives a much better error message when the object of interest is concurrently dropped and avoids needlessly failing when the object of interest is concurrently dropped and recreated. It also improves the behavior of two concurrent DROP IF EXISTS operations targeted at the same object; as before, one will drop the object, but now the other will emit the usual NOTICE indicating that the object does not exist, instead of rolling back. As a fringe benefit, it's also slightly less code.
2011-11-17 18:41:37 +01:00
address.classId = CastRelationId;
address.objectId =
get_cast_oid(sourcetypeid, targettypeid, missing_ok);
address.objectSubId = 0;
}
break;
Add transforms feature This provides a mechanism for specifying conversions between SQL data types and procedural languages. As examples, there are transforms for hstore and ltree for PL/Perl and PL/Python. reviews by Pavel Stěhule and Andres Freund
2015-04-26 16:33:14 +02:00
case OBJECT_TRANSFORM:
{
Improve castNode notation by introducing list-extraction-specific variants. This extends the castNode() notation introduced by commit 5bcab1114 to provide, in one step, extraction of a list cell's pointer and coercion to a concrete node type. For example, "lfirst_node(Foo, lc)" is the same as "castNode(Foo, lfirst(lc))". Almost half of the uses of castNode that have appeared so far include a list extraction call, so this is pretty widely useful, and it saves a few more keystrokes compared to the old way. As with the previous patch, back-patch the addition of these macros to pg_list.h, so that the notation will be available when back-patching. Patch by me, after an idea of Andrew Gierth's. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/14197.1491841216@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-04-10 19:51:29 +02:00
TypeName *typename = linitial_node(TypeName, castNode(List, object));
Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward to deal with lists of functions. Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-11-12 18:00:00 +01:00
char *langname = strVal(lsecond(castNode(List, object)));
Add transforms feature This provides a mechanism for specifying conversions between SQL data types and procedural languages. As examples, there are transforms for hstore and ltree for PL/Perl and PL/Python. reviews by Pavel Stěhule and Andres Freund
2015-04-26 16:33:14 +02:00
Oid type_id = LookupTypeNameOid(NULL, typename, missing_ok);
Oid lang_id = get_language_oid(langname, missing_ok);
address.classId = TransformRelationId;
address.objectId =
get_transform_oid(type_id, lang_id, missing_ok);
address.objectSubId = 0;
}
break;
Restructure get_object_address() so it's safe against concurrent DDL. This gives a much better error message when the object of interest is concurrently dropped and avoids needlessly failing when the object of interest is concurrently dropped and recreated. It also improves the behavior of two concurrent DROP IF EXISTS operations targeted at the same object; as before, one will drop the object, but now the other will emit the usual NOTICE indicating that the object does not exist, instead of rolling back. As a fringe benefit, it's also slightly less code.
2011-11-17 18:41:37 +01:00
case OBJECT_TSPARSER:
address.classId = TSParserRelationId;
Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward to deal with lists of functions. Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-11-12 18:00:00 +01:00
address.objectId = get_ts_parser_oid(castNode(List, object), missing_ok);
Restructure get_object_address() so it's safe against concurrent DDL. This gives a much better error message when the object of interest is concurrently dropped and avoids needlessly failing when the object of interest is concurrently dropped and recreated. It also improves the behavior of two concurrent DROP IF EXISTS operations targeted at the same object; as before, one will drop the object, but now the other will emit the usual NOTICE indicating that the object does not exist, instead of rolling back. As a fringe benefit, it's also slightly less code.
2011-11-17 18:41:37 +01:00
address.objectSubId = 0;
break;
case OBJECT_TSDICTIONARY:
address.classId = TSDictionaryRelationId;
Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward to deal with lists of functions. Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-11-12 18:00:00 +01:00
address.objectId = get_ts_dict_oid(castNode(List, object), missing_ok);
Restructure get_object_address() so it's safe against concurrent DDL. This gives a much better error message when the object of interest is concurrently dropped and avoids needlessly failing when the object of interest is concurrently dropped and recreated. It also improves the behavior of two concurrent DROP IF EXISTS operations targeted at the same object; as before, one will drop the object, but now the other will emit the usual NOTICE indicating that the object does not exist, instead of rolling back. As a fringe benefit, it's also slightly less code.
2011-11-17 18:41:37 +01:00
address.objectSubId = 0;
break;
case OBJECT_TSTEMPLATE:
address.classId = TSTemplateRelationId;
Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward to deal with lists of functions. Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-11-12 18:00:00 +01:00
address.objectId = get_ts_template_oid(castNode(List, object), missing_ok);
Restructure get_object_address() so it's safe against concurrent DDL. This gives a much better error message when the object of interest is concurrently dropped and avoids needlessly failing when the object of interest is concurrently dropped and recreated. It also improves the behavior of two concurrent DROP IF EXISTS operations targeted at the same object; as before, one will drop the object, but now the other will emit the usual NOTICE indicating that the object does not exist, instead of rolling back. As a fringe benefit, it's also slightly less code.
2011-11-17 18:41:37 +01:00
address.objectSubId = 0;
break;
case OBJECT_TSCONFIGURATION:
address.classId = TSConfigRelationId;
Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward to deal with lists of functions. Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-11-12 18:00:00 +01:00
address.objectId = get_ts_config_oid(castNode(List, object), missing_ok);
Restructure get_object_address() so it's safe against concurrent DDL. This gives a much better error message when the object of interest is concurrently dropped and avoids needlessly failing when the object of interest is concurrently dropped and recreated. It also improves the behavior of two concurrent DROP IF EXISTS operations targeted at the same object; as before, one will drop the object, but now the other will emit the usual NOTICE indicating that the object does not exist, instead of rolling back. As a fringe benefit, it's also slightly less code.
2011-11-17 18:41:37 +01:00
address.objectSubId = 0;
break;
Support user mappings in get_object_address Since commit 72dd233d3ef we were trying to obtain object addressing information in sql_drop event triggers, but that caused failures when the drops involved user mappings. This addition enables that to work again. Naturally, pg_get_object_address can work with these objects now, too. I toyed with the idea of removing DropUserMappingStmt as a node and using DropStmt instead in the DropUserMappingStmt grammar production, but that didn't go very well: for one thing the messages thrown by the specific code are specialized (you get "server not found" if you specify the wrong server, instead of a generic "user mapping for ... not found" which you'd get it we were to merge this with RemoveObjects --- unless we added even more special cases). For another thing, it would require to pass RoleSpec nodes through the objname/objargs representation used by RemoveObjects, which works in isolation, but gets messy when pg_get_object_address is involved. So I dropped this part for now. Reviewed by Stephen Frost.
2015-03-11 21:01:13 +01:00
case OBJECT_USER_MAPPING:
Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward to deal with lists of functions. Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-11-12 18:00:00 +01:00
address = get_object_address_usermapping(castNode(List, object),
Support user mappings in get_object_address Since commit 72dd233d3ef we were trying to obtain object addressing information in sql_drop event triggers, but that caused failures when the drops involved user mappings. This addition enables that to work again. Naturally, pg_get_object_address can work with these objects now, too. I toyed with the idea of removing DropUserMappingStmt as a node and using DropStmt instead in the DropUserMappingStmt grammar production, but that didn't go very well: for one thing the messages thrown by the specific code are specialized (you get "server not found" if you specify the wrong server, instead of a generic "user mapping for ... not found" which you'd get it we were to merge this with RemoveObjects --- unless we added even more special cases). For another thing, it would require to pass RoleSpec nodes through the objname/objargs representation used by RemoveObjects, which works in isolation, but gets messy when pg_get_object_address is involved. So I dropped this part for now. Reviewed by Stephen Frost.
2015-03-11 21:01:13 +01:00
missing_ok);
break;
Allow publishing the tables of schema. A new option "FOR ALL TABLES IN SCHEMA" in Create/Alter Publication allows one or more schemas to be specified, whose tables are selected by the publisher for sending the data to the subscriber. The new syntax allows specifying both the tables and schemas. For example: CREATE PUBLICATION pub1 FOR TABLE t1,t2,t3, ALL TABLES IN SCHEMA s1,s2; OR ALTER PUBLICATION pub1 ADD TABLE t1,t2,t3, ALL TABLES IN SCHEMA s1,s2; A new system table "pg_publication_namespace" has been added, to maintain the schemas that the user wants to publish through the publication. Modified the output plugin (pgoutput) to publish the changes if the relation is part of schema publication. Updates pg_dump to identify and dump schema publications. Updates the \d family of commands to display schema publications and \dRp+ variant will now display associated schemas if any. Author: Vignesh C, Hou Zhijie, Amit Kapila Syntax-Suggested-by: Tom Lane, Alvaro Herrera Reviewed-by: Greg Nancarrow, Masahiko Sawada, Hou Zhijie, Amit Kapila, Haiying Tang, Ajin Cherian, Rahila Syed, Bharath Rupireddy, Mark Dilger Tested-by: Haiying Tang Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CALDaNm0OANxuJ6RXqwZsM1MSY4s19nuH3734j4a72etDwvBETQ@mail.gmail.com
2021-10-27 04:14:52 +02:00
case OBJECT_PUBLICATION_NAMESPACE:
address = get_object_address_publication_schema(castNode(List, object),
missing_ok);
break;
Logical replication - Add PUBLICATION catalogs and DDL - Add SUBSCRIPTION catalog and DDL - Define logical replication protocol and output plugin - Add logical replication workers From: Petr Jelinek <petr@2ndquadrant.com> Reviewed-by: Steve Singer <steve@ssinger.info> Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> Reviewed-by: Erik Rijkers <er@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
2017-01-19 18:00:00 +01:00
case OBJECT_PUBLICATION_REL:
Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward to deal with lists of functions. Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-11-12 18:00:00 +01:00
address = get_object_address_publication_rel(castNode(List, object),
Logical replication - Add PUBLICATION catalogs and DDL - Add SUBSCRIPTION catalog and DDL - Define logical replication protocol and output plugin - Add logical replication workers From: Petr Jelinek <petr@2ndquadrant.com> Reviewed-by: Steve Singer <steve@ssinger.info> Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> Reviewed-by: Erik Rijkers <er@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
2017-01-19 18:00:00 +01:00
&relation,
missing_ok);
Add missing break
2017-01-22 12:40:04 +01:00
break;
Support default ACLs in get_object_address In the spirit of 890192e99af, this time add support for the things living in the pg_default_acl catalog. These are not really "objects", but they show up as such in event triggers. There is no "DROP DEFAULT PRIVILEGES" or similar command, so it doesn't look like the new representation given would be useful anywhere else, so I didn't try to use it outside objectaddress.c. (That might be a bug in itself, but that would be material for another commit.) Reviewed by Stephen Frost.
2015-03-11 23:23:47 +01:00
case OBJECT_DEFACL:
Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward to deal with lists of functions. Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-11-12 18:00:00 +01:00
address = get_object_address_defacl(castNode(List, object),
Support default ACLs in get_object_address In the spirit of 890192e99af, this time add support for the things living in the pg_default_acl catalog. These are not really "objects", but they show up as such in event triggers. There is no "DROP DEFAULT PRIVILEGES" or similar command, so it doesn't look like the new representation given would be useful anywhere else, so I didn't try to use it outside objectaddress.c. (That might be a bug in itself, but that would be material for another commit.) Reviewed by Stephen Frost.
2015-03-11 23:23:47 +01:00
missing_ok);
break;
Implement multivariate n-distinct coefficients Add support for explicitly declared statistic objects (CREATE STATISTICS), allowing collection of statistics on more complex combinations that individual table columns. Companion commands DROP STATISTICS and ALTER STATISTICS ... OWNER TO / SET SCHEMA / RENAME are added too. All this DDL has been designed so that more statistic types can be added later on, such as multivariate most-common-values and multivariate histograms between columns of a single table, leaving room for permitting columns on multiple tables, too, as well as expressions. This commit only adds support for collection of n-distinct coefficient on user-specified sets of columns in a single table. This is useful to estimate number of distinct groups in GROUP BY and DISTINCT clauses; estimation errors there can cause over-allocation of memory in hashed aggregates, for instance, so it's a worthwhile problem to solve. A new special pseudo-type pg_ndistinct is used. (num-distinct estimation was deemed sufficiently useful by itself that this is worthwhile even if no further statistic types are added immediately; so much so that another version of essentially the same functionality was submitted by Kyotaro Horiguchi: https://postgr.es/m/20150828.173334.114731693.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp though this commit does not use that code.) Author: Tomas Vondra. Some code rework by Álvaro. Reviewed-by: Dean Rasheed, David Rowley, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Jeff Janes, Ideriha Takeshi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/543AFA15.4080608@fuzzy.cz https://postgr.es/m/20170320190220.ixlaueanxegqd5gr@alvherre.pgsql
2017-03-24 18:06:10 +01:00
case OBJECT_STATISTIC_EXT:
address.classId = StatisticExtRelationId;
Standardize terminology for pg_statistic_ext entries. Consistently refer to such an entry as a "statistics object", not just "statistics" or "extended statistics". Previously we had a mismash of terms, accompanied by utter confusion as to whether the term was singular or plural. That's not only grating (at least to the ear of a native English speaker) but could be outright misleading, eg in error messages that seemed to be referring to multiple objects where only one could be meant. This commit fixes the code and a lot of comments (though I may have missed a few). I also renamed two new SQL functions, pg_get_statisticsextdef -> pg_get_statisticsobjdef pg_statistic_ext_is_visible -> pg_statistics_obj_is_visible to conform better with this terminology. I have not touched the SGML docs other than fixing those function names; the docs certainly need work but it seems like a separable task. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/22676.1494557205@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-05-14 16:54:47 +02:00
address.objectId = get_statistics_object_oid(castNode(List, object),
missing_ok);
Implement multivariate n-distinct coefficients Add support for explicitly declared statistic objects (CREATE STATISTICS), allowing collection of statistics on more complex combinations that individual table columns. Companion commands DROP STATISTICS and ALTER STATISTICS ... OWNER TO / SET SCHEMA / RENAME are added too. All this DDL has been designed so that more statistic types can be added later on, such as multivariate most-common-values and multivariate histograms between columns of a single table, leaving room for permitting columns on multiple tables, too, as well as expressions. This commit only adds support for collection of n-distinct coefficient on user-specified sets of columns in a single table. This is useful to estimate number of distinct groups in GROUP BY and DISTINCT clauses; estimation errors there can cause over-allocation of memory in hashed aggregates, for instance, so it's a worthwhile problem to solve. A new special pseudo-type pg_ndistinct is used. (num-distinct estimation was deemed sufficiently useful by itself that this is worthwhile even if no further statistic types are added immediately; so much so that another version of essentially the same functionality was submitted by Kyotaro Horiguchi: https://postgr.es/m/20150828.173334.114731693.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp though this commit does not use that code.) Author: Tomas Vondra. Some code rework by Álvaro. Reviewed-by: Dean Rasheed, David Rowley, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Jeff Janes, Ideriha Takeshi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/543AFA15.4080608@fuzzy.cz https://postgr.es/m/20170320190220.ixlaueanxegqd5gr@alvherre.pgsql
2017-03-24 18:06:10 +01:00
address.objectSubId = 0;
break;
Update some more ObjectType switch statements to not have default This allows the compiler to complain if a case has been missed. In these instances, the tradeoff of having to list a few unneeded cases to silence the compiler seems better than the risk of actually missing one. Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/fce5c98a-45da-19e7-dad0-21096bccd66e%40enterprisedb.com
2022-11-17 07:08:44 +01:00
/* no default, to let compiler warn about missing case */
Restructure get_object_address() so it's safe against concurrent DDL. This gives a much better error message when the object of interest is concurrently dropped and avoids needlessly failing when the object of interest is concurrently dropped and recreated. It also improves the behavior of two concurrent DROP IF EXISTS operations targeted at the same object; as before, one will drop the object, but now the other will emit the usual NOTICE indicating that the object does not exist, instead of rolling back. As a fringe benefit, it's also slightly less code.
2011-11-17 18:41:37 +01:00
}
Update some more ObjectType switch statements to not have default This allows the compiler to complain if a case has been missed. In these instances, the tradeoff of having to list a few unneeded cases to silence the compiler seems better than the risk of actually missing one. Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/fce5c98a-45da-19e7-dad0-21096bccd66e%40enterprisedb.com
2022-11-17 07:08:44 +01:00
if (!address.classId)
elog(ERROR, "unrecognized object type: %d", (int) objtype);
Restructure get_object_address() so it's safe against concurrent DDL. This gives a much better error message when the object of interest is concurrently dropped and avoids needlessly failing when the object of interest is concurrently dropped and recreated. It also improves the behavior of two concurrent DROP IF EXISTS operations targeted at the same object; as before, one will drop the object, but now the other will emit the usual NOTICE indicating that the object does not exist, instead of rolling back. As a fringe benefit, it's also slightly less code.
2011-11-17 18:41:37 +01:00
/*
* If we could not find the supplied object, return without locking.
*/
if (!OidIsValid(address.objectId))
{
Assert(missing_ok);
return address;
}
/*
* If we're retrying, see if we got the same answer as last time. If
* so, we're done; if not, we locked the wrong thing, so give up our
* lock.
*/
if (OidIsValid(old_address.classId))
{
if (old_address.classId == address.classId
&& old_address.objectId == address.objectId
&& old_address.objectSubId == address.objectSubId)
break;
if (old_address.classId != RelationRelationId)
{
if (IsSharedRelation(old_address.classId))
UnlockSharedObject(old_address.classId,
old_address.objectId,
0, lockmode);
else
UnlockDatabaseObject(old_address.classId,
old_address.objectId,
0, lockmode);
Rewrite comment code for better modularity, and add necessary locking. Review by Alvaro Herrera, KaiGai Kohei, and Tom Lane.
2010-08-27 13:47:41 +02:00
}
Restructure get_object_address() so it's safe against concurrent DDL. This gives a much better error message when the object of interest is concurrently dropped and avoids needlessly failing when the object of interest is concurrently dropped and recreated. It also improves the behavior of two concurrent DROP IF EXISTS operations targeted at the same object; as before, one will drop the object, but now the other will emit the usual NOTICE indicating that the object does not exist, instead of rolling back. As a fringe benefit, it's also slightly less code.
2011-11-17 18:41:37 +01:00
}
Rewrite comment code for better modularity, and add necessary locking. Review by Alvaro Herrera, KaiGai Kohei, and Tom Lane.
2010-08-27 13:47:41 +02:00
Restructure get_object_address() so it's safe against concurrent DDL. This gives a much better error message when the object of interest is concurrently dropped and avoids needlessly failing when the object of interest is concurrently dropped and recreated. It also improves the behavior of two concurrent DROP IF EXISTS operations targeted at the same object; as before, one will drop the object, but now the other will emit the usual NOTICE indicating that the object does not exist, instead of rolling back. As a fringe benefit, it's also slightly less code.
2011-11-17 18:41:37 +01:00
/*
* If we're dealing with a relation or attribute, then the relation is
* already locked. Otherwise, we lock it now.
*/
if (address.classId != RelationRelationId)
{
if (IsSharedRelation(address.classId))
LockSharedObject(address.classId, address.objectId, 0,
lockmode);
else
LockDatabaseObject(address.classId, address.objectId, 0,
lockmode);
}
Add a missing_ok argument to get_object_address(). This lays the groundwork for an upcoming patch to streamline the handling of DROP commands. KaiGai Kohei
2011-06-28 03:17:25 +02:00
Restructure get_object_address() so it's safe against concurrent DDL. This gives a much better error message when the object of interest is concurrently dropped and avoids needlessly failing when the object of interest is concurrently dropped and recreated. It also improves the behavior of two concurrent DROP IF EXISTS operations targeted at the same object; as before, one will drop the object, but now the other will emit the usual NOTICE indicating that the object does not exist, instead of rolling back. As a fringe benefit, it's also slightly less code.
2011-11-17 18:41:37 +01:00
/*
* At this point, we've resolved the name to an OID and locked the
* corresponding database object. However, it's possible that by the
* time we acquire the lock on the object, concurrent DDL has modified
* the database in such a way that the name we originally looked up no
* longer resolves to that OID.
*
* We can be certain that this isn't an issue if (a) no shared
* invalidation messages have been processed or (b) we've locked a
* relation somewhere along the line. All the relation name lookups
* in this module ultimately use RangeVarGetRelid() to acquire a
* relation lock, and that function protects against the same kinds of
* races we're worried about here. Even when operating on a
* constraint, rule, or trigger, we still acquire AccessShareLock on
* the relation, which is enough to freeze out any concurrent DDL.
*
* In all other cases, however, it's possible that the name we looked
* up no longer refers to the object we locked, so we retry the lookup
* and see whether we get the same answer.
*/
if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter || relation != NULL)
break;
old_address = address;
Rewrite comment code for better modularity, and add necessary locking. Review by Alvaro Herrera, KaiGai Kohei, and Tom Lane.
2010-08-27 13:47:41 +02:00
}
/* Return the object address and the relation. */
*relp = relation;
return address;
}
Support ALTER THING .. DEPENDS ON EXTENSION This introduces a new dependency type which marks an object as depending on an extension, such that if the extension is dropped, the object automatically goes away; and also, if the database is dumped, the object is included in the dump output. Currently the grammar supports this for indexes, triggers, materialized views and functions only, although the utility code is generic so adding support for more object types is a matter of touching the parser rules only. Author: Abhijit Menon-Sen Reviewed-by: Alexander Korotkov, Álvaro Herrera Discussion: http://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20160115062649.GA5068@toroid.org
2016-04-05 23:38:54 +02:00
/*
* Return an ObjectAddress based on a RangeVar and an object name. The
* name of the relation identified by the RangeVar is prepended to the
Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward to deal with lists of functions. Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-11-12 18:00:00 +01:00
* (possibly empty) list passed in as object. This is useful to find
Support ALTER THING .. DEPENDS ON EXTENSION This introduces a new dependency type which marks an object as depending on an extension, such that if the extension is dropped, the object automatically goes away; and also, if the database is dumped, the object is included in the dump output. Currently the grammar supports this for indexes, triggers, materialized views and functions only, although the utility code is generic so adding support for more object types is a matter of touching the parser rules only. Author: Abhijit Menon-Sen Reviewed-by: Alexander Korotkov, Álvaro Herrera Discussion: http://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20160115062649.GA5068@toroid.org
2016-04-05 23:38:54 +02:00
* the ObjectAddress of objects that depend on a relation. All other
* considerations are exactly as for get_object_address above.
*/
ObjectAddress
Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward to deal with lists of functions. Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-11-12 18:00:00 +01:00
get_object_address_rv(ObjectType objtype, RangeVar *rel, List *object,
Relation *relp, LOCKMODE lockmode,
Support ALTER THING .. DEPENDS ON EXTENSION This introduces a new dependency type which marks an object as depending on an extension, such that if the extension is dropped, the object automatically goes away; and also, if the database is dumped, the object is included in the dump output. Currently the grammar supports this for indexes, triggers, materialized views and functions only, although the utility code is generic so adding support for more object types is a matter of touching the parser rules only. Author: Abhijit Menon-Sen Reviewed-by: Alexander Korotkov, Álvaro Herrera Discussion: http://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20160115062649.GA5068@toroid.org
2016-04-05 23:38:54 +02:00
bool missing_ok)
{
if (rel)
{
Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward to deal with lists of functions. Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-11-12 18:00:00 +01:00
object = lcons(makeString(rel->relname), object);
Support ALTER THING .. DEPENDS ON EXTENSION This introduces a new dependency type which marks an object as depending on an extension, such that if the extension is dropped, the object automatically goes away; and also, if the database is dumped, the object is included in the dump output. Currently the grammar supports this for indexes, triggers, materialized views and functions only, although the utility code is generic so adding support for more object types is a matter of touching the parser rules only. Author: Abhijit Menon-Sen Reviewed-by: Alexander Korotkov, Álvaro Herrera Discussion: http://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20160115062649.GA5068@toroid.org
2016-04-05 23:38:54 +02:00
if (rel->schemaname)
Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward to deal with lists of functions. Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-11-12 18:00:00 +01:00
object = lcons(makeString(rel->schemaname), object);
Support ALTER THING .. DEPENDS ON EXTENSION This introduces a new dependency type which marks an object as depending on an extension, such that if the extension is dropped, the object automatically goes away; and also, if the database is dumped, the object is included in the dump output. Currently the grammar supports this for indexes, triggers, materialized views and functions only, although the utility code is generic so adding support for more object types is a matter of touching the parser rules only. Author: Abhijit Menon-Sen Reviewed-by: Alexander Korotkov, Álvaro Herrera Discussion: http://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20160115062649.GA5068@toroid.org
2016-04-05 23:38:54 +02:00
if (rel->catalogname)
Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward to deal with lists of functions. Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-11-12 18:00:00 +01:00
object = lcons(makeString(rel->catalogname), object);
Support ALTER THING .. DEPENDS ON EXTENSION This introduces a new dependency type which marks an object as depending on an extension, such that if the extension is dropped, the object automatically goes away; and also, if the database is dumped, the object is included in the dump output. Currently the grammar supports this for indexes, triggers, materialized views and functions only, although the utility code is generic so adding support for more object types is a matter of touching the parser rules only. Author: Abhijit Menon-Sen Reviewed-by: Alexander Korotkov, Álvaro Herrera Discussion: http://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20160115062649.GA5068@toroid.org
2016-04-05 23:38:54 +02:00
}
Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward to deal with lists of functions. Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-11-12 18:00:00 +01:00
return get_object_address(objtype, (Node *) object,
Support ALTER THING .. DEPENDS ON EXTENSION This introduces a new dependency type which marks an object as depending on an extension, such that if the extension is dropped, the object automatically goes away; and also, if the database is dumped, the object is included in the dump output. Currently the grammar supports this for indexes, triggers, materialized views and functions only, although the utility code is generic so adding support for more object types is a matter of touching the parser rules only. Author: Abhijit Menon-Sen Reviewed-by: Alexander Korotkov, Álvaro Herrera Discussion: http://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20160115062649.GA5068@toroid.org
2016-04-05 23:38:54 +02:00
relp, lockmode, missing_ok);
}
Rewrite comment code for better modularity, and add necessary locking. Review by Alvaro Herrera, KaiGai Kohei, and Tom Lane.
2010-08-27 13:47:41 +02:00
/*
* Find an ObjectAddress for a type of object that is identified by an
* unqualified name.
*/
static ObjectAddress
Add a missing_ok argument to get_object_address(). This lays the groundwork for an upcoming patch to streamline the handling of DROP commands. KaiGai Kohei
2011-06-28 03:17:25 +02:00
get_object_address_unqualified(ObjectType objtype,
Remove Value node struct The Value node struct is a weird construct. It is its own node type, but most of the time, it actually has a node type of Integer, Float, String, or BitString. As a consequence, the struct name and the node type don't match most of the time, and so it has to be treated specially a lot. There doesn't seem to be any value in the special construct. There is very little code that wants to accept all Value variants but nothing else (and even if it did, this doesn't provide any convenient way to check it), and most code wants either just one particular node type (usually String), or it accepts a broader set of node types besides just Value. This change removes the Value struct and node type and replaces them by separate Integer, Float, String, and BitString node types that are proper node types and structs of their own and behave mostly like normal node types. Also, this removes the T_Null node tag, which was previously also a possible variant of Value but wasn't actually used outside of the Value contained in A_Const. Replace that by an isnull field in A_Const. Reviewed-by: Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker <ilmari@ilmari.org> Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/5ba6bc5b-3f95-04f2-2419-f8ddb4c046fb@enterprisedb.com
2021-09-09 07:58:12 +02:00
String *strval, bool missing_ok)
Rewrite comment code for better modularity, and add necessary locking. Review by Alvaro Herrera, KaiGai Kohei, and Tom Lane.
2010-08-27 13:47:41 +02:00
{
const char *name;
ObjectAddress address;
Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward to deal with lists of functions. Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-11-12 18:00:00 +01:00
name = strVal(strval);
Rewrite comment code for better modularity, and add necessary locking. Review by Alvaro Herrera, KaiGai Kohei, and Tom Lane.
2010-08-27 13:47:41 +02:00
/* Translate name to OID. */
switch (objtype)
{
Support CREATE ACCESS METHOD This enables external code to create access methods. This is useful so that extensions can add their own access methods which can be formally tracked for dependencies, so that DROP operates correctly. Also, having explicit support makes pg_dump work correctly. Currently only index AMs are supported, but we expect different types to be added in the future. Authors: Alexander Korotkov, Petr Jelínek Reviewed-By: Teodor Sigaev, Petr Jelínek, Jim Nasby Commitfest-URL: https://commitfest.postgresql.org/9/353/ Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAPpHfdsXwZmojm6Dx+TJnpYk27kT4o7Ri6X_4OSWcByu1Rm+VA@mail.gmail.com
2016-03-24 03:01:35 +01:00
case OBJECT_ACCESS_METHOD:
address.classId = AccessMethodRelationId;
address.objectId = get_am_oid(name, missing_ok);
address.objectSubId = 0;
break;
Rewrite comment code for better modularity, and add necessary locking. Review by Alvaro Herrera, KaiGai Kohei, and Tom Lane.
2010-08-27 13:47:41 +02:00
case OBJECT_DATABASE:
address.classId = DatabaseRelationId;
Add a missing_ok argument to get_object_address(). This lays the groundwork for an upcoming patch to streamline the handling of DROP commands. KaiGai Kohei
2011-06-28 03:17:25 +02:00
address.objectId = get_database_oid(name, missing_ok);
Rewrite comment code for better modularity, and add necessary locking. Review by Alvaro Herrera, KaiGai Kohei, and Tom Lane.
2010-08-27 13:47:41 +02:00
address.objectSubId = 0;
break;
Core support for "extensions", which are packages of SQL objects. This patch adds the server infrastructure to support extensions. There is still one significant loose end, namely how to make it play nice with pg_upgrade, so I am not yet committing the changes that would make all the contrib modules depend on this feature. In passing, fix a disturbingly large amount of breakage in AlterObjectNamespace() and callers. Dimitri Fontaine, reviewed by Anssi Kääriäinen, Itagaki Takahiro, Tom Lane, and numerous others
2011-02-08 22:08:41 +01:00
case OBJECT_EXTENSION:
address.classId = ExtensionRelationId;
Add a missing_ok argument to get_object_address(). This lays the groundwork for an upcoming patch to streamline the handling of DROP commands. KaiGai Kohei
2011-06-28 03:17:25 +02:00
address.objectId = get_extension_oid(name, missing_ok);
Core support for "extensions", which are packages of SQL objects. This patch adds the server infrastructure to support extensions. There is still one significant loose end, namely how to make it play nice with pg_upgrade, so I am not yet committing the changes that would make all the contrib modules depend on this feature. In passing, fix a disturbingly large amount of breakage in AlterObjectNamespace() and callers. Dimitri Fontaine, reviewed by Anssi Kääriäinen, Itagaki Takahiro, Tom Lane, and numerous others
2011-02-08 22:08:41 +01:00
address.objectSubId = 0;
break;
Rewrite comment code for better modularity, and add necessary locking. Review by Alvaro Herrera, KaiGai Kohei, and Tom Lane.
2010-08-27 13:47:41 +02:00
case OBJECT_TABLESPACE:
address.classId = TableSpaceRelationId;
Add a missing_ok argument to get_object_address(). This lays the groundwork for an upcoming patch to streamline the handling of DROP commands. KaiGai Kohei
2011-06-28 03:17:25 +02:00
address.objectId = get_tablespace_oid(name, missing_ok);
Rewrite comment code for better modularity, and add necessary locking. Review by Alvaro Herrera, KaiGai Kohei, and Tom Lane.
2010-08-27 13:47:41 +02:00
address.objectSubId = 0;
break;
case OBJECT_ROLE:
address.classId = AuthIdRelationId;
Add a missing_ok argument to get_object_address(). This lays the groundwork for an upcoming patch to streamline the handling of DROP commands. KaiGai Kohei
2011-06-28 03:17:25 +02:00
address.objectId = get_role_oid(name, missing_ok);
Rewrite comment code for better modularity, and add necessary locking. Review by Alvaro Herrera, KaiGai Kohei, and Tom Lane.
2010-08-27 13:47:41 +02:00
address.objectSubId = 0;
break;
case OBJECT_SCHEMA:
address.classId = NamespaceRelationId;
Add a missing_ok argument to get_object_address(). This lays the groundwork for an upcoming patch to streamline the handling of DROP commands. KaiGai Kohei
2011-06-28 03:17:25 +02:00
address.objectId = get_namespace_oid(name, missing_ok);
Rewrite comment code for better modularity, and add necessary locking. Review by Alvaro Herrera, KaiGai Kohei, and Tom Lane.
2010-08-27 13:47:41 +02:00
address.objectSubId = 0;
break;
case OBJECT_LANGUAGE:
address.classId = LanguageRelationId;
Add a missing_ok argument to get_object_address(). This lays the groundwork for an upcoming patch to streamline the handling of DROP commands. KaiGai Kohei
2011-06-28 03:17:25 +02:00
address.objectId = get_language_oid(name, missing_ok);
Rewrite comment code for better modularity, and add necessary locking. Review by Alvaro Herrera, KaiGai Kohei, and Tom Lane.
2010-08-27 13:47:41 +02:00
address.objectSubId = 0;
break;
Support comments on FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER and SERVER objects. This mostly involves making it work with the objectaddress.c framework, which does most of the heavy lifting. In that vein, change GetForeignDataWrapperOidByName to get_foreign_data_wrapper_oid and GetForeignServerOidByName to get_foreign_server_oid, to match the pattern we use for other object types. Robert Haas and Shigeru Hanada
2011-04-01 17:28:28 +02:00
case OBJECT_FDW:
address.classId = ForeignDataWrapperRelationId;
Add a missing_ok argument to get_object_address(). This lays the groundwork for an upcoming patch to streamline the handling of DROP commands. KaiGai Kohei
2011-06-28 03:17:25 +02:00
address.objectId = get_foreign_data_wrapper_oid(name, missing_ok);
Support comments on FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER and SERVER objects. This mostly involves making it work with the objectaddress.c framework, which does most of the heavy lifting. In that vein, change GetForeignDataWrapperOidByName to get_foreign_data_wrapper_oid and GetForeignServerOidByName to get_foreign_server_oid, to match the pattern we use for other object types. Robert Haas and Shigeru Hanada
2011-04-01 17:28:28 +02:00
address.objectSubId = 0;
break;
case OBJECT_FOREIGN_SERVER:
address.classId = ForeignServerRelationId;
Add a missing_ok argument to get_object_address(). This lays the groundwork for an upcoming patch to streamline the handling of DROP commands. KaiGai Kohei
2011-06-28 03:17:25 +02:00
address.objectId = get_foreign_server_oid(name, missing_ok);
Support comments on FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER and SERVER objects. This mostly involves making it work with the objectaddress.c framework, which does most of the heavy lifting. In that vein, change GetForeignDataWrapperOidByName to get_foreign_data_wrapper_oid and GetForeignServerOidByName to get_foreign_server_oid, to match the pattern we use for other object types. Robert Haas and Shigeru Hanada
2011-04-01 17:28:28 +02:00
address.objectSubId = 0;
break;
Syntax support and documentation for event triggers. They don't actually do anything yet; that will get fixed in a follow-on commit. But this gets the basic infrastructure in place, including CREATE/ALTER/DROP EVENT TRIGGER; support for COMMENT, SECURITY LABEL, and ALTER EXTENSION .. ADD/DROP EVENT TRIGGER; pg_dump and psql support; and documentation for the anticipated initial feature set. Dimitri Fontaine, with review and a bunch of additional hacking by me. Thom Brown extensively reviewed earlier versions of this patch set, but there's not a whole lot of that code left in this commit, as it turns out.
2012-07-18 16:16:16 +02:00
case OBJECT_EVENT_TRIGGER:
address.classId = EventTriggerRelationId;
address.objectId = get_event_trigger_oid(name, missing_ok);
address.objectSubId = 0;
break;
Allow granting SET and ALTER SYSTEM privileges on GUC parameters. This patch allows "PGC_SUSET" parameters to be set by non-superusers if they have been explicitly granted the privilege to do so. The privilege to perform ALTER SYSTEM SET/RESET on a specific parameter can also be granted. Such privileges are cluster-wide, not per database. They are tracked in a new shared catalog, pg_parameter_acl. Granting and revoking these new privileges works as one would expect. One caveat is that PGC_USERSET GUCs are unaffected by the SET privilege --- one could wish that those were handled by a revocable grant to PUBLIC, but they are not, because we couldn't make it robust enough for GUCs defined by extensions. Mark Dilger, reviewed at various times by Andrew Dunstan, Robert Haas, Joshua Brindle, and myself Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3D691E20-C1D5-4B80-8BA5-6BEB63AF3029@enterprisedb.com
2022-04-06 19:24:33 +02:00
case OBJECT_PARAMETER_ACL:
address.classId = ParameterAclRelationId;
address.objectId = ParameterAclLookup(name, missing_ok);
address.objectSubId = 0;
break;
Logical replication - Add PUBLICATION catalogs and DDL - Add SUBSCRIPTION catalog and DDL - Define logical replication protocol and output plugin - Add logical replication workers From: Petr Jelinek <petr@2ndquadrant.com> Reviewed-by: Steve Singer <steve@ssinger.info> Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> Reviewed-by: Erik Rijkers <er@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
2017-01-19 18:00:00 +01:00
case OBJECT_PUBLICATION:
address.classId = PublicationRelationId;
address.objectId = get_publication_oid(name, missing_ok);
address.objectSubId = 0;
break;
case OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION:
address.classId = SubscriptionRelationId;
address.objectId = get_subscription_oid(name, missing_ok);
address.objectSubId = 0;
break;
Rewrite comment code for better modularity, and add necessary locking. Review by Alvaro Herrera, KaiGai Kohei, and Tom Lane.
2010-08-27 13:47:41 +02:00
default:
Unify some internal error message wordings
2022-11-08 18:45:29 +01:00
elog(ERROR, "unrecognized object type: %d", (int) objtype);
Rewrite comment code for better modularity, and add necessary locking. Review by Alvaro Herrera, KaiGai Kohei, and Tom Lane.
2010-08-27 13:47:41 +02:00
/* placate compiler, which doesn't know elog won't return */
address.classId = InvalidOid;
address.objectId = InvalidOid;
address.objectSubId = 0;
}
return address;
}
/*
* Locate a relation by qualified name.
*/
Add a missing_ok argument to get_object_address(). This lays the groundwork for an upcoming patch to streamline the handling of DROP commands. KaiGai Kohei
2011-06-28 03:17:25 +02:00
static ObjectAddress
Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward to deal with lists of functions. Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-11-12 18:00:00 +01:00
get_relation_by_qualified_name(ObjectType objtype, List *object,
Add a missing_ok argument to get_object_address(). This lays the groundwork for an upcoming patch to streamline the handling of DROP commands. KaiGai Kohei
2011-06-28 03:17:25 +02:00
Relation *relp, LOCKMODE lockmode,
bool missing_ok)
Rewrite comment code for better modularity, and add necessary locking. Review by Alvaro Herrera, KaiGai Kohei, and Tom Lane.
2010-08-27 13:47:41 +02:00
{
Relation relation;
Add a missing_ok argument to get_object_address(). This lays the groundwork for an upcoming patch to streamline the handling of DROP commands. KaiGai Kohei
2011-06-28 03:17:25 +02:00
ObjectAddress address;
address.classId = RelationRelationId;
address.objectId = InvalidOid;
address.objectSubId = 0;
Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward to deal with lists of functions. Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-11-12 18:00:00 +01:00
relation = relation_openrv_extended(makeRangeVarFromNameList(object),
Add a missing_ok argument to get_object_address(). This lays the groundwork for an upcoming patch to streamline the handling of DROP commands. KaiGai Kohei
2011-06-28 03:17:25 +02:00
lockmode, missing_ok);
if (!relation)
return address;
Rewrite comment code for better modularity, and add necessary locking. Review by Alvaro Herrera, KaiGai Kohei, and Tom Lane.
2010-08-27 13:47:41 +02:00
switch (objtype)
{
case OBJECT_INDEX:
Local partitioned indexes When CREATE INDEX is run on a partitioned table, create catalog entries for an index on the partitioned table (which is just a placeholder since the table proper has no data of its own), and recurse to create actual indexes on the existing partitions; create them in future partitions also. As a convenience gadget, if the new index definition matches some existing index in partitions, these are picked up and used instead of creating new ones. Whichever way these indexes come about, they become attached to the index on the parent table and are dropped alongside it, and cannot be dropped on isolation unless they are detached first. To support pg_dump'ing these indexes, add commands CREATE INDEX ON ONLY <table> (which creates the index on the parent partitioned table, without recursing) and ALTER INDEX ATTACH PARTITION (which is used after the indexes have been created individually on each partition, to attach them to the parent index). These reconstruct prior database state exactly. Reviewed-by: (in alphabetical order) Peter Eisentraut, Robert Haas, Amit Langote, Jesper Pedersen, Simon Riggs, David Rowley Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171113170646.gzweigyrgg6pwsg4@alvherre.pgsql
2018-01-19 15:49:22 +01:00
if (relation->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_INDEX &&
relation->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX)
Rewrite comment code for better modularity, and add necessary locking. Review by Alvaro Herrera, KaiGai Kohei, and Tom Lane.
2010-08-27 13:47:41 +02:00
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
errmsg("\"%s\" is not an index",
RelationGetRelationName(relation))));
break;
case OBJECT_SEQUENCE:
if (relation->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_SEQUENCE)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
errmsg("\"%s\" is not a sequence",
RelationGetRelationName(relation))));
break;
case OBJECT_TABLE:
Implement table partitioning. Table partitioning is like table inheritance and reuses much of the existing infrastructure, but there are some important differences. The parent is called a partitioned table and is always empty; it may not have indexes or non-inherited constraints, since those make no sense for a relation with no data of its own. The children are called partitions and contain all of the actual data. Each partition has an implicit partitioning constraint. Multiple inheritance is not allowed, and partitioning and inheritance can't be mixed. Partitions can't have extra columns and may not allow nulls unless the parent does. Tuples inserted into the parent are automatically routed to the correct partition, so tuple-routing ON INSERT triggers are not needed. Tuple routing isn't yet supported for partitions which are foreign tables, and it doesn't handle updates that cross partition boundaries. Currently, tables can be range-partitioned or list-partitioned. List partitioning is limited to a single column, but range partitioning can involve multiple columns. A partitioning "column" can be an expression. Because table partitioning is less general than table inheritance, it is hoped that it will be easier to reason about properties of partitions, and therefore that this will serve as a better foundation for a variety of possible optimizations, including query planner optimizations. The tuple routing based which this patch does based on the implicit partitioning constraints is an example of this, but it seems likely that many other useful optimizations are also possible. Amit Langote, reviewed and tested by Robert Haas, Ashutosh Bapat, Amit Kapila, Rajkumar Raghuwanshi, Corey Huinker, Jaime Casanova, Rushabh Lathia, Erik Rijkers, among others. Minor revisions by me.
2016-12-07 19:17:43 +01:00
if (relation->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_RELATION &&
relation->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
Rewrite comment code for better modularity, and add necessary locking. Review by Alvaro Herrera, KaiGai Kohei, and Tom Lane.
2010-08-27 13:47:41 +02:00
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
errmsg("\"%s\" is not a table",
RelationGetRelationName(relation))));
break;
case OBJECT_VIEW:
if (relation->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_VIEW)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
errmsg("\"%s\" is not a view",
RelationGetRelationName(relation))));
break;
Add a materialized view relations. A materialized view has a rule just like a view and a heap and other physical properties like a table. The rule is only used to populate the table, references in queries refer to the materialized data. This is a minimal implementation, but should still be useful in many cases. Currently data is only populated "on demand" by the CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW and REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW statements. It is expected that future releases will add incremental updates with various timings, and that a more refined concept of defining what is "fresh" data will be developed. At some point it may even be possible to have queries use a materialized in place of references to underlying tables, but that requires the other above-mentioned features to be working first. Much of the documentation work by Robert Haas. Review by Noah Misch, Thom Brown, Robert Haas, Marko Tiikkaja Security review by KaiGai Kohei, with a decision on how best to implement sepgsql still pending.
2013-03-04 01:23:31 +01:00
case OBJECT_MATVIEW:
if (relation->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_MATVIEW)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
errmsg("\"%s\" is not a materialized view",
RelationGetRelationName(relation))));
break;
Basic foreign table support. Foreign tables are a core component of SQL/MED. This commit does not provide a working SQL/MED infrastructure, because foreign tables cannot yet be queried. Support for foreign table scans will need to be added in a future patch. However, this patch creates the necessary system catalog structure, syntax support, and support for ancillary operations such as COMMENT and SECURITY LABEL. Shigeru Hanada, heavily revised by Robert Haas
2011-01-02 05:48:11 +01:00
case OBJECT_FOREIGN_TABLE:
if (relation->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
errmsg("\"%s\" is not a foreign table",
RelationGetRelationName(relation))));
break;
Rewrite comment code for better modularity, and add necessary locking. Review by Alvaro Herrera, KaiGai Kohei, and Tom Lane.
2010-08-27 13:47:41 +02:00
default:
Unify some internal error message wordings
2022-11-08 18:45:29 +01:00
elog(ERROR, "unrecognized object type: %d", (int) objtype);
Rewrite comment code for better modularity, and add necessary locking. Review by Alvaro Herrera, KaiGai Kohei, and Tom Lane.
2010-08-27 13:47:41 +02:00
break;
}
Replace hardcoded switch in object_exists() with a lookup table. There's no particular advantage to this change on its face; indeed, it's possible that this might be slightly slower than the old way. But it makes this information more easily accessible to other functions, and therefore paves the way for future code consolidation. Performance isn't critical here, so there's no need to be smart about how we do the search. This is a heavily cut-down version of a patch from KaiGai Kohei, with several fixes by me. Additional review from Dimitri Fontaine.
2011-10-11 15:14:30 +02:00
/* Done. */
Add a missing_ok argument to get_object_address(). This lays the groundwork for an upcoming patch to streamline the handling of DROP commands. KaiGai Kohei
2011-06-28 03:17:25 +02:00
address.objectId = RelationGetRelid(relation);
*relp = relation;
return address;
Rewrite comment code for better modularity, and add necessary locking. Review by Alvaro Herrera, KaiGai Kohei, and Tom Lane.
2010-08-27 13:47:41 +02:00
}
/*
* Find object address for an object that is attached to a relation.
*
* Note that we take only an AccessShareLock on the relation. We need not
* pass down the LOCKMODE from get_object_address(), because that is the lock
* mode for the object itself, not the relation to which it is attached.
*/
static ObjectAddress
Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward to deal with lists of functions. Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-11-12 18:00:00 +01:00
get_object_address_relobject(ObjectType objtype, List *object,
Add a missing_ok argument to get_object_address(). This lays the groundwork for an upcoming patch to streamline the handling of DROP commands. KaiGai Kohei
2011-06-28 03:17:25 +02:00
Relation *relp, bool missing_ok)
Rewrite comment code for better modularity, and add necessary locking. Review by Alvaro Herrera, KaiGai Kohei, and Tom Lane.
2010-08-27 13:47:41 +02:00
{
ObjectAddress address;
Relation relation = NULL;
int nnames;
const char *depname;
Remove deprecated COMMENT ON RULE syntax This was only used for allowing upgrades from pre-7.3 instances, which was a long time ago.
2017-02-22 14:45:14 +01:00
List *relname;
Oid reloid;
Rewrite comment code for better modularity, and add necessary locking. Review by Alvaro Herrera, KaiGai Kohei, and Tom Lane.
2010-08-27 13:47:41 +02:00
/* Extract name of dependent object. */
Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward to deal with lists of functions. Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-11-12 18:00:00 +01:00
depname = strVal(llast(object));
Rewrite comment code for better modularity, and add necessary locking. Review by Alvaro Herrera, KaiGai Kohei, and Tom Lane.
2010-08-27 13:47:41 +02:00
/* Separate relation name from dependent object name. */
Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward to deal with lists of functions. Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-11-12 18:00:00 +01:00
nnames = list_length(object);
Rewrite comment code for better modularity, and add necessary locking. Review by Alvaro Herrera, KaiGai Kohei, and Tom Lane.
2010-08-27 13:47:41 +02:00
if (nnames < 2)
Remove deprecated COMMENT ON RULE syntax This was only used for allowing upgrades from pre-7.3 instances, which was a long time ago.
2017-02-22 14:45:14 +01:00
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
errmsg("must specify relation and object name")));
Rewrite comment code for better modularity, and add necessary locking. Review by Alvaro Herrera, KaiGai Kohei, and Tom Lane.
2010-08-27 13:47:41 +02:00
Remove deprecated COMMENT ON RULE syntax This was only used for allowing upgrades from pre-7.3 instances, which was a long time ago.
2017-02-22 14:45:14 +01:00
/* Extract relation name and open relation. */
Use list_copy_head() instead of list_truncate(list_copy(...), ...) Truncating off the end of a freshly copied List is not a very efficient way of copying the first N elements of a List. In many of the cases that are updated here, the pattern was only being used to remove the final element of a List. That's about the best case for it, but there were many instances where the truncate trimming the List down much further. 4cc832f94 added list_copy_head(), so let's use it in cases where it's useful. Author: David Rowley Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1986787.1657666922%40sss.pgh.pa.us
2022-07-13 05:03:47 +02:00
relname = list_copy_head(object, nnames - 1);
Replace uses of heap_open et al with the corresponding table_* function. Author: Andres Freund Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190111000539.xbv7s6w7ilcvm7dp@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-01-21 19:32:19 +01:00
relation = table_openrv_extended(makeRangeVarFromNameList(relname),
AccessShareLock,
missing_ok);
Make DROP IF EXISTS more consistently not fail Some cases were still reporting errors and aborting, instead of a NOTICE that the object was being skipped. This makes it more difficult to cleanly handle pg_dump --clean, so change that to instead skip missing objects properly. Per bug #7873 reported by Dave Rolsky; apparently this affects a large number of users. Authors: Pavel Stehule and Dean Rasheed. Some tweaks by Álvaro Herrera
2014-01-23 18:40:29 +01:00
Remove deprecated COMMENT ON RULE syntax This was only used for allowing upgrades from pre-7.3 instances, which was a long time ago.
2017-02-22 14:45:14 +01:00
reloid = relation ? RelationGetRelid(relation) : InvalidOid;
Rewrite comment code for better modularity, and add necessary locking. Review by Alvaro Herrera, KaiGai Kohei, and Tom Lane.
2010-08-27 13:47:41 +02:00
Remove deprecated COMMENT ON RULE syntax This was only used for allowing upgrades from pre-7.3 instances, which was a long time ago.
2017-02-22 14:45:14 +01:00
switch (objtype)
{
case OBJECT_RULE:
address.classId = RewriteRelationId;
address.objectId = relation ?
get_rewrite_oid(reloid, depname, missing_ok) : InvalidOid;
address.objectSubId = 0;
break;
case OBJECT_TRIGGER:
address.classId = TriggerRelationId;
address.objectId = relation ?
get_trigger_oid(reloid, depname, missing_ok) : InvalidOid;
address.objectSubId = 0;
break;
case OBJECT_TABCONSTRAINT:
address.classId = ConstraintRelationId;
address.objectId = relation ?
get_relation_constraint_oid(reloid, depname, missing_ok) :
InvalidOid;
address.objectSubId = 0;
break;
case OBJECT_POLICY:
address.classId = PolicyRelationId;
address.objectId = relation ?
get_relation_policy_oid(reloid, depname, missing_ok) :
InvalidOid;
address.objectSubId = 0;
break;
default:
Unify some internal error message wordings
2022-11-08 18:45:29 +01:00
elog(ERROR, "unrecognized object type: %d", (int) objtype);
Remove deprecated COMMENT ON RULE syntax This was only used for allowing upgrades from pre-7.3 instances, which was a long time ago.
2017-02-22 14:45:14 +01:00
}
Avoid potential relcache leak in objectaddress.c. Nobody using the missing_ok flag yet, but let's speculate that this will be a better interface for future callers. KaiGai Kohei, with some adjustments by me.
2011-10-14 17:35:40 +02:00
Remove deprecated COMMENT ON RULE syntax This was only used for allowing upgrades from pre-7.3 instances, which was a long time ago.
2017-02-22 14:45:14 +01:00
/* Avoid relcache leak when object not found. */
if (!OidIsValid(address.objectId))
{
if (relation != NULL)
Replace uses of heap_open et al with the corresponding table_* function. Author: Andres Freund Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190111000539.xbv7s6w7ilcvm7dp@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-01-21 19:32:19 +01:00
table_close(relation, AccessShareLock);
Make DROP IF EXISTS more consistently not fail Some cases were still reporting errors and aborting, instead of a NOTICE that the object was being skipped. This makes it more difficult to cleanly handle pg_dump --clean, so change that to instead skip missing objects properly. Per bug #7873 reported by Dave Rolsky; apparently this affects a large number of users. Authors: Pavel Stehule and Dean Rasheed. Some tweaks by Álvaro Herrera
2014-01-23 18:40:29 +01:00
Remove deprecated COMMENT ON RULE syntax This was only used for allowing upgrades from pre-7.3 instances, which was a long time ago.
2017-02-22 14:45:14 +01:00
relation = NULL; /* department of accident prevention */
return address;
Rewrite comment code for better modularity, and add necessary locking. Review by Alvaro Herrera, KaiGai Kohei, and Tom Lane.
2010-08-27 13:47:41 +02:00
}
/* Done. */
*relp = relation;
return address;
}
/*
* Find the ObjectAddress for an attribute.
*/
static ObjectAddress
Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward to deal with lists of functions. Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-11-12 18:00:00 +01:00
get_object_address_attribute(ObjectType objtype, List *object,
Add a missing_ok argument to get_object_address(). This lays the groundwork for an upcoming patch to streamline the handling of DROP commands. KaiGai Kohei
2011-06-28 03:17:25 +02:00
Relation *relp, LOCKMODE lockmode,
bool missing_ok)
Rewrite comment code for better modularity, and add necessary locking. Review by Alvaro Herrera, KaiGai Kohei, and Tom Lane.
2010-08-27 13:47:41 +02:00
{
ObjectAddress address;
List *relname;
Oid reloid;
Relation relation;
const char *attname;
Add a missing_ok argument to get_object_address(). This lays the groundwork for an upcoming patch to streamline the handling of DROP commands. KaiGai Kohei
2011-06-28 03:17:25 +02:00
AttrNumber attnum;
Rewrite comment code for better modularity, and add necessary locking. Review by Alvaro Herrera, KaiGai Kohei, and Tom Lane.
2010-08-27 13:47:41 +02:00
/* Extract relation name and open relation. */
Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward to deal with lists of functions. Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-11-12 18:00:00 +01:00
if (list_length(object) < 2)
Fix error message for COMMENT/SECURITY LABEL ON COLUMN xxx IS 'yyy' When the column name is an unqualified name, rather than table.column, the error message complains about too many dotted names, which is wrong. Report by Peter Eisentraut based on examination of the sepgsql regression test output, but the problem also affects COMMENT. New wording as suggested by Tom Lane.
2012-05-22 17:19:33 +02:00
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
errmsg("column name must be qualified")));
Minor mop-up for List improvements. Fix a few places that were using written-out versions of the pg_list.h macros that commit cc99baa43 just improved, making them also use those macros so as to gain whatever performance improvement is to be had. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvpo1zj9KhEpU2cCRZfSM3Q6XGdhzuAS2v79PH7WJBkYVA@mail.gmail.com
2020-09-28 04:30:44 +02:00
attname = strVal(llast(object));
Use list_copy_head() instead of list_truncate(list_copy(...), ...) Truncating off the end of a freshly copied List is not a very efficient way of copying the first N elements of a List. In many of the cases that are updated here, the pattern was only being used to remove the final element of a List. That's about the best case for it, but there were many instances where the truncate trimming the List down much further. 4cc832f94 added list_copy_head(), so let's use it in cases where it's useful. Author: David Rowley Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1986787.1657666922%40sss.pgh.pa.us
2022-07-13 05:03:47 +02:00
relname = list_copy_head(object, list_length(object) - 1);
Make DROP IF EXISTS more consistently not fail Some cases were still reporting errors and aborting, instead of a NOTICE that the object was being skipped. This makes it more difficult to cleanly handle pg_dump --clean, so change that to instead skip missing objects properly. Per bug #7873 reported by Dave Rolsky; apparently this affects a large number of users. Authors: Pavel Stehule and Dean Rasheed. Some tweaks by Álvaro Herrera
2014-01-23 18:40:29 +01:00
/* XXX no missing_ok support here */
Unbreak comments on composite type attributes. Report and diagnosis by Peter Eisentraut.
2010-10-19 13:21:58 +02:00
relation = relation_openrv(makeRangeVarFromNameList(relname), lockmode);
Rewrite comment code for better modularity, and add necessary locking. Review by Alvaro Herrera, KaiGai Kohei, and Tom Lane.
2010-08-27 13:47:41 +02:00
reloid = RelationGetRelid(relation);
/* Look up attribute and construct return value. */
Add a missing_ok argument to get_object_address(). This lays the groundwork for an upcoming patch to streamline the handling of DROP commands. KaiGai Kohei
2011-06-28 03:17:25 +02:00
attnum = get_attnum(reloid, attname);
if (attnum == InvalidAttrNumber)
{
if (!missing_ok)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
errmsg("column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist",
attname, NameListToString(relname))));
address.classId = RelationRelationId;
address.objectId = InvalidOid;
address.objectSubId = InvalidAttrNumber;
Avoid a possible relcache leak in get_object_address_attribute. There's no apparent way to trigger this, so I'm not going to worry about back-patching it for now. But it's still wrong. Marti Raudsepp
2014-01-21 16:02:37 +01:00
relation_close(relation, lockmode);
Add a missing_ok argument to get_object_address(). This lays the groundwork for an upcoming patch to streamline the handling of DROP commands. KaiGai Kohei
2011-06-28 03:17:25 +02:00
return address;
}
Rewrite comment code for better modularity, and add necessary locking. Review by Alvaro Herrera, KaiGai Kohei, and Tom Lane.
2010-08-27 13:47:41 +02:00
address.classId = RelationRelationId;
address.objectId = reloid;
Add a missing_ok argument to get_object_address(). This lays the groundwork for an upcoming patch to streamline the handling of DROP commands. KaiGai Kohei
2011-06-28 03:17:25 +02:00
address.objectSubId = attnum;
Rewrite comment code for better modularity, and add necessary locking. Review by Alvaro Herrera, KaiGai Kohei, and Tom Lane.
2010-08-27 13:47:41 +02:00
*relp = relation;
return address;
}
Add SQL-callable pg_get_object_address This allows access to get_object_address from SQL, which is useful to obtain OID addressing information from data equivalent to that emitted by the parser. This is necessary infrastructure of a project to let replication systems propagate object dropping events to remote servers, where the schema might be different than the server originating the DROP. This patch also adds support for OBJECT_DEFAULT to get_object_address; that is, it is now possible to refer to a column's default value. Catalog version bumped due to the new function. Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Heikki Linnakangas, Robert Haas, Andres Freund, Abhijit Menon-Sen, Adam Brightwell.
2014-12-23 19:31:29 +01:00
/*
* Find the ObjectAddress for an attribute's default value.
*/
static ObjectAddress
Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward to deal with lists of functions. Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-11-12 18:00:00 +01:00
get_object_address_attrdef(ObjectType objtype, List *object,
Add SQL-callable pg_get_object_address This allows access to get_object_address from SQL, which is useful to obtain OID addressing information from data equivalent to that emitted by the parser. This is necessary infrastructure of a project to let replication systems propagate object dropping events to remote servers, where the schema might be different than the server originating the DROP. This patch also adds support for OBJECT_DEFAULT to get_object_address; that is, it is now possible to refer to a column's default value. Catalog version bumped due to the new function. Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Heikki Linnakangas, Robert Haas, Andres Freund, Abhijit Menon-Sen, Adam Brightwell.
2014-12-23 19:31:29 +01:00
Relation *relp, LOCKMODE lockmode,
bool missing_ok)
{
ObjectAddress address;
List *relname;
Oid reloid;
Relation relation;
const char *attname;
AttrNumber attnum;
TupleDesc tupdesc;
Oid defoid;
/* Extract relation name and open relation. */
Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward to deal with lists of functions. Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-11-12 18:00:00 +01:00
if (list_length(object) < 2)
Add SQL-callable pg_get_object_address This allows access to get_object_address from SQL, which is useful to obtain OID addressing information from data equivalent to that emitted by the parser. This is necessary infrastructure of a project to let replication systems propagate object dropping events to remote servers, where the schema might be different than the server originating the DROP. This patch also adds support for OBJECT_DEFAULT to get_object_address; that is, it is now possible to refer to a column's default value. Catalog version bumped due to the new function. Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Heikki Linnakangas, Robert Haas, Andres Freund, Abhijit Menon-Sen, Adam Brightwell.
2014-12-23 19:31:29 +01:00
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
errmsg("column name must be qualified")));
Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward to deal with lists of functions. Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-11-12 18:00:00 +01:00
attname = strVal(llast(object));
Use list_copy_head() instead of list_truncate(list_copy(...), ...) Truncating off the end of a freshly copied List is not a very efficient way of copying the first N elements of a List. In many of the cases that are updated here, the pattern was only being used to remove the final element of a List. That's about the best case for it, but there were many instances where the truncate trimming the List down much further. 4cc832f94 added list_copy_head(), so let's use it in cases where it's useful. Author: David Rowley Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1986787.1657666922%40sss.pgh.pa.us
2022-07-13 05:03:47 +02:00
relname = list_copy_head(object, list_length(object) - 1);
Add SQL-callable pg_get_object_address This allows access to get_object_address from SQL, which is useful to obtain OID addressing information from data equivalent to that emitted by the parser. This is necessary infrastructure of a project to let replication systems propagate object dropping events to remote servers, where the schema might be different than the server originating the DROP. This patch also adds support for OBJECT_DEFAULT to get_object_address; that is, it is now possible to refer to a column's default value. Catalog version bumped due to the new function. Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Heikki Linnakangas, Robert Haas, Andres Freund, Abhijit Menon-Sen, Adam Brightwell.
2014-12-23 19:31:29 +01:00
/* XXX no missing_ok support here */
relation = relation_openrv(makeRangeVarFromNameList(relname), lockmode);
reloid = RelationGetRelid(relation);
tupdesc = RelationGetDescr(relation);
Move pg_attrdef manipulation code into new file catalog/pg_attrdef.c. This is a pure refactoring commit: there isn't (I hope) any functional change. StoreAttrDefault and RemoveAttrDefault[ById] are moved from heap.c, reducing the size of that overly-large file by about 300 lines. I took the opportunity to trim unused #includes from heap.c, too. Two new functions for translating between a pg_attrdef OID and the relid/attnum of the owning column are created by extracting ad-hoc code from objectaddress.c. This already removes one copy of said code, and a follow-on bug fix will create more callers. The only other function directly manipulating pg_attrdef is AttrDefaultFetch. I judged it was better to leave that in relcache.c, since it shares special concerns about recursion and error handling with the rest of that module. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/651168.1647451676@sss.pgh.pa.us
2022-03-21 19:38:23 +01:00
/* Look up attribute number and fetch the pg_attrdef OID */
Add SQL-callable pg_get_object_address This allows access to get_object_address from SQL, which is useful to obtain OID addressing information from data equivalent to that emitted by the parser. This is necessary infrastructure of a project to let replication systems propagate object dropping events to remote servers, where the schema might be different than the server originating the DROP. This patch also adds support for OBJECT_DEFAULT to get_object_address; that is, it is now possible to refer to a column's default value. Catalog version bumped due to the new function. Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Heikki Linnakangas, Robert Haas, Andres Freund, Abhijit Menon-Sen, Adam Brightwell.
2014-12-23 19:31:29 +01:00
attnum = get_attnum(reloid, attname);
defoid = InvalidOid;
if (attnum != InvalidAttrNumber && tupdesc->constr != NULL)
Move pg_attrdef manipulation code into new file catalog/pg_attrdef.c. This is a pure refactoring commit: there isn't (I hope) any functional change. StoreAttrDefault and RemoveAttrDefault[ById] are moved from heap.c, reducing the size of that overly-large file by about 300 lines. I took the opportunity to trim unused #includes from heap.c, too. Two new functions for translating between a pg_attrdef OID and the relid/attnum of the owning column are created by extracting ad-hoc code from objectaddress.c. This already removes one copy of said code, and a follow-on bug fix will create more callers. The only other function directly manipulating pg_attrdef is AttrDefaultFetch. I judged it was better to leave that in relcache.c, since it shares special concerns about recursion and error handling with the rest of that module. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/651168.1647451676@sss.pgh.pa.us
2022-03-21 19:38:23 +01:00
defoid = GetAttrDefaultOid(reloid, attnum);
Add SQL-callable pg_get_object_address This allows access to get_object_address from SQL, which is useful to obtain OID addressing information from data equivalent to that emitted by the parser. This is necessary infrastructure of a project to let replication systems propagate object dropping events to remote servers, where the schema might be different than the server originating the DROP. This patch also adds support for OBJECT_DEFAULT to get_object_address; that is, it is now possible to refer to a column's default value. Catalog version bumped due to the new function. Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Heikki Linnakangas, Robert Haas, Andres Freund, Abhijit Menon-Sen, Adam Brightwell.
2014-12-23 19:31:29 +01:00
if (!OidIsValid(defoid))
{
if (!missing_ok)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
errmsg("default value for column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist",
attname, NameListToString(relname))));
address.classId = AttrDefaultRelationId;
address.objectId = InvalidOid;
address.objectSubId = InvalidAttrNumber;
relation_close(relation, lockmode);
return address;
}
address.classId = AttrDefaultRelationId;
address.objectId = defoid;
address.objectSubId = 0;
*relp = relation;
return address;
}
Add a missing_ok argument to get_object_address(). This lays the groundwork for an upcoming patch to streamline the handling of DROP commands. KaiGai Kohei
2011-06-28 03:17:25 +02:00
/*
* Find the ObjectAddress for a type or domain
*/
static ObjectAddress
Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward to deal with lists of functions. Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-11-12 18:00:00 +01:00
get_object_address_type(ObjectType objtype, TypeName *typename, bool missing_ok)
Add a missing_ok argument to get_object_address(). This lays the groundwork for an upcoming patch to streamline the handling of DROP commands. KaiGai Kohei
2011-06-28 03:17:25 +02:00
{
ObjectAddress address;
Type tup;
Run pgindent on 9.2 source tree in preparation for first 9.3 commit-fest.
2012-06-10 21:20:04 +02:00
Add a missing_ok argument to get_object_address(). This lays the groundwork for an upcoming patch to streamline the handling of DROP commands. KaiGai Kohei
2011-06-28 03:17:25 +02:00
address.classId = TypeRelationId;
address.objectId = InvalidOid;
address.objectSubId = 0;
Make DROP IF EXISTS more consistently not fail Some cases were still reporting errors and aborting, instead of a NOTICE that the object was being skipped. This makes it more difficult to cleanly handle pg_dump --clean, so change that to instead skip missing objects properly. Per bug #7873 reported by Dave Rolsky; apparently this affects a large number of users. Authors: Pavel Stehule and Dean Rasheed. Some tweaks by Álvaro Herrera
2014-01-23 18:40:29 +01:00
tup = LookupTypeName(NULL, typename, NULL, missing_ok);
Add a missing_ok argument to get_object_address(). This lays the groundwork for an upcoming patch to streamline the handling of DROP commands. KaiGai Kohei
2011-06-28 03:17:25 +02:00
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
{
if (!missing_ok)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
errmsg("type \"%s\" does not exist",
TypeNameToString(typename))));
return address;
}
address.objectId = typeTypeId(tup);
if (objtype == OBJECT_DOMAIN)
{
if (((Form_pg_type) GETSTRUCT(tup))->typtype != TYPTYPE_DOMAIN)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
errmsg("\"%s\" is not a domain",
TypeNameToString(typename))));
}
ReleaseSysCache(tup);
return address;
}
Rewrite comment code for better modularity, and add necessary locking. Review by Alvaro Herrera, KaiGai Kohei, and Tom Lane.
2010-08-27 13:47:41 +02:00
/*
* Find the ObjectAddress for an opclass or opfamily.
*/
static ObjectAddress
Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward to deal with lists of functions. Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-11-12 18:00:00 +01:00
get_object_address_opcf(ObjectType objtype, List *object, bool missing_ok)
Rewrite comment code for better modularity, and add necessary locking. Review by Alvaro Herrera, KaiGai Kohei, and Tom Lane.
2010-08-27 13:47:41 +02:00
{
Oid amoid;
ObjectAddress address;
Make DROP IF EXISTS more consistently not fail Some cases were still reporting errors and aborting, instead of a NOTICE that the object was being skipped. This makes it more difficult to cleanly handle pg_dump --clean, so change that to instead skip missing objects properly. Per bug #7873 reported by Dave Rolsky; apparently this affects a large number of users. Authors: Pavel Stehule and Dean Rasheed. Some tweaks by Álvaro Herrera
2014-01-23 18:40:29 +01:00
/* XXX no missing_ok support here */
Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward to deal with lists of functions. Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-11-12 18:00:00 +01:00
amoid = get_index_am_oid(strVal(linitial(object)), false);
object = list_copy_tail(object, 1);
Rewrite comment code for better modularity, and add necessary locking. Review by Alvaro Herrera, KaiGai Kohei, and Tom Lane.
2010-08-27 13:47:41 +02:00
switch (objtype)
{
case OBJECT_OPCLASS:
address.classId = OperatorClassRelationId;
Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward to deal with lists of functions. Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-11-12 18:00:00 +01:00
address.objectId = get_opclass_oid(amoid, object, missing_ok);
Rewrite comment code for better modularity, and add necessary locking. Review by Alvaro Herrera, KaiGai Kohei, and Tom Lane.
2010-08-27 13:47:41 +02:00
address.objectSubId = 0;
break;
case OBJECT_OPFAMILY:
address.classId = OperatorFamilyRelationId;
Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward to deal with lists of functions. Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-11-12 18:00:00 +01:00
address.objectId = get_opfamily_oid(amoid, object, missing_ok);
Rewrite comment code for better modularity, and add necessary locking. Review by Alvaro Herrera, KaiGai Kohei, and Tom Lane.
2010-08-27 13:47:41 +02:00
address.objectSubId = 0;
break;
default:
Unify some internal error message wordings
2022-11-08 18:45:29 +01:00
elog(ERROR, "unrecognized object type: %d", (int) objtype);
Rewrite comment code for better modularity, and add necessary locking. Review by Alvaro Herrera, KaiGai Kohei, and Tom Lane.
2010-08-27 13:47:41 +02:00
/* placate compiler, which doesn't know elog won't return */
address.classId = InvalidOid;
address.objectId = InvalidOid;
address.objectSubId = 0;
}
return address;
}
Support opfamily members in get_object_address In the spirit of 890192e99af and 4464303405f: have get_object_address understand individual pg_amop and pg_amproc objects. There is no way to refer to such objects directly in the grammar -- rather, they are almost always considered an integral part of the opfamily that contains them. (The only case that deals with them individually is ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY ADD/DROP, which carries the opfamily address separately and thus does not need it to be part of each added/dropped element's address.) In event triggers it becomes possible to become involved with individual amop/amproc elements, and this commit enables pg_get_object_address to do so as well. To make the overall coding simpler, this commit also slightly changes the get_object_address representation for opclasses and opfamilies: instead of having the AM name in the objargs array, I moved it as the first element of the objnames array. This enables the new code to use objargs for the type names used by pg_amop and pg_amproc. Reviewed by: Stephen Frost
2015-03-16 16:06:34 +01:00
/*
* Find the ObjectAddress for an opclass/opfamily member.
*
* (The returned address corresponds to a pg_amop/pg_amproc object).
*/
static ObjectAddress
get_object_address_opf_member(ObjectType objtype,
Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward to deal with lists of functions. Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-11-12 18:00:00 +01:00
List *object, bool missing_ok)
Support opfamily members in get_object_address In the spirit of 890192e99af and 4464303405f: have get_object_address understand individual pg_amop and pg_amproc objects. There is no way to refer to such objects directly in the grammar -- rather, they are almost always considered an integral part of the opfamily that contains them. (The only case that deals with them individually is ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY ADD/DROP, which carries the opfamily address separately and thus does not need it to be part of each added/dropped element's address.) In event triggers it becomes possible to become involved with individual amop/amproc elements, and this commit enables pg_get_object_address to do so as well. To make the overall coding simpler, this commit also slightly changes the get_object_address representation for opclasses and opfamilies: instead of having the AM name in the objargs array, I moved it as the first element of the objnames array. This enables the new code to use objargs for the type names used by pg_amop and pg_amproc. Reviewed by: Stephen Frost
2015-03-16 16:06:34 +01:00
{
ObjectAddress famaddr;
ObjectAddress address;
ListCell *cell;
List *copy;
Fix ancient get_object_address_opf_member bug The original coding was trying to use a TypeName as a string Value, which doesn't work; an oversight in my commit a61fd533. Repair. Also, make sure we cover the broken case in the relevant test script. Backpatch to 9.5. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170315151829.bhxsvrp75xdxhm3n@alvherre.pgsql
2017-03-16 16:51:08 +01:00
TypeName *typenames[2];
Support opfamily members in get_object_address In the spirit of 890192e99af and 4464303405f: have get_object_address understand individual pg_amop and pg_amproc objects. There is no way to refer to such objects directly in the grammar -- rather, they are almost always considered an integral part of the opfamily that contains them. (The only case that deals with them individually is ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY ADD/DROP, which carries the opfamily address separately and thus does not need it to be part of each added/dropped element's address.) In event triggers it becomes possible to become involved with individual amop/amproc elements, and this commit enables pg_get_object_address to do so as well. To make the overall coding simpler, this commit also slightly changes the get_object_address representation for opclasses and opfamilies: instead of having the AM name in the objargs array, I moved it as the first element of the objnames array. This enables the new code to use objargs for the type names used by pg_amop and pg_amproc. Reviewed by: Stephen Frost
2015-03-16 16:06:34 +01:00
Oid typeoids[2];
int membernum;
int i;
/*
Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward to deal with lists of functions. Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-11-12 18:00:00 +01:00
* The last element of the object list contains the strategy or procedure
Support opfamily members in get_object_address In the spirit of 890192e99af and 4464303405f: have get_object_address understand individual pg_amop and pg_amproc objects. There is no way to refer to such objects directly in the grammar -- rather, they are almost always considered an integral part of the opfamily that contains them. (The only case that deals with them individually is ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY ADD/DROP, which carries the opfamily address separately and thus does not need it to be part of each added/dropped element's address.) In event triggers it becomes possible to become involved with individual amop/amproc elements, and this commit enables pg_get_object_address to do so as well. To make the overall coding simpler, this commit also slightly changes the get_object_address representation for opclasses and opfamilies: instead of having the AM name in the objargs array, I moved it as the first element of the objnames array. This enables the new code to use objargs for the type names used by pg_amop and pg_amproc. Reviewed by: Stephen Frost
2015-03-16 16:06:34 +01:00
* number. We need to strip that out before getting the opclass/family
* address. The rest can be used directly by get_object_address_opcf().
*/
Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward to deal with lists of functions. Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-11-12 18:00:00 +01:00
membernum = atoi(strVal(llast(linitial(object))));
Use list_copy_head() instead of list_truncate(list_copy(...), ...) Truncating off the end of a freshly copied List is not a very efficient way of copying the first N elements of a List. In many of the cases that are updated here, the pattern was only being used to remove the final element of a List. That's about the best case for it, but there were many instances where the truncate trimming the List down much further. 4cc832f94 added list_copy_head(), so let's use it in cases where it's useful. Author: David Rowley Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1986787.1657666922%40sss.pgh.pa.us
2022-07-13 05:03:47 +02:00
copy = list_copy_head(linitial(object), list_length(linitial(object)) - 1);
Support opfamily members in get_object_address In the spirit of 890192e99af and 4464303405f: have get_object_address understand individual pg_amop and pg_amproc objects. There is no way to refer to such objects directly in the grammar -- rather, they are almost always considered an integral part of the opfamily that contains them. (The only case that deals with them individually is ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY ADD/DROP, which carries the opfamily address separately and thus does not need it to be part of each added/dropped element's address.) In event triggers it becomes possible to become involved with individual amop/amproc elements, and this commit enables pg_get_object_address to do so as well. To make the overall coding simpler, this commit also slightly changes the get_object_address representation for opclasses and opfamilies: instead of having the AM name in the objargs array, I moved it as the first element of the objnames array. This enables the new code to use objargs for the type names used by pg_amop and pg_amproc. Reviewed by: Stephen Frost
2015-03-16 16:06:34 +01:00
/* no missing_ok support here */
famaddr = get_object_address_opcf(OBJECT_OPFAMILY, copy, false);
/* find out left/right type names and OIDs */
Silence assorted "variable may be used uninitialized" warnings. All of these are false positives, but in each case a fair amount of analysis is needed to see that, and it's not too surprising that not all compilers are smart enough. (In particular, in the logtape.c case, a compiler lacking the knowledge provided by the Assert would almost surely complain, so that this warning will be seen in any non-assert build.) Some of these are of long standing while others are pretty recent, but it only seems worth fixing them in HEAD. Jaime Casanova, tweaked a bit by me Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJGNTeMcYAMJdPAom52dppLMtF-UnEZi0dooj==75OEv1EoBZA@mail.gmail.com
2018-02-14 22:06:49 +01:00
typenames[0] = typenames[1] = NULL;
typeoids[0] = typeoids[1] = InvalidOid;
Support opfamily members in get_object_address In the spirit of 890192e99af and 4464303405f: have get_object_address understand individual pg_amop and pg_amproc objects. There is no way to refer to such objects directly in the grammar -- rather, they are almost always considered an integral part of the opfamily that contains them. (The only case that deals with them individually is ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY ADD/DROP, which carries the opfamily address separately and thus does not need it to be part of each added/dropped element's address.) In event triggers it becomes possible to become involved with individual amop/amproc elements, and this commit enables pg_get_object_address to do so as well. To make the overall coding simpler, this commit also slightly changes the get_object_address representation for opclasses and opfamilies: instead of having the AM name in the objargs array, I moved it as the first element of the objnames array. This enables the new code to use objargs for the type names used by pg_amop and pg_amproc. Reviewed by: Stephen Frost
2015-03-16 16:06:34 +01:00
i = 0;
Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward to deal with lists of functions. Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-11-12 18:00:00 +01:00
foreach(cell, lsecond(object))
Support opfamily members in get_object_address In the spirit of 890192e99af and 4464303405f: have get_object_address understand individual pg_amop and pg_amproc objects. There is no way to refer to such objects directly in the grammar -- rather, they are almost always considered an integral part of the opfamily that contains them. (The only case that deals with them individually is ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY ADD/DROP, which carries the opfamily address separately and thus does not need it to be part of each added/dropped element's address.) In event triggers it becomes possible to become involved with individual amop/amproc elements, and this commit enables pg_get_object_address to do so as well. To make the overall coding simpler, this commit also slightly changes the get_object_address representation for opclasses and opfamilies: instead of having the AM name in the objargs array, I moved it as the first element of the objnames array. This enables the new code to use objargs for the type names used by pg_amop and pg_amproc. Reviewed by: Stephen Frost
2015-03-16 16:06:34 +01:00
{
ObjectAddress typaddr;
Improve castNode notation by introducing list-extraction-specific variants. This extends the castNode() notation introduced by commit 5bcab1114 to provide, in one step, extraction of a list cell's pointer and coercion to a concrete node type. For example, "lfirst_node(Foo, lc)" is the same as "castNode(Foo, lfirst(lc))". Almost half of the uses of castNode that have appeared so far include a list extraction call, so this is pretty widely useful, and it saves a few more keystrokes compared to the old way. As with the previous patch, back-patch the addition of these macros to pg_list.h, so that the notation will be available when back-patching. Patch by me, after an idea of Andrew Gierth's. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/14197.1491841216@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-04-10 19:51:29 +02:00
typenames[i] = lfirst_node(TypeName, cell);
Fix ancient get_object_address_opf_member bug The original coding was trying to use a TypeName as a string Value, which doesn't work; an oversight in my commit a61fd533. Repair. Also, make sure we cover the broken case in the relevant test script. Backpatch to 9.5. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170315151829.bhxsvrp75xdxhm3n@alvherre.pgsql
2017-03-16 16:51:08 +01:00
typaddr = get_object_address_type(OBJECT_TYPE, typenames[i], missing_ok);
Support opfamily members in get_object_address In the spirit of 890192e99af and 4464303405f: have get_object_address understand individual pg_amop and pg_amproc objects. There is no way to refer to such objects directly in the grammar -- rather, they are almost always considered an integral part of the opfamily that contains them. (The only case that deals with them individually is ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY ADD/DROP, which carries the opfamily address separately and thus does not need it to be part of each added/dropped element's address.) In event triggers it becomes possible to become involved with individual amop/amproc elements, and this commit enables pg_get_object_address to do so as well. To make the overall coding simpler, this commit also slightly changes the get_object_address representation for opclasses and opfamilies: instead of having the AM name in the objargs array, I moved it as the first element of the objnames array. This enables the new code to use objargs for the type names used by pg_amop and pg_amproc. Reviewed by: Stephen Frost
2015-03-16 16:06:34 +01:00
typeoids[i] = typaddr.objectId;
Fix out-of-array-bounds compiler warning Since the array length check is using a post-increment operator, the compiler complains that there's a potential write to one element beyond the end of the array. This is not possible currently: the only path to this function is through pg_get_object_address(), which already verifies that the input array is no more than two elements in length. Still, a bug is a bug. No idea why my compiler doesn't complain about this ... Pointed out by Dead Rasheed and Peter Eisentraut
2015-03-17 02:35:45 +01:00
if (++i >= 2)
Support opfamily members in get_object_address In the spirit of 890192e99af and 4464303405f: have get_object_address understand individual pg_amop and pg_amproc objects. There is no way to refer to such objects directly in the grammar -- rather, they are almost always considered an integral part of the opfamily that contains them. (The only case that deals with them individually is ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY ADD/DROP, which carries the opfamily address separately and thus does not need it to be part of each added/dropped element's address.) In event triggers it becomes possible to become involved with individual amop/amproc elements, and this commit enables pg_get_object_address to do so as well. To make the overall coding simpler, this commit also slightly changes the get_object_address representation for opclasses and opfamilies: instead of having the AM name in the objargs array, I moved it as the first element of the objnames array. This enables the new code to use objargs for the type names used by pg_amop and pg_amproc. Reviewed by: Stephen Frost
2015-03-16 16:06:34 +01:00
break;
}
switch (objtype)
{
case OBJECT_AMOP:
{
HeapTuple tp;
ObjectAddressSet(address, AccessMethodOperatorRelationId,
InvalidOid);
tp = SearchSysCache4(AMOPSTRATEGY,
ObjectIdGetDatum(famaddr.objectId),
ObjectIdGetDatum(typeoids[0]),
ObjectIdGetDatum(typeoids[1]),
Int16GetDatum(membernum));
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tp))
{
if (!missing_ok)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
errmsg("operator %d (%s, %s) of %s does not exist",
Fix ancient get_object_address_opf_member bug The original coding was trying to use a TypeName as a string Value, which doesn't work; an oversight in my commit a61fd533. Repair. Also, make sure we cover the broken case in the relevant test script. Backpatch to 9.5. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170315151829.bhxsvrp75xdxhm3n@alvherre.pgsql
2017-03-16 16:51:08 +01:00
membernum,
TypeNameToString(typenames[0]),
TypeNameToString(typenames[1]),
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
getObjectDescription(&famaddr, false))));
Support opfamily members in get_object_address In the spirit of 890192e99af and 4464303405f: have get_object_address understand individual pg_amop and pg_amproc objects. There is no way to refer to such objects directly in the grammar -- rather, they are almost always considered an integral part of the opfamily that contains them. (The only case that deals with them individually is ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY ADD/DROP, which carries the opfamily address separately and thus does not need it to be part of each added/dropped element's address.) In event triggers it becomes possible to become involved with individual amop/amproc elements, and this commit enables pg_get_object_address to do so as well. To make the overall coding simpler, this commit also slightly changes the get_object_address representation for opclasses and opfamilies: instead of having the AM name in the objargs array, I moved it as the first element of the objnames array. This enables the new code to use objargs for the type names used by pg_amop and pg_amproc. Reviewed by: Stephen Frost
2015-03-16 16:06:34 +01:00
}
else
{
Remove WITH OIDS support, change oid catalog column visibility. Previously tables declared WITH OIDS, including a significant fraction of the catalog tables, stored the oid column not as a normal column, but as part of the tuple header. This special column was not shown by default, which was somewhat odd, as it's often (consider e.g. pg_class.oid) one of the more important parts of a row. Neither pg_dump nor COPY included the contents of the oid column by default. The fact that the oid column was not an ordinary column necessitated a significant amount of special case code to support oid columns. That already was painful for the existing, but upcoming work aiming to make table storage pluggable, would have required expanding and duplicating that "specialness" significantly. WITH OIDS has been deprecated since 2005 (commit ff02d0a05280e0). Remove it. Removing includes: - CREATE TABLE and ALTER TABLE syntax for declaring the table to be WITH OIDS has been removed (WITH (oids[ = true]) will error out) - pg_dump does not support dumping tables declared WITH OIDS and will issue a warning when dumping one (and ignore the oid column). - restoring an pg_dump archive with pg_restore will warn when restoring a table with oid contents (and ignore the oid column) - COPY will refuse to load binary dump that includes oids. - pg_upgrade will error out when encountering tables declared WITH OIDS, they have to be altered to remove the oid column first. - Functionality to access the oid of the last inserted row (like plpgsql's RESULT_OID, spi's SPI_lastoid, ...) has been removed. The syntax for declaring a table WITHOUT OIDS (or WITH (oids = false) for CREATE TABLE) is still supported. While that requires a bit of support code, it seems unnecessary to break applications / dumps that do not use oids, and are explicit about not using them. The biggest user of WITH OID columns was postgres' catalog. This commit changes all 'magic' oid columns to be columns that are normally declared and stored. To reduce unnecessary query breakage all the newly added columns are still named 'oid', even if a table's column naming scheme would indicate 'reloid' or such. This obviously requires adapting a lot code, mostly replacing oid access via HeapTupleGetOid() with access to the underlying Form_pg_*->oid column. The bootstrap process now assigns oids for all oid columns in genbki.pl that do not have an explicit value (starting at the largest oid previously used), only oids assigned later by oids will be above FirstBootstrapObjectId. As the oid column now is a normal column the special bootstrap syntax for oids has been removed. Oids are not automatically assigned during insertion anymore, all backend code explicitly assigns oids with GetNewOidWithIndex(). For the rare case that insertions into the catalog via SQL are called for the new pg_nextoid() function can be used (which only works on catalog tables). The fact that oid columns on system tables are now normal columns means that they will be included in the set of columns expanded by * (i.e. SELECT * FROM pg_class will now include the table's oid, previously it did not). It'd not technically be hard to hide oid column by default, but that'd mean confusing behavior would either have to be carried forward forever, or it'd cause breakage down the line. While it's not unlikely that further adjustments are needed, the scope/invasiveness of the patch makes it worthwhile to get merge this now. It's painful to maintain externally, too complicated to commit after the code code freeze, and a dependency of a number of other patches. Catversion bump, for obvious reasons. Author: Andres Freund, with contributions by John Naylor Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180930034810.ywp2c7awz7opzcfr@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-11-21 00:36:57 +01:00
address.objectId = ((Form_pg_amop) GETSTRUCT(tp))->oid;
Support opfamily members in get_object_address In the spirit of 890192e99af and 4464303405f: have get_object_address understand individual pg_amop and pg_amproc objects. There is no way to refer to such objects directly in the grammar -- rather, they are almost always considered an integral part of the opfamily that contains them. (The only case that deals with them individually is ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY ADD/DROP, which carries the opfamily address separately and thus does not need it to be part of each added/dropped element's address.) In event triggers it becomes possible to become involved with individual amop/amproc elements, and this commit enables pg_get_object_address to do so as well. To make the overall coding simpler, this commit also slightly changes the get_object_address representation for opclasses and opfamilies: instead of having the AM name in the objargs array, I moved it as the first element of the objnames array. This enables the new code to use objargs for the type names used by pg_amop and pg_amproc. Reviewed by: Stephen Frost
2015-03-16 16:06:34 +01:00
ReleaseSysCache(tp);
}
}
break;
case OBJECT_AMPROC:
{
HeapTuple tp;
ObjectAddressSet(address, AccessMethodProcedureRelationId,
InvalidOid);
tp = SearchSysCache4(AMPROCNUM,
ObjectIdGetDatum(famaddr.objectId),
ObjectIdGetDatum(typeoids[0]),
ObjectIdGetDatum(typeoids[1]),
Int16GetDatum(membernum));
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tp))
{
if (!missing_ok)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
errmsg("function %d (%s, %s) of %s does not exist",
Fix ancient get_object_address_opf_member bug The original coding was trying to use a TypeName as a string Value, which doesn't work; an oversight in my commit a61fd533. Repair. Also, make sure we cover the broken case in the relevant test script. Backpatch to 9.5. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170315151829.bhxsvrp75xdxhm3n@alvherre.pgsql
2017-03-16 16:51:08 +01:00
membernum,
TypeNameToString(typenames[0]),
TypeNameToString(typenames[1]),
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
getObjectDescription(&famaddr, false))));
Support opfamily members in get_object_address In the spirit of 890192e99af and 4464303405f: have get_object_address understand individual pg_amop and pg_amproc objects. There is no way to refer to such objects directly in the grammar -- rather, they are almost always considered an integral part of the opfamily that contains them. (The only case that deals with them individually is ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY ADD/DROP, which carries the opfamily address separately and thus does not need it to be part of each added/dropped element's address.) In event triggers it becomes possible to become involved with individual amop/amproc elements, and this commit enables pg_get_object_address to do so as well. To make the overall coding simpler, this commit also slightly changes the get_object_address representation for opclasses and opfamilies: instead of having the AM name in the objargs array, I moved it as the first element of the objnames array. This enables the new code to use objargs for the type names used by pg_amop and pg_amproc. Reviewed by: Stephen Frost
2015-03-16 16:06:34 +01:00
}
else
{
Remove WITH OIDS support, change oid catalog column visibility. Previously tables declared WITH OIDS, including a significant fraction of the catalog tables, stored the oid column not as a normal column, but as part of the tuple header. This special column was not shown by default, which was somewhat odd, as it's often (consider e.g. pg_class.oid) one of the more important parts of a row. Neither pg_dump nor COPY included the contents of the oid column by default. The fact that the oid column was not an ordinary column necessitated a significant amount of special case code to support oid columns. That already was painful for the existing, but upcoming work aiming to make table storage pluggable, would have required expanding and duplicating that "specialness" significantly. WITH OIDS has been deprecated since 2005 (commit ff02d0a05280e0). Remove it. Removing includes: - CREATE TABLE and ALTER TABLE syntax for declaring the table to be WITH OIDS has been removed (WITH (oids[ = true]) will error out) - pg_dump does not support dumping tables declared WITH OIDS and will issue a warning when dumping one (and ignore the oid column). - restoring an pg_dump archive with pg_restore will warn when restoring a table with oid contents (and ignore the oid column) - COPY will refuse to load binary dump that includes oids. - pg_upgrade will error out when encountering tables declared WITH OIDS, they have to be altered to remove the oid column first. - Functionality to access the oid of the last inserted row (like plpgsql's RESULT_OID, spi's SPI_lastoid, ...) has been removed. The syntax for declaring a table WITHOUT OIDS (or WITH (oids = false) for CREATE TABLE) is still supported. While that requires a bit of support code, it seems unnecessary to break applications / dumps that do not use oids, and are explicit about not using them. The biggest user of WITH OID columns was postgres' catalog. This commit changes all 'magic' oid columns to be columns that are normally declared and stored. To reduce unnecessary query breakage all the newly added columns are still named 'oid', even if a table's column naming scheme would indicate 'reloid' or such. This obviously requires adapting a lot code, mostly replacing oid access via HeapTupleGetOid() with access to the underlying Form_pg_*->oid column. The bootstrap process now assigns oids for all oid columns in genbki.pl that do not have an explicit value (starting at the largest oid previously used), only oids assigned later by oids will be above FirstBootstrapObjectId. As the oid column now is a normal column the special bootstrap syntax for oids has been removed. Oids are not automatically assigned during insertion anymore, all backend code explicitly assigns oids with GetNewOidWithIndex(). For the rare case that insertions into the catalog via SQL are called for the new pg_nextoid() function can be used (which only works on catalog tables). The fact that oid columns on system tables are now normal columns means that they will be included in the set of columns expanded by * (i.e. SELECT * FROM pg_class will now include the table's oid, previously it did not). It'd not technically be hard to hide oid column by default, but that'd mean confusing behavior would either have to be carried forward forever, or it'd cause breakage down the line. While it's not unlikely that further adjustments are needed, the scope/invasiveness of the patch makes it worthwhile to get merge this now. It's painful to maintain externally, too complicated to commit after the code code freeze, and a dependency of a number of other patches. Catversion bump, for obvious reasons. Author: Andres Freund, with contributions by John Naylor Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180930034810.ywp2c7awz7opzcfr@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-11-21 00:36:57 +01:00
address.objectId = ((Form_pg_amproc) GETSTRUCT(tp))->oid;
Support opfamily members in get_object_address In the spirit of 890192e99af and 4464303405f: have get_object_address understand individual pg_amop and pg_amproc objects. There is no way to refer to such objects directly in the grammar -- rather, they are almost always considered an integral part of the opfamily that contains them. (The only case that deals with them individually is ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY ADD/DROP, which carries the opfamily address separately and thus does not need it to be part of each added/dropped element's address.) In event triggers it becomes possible to become involved with individual amop/amproc elements, and this commit enables pg_get_object_address to do so as well. To make the overall coding simpler, this commit also slightly changes the get_object_address representation for opclasses and opfamilies: instead of having the AM name in the objargs array, I moved it as the first element of the objnames array. This enables the new code to use objargs for the type names used by pg_amop and pg_amproc. Reviewed by: Stephen Frost
2015-03-16 16:06:34 +01:00
ReleaseSysCache(tp);
}
}
break;
default:
Unify some internal error message wordings
2022-11-08 18:45:29 +01:00
elog(ERROR, "unrecognized object type: %d", (int) objtype);
Support opfamily members in get_object_address In the spirit of 890192e99af and 4464303405f: have get_object_address understand individual pg_amop and pg_amproc objects. There is no way to refer to such objects directly in the grammar -- rather, they are almost always considered an integral part of the opfamily that contains them. (The only case that deals with them individually is ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY ADD/DROP, which carries the opfamily address separately and thus does not need it to be part of each added/dropped element's address.) In event triggers it becomes possible to become involved with individual amop/amproc elements, and this commit enables pg_get_object_address to do so as well. To make the overall coding simpler, this commit also slightly changes the get_object_address representation for opclasses and opfamilies: instead of having the AM name in the objargs array, I moved it as the first element of the objnames array. This enables the new code to use objargs for the type names used by pg_amop and pg_amproc. Reviewed by: Stephen Frost
2015-03-16 16:06:34 +01:00
}
return address;
}
Support user mappings in get_object_address Since commit 72dd233d3ef we were trying to obtain object addressing information in sql_drop event triggers, but that caused failures when the drops involved user mappings. This addition enables that to work again. Naturally, pg_get_object_address can work with these objects now, too. I toyed with the idea of removing DropUserMappingStmt as a node and using DropStmt instead in the DropUserMappingStmt grammar production, but that didn't go very well: for one thing the messages thrown by the specific code are specialized (you get "server not found" if you specify the wrong server, instead of a generic "user mapping for ... not found" which you'd get it we were to merge this with RemoveObjects --- unless we added even more special cases). For another thing, it would require to pass RoleSpec nodes through the objname/objargs representation used by RemoveObjects, which works in isolation, but gets messy when pg_get_object_address is involved. So I dropped this part for now. Reviewed by Stephen Frost.
2015-03-11 21:01:13 +01:00
/*
* Find the ObjectAddress for a user mapping.
*/
static ObjectAddress
Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward to deal with lists of functions. Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-11-12 18:00:00 +01:00
get_object_address_usermapping(List *object, bool missing_ok)
Support user mappings in get_object_address Since commit 72dd233d3ef we were trying to obtain object addressing information in sql_drop event triggers, but that caused failures when the drops involved user mappings. This addition enables that to work again. Naturally, pg_get_object_address can work with these objects now, too. I toyed with the idea of removing DropUserMappingStmt as a node and using DropStmt instead in the DropUserMappingStmt grammar production, but that didn't go very well: for one thing the messages thrown by the specific code are specialized (you get "server not found" if you specify the wrong server, instead of a generic "user mapping for ... not found" which you'd get it we were to merge this with RemoveObjects --- unless we added even more special cases). For another thing, it would require to pass RoleSpec nodes through the objname/objargs representation used by RemoveObjects, which works in isolation, but gets messy when pg_get_object_address is involved. So I dropped this part for now. Reviewed by Stephen Frost.
2015-03-11 21:01:13 +01:00
{
ObjectAddress address;
Oid userid;
char *username;
char *servername;
ForeignServer *server;
HeapTuple tp;
ObjectAddressSet(address, UserMappingRelationId, InvalidOid);
/* fetch string names from input lists, for error messages */
Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward to deal with lists of functions. Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-11-12 18:00:00 +01:00
username = strVal(linitial(object));
servername = strVal(lsecond(object));
Support user mappings in get_object_address Since commit 72dd233d3ef we were trying to obtain object addressing information in sql_drop event triggers, but that caused failures when the drops involved user mappings. This addition enables that to work again. Naturally, pg_get_object_address can work with these objects now, too. I toyed with the idea of removing DropUserMappingStmt as a node and using DropStmt instead in the DropUserMappingStmt grammar production, but that didn't go very well: for one thing the messages thrown by the specific code are specialized (you get "server not found" if you specify the wrong server, instead of a generic "user mapping for ... not found" which you'd get it we were to merge this with RemoveObjects --- unless we added even more special cases). For another thing, it would require to pass RoleSpec nodes through the objname/objargs representation used by RemoveObjects, which works in isolation, but gets messy when pg_get_object_address is involved. So I dropped this part for now. Reviewed by Stephen Frost.
2015-03-11 21:01:13 +01:00
/* look up pg_authid OID of mapped user; InvalidOid if PUBLIC */
if (strcmp(username, "public") == 0)
userid = InvalidOid;
else
{
tp = SearchSysCache1(AUTHNAME,
CStringGetDatum(username));
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tp))
{
if (!missing_ok)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
Message improvements
2015-11-17 03:16:42 +01:00
errmsg("user mapping for user \"%s\" on server \"%s\" does not exist",
Support user mappings in get_object_address Since commit 72dd233d3ef we were trying to obtain object addressing information in sql_drop event triggers, but that caused failures when the drops involved user mappings. This addition enables that to work again. Naturally, pg_get_object_address can work with these objects now, too. I toyed with the idea of removing DropUserMappingStmt as a node and using DropStmt instead in the DropUserMappingStmt grammar production, but that didn't go very well: for one thing the messages thrown by the specific code are specialized (you get "server not found" if you specify the wrong server, instead of a generic "user mapping for ... not found" which you'd get it we were to merge this with RemoveObjects --- unless we added even more special cases). For another thing, it would require to pass RoleSpec nodes through the objname/objargs representation used by RemoveObjects, which works in isolation, but gets messy when pg_get_object_address is involved. So I dropped this part for now. Reviewed by Stephen Frost.
2015-03-11 21:01:13 +01:00
username, servername)));
return address;
}
Remove WITH OIDS support, change oid catalog column visibility. Previously tables declared WITH OIDS, including a significant fraction of the catalog tables, stored the oid column not as a normal column, but as part of the tuple header. This special column was not shown by default, which was somewhat odd, as it's often (consider e.g. pg_class.oid) one of the more important parts of a row. Neither pg_dump nor COPY included the contents of the oid column by default. The fact that the oid column was not an ordinary column necessitated a significant amount of special case code to support oid columns. That already was painful for the existing, but upcoming work aiming to make table storage pluggable, would have required expanding and duplicating that "specialness" significantly. WITH OIDS has been deprecated since 2005 (commit ff02d0a05280e0). Remove it. Removing includes: - CREATE TABLE and ALTER TABLE syntax for declaring the table to be WITH OIDS has been removed (WITH (oids[ = true]) will error out) - pg_dump does not support dumping tables declared WITH OIDS and will issue a warning when dumping one (and ignore the oid column). - restoring an pg_dump archive with pg_restore will warn when restoring a table with oid contents (and ignore the oid column) - COPY will refuse to load binary dump that includes oids. - pg_upgrade will error out when encountering tables declared WITH OIDS, they have to be altered to remove the oid column first. - Functionality to access the oid of the last inserted row (like plpgsql's RESULT_OID, spi's SPI_lastoid, ...) has been removed. The syntax for declaring a table WITHOUT OIDS (or WITH (oids = false) for CREATE TABLE) is still supported. While that requires a bit of support code, it seems unnecessary to break applications / dumps that do not use oids, and are explicit about not using them. The biggest user of WITH OID columns was postgres' catalog. This commit changes all 'magic' oid columns to be columns that are normally declared and stored. To reduce unnecessary query breakage all the newly added columns are still named 'oid', even if a table's column naming scheme would indicate 'reloid' or such. This obviously requires adapting a lot code, mostly replacing oid access via HeapTupleGetOid() with access to the underlying Form_pg_*->oid column. The bootstrap process now assigns oids for all oid columns in genbki.pl that do not have an explicit value (starting at the largest oid previously used), only oids assigned later by oids will be above FirstBootstrapObjectId. As the oid column now is a normal column the special bootstrap syntax for oids has been removed. Oids are not automatically assigned during insertion anymore, all backend code explicitly assigns oids with GetNewOidWithIndex(). For the rare case that insertions into the catalog via SQL are called for the new pg_nextoid() function can be used (which only works on catalog tables). The fact that oid columns on system tables are now normal columns means that they will be included in the set of columns expanded by * (i.e. SELECT * FROM pg_class will now include the table's oid, previously it did not). It'd not technically be hard to hide oid column by default, but that'd mean confusing behavior would either have to be carried forward forever, or it'd cause breakage down the line. While it's not unlikely that further adjustments are needed, the scope/invasiveness of the patch makes it worthwhile to get merge this now. It's painful to maintain externally, too complicated to commit after the code code freeze, and a dependency of a number of other patches. Catversion bump, for obvious reasons. Author: Andres Freund, with contributions by John Naylor Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180930034810.ywp2c7awz7opzcfr@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-11-21 00:36:57 +01:00
userid = ((Form_pg_authid) GETSTRUCT(tp))->oid;
Support user mappings in get_object_address Since commit 72dd233d3ef we were trying to obtain object addressing information in sql_drop event triggers, but that caused failures when the drops involved user mappings. This addition enables that to work again. Naturally, pg_get_object_address can work with these objects now, too. I toyed with the idea of removing DropUserMappingStmt as a node and using DropStmt instead in the DropUserMappingStmt grammar production, but that didn't go very well: for one thing the messages thrown by the specific code are specialized (you get "server not found" if you specify the wrong server, instead of a generic "user mapping for ... not found" which you'd get it we were to merge this with RemoveObjects --- unless we added even more special cases). For another thing, it would require to pass RoleSpec nodes through the objname/objargs representation used by RemoveObjects, which works in isolation, but gets messy when pg_get_object_address is involved. So I dropped this part for now. Reviewed by Stephen Frost.
2015-03-11 21:01:13 +01:00
ReleaseSysCache(tp);
}
/* Now look up the pg_user_mapping tuple */
server = GetForeignServerByName(servername, true);
if (!server)
{
if (!missing_ok)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
errmsg("server \"%s\" does not exist", servername)));
return address;
}
tp = SearchSysCache2(USERMAPPINGUSERSERVER,
ObjectIdGetDatum(userid),
ObjectIdGetDatum(server->serverid));
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tp))
{
if (!missing_ok)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
Message improvements
2015-11-17 03:16:42 +01:00
errmsg("user mapping for user \"%s\" on server \"%s\" does not exist",
Support user mappings in get_object_address Since commit 72dd233d3ef we were trying to obtain object addressing information in sql_drop event triggers, but that caused failures when the drops involved user mappings. This addition enables that to work again. Naturally, pg_get_object_address can work with these objects now, too. I toyed with the idea of removing DropUserMappingStmt as a node and using DropStmt instead in the DropUserMappingStmt grammar production, but that didn't go very well: for one thing the messages thrown by the specific code are specialized (you get "server not found" if you specify the wrong server, instead of a generic "user mapping for ... not found" which you'd get it we were to merge this with RemoveObjects --- unless we added even more special cases). For another thing, it would require to pass RoleSpec nodes through the objname/objargs representation used by RemoveObjects, which works in isolation, but gets messy when pg_get_object_address is involved. So I dropped this part for now. Reviewed by Stephen Frost.
2015-03-11 21:01:13 +01:00
username, servername)));
return address;
}
Remove WITH OIDS support, change oid catalog column visibility. Previously tables declared WITH OIDS, including a significant fraction of the catalog tables, stored the oid column not as a normal column, but as part of the tuple header. This special column was not shown by default, which was somewhat odd, as it's often (consider e.g. pg_class.oid) one of the more important parts of a row. Neither pg_dump nor COPY included the contents of the oid column by default. The fact that the oid column was not an ordinary column necessitated a significant amount of special case code to support oid columns. That already was painful for the existing, but upcoming work aiming to make table storage pluggable, would have required expanding and duplicating that "specialness" significantly. WITH OIDS has been deprecated since 2005 (commit ff02d0a05280e0). Remove it. Removing includes: - CREATE TABLE and ALTER TABLE syntax for declaring the table to be WITH OIDS has been removed (WITH (oids[ = true]) will error out) - pg_dump does not support dumping tables declared WITH OIDS and will issue a warning when dumping one (and ignore the oid column). - restoring an pg_dump archive with pg_restore will warn when restoring a table with oid contents (and ignore the oid column) - COPY will refuse to load binary dump that includes oids. - pg_upgrade will error out when encountering tables declared WITH OIDS, they have to be altered to remove the oid column first. - Functionality to access the oid of the last inserted row (like plpgsql's RESULT_OID, spi's SPI_lastoid, ...) has been removed. The syntax for declaring a table WITHOUT OIDS (or WITH (oids = false) for CREATE TABLE) is still supported. While that requires a bit of support code, it seems unnecessary to break applications / dumps that do not use oids, and are explicit about not using them. The biggest user of WITH OID columns was postgres' catalog. This commit changes all 'magic' oid columns to be columns that are normally declared and stored. To reduce unnecessary query breakage all the newly added columns are still named 'oid', even if a table's column naming scheme would indicate 'reloid' or such. This obviously requires adapting a lot code, mostly replacing oid access via HeapTupleGetOid() with access to the underlying Form_pg_*->oid column. The bootstrap process now assigns oids for all oid columns in genbki.pl that do not have an explicit value (starting at the largest oid previously used), only oids assigned later by oids will be above FirstBootstrapObjectId. As the oid column now is a normal column the special bootstrap syntax for oids has been removed. Oids are not automatically assigned during insertion anymore, all backend code explicitly assigns oids with GetNewOidWithIndex(). For the rare case that insertions into the catalog via SQL are called for the new pg_nextoid() function can be used (which only works on catalog tables). The fact that oid columns on system tables are now normal columns means that they will be included in the set of columns expanded by * (i.e. SELECT * FROM pg_class will now include the table's oid, previously it did not). It'd not technically be hard to hide oid column by default, but that'd mean confusing behavior would either have to be carried forward forever, or it'd cause breakage down the line. While it's not unlikely that further adjustments are needed, the scope/invasiveness of the patch makes it worthwhile to get merge this now. It's painful to maintain externally, too complicated to commit after the code code freeze, and a dependency of a number of other patches. Catversion bump, for obvious reasons. Author: Andres Freund, with contributions by John Naylor Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180930034810.ywp2c7awz7opzcfr@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-11-21 00:36:57 +01:00
address.objectId = ((Form_pg_user_mapping) GETSTRUCT(tp))->oid;
Support user mappings in get_object_address Since commit 72dd233d3ef we were trying to obtain object addressing information in sql_drop event triggers, but that caused failures when the drops involved user mappings. This addition enables that to work again. Naturally, pg_get_object_address can work with these objects now, too. I toyed with the idea of removing DropUserMappingStmt as a node and using DropStmt instead in the DropUserMappingStmt grammar production, but that didn't go very well: for one thing the messages thrown by the specific code are specialized (you get "server not found" if you specify the wrong server, instead of a generic "user mapping for ... not found" which you'd get it we were to merge this with RemoveObjects --- unless we added even more special cases). For another thing, it would require to pass RoleSpec nodes through the objname/objargs representation used by RemoveObjects, which works in isolation, but gets messy when pg_get_object_address is involved. So I dropped this part for now. Reviewed by Stephen Frost.
2015-03-11 21:01:13 +01:00
ReleaseSysCache(tp);
return address;
}
Logical replication - Add PUBLICATION catalogs and DDL - Add SUBSCRIPTION catalog and DDL - Define logical replication protocol and output plugin - Add logical replication workers From: Petr Jelinek <petr@2ndquadrant.com> Reviewed-by: Steve Singer <steve@ssinger.info> Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> Reviewed-by: Erik Rijkers <er@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
2017-01-19 18:00:00 +01:00
/*
Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward to deal with lists of functions. Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-11-12 18:00:00 +01:00
* Find the ObjectAddress for a publication relation. The first element of
* the object parameter is the relation name, the second is the
* publication name.
Logical replication - Add PUBLICATION catalogs and DDL - Add SUBSCRIPTION catalog and DDL - Define logical replication protocol and output plugin - Add logical replication workers From: Petr Jelinek <petr@2ndquadrant.com> Reviewed-by: Steve Singer <steve@ssinger.info> Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> Reviewed-by: Erik Rijkers <er@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
2017-01-19 18:00:00 +01:00
*/
static ObjectAddress
Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward to deal with lists of functions. Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-11-12 18:00:00 +01:00
get_object_address_publication_rel(List *object,
Fix pointer confusion get_object_address_publication_rel() needed to check *relation, not relation. Rename the variables to match style used nearby to avoid the confusion.
2017-01-23 17:55:06 +01:00
Relation *relp, bool missing_ok)
Logical replication - Add PUBLICATION catalogs and DDL - Add SUBSCRIPTION catalog and DDL - Define logical replication protocol and output plugin - Add logical replication workers From: Petr Jelinek <petr@2ndquadrant.com> Reviewed-by: Steve Singer <steve@ssinger.info> Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> Reviewed-by: Erik Rijkers <er@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
2017-01-19 18:00:00 +01:00
{
ObjectAddress address;
Fix pointer confusion get_object_address_publication_rel() needed to check *relation, not relation. Rename the variables to match style used nearby to avoid the confusion.
2017-01-23 17:55:06 +01:00
Relation relation;
Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward to deal with lists of functions. Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-11-12 18:00:00 +01:00
List *relname;
Logical replication - Add PUBLICATION catalogs and DDL - Add SUBSCRIPTION catalog and DDL - Define logical replication protocol and output plugin - Add logical replication workers From: Petr Jelinek <petr@2ndquadrant.com> Reviewed-by: Steve Singer <steve@ssinger.info> Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> Reviewed-by: Erik Rijkers <er@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
2017-01-19 18:00:00 +01:00
char *pubname;
Publication *pub;
ObjectAddressSet(address, PublicationRelRelationId, InvalidOid);
Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward to deal with lists of functions. Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-11-12 18:00:00 +01:00
relname = linitial(object);
relation = relation_openrv_extended(makeRangeVarFromNameList(relname),
Logical replication - Add PUBLICATION catalogs and DDL - Add SUBSCRIPTION catalog and DDL - Define logical replication protocol and output plugin - Add logical replication workers From: Petr Jelinek <petr@2ndquadrant.com> Reviewed-by: Steve Singer <steve@ssinger.info> Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> Reviewed-by: Erik Rijkers <er@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
2017-01-19 18:00:00 +01:00
AccessShareLock, missing_ok);
if (!relation)
return address;
/* fetch publication name from input list */
Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward to deal with lists of functions. Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-11-12 18:00:00 +01:00
pubname = strVal(lsecond(object));
Logical replication - Add PUBLICATION catalogs and DDL - Add SUBSCRIPTION catalog and DDL - Define logical replication protocol and output plugin - Add logical replication workers From: Petr Jelinek <petr@2ndquadrant.com> Reviewed-by: Steve Singer <steve@ssinger.info> Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> Reviewed-by: Erik Rijkers <er@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
2017-01-19 18:00:00 +01:00
/* Now look up the pg_publication tuple */
pub = GetPublicationByName(pubname, missing_ok);
if (!pub)
Fix relcache leaks in get_object_address_publication_rel()
2017-02-08 04:09:53 +01:00
{
relation_close(relation, AccessShareLock);
Logical replication - Add PUBLICATION catalogs and DDL - Add SUBSCRIPTION catalog and DDL - Define logical replication protocol and output plugin - Add logical replication workers From: Petr Jelinek <petr@2ndquadrant.com> Reviewed-by: Steve Singer <steve@ssinger.info> Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> Reviewed-by: Erik Rijkers <er@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
2017-01-19 18:00:00 +01:00
return address;
Fix relcache leaks in get_object_address_publication_rel()
2017-02-08 04:09:53 +01:00
}
Logical replication - Add PUBLICATION catalogs and DDL - Add SUBSCRIPTION catalog and DDL - Define logical replication protocol and output plugin - Add logical replication workers From: Petr Jelinek <petr@2ndquadrant.com> Reviewed-by: Steve Singer <steve@ssinger.info> Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> Reviewed-by: Erik Rijkers <er@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
2017-01-19 18:00:00 +01:00
/* Find the publication relation mapping in syscache. */
address.objectId =
Remove WITH OIDS support, change oid catalog column visibility. Previously tables declared WITH OIDS, including a significant fraction of the catalog tables, stored the oid column not as a normal column, but as part of the tuple header. This special column was not shown by default, which was somewhat odd, as it's often (consider e.g. pg_class.oid) one of the more important parts of a row. Neither pg_dump nor COPY included the contents of the oid column by default. The fact that the oid column was not an ordinary column necessitated a significant amount of special case code to support oid columns. That already was painful for the existing, but upcoming work aiming to make table storage pluggable, would have required expanding and duplicating that "specialness" significantly. WITH OIDS has been deprecated since 2005 (commit ff02d0a05280e0). Remove it. Removing includes: - CREATE TABLE and ALTER TABLE syntax for declaring the table to be WITH OIDS has been removed (WITH (oids[ = true]) will error out) - pg_dump does not support dumping tables declared WITH OIDS and will issue a warning when dumping one (and ignore the oid column). - restoring an pg_dump archive with pg_restore will warn when restoring a table with oid contents (and ignore the oid column) - COPY will refuse to load binary dump that includes oids. - pg_upgrade will error out when encountering tables declared WITH OIDS, they have to be altered to remove the oid column first. - Functionality to access the oid of the last inserted row (like plpgsql's RESULT_OID, spi's SPI_lastoid, ...) has been removed. The syntax for declaring a table WITHOUT OIDS (or WITH (oids = false) for CREATE TABLE) is still supported. While that requires a bit of support code, it seems unnecessary to break applications / dumps that do not use oids, and are explicit about not using them. The biggest user of WITH OID columns was postgres' catalog. This commit changes all 'magic' oid columns to be columns that are normally declared and stored. To reduce unnecessary query breakage all the newly added columns are still named 'oid', even if a table's column naming scheme would indicate 'reloid' or such. This obviously requires adapting a lot code, mostly replacing oid access via HeapTupleGetOid() with access to the underlying Form_pg_*->oid column. The bootstrap process now assigns oids for all oid columns in genbki.pl that do not have an explicit value (starting at the largest oid previously used), only oids assigned later by oids will be above FirstBootstrapObjectId. As the oid column now is a normal column the special bootstrap syntax for oids has been removed. Oids are not automatically assigned during insertion anymore, all backend code explicitly assigns oids with GetNewOidWithIndex(). For the rare case that insertions into the catalog via SQL are called for the new pg_nextoid() function can be used (which only works on catalog tables). The fact that oid columns on system tables are now normal columns means that they will be included in the set of columns expanded by * (i.e. SELECT * FROM pg_class will now include the table's oid, previously it did not). It'd not technically be hard to hide oid column by default, but that'd mean confusing behavior would either have to be carried forward forever, or it'd cause breakage down the line. While it's not unlikely that further adjustments are needed, the scope/invasiveness of the patch makes it worthwhile to get merge this now. It's painful to maintain externally, too complicated to commit after the code code freeze, and a dependency of a number of other patches. Catversion bump, for obvious reasons. Author: Andres Freund, with contributions by John Naylor Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180930034810.ywp2c7awz7opzcfr@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-11-21 00:36:57 +01:00
GetSysCacheOid2(PUBLICATIONRELMAP, Anum_pg_publication_rel_oid,
Fix pointer confusion get_object_address_publication_rel() needed to check *relation, not relation. Rename the variables to match style used nearby to avoid the confusion.
2017-01-23 17:55:06 +01:00
ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(relation)),
Logical replication - Add PUBLICATION catalogs and DDL - Add SUBSCRIPTION catalog and DDL - Define logical replication protocol and output plugin - Add logical replication workers From: Petr Jelinek <petr@2ndquadrant.com> Reviewed-by: Steve Singer <steve@ssinger.info> Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> Reviewed-by: Erik Rijkers <er@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
2017-01-19 18:00:00 +01:00
ObjectIdGetDatum(pub->oid));
if (!OidIsValid(address.objectId))
{
if (!missing_ok)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
errmsg("publication relation \"%s\" in publication \"%s\" does not exist",
Fix pointer confusion get_object_address_publication_rel() needed to check *relation, not relation. Rename the variables to match style used nearby to avoid the confusion.
2017-01-23 17:55:06 +01:00
RelationGetRelationName(relation), pubname)));
Fix relcache leaks in get_object_address_publication_rel()
2017-02-08 04:09:53 +01:00
relation_close(relation, AccessShareLock);
Logical replication - Add PUBLICATION catalogs and DDL - Add SUBSCRIPTION catalog and DDL - Define logical replication protocol and output plugin - Add logical replication workers From: Petr Jelinek <petr@2ndquadrant.com> Reviewed-by: Steve Singer <steve@ssinger.info> Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> Reviewed-by: Erik Rijkers <er@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
2017-01-19 18:00:00 +01:00
return address;
}
Fix pointer confusion get_object_address_publication_rel() needed to check *relation, not relation. Rename the variables to match style used nearby to avoid the confusion.
2017-01-23 17:55:06 +01:00
*relp = relation;
Logical replication - Add PUBLICATION catalogs and DDL - Add SUBSCRIPTION catalog and DDL - Define logical replication protocol and output plugin - Add logical replication workers From: Petr Jelinek <petr@2ndquadrant.com> Reviewed-by: Steve Singer <steve@ssinger.info> Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> Reviewed-by: Erik Rijkers <er@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
2017-01-19 18:00:00 +01:00
return address;
}
Allow publishing the tables of schema. A new option "FOR ALL TABLES IN SCHEMA" in Create/Alter Publication allows one or more schemas to be specified, whose tables are selected by the publisher for sending the data to the subscriber. The new syntax allows specifying both the tables and schemas. For example: CREATE PUBLICATION pub1 FOR TABLE t1,t2,t3, ALL TABLES IN SCHEMA s1,s2; OR ALTER PUBLICATION pub1 ADD TABLE t1,t2,t3, ALL TABLES IN SCHEMA s1,s2; A new system table "pg_publication_namespace" has been added, to maintain the schemas that the user wants to publish through the publication. Modified the output plugin (pgoutput) to publish the changes if the relation is part of schema publication. Updates pg_dump to identify and dump schema publications. Updates the \d family of commands to display schema publications and \dRp+ variant will now display associated schemas if any. Author: Vignesh C, Hou Zhijie, Amit Kapila Syntax-Suggested-by: Tom Lane, Alvaro Herrera Reviewed-by: Greg Nancarrow, Masahiko Sawada, Hou Zhijie, Amit Kapila, Haiying Tang, Ajin Cherian, Rahila Syed, Bharath Rupireddy, Mark Dilger Tested-by: Haiying Tang Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CALDaNm0OANxuJ6RXqwZsM1MSY4s19nuH3734j4a72etDwvBETQ@mail.gmail.com
2021-10-27 04:14:52 +02:00
/*
* Find the ObjectAddress for a publication schema. The first element of the
* object parameter is the schema name, the second is the publication name.
*/
static ObjectAddress
get_object_address_publication_schema(List *object, bool missing_ok)
{
ObjectAddress address;
Publication *pub;
char *pubname;
char *schemaname;
Oid schemaid;
ObjectAddressSet(address, PublicationNamespaceRelationId, InvalidOid);
/* Fetch schema name and publication name from input list */
schemaname = strVal(linitial(object));
pubname = strVal(lsecond(object));
schemaid = get_namespace_oid(schemaname, missing_ok);
if (!OidIsValid(schemaid))
return address;
/* Now look up the pg_publication tuple */
pub = GetPublicationByName(pubname, missing_ok);
if (!pub)
return address;
/* Find the publication schema mapping in syscache */
address.objectId =
Revert "Logical decoding of sequences" This reverts a sequence of commits, implementing features related to logical decoding and replication of sequences: - 0da92dc530c9251735fc70b20cd004d9630a1266 - 80901b32913ffa59bf157a4d88284b2b3a7511d9 - b779d7d8fdae088d70da5ed9fcd8205035676df3 - d5ed9da41d96988d905b49bebb273a9b2d6e2915 - a180c2b34de0989269fdb819bff241a249bf5380 - 75b1521dae1ff1fde17fda2e30e591f2e5d64b6a - 2d2232933b02d9396113662e44dca5f120d6830e - 002c9dd97a0c874fd1693a570383e2dd38cd40d5 - 05843b1aa49df2ecc9b97c693b755bd1b6f856a9 The implementation has issues, mostly due to combining transactional and non-transactional behavior of sequences. It's not clear how this could be fixed, but it'll require reworking significant part of the patch. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/95345a19-d508-63d1-860a-f5c2f41e8d40@enterprisedb.com
2022-04-07 18:13:13 +02:00
GetSysCacheOid2(PUBLICATIONNAMESPACEMAP,
Allow publishing the tables of schema. A new option "FOR ALL TABLES IN SCHEMA" in Create/Alter Publication allows one or more schemas to be specified, whose tables are selected by the publisher for sending the data to the subscriber. The new syntax allows specifying both the tables and schemas. For example: CREATE PUBLICATION pub1 FOR TABLE t1,t2,t3, ALL TABLES IN SCHEMA s1,s2; OR ALTER PUBLICATION pub1 ADD TABLE t1,t2,t3, ALL TABLES IN SCHEMA s1,s2; A new system table "pg_publication_namespace" has been added, to maintain the schemas that the user wants to publish through the publication. Modified the output plugin (pgoutput) to publish the changes if the relation is part of schema publication. Updates pg_dump to identify and dump schema publications. Updates the \d family of commands to display schema publications and \dRp+ variant will now display associated schemas if any. Author: Vignesh C, Hou Zhijie, Amit Kapila Syntax-Suggested-by: Tom Lane, Alvaro Herrera Reviewed-by: Greg Nancarrow, Masahiko Sawada, Hou Zhijie, Amit Kapila, Haiying Tang, Ajin Cherian, Rahila Syed, Bharath Rupireddy, Mark Dilger Tested-by: Haiying Tang Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CALDaNm0OANxuJ6RXqwZsM1MSY4s19nuH3734j4a72etDwvBETQ@mail.gmail.com
2021-10-27 04:14:52 +02:00
Anum_pg_publication_namespace_oid,
ObjectIdGetDatum(schemaid),
Revert "Logical decoding of sequences" This reverts a sequence of commits, implementing features related to logical decoding and replication of sequences: - 0da92dc530c9251735fc70b20cd004d9630a1266 - 80901b32913ffa59bf157a4d88284b2b3a7511d9 - b779d7d8fdae088d70da5ed9fcd8205035676df3 - d5ed9da41d96988d905b49bebb273a9b2d6e2915 - a180c2b34de0989269fdb819bff241a249bf5380 - 75b1521dae1ff1fde17fda2e30e591f2e5d64b6a - 2d2232933b02d9396113662e44dca5f120d6830e - 002c9dd97a0c874fd1693a570383e2dd38cd40d5 - 05843b1aa49df2ecc9b97c693b755bd1b6f856a9 The implementation has issues, mostly due to combining transactional and non-transactional behavior of sequences. It's not clear how this could be fixed, but it'll require reworking significant part of the patch. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/95345a19-d508-63d1-860a-f5c2f41e8d40@enterprisedb.com
2022-04-07 18:13:13 +02:00
ObjectIdGetDatum(pub->oid));
Allow publishing the tables of schema. A new option "FOR ALL TABLES IN SCHEMA" in Create/Alter Publication allows one or more schemas to be specified, whose tables are selected by the publisher for sending the data to the subscriber. The new syntax allows specifying both the tables and schemas. For example: CREATE PUBLICATION pub1 FOR TABLE t1,t2,t3, ALL TABLES IN SCHEMA s1,s2; OR ALTER PUBLICATION pub1 ADD TABLE t1,t2,t3, ALL TABLES IN SCHEMA s1,s2; A new system table "pg_publication_namespace" has been added, to maintain the schemas that the user wants to publish through the publication. Modified the output plugin (pgoutput) to publish the changes if the relation is part of schema publication. Updates pg_dump to identify and dump schema publications. Updates the \d family of commands to display schema publications and \dRp+ variant will now display associated schemas if any. Author: Vignesh C, Hou Zhijie, Amit Kapila Syntax-Suggested-by: Tom Lane, Alvaro Herrera Reviewed-by: Greg Nancarrow, Masahiko Sawada, Hou Zhijie, Amit Kapila, Haiying Tang, Ajin Cherian, Rahila Syed, Bharath Rupireddy, Mark Dilger Tested-by: Haiying Tang Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CALDaNm0OANxuJ6RXqwZsM1MSY4s19nuH3734j4a72etDwvBETQ@mail.gmail.com
2021-10-27 04:14:52 +02:00
if (!OidIsValid(address.objectId) && !missing_ok)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
errmsg("publication schema \"%s\" in publication \"%s\" does not exist",
schemaname, pubname)));
return address;
}
Support default ACLs in get_object_address In the spirit of 890192e99af, this time add support for the things living in the pg_default_acl catalog. These are not really "objects", but they show up as such in event triggers. There is no "DROP DEFAULT PRIVILEGES" or similar command, so it doesn't look like the new representation given would be useful anywhere else, so I didn't try to use it outside objectaddress.c. (That might be a bug in itself, but that would be material for another commit.) Reviewed by Stephen Frost.
2015-03-11 23:23:47 +01:00
/*
* Find the ObjectAddress for a default ACL.
*/
static ObjectAddress
Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward to deal with lists of functions. Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-11-12 18:00:00 +01:00
get_object_address_defacl(List *object, bool missing_ok)
Support default ACLs in get_object_address In the spirit of 890192e99af, this time add support for the things living in the pg_default_acl catalog. These are not really "objects", but they show up as such in event triggers. There is no "DROP DEFAULT PRIVILEGES" or similar command, so it doesn't look like the new representation given would be useful anywhere else, so I didn't try to use it outside objectaddress.c. (That might be a bug in itself, but that would be material for another commit.) Reviewed by Stephen Frost.
2015-03-11 23:23:47 +01:00
{
HeapTuple tp;
Oid userid;
Oid schemaid;
char *username;
char *schema;
char objtype;
char *objtype_str;
ObjectAddress address;
ObjectAddressSet(address, DefaultAclRelationId, InvalidOid);
/*
* First figure out the textual attributes so that they can be used for
* error reporting.
*/
Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward to deal with lists of functions. Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-11-12 18:00:00 +01:00
username = strVal(lsecond(object));
if (list_length(object) >= 3)
schema = (char *) strVal(lthird(object));
Support default ACLs in get_object_address In the spirit of 890192e99af, this time add support for the things living in the pg_default_acl catalog. These are not really "objects", but they show up as such in event triggers. There is no "DROP DEFAULT PRIVILEGES" or similar command, so it doesn't look like the new representation given would be useful anywhere else, so I didn't try to use it outside objectaddress.c. (That might be a bug in itself, but that would be material for another commit.) Reviewed by Stephen Frost.
2015-03-11 23:23:47 +01:00
else
schema = NULL;
/*
* Decode defaclobjtype. Only first char is considered; the rest of the
* string, if any, is blissfully ignored.
*/
Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward to deal with lists of functions. Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-11-12 18:00:00 +01:00
objtype = ((char *) strVal(linitial(object)))[0];
Support default ACLs in get_object_address In the spirit of 890192e99af, this time add support for the things living in the pg_default_acl catalog. These are not really "objects", but they show up as such in event triggers. There is no "DROP DEFAULT PRIVILEGES" or similar command, so it doesn't look like the new representation given would be useful anywhere else, so I didn't try to use it outside objectaddress.c. (That might be a bug in itself, but that would be material for another commit.) Reviewed by Stephen Frost.
2015-03-11 23:23:47 +01:00
switch (objtype)
{
case DEFACLOBJ_RELATION:
objtype_str = "tables";
break;
case DEFACLOBJ_SEQUENCE:
objtype_str = "sequences";
break;
case DEFACLOBJ_FUNCTION:
objtype_str = "functions";
break;
case DEFACLOBJ_TYPE:
objtype_str = "types";
break;
Altering default privileges on schemas Extend ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES command to schemas. Author: Matheus Oliveira Reviewed-by: Petr Jelínek, Ashutosh Sharma https://commitfest.postgresql.org/13/887/
2017-03-28 17:58:55 +02:00
case DEFACLOBJ_NAMESPACE:
objtype_str = "schemas";
break;
Support default ACLs in get_object_address In the spirit of 890192e99af, this time add support for the things living in the pg_default_acl catalog. These are not really "objects", but they show up as such in event triggers. There is no "DROP DEFAULT PRIVILEGES" or similar command, so it doesn't look like the new representation given would be useful anywhere else, so I didn't try to use it outside objectaddress.c. (That might be a bug in itself, but that would be material for another commit.) Reviewed by Stephen Frost.
2015-03-11 23:23:47 +01:00
default:
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
Use DEFACLOBJ_ macros in error message instead of hardcoding
2017-06-14 20:44:24 +02:00
errmsg("unrecognized default ACL object type \"%c\"", objtype),
errhint("Valid object types are \"%c\", \"%c\", \"%c\", \"%c\", \"%c\".",
DEFACLOBJ_RELATION,
DEFACLOBJ_SEQUENCE,
DEFACLOBJ_FUNCTION,
DEFACLOBJ_TYPE,
DEFACLOBJ_NAMESPACE)));
Support default ACLs in get_object_address In the spirit of 890192e99af, this time add support for the things living in the pg_default_acl catalog. These are not really "objects", but they show up as such in event triggers. There is no "DROP DEFAULT PRIVILEGES" or similar command, so it doesn't look like the new representation given would be useful anywhere else, so I didn't try to use it outside objectaddress.c. (That might be a bug in itself, but that would be material for another commit.) Reviewed by Stephen Frost.
2015-03-11 23:23:47 +01:00
}
/*
* Look up user ID. Behave as "default ACL not found" if the user doesn't
* exist.
*/
tp = SearchSysCache1(AUTHNAME,
CStringGetDatum(username));
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tp))
goto not_found;
Remove WITH OIDS support, change oid catalog column visibility. Previously tables declared WITH OIDS, including a significant fraction of the catalog tables, stored the oid column not as a normal column, but as part of the tuple header. This special column was not shown by default, which was somewhat odd, as it's often (consider e.g. pg_class.oid) one of the more important parts of a row. Neither pg_dump nor COPY included the contents of the oid column by default. The fact that the oid column was not an ordinary column necessitated a significant amount of special case code to support oid columns. That already was painful for the existing, but upcoming work aiming to make table storage pluggable, would have required expanding and duplicating that "specialness" significantly. WITH OIDS has been deprecated since 2005 (commit ff02d0a05280e0). Remove it. Removing includes: - CREATE TABLE and ALTER TABLE syntax for declaring the table to be WITH OIDS has been removed (WITH (oids[ = true]) will error out) - pg_dump does not support dumping tables declared WITH OIDS and will issue a warning when dumping one (and ignore the oid column). - restoring an pg_dump archive with pg_restore will warn when restoring a table with oid contents (and ignore the oid column) - COPY will refuse to load binary dump that includes oids. - pg_upgrade will error out when encountering tables declared WITH OIDS, they have to be altered to remove the oid column first. - Functionality to access the oid of the last inserted row (like plpgsql's RESULT_OID, spi's SPI_lastoid, ...) has been removed. The syntax for declaring a table WITHOUT OIDS (or WITH (oids = false) for CREATE TABLE) is still supported. While that requires a bit of support code, it seems unnecessary to break applications / dumps that do not use oids, and are explicit about not using them. The biggest user of WITH OID columns was postgres' catalog. This commit changes all 'magic' oid columns to be columns that are normally declared and stored. To reduce unnecessary query breakage all the newly added columns are still named 'oid', even if a table's column naming scheme would indicate 'reloid' or such. This obviously requires adapting a lot code, mostly replacing oid access via HeapTupleGetOid() with access to the underlying Form_pg_*->oid column. The bootstrap process now assigns oids for all oid columns in genbki.pl that do not have an explicit value (starting at the largest oid previously used), only oids assigned later by oids will be above FirstBootstrapObjectId. As the oid column now is a normal column the special bootstrap syntax for oids has been removed. Oids are not automatically assigned during insertion anymore, all backend code explicitly assigns oids with GetNewOidWithIndex(). For the rare case that insertions into the catalog via SQL are called for the new pg_nextoid() function can be used (which only works on catalog tables). The fact that oid columns on system tables are now normal columns means that they will be included in the set of columns expanded by * (i.e. SELECT * FROM pg_class will now include the table's oid, previously it did not). It'd not technically be hard to hide oid column by default, but that'd mean confusing behavior would either have to be carried forward forever, or it'd cause breakage down the line. While it's not unlikely that further adjustments are needed, the scope/invasiveness of the patch makes it worthwhile to get merge this now. It's painful to maintain externally, too complicated to commit after the code code freeze, and a dependency of a number of other patches. Catversion bump, for obvious reasons. Author: Andres Freund, with contributions by John Naylor Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180930034810.ywp2c7awz7opzcfr@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-11-21 00:36:57 +01:00
userid = ((Form_pg_authid) GETSTRUCT(tp))->oid;
Support default ACLs in get_object_address In the spirit of 890192e99af, this time add support for the things living in the pg_default_acl catalog. These are not really "objects", but they show up as such in event triggers. There is no "DROP DEFAULT PRIVILEGES" or similar command, so it doesn't look like the new representation given would be useful anywhere else, so I didn't try to use it outside objectaddress.c. (That might be a bug in itself, but that would be material for another commit.) Reviewed by Stephen Frost.
2015-03-11 23:23:47 +01:00
ReleaseSysCache(tp);
/*
* If a schema name was given, look up its OID. If it doesn't exist,
* behave as "default ACL not found".
*/
if (schema)
{
schemaid = get_namespace_oid(schema, true);
if (schemaid == InvalidOid)
goto not_found;
}
else
schemaid = InvalidOid;
/* Finally, look up the pg_default_acl object */
tp = SearchSysCache3(DEFACLROLENSPOBJ,
ObjectIdGetDatum(userid),
ObjectIdGetDatum(schemaid),
CharGetDatum(objtype));
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tp))
goto not_found;
Remove WITH OIDS support, change oid catalog column visibility. Previously tables declared WITH OIDS, including a significant fraction of the catalog tables, stored the oid column not as a normal column, but as part of the tuple header. This special column was not shown by default, which was somewhat odd, as it's often (consider e.g. pg_class.oid) one of the more important parts of a row. Neither pg_dump nor COPY included the contents of the oid column by default. The fact that the oid column was not an ordinary column necessitated a significant amount of special case code to support oid columns. That already was painful for the existing, but upcoming work aiming to make table storage pluggable, would have required expanding and duplicating that "specialness" significantly. WITH OIDS has been deprecated since 2005 (commit ff02d0a05280e0). Remove it. Removing includes: - CREATE TABLE and ALTER TABLE syntax for declaring the table to be WITH OIDS has been removed (WITH (oids[ = true]) will error out) - pg_dump does not support dumping tables declared WITH OIDS and will issue a warning when dumping one (and ignore the oid column). - restoring an pg_dump archive with pg_restore will warn when restoring a table with oid contents (and ignore the oid column) - COPY will refuse to load binary dump that includes oids. - pg_upgrade will error out when encountering tables declared WITH OIDS, they have to be altered to remove the oid column first. - Functionality to access the oid of the last inserted row (like plpgsql's RESULT_OID, spi's SPI_lastoid, ...) has been removed. The syntax for declaring a table WITHOUT OIDS (or WITH (oids = false) for CREATE TABLE) is still supported. While that requires a bit of support code, it seems unnecessary to break applications / dumps that do not use oids, and are explicit about not using them. The biggest user of WITH OID columns was postgres' catalog. This commit changes all 'magic' oid columns to be columns that are normally declared and stored. To reduce unnecessary query breakage all the newly added columns are still named 'oid', even if a table's column naming scheme would indicate 'reloid' or such. This obviously requires adapting a lot code, mostly replacing oid access via HeapTupleGetOid() with access to the underlying Form_pg_*->oid column. The bootstrap process now assigns oids for all oid columns in genbki.pl that do not have an explicit value (starting at the largest oid previously used), only oids assigned later by oids will be above FirstBootstrapObjectId. As the oid column now is a normal column the special bootstrap syntax for oids has been removed. Oids are not automatically assigned during insertion anymore, all backend code explicitly assigns oids with GetNewOidWithIndex(). For the rare case that insertions into the catalog via SQL are called for the new pg_nextoid() function can be used (which only works on catalog tables). The fact that oid columns on system tables are now normal columns means that they will be included in the set of columns expanded by * (i.e. SELECT * FROM pg_class will now include the table's oid, previously it did not). It'd not technically be hard to hide oid column by default, but that'd mean confusing behavior would either have to be carried forward forever, or it'd cause breakage down the line. While it's not unlikely that further adjustments are needed, the scope/invasiveness of the patch makes it worthwhile to get merge this now. It's painful to maintain externally, too complicated to commit after the code code freeze, and a dependency of a number of other patches. Catversion bump, for obvious reasons. Author: Andres Freund, with contributions by John Naylor Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180930034810.ywp2c7awz7opzcfr@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-11-21 00:36:57 +01:00
address.objectId = ((Form_pg_default_acl) GETSTRUCT(tp))->oid;
Support default ACLs in get_object_address In the spirit of 890192e99af, this time add support for the things living in the pg_default_acl catalog. These are not really "objects", but they show up as such in event triggers. There is no "DROP DEFAULT PRIVILEGES" or similar command, so it doesn't look like the new representation given would be useful anywhere else, so I didn't try to use it outside objectaddress.c. (That might be a bug in itself, but that would be material for another commit.) Reviewed by Stephen Frost.
2015-03-11 23:23:47 +01:00
ReleaseSysCache(tp);
return address;
not_found:
if (!missing_ok)
{
if (schema)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
errmsg("default ACL for user \"%s\" in schema \"%s\" on %s does not exist",
username, schema, objtype_str)));
else
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
errmsg("default ACL for user \"%s\" on %s does not exist",
username, objtype_str)));
}
return address;
}
Add SQL-callable pg_get_object_address This allows access to get_object_address from SQL, which is useful to obtain OID addressing information from data equivalent to that emitted by the parser. This is necessary infrastructure of a project to let replication systems propagate object dropping events to remote servers, where the schema might be different than the server originating the DROP. This patch also adds support for OBJECT_DEFAULT to get_object_address; that is, it is now possible to refer to a column's default value. Catalog version bumped due to the new function. Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Heikki Linnakangas, Robert Haas, Andres Freund, Abhijit Menon-Sen, Adam Brightwell.
2014-12-23 19:31:29 +01:00
/*
* Convert an array of TEXT into a List of string Values, as emitted by the
* parser, which is what get_object_address uses as input.
*/
static List *
textarray_to_strvaluelist(ArrayType *arr)
{
Datum *elems;
bool *nulls;
int nelems;
List *list = NIL;
int i;
Add construct_array_builtin, deconstruct_array_builtin There were many calls to construct_array() and deconstruct_array() for built-in types, for example, when dealing with system catalog columns. These all hardcoded the type attributes necessary to pass to these functions. To simplify this a bit, add construct_array_builtin(), deconstruct_array_builtin() as wrappers that centralize this hardcoded knowledge. This simplifies many call sites and reduces the amount of hardcoded stuff that is spread around. Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/2914356f-9e5f-8c59-2995-5997fc48bcba%40enterprisedb.com
2022-07-01 10:51:45 +02:00
deconstruct_array_builtin(arr, TEXTOID, &elems, &nulls, &nelems);
Add SQL-callable pg_get_object_address This allows access to get_object_address from SQL, which is useful to obtain OID addressing information from data equivalent to that emitted by the parser. This is necessary infrastructure of a project to let replication systems propagate object dropping events to remote servers, where the schema might be different than the server originating the DROP. This patch also adds support for OBJECT_DEFAULT to get_object_address; that is, it is now possible to refer to a column's default value. Catalog version bumped due to the new function. Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Heikki Linnakangas, Robert Haas, Andres Freund, Abhijit Menon-Sen, Adam Brightwell.
2014-12-23 19:31:29 +01:00
for (i = 0; i < nelems; i++)
{
if (nulls[i])
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
errmsg("name or argument lists may not contain nulls")));
list = lappend(list, makeString(TextDatumGetCString(elems[i])));
}
return list;
}
/*
* SQL-callable version of get_object_address
*/
Datum
pg_get_object_address(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
{
Fix misuse of TextDatumGetCString(). "TextDatumGetCString(PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(x))" is formally wrong: a text* is not a Datum. Although this coding will accidentally fail to fail on all known platforms, it risks leaking memory if a detoast step is needed, unlike "TextDatumGetCString(PG_GETARG_DATUM(x))" which is what's used elsewhere. Make pg_get_object_address() fall in line with other uses. Noted while reviewing two-arg current_setting() patch.
2015-07-02 23:02:08 +02:00
char *ttype = TextDatumGetCString(PG_GETARG_DATUM(0));
Add SQL-callable pg_get_object_address This allows access to get_object_address from SQL, which is useful to obtain OID addressing information from data equivalent to that emitted by the parser. This is necessary infrastructure of a project to let replication systems propagate object dropping events to remote servers, where the schema might be different than the server originating the DROP. This patch also adds support for OBJECT_DEFAULT to get_object_address; that is, it is now possible to refer to a column's default value. Catalog version bumped due to the new function. Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Heikki Linnakangas, Robert Haas, Andres Freund, Abhijit Menon-Sen, Adam Brightwell.
2014-12-23 19:31:29 +01:00
ArrayType *namearr = PG_GETARG_ARRAYTYPE_P(1);
ArrayType *argsarr = PG_GETARG_ARRAYTYPE_P(2);
int itype;
ObjectType type;
Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward to deal with lists of functions. Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-11-12 18:00:00 +01:00
List *name = NIL;
TypeName *typename = NULL;
List *args = NIL;
Node *objnode = NULL;
Add SQL-callable pg_get_object_address This allows access to get_object_address from SQL, which is useful to obtain OID addressing information from data equivalent to that emitted by the parser. This is necessary infrastructure of a project to let replication systems propagate object dropping events to remote servers, where the schema might be different than the server originating the DROP. This patch also adds support for OBJECT_DEFAULT to get_object_address; that is, it is now possible to refer to a column's default value. Catalog version bumped due to the new function. Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Heikki Linnakangas, Robert Haas, Andres Freund, Abhijit Menon-Sen, Adam Brightwell.
2014-12-23 19:31:29 +01:00
ObjectAddress addr;
TupleDesc tupdesc;
Datum values[3];
bool nulls[3];
HeapTuple htup;
Relation relation;
/* Decode object type, raise error if unknown */
itype = read_objtype_from_string(ttype);
if (itype < 0)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
errmsg("unsupported object type \"%s\"", ttype)));
type = (ObjectType) itype;
/*
* Convert the text array to the representation appropriate for the given
* object type. Most use a simple string Values list, but there are some
* exceptions.
*/
Use TypeName to represent type names in certain commands In COMMENT, DROP, SECURITY LABEL, and the new pg_get_object_address function, we were representing types as a list of names, same as other objects; but types are special objects that require their own representation to be totally accurate. In the original COMMENT code we had a note about fixing it which was lost in the course of c10575ff005. Change all those places to use TypeName instead, as suggested by that comment. Right now the original coding doesn't cause any bugs, so no backpatch. It is more problematic for proposed future code that operate with object addresses from the SQL interface; type details such as array-ness are lost when working with the degraded representation. Thanks to Petr Jelínek and Dimitri Fontaine for offlist help on finding a solution to a shift/reduce grammar conflict.
2014-12-30 17:57:23 +01:00
if (type == OBJECT_TYPE || type == OBJECT_DOMAIN || type == OBJECT_CAST ||
Add transforms to pg_get_object_address and friends This was missed when transforms were added by commit cac76582053ef8e. Extracted from a larger patch Author: Michael Paquier
2015-06-21 21:08:49 +02:00
type == OBJECT_TRANSFORM || type == OBJECT_DOMCONSTRAINT)
Add SQL-callable pg_get_object_address This allows access to get_object_address from SQL, which is useful to obtain OID addressing information from data equivalent to that emitted by the parser. This is necessary infrastructure of a project to let replication systems propagate object dropping events to remote servers, where the schema might be different than the server originating the DROP. This patch also adds support for OBJECT_DEFAULT to get_object_address; that is, it is now possible to refer to a column's default value. Catalog version bumped due to the new function. Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Heikki Linnakangas, Robert Haas, Andres Freund, Abhijit Menon-Sen, Adam Brightwell.
2014-12-23 19:31:29 +01:00
{
Datum *elems;
bool *nulls;
int nelems;
Add construct_array_builtin, deconstruct_array_builtin There were many calls to construct_array() and deconstruct_array() for built-in types, for example, when dealing with system catalog columns. These all hardcoded the type attributes necessary to pass to these functions. To simplify this a bit, add construct_array_builtin(), deconstruct_array_builtin() as wrappers that centralize this hardcoded knowledge. This simplifies many call sites and reduces the amount of hardcoded stuff that is spread around. Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/2914356f-9e5f-8c59-2995-5997fc48bcba%40enterprisedb.com
2022-07-01 10:51:45 +02:00
deconstruct_array_builtin(namearr, TEXTOID, &elems, &nulls, &nelems);
Add SQL-callable pg_get_object_address This allows access to get_object_address from SQL, which is useful to obtain OID addressing information from data equivalent to that emitted by the parser. This is necessary infrastructure of a project to let replication systems propagate object dropping events to remote servers, where the schema might be different than the server originating the DROP. This patch also adds support for OBJECT_DEFAULT to get_object_address; that is, it is now possible to refer to a column's default value. Catalog version bumped due to the new function. Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Heikki Linnakangas, Robert Haas, Andres Freund, Abhijit Menon-Sen, Adam Brightwell.
2014-12-23 19:31:29 +01:00
if (nelems != 1)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
errmsg("name list length must be exactly %d", 1)));
if (nulls[0])
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
errmsg("name or argument lists may not contain nulls")));
Convert the reg* input functions to report (most) errors softly. This is not really complete, but it catches most cases of practical interest. The main omissions are: * regtype, regprocedure, and regoperator parse type names by calling the main grammar, so any grammar-detected syntax error will still be a hard error. Also, if one includes a type modifier in such a type specification, errors detected by the typmodin function will be hard errors. * Lookup errors are handled just by passing missing_ok = true to the relevant catalog lookup function. Because we've used quite a restrictive definition of "missing_ok", this means that edge cases such as "the named schema exists, but you lack USAGE permission on it" are still hard errors. It would make sense to me to replace most/all missing_ok parameters with an escontext parameter and then allow these additional lookup failure cases to be trapped too. But that's a job for some other day. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3342239.1671988406@sss.pgh.pa.us
2022-12-27 18:26:01 +01:00
typename = typeStringToTypeName(TextDatumGetCString(elems[0]), NULL);
Add SQL-callable pg_get_object_address This allows access to get_object_address from SQL, which is useful to obtain OID addressing information from data equivalent to that emitted by the parser. This is necessary infrastructure of a project to let replication systems propagate object dropping events to remote servers, where the schema might be different than the server originating the DROP. This patch also adds support for OBJECT_DEFAULT to get_object_address; that is, it is now possible to refer to a column's default value. Catalog version bumped due to the new function. Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Heikki Linnakangas, Robert Haas, Andres Freund, Abhijit Menon-Sen, Adam Brightwell.
2014-12-23 19:31:29 +01:00
}
else if (type == OBJECT_LARGEOBJECT)
{
Datum *elems;
bool *nulls;
int nelems;
Add construct_array_builtin, deconstruct_array_builtin There were many calls to construct_array() and deconstruct_array() for built-in types, for example, when dealing with system catalog columns. These all hardcoded the type attributes necessary to pass to these functions. To simplify this a bit, add construct_array_builtin(), deconstruct_array_builtin() as wrappers that centralize this hardcoded knowledge. This simplifies many call sites and reduces the amount of hardcoded stuff that is spread around. Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/2914356f-9e5f-8c59-2995-5997fc48bcba%40enterprisedb.com
2022-07-01 10:51:45 +02:00
deconstruct_array_builtin(namearr, TEXTOID, &elems, &nulls, &nelems);
Add SQL-callable pg_get_object_address This allows access to get_object_address from SQL, which is useful to obtain OID addressing information from data equivalent to that emitted by the parser. This is necessary infrastructure of a project to let replication systems propagate object dropping events to remote servers, where the schema might be different than the server originating the DROP. This patch also adds support for OBJECT_DEFAULT to get_object_address; that is, it is now possible to refer to a column's default value. Catalog version bumped due to the new function. Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Heikki Linnakangas, Robert Haas, Andres Freund, Abhijit Menon-Sen, Adam Brightwell.
2014-12-23 19:31:29 +01:00
if (nelems != 1)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
errmsg("name list length must be exactly %d", 1)));
if (nulls[0])
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
errmsg("large object OID may not be null")));
Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward to deal with lists of functions. Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-11-12 18:00:00 +01:00
objnode = (Node *) makeFloat(TextDatumGetCString(elems[0]));
Add SQL-callable pg_get_object_address This allows access to get_object_address from SQL, which is useful to obtain OID addressing information from data equivalent to that emitted by the parser. This is necessary infrastructure of a project to let replication systems propagate object dropping events to remote servers, where the schema might be different than the server originating the DROP. This patch also adds support for OBJECT_DEFAULT to get_object_address; that is, it is now possible to refer to a column's default value. Catalog version bumped due to the new function. Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Heikki Linnakangas, Robert Haas, Andres Freund, Abhijit Menon-Sen, Adam Brightwell.
2014-12-23 19:31:29 +01:00
}
else
{
name = textarray_to_strvaluelist(namearr);
Avoid using list_length() to test for empty list. The standard way to check for list emptiness is to compare the List pointer to NIL; our list code goes out of its way to ensure that that is the only representation of an empty list. (An acceptable alternative is a plain boolean test for non-null pointer, but explicit mention of NIL is usually preferable.) Various places didn't get that memo and expressed the condition with list_length(), which might not be so bad except that there were such a variety of ways to check it exactly: equal to zero, less than or equal to zero, less than one, yadda yadda. In the name of code readability, let's standardize all those spellings as "list == NIL" or "list != NIL". (There's probably some microscopic efficiency gain too, though few of these look to be at all performance-critical.) A very small number of cases were left as-is because they seemed more consistent with other adjacent list_length tests that way. Peter Smith, with bikeshedding from a number of us Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAHut+PtQYe+ENX5KrONMfugf0q6NHg4hR5dAhqEXEc2eefFeig@mail.gmail.com
2022-08-17 17:12:35 +02:00
if (name == NIL)
Add SQL-callable pg_get_object_address This allows access to get_object_address from SQL, which is useful to obtain OID addressing information from data equivalent to that emitted by the parser. This is necessary infrastructure of a project to let replication systems propagate object dropping events to remote servers, where the schema might be different than the server originating the DROP. This patch also adds support for OBJECT_DEFAULT to get_object_address; that is, it is now possible to refer to a column's default value. Catalog version bumped due to the new function. Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Heikki Linnakangas, Robert Haas, Andres Freund, Abhijit Menon-Sen, Adam Brightwell.
2014-12-23 19:31:29 +01:00
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
Improve some messages
2015-12-11 04:05:27 +01:00
errmsg("name list length must be at least %d", 1)));
Add SQL-callable pg_get_object_address This allows access to get_object_address from SQL, which is useful to obtain OID addressing information from data equivalent to that emitted by the parser. This is necessary infrastructure of a project to let replication systems propagate object dropping events to remote servers, where the schema might be different than the server originating the DROP. This patch also adds support for OBJECT_DEFAULT to get_object_address; that is, it is now possible to refer to a column's default value. Catalog version bumped due to the new function. Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Heikki Linnakangas, Robert Haas, Andres Freund, Abhijit Menon-Sen, Adam Brightwell.
2014-12-23 19:31:29 +01:00
}
/*
* If args are given, decode them according to the object type.
*/
if (type == OBJECT_AGGREGATE ||
type == OBJECT_FUNCTION ||
SQL procedures This adds a new object type "procedure" that is similar to a function but does not have a return type and is invoked by the new CALL statement instead of SELECT or similar. This implementation is aligned with the SQL standard and compatible with or similar to other SQL implementations. This commit adds new commands CALL, CREATE/ALTER/DROP PROCEDURE, as well as ALTER/DROP ROUTINE that can refer to either a function or a procedure (or an aggregate function, as an extension to SQL). There is also support for procedures in various utility commands such as COMMENT and GRANT, as well as support in pg_dump and psql. Support for defining procedures is available in all the languages supplied by the core distribution. While this commit is mainly syntax sugar around existing functionality, future features will rely on having procedures as a separate object type. Reviewed-by: Andrew Dunstan <andrew.dunstan@2ndquadrant.com>
2017-11-30 14:46:13 +01:00
type == OBJECT_PROCEDURE ||
type == OBJECT_ROUTINE ||
Add SQL-callable pg_get_object_address This allows access to get_object_address from SQL, which is useful to obtain OID addressing information from data equivalent to that emitted by the parser. This is necessary infrastructure of a project to let replication systems propagate object dropping events to remote servers, where the schema might be different than the server originating the DROP. This patch also adds support for OBJECT_DEFAULT to get_object_address; that is, it is now possible to refer to a column's default value. Catalog version bumped due to the new function. Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Heikki Linnakangas, Robert Haas, Andres Freund, Abhijit Menon-Sen, Adam Brightwell.
2014-12-23 19:31:29 +01:00
type == OBJECT_OPERATOR ||
Support opfamily members in get_object_address In the spirit of 890192e99af and 4464303405f: have get_object_address understand individual pg_amop and pg_amproc objects. There is no way to refer to such objects directly in the grammar -- rather, they are almost always considered an integral part of the opfamily that contains them. (The only case that deals with them individually is ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY ADD/DROP, which carries the opfamily address separately and thus does not need it to be part of each added/dropped element's address.) In event triggers it becomes possible to become involved with individual amop/amproc elements, and this commit enables pg_get_object_address to do so as well. To make the overall coding simpler, this commit also slightly changes the get_object_address representation for opclasses and opfamilies: instead of having the AM name in the objargs array, I moved it as the first element of the objnames array. This enables the new code to use objargs for the type names used by pg_amop and pg_amproc. Reviewed by: Stephen Frost
2015-03-16 16:06:34 +01:00
type == OBJECT_CAST ||
type == OBJECT_AMOP ||
type == OBJECT_AMPROC)
Add SQL-callable pg_get_object_address This allows access to get_object_address from SQL, which is useful to obtain OID addressing information from data equivalent to that emitted by the parser. This is necessary infrastructure of a project to let replication systems propagate object dropping events to remote servers, where the schema might be different than the server originating the DROP. This patch also adds support for OBJECT_DEFAULT to get_object_address; that is, it is now possible to refer to a column's default value. Catalog version bumped due to the new function. Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Heikki Linnakangas, Robert Haas, Andres Freund, Abhijit Menon-Sen, Adam Brightwell.
2014-12-23 19:31:29 +01:00
{
/* in these cases, the args list must be of TypeName */
Datum *elems;
bool *nulls;
int nelems;
int i;
Add construct_array_builtin, deconstruct_array_builtin There were many calls to construct_array() and deconstruct_array() for built-in types, for example, when dealing with system catalog columns. These all hardcoded the type attributes necessary to pass to these functions. To simplify this a bit, add construct_array_builtin(), deconstruct_array_builtin() as wrappers that centralize this hardcoded knowledge. This simplifies many call sites and reduces the amount of hardcoded stuff that is spread around. Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/2914356f-9e5f-8c59-2995-5997fc48bcba%40enterprisedb.com
2022-07-01 10:51:45 +02:00
deconstruct_array_builtin(argsarr, TEXTOID, &elems, &nulls, &nelems);
Add SQL-callable pg_get_object_address This allows access to get_object_address from SQL, which is useful to obtain OID addressing information from data equivalent to that emitted by the parser. This is necessary infrastructure of a project to let replication systems propagate object dropping events to remote servers, where the schema might be different than the server originating the DROP. This patch also adds support for OBJECT_DEFAULT to get_object_address; that is, it is now possible to refer to a column's default value. Catalog version bumped due to the new function. Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Heikki Linnakangas, Robert Haas, Andres Freund, Abhijit Menon-Sen, Adam Brightwell.
2014-12-23 19:31:29 +01:00
args = NIL;
for (i = 0; i < nelems; i++)
{
if (nulls[i])
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
errmsg("name or argument lists may not contain nulls")));
args = lappend(args,
Convert the reg* input functions to report (most) errors softly. This is not really complete, but it catches most cases of practical interest. The main omissions are: * regtype, regprocedure, and regoperator parse type names by calling the main grammar, so any grammar-detected syntax error will still be a hard error. Also, if one includes a type modifier in such a type specification, errors detected by the typmodin function will be hard errors. * Lookup errors are handled just by passing missing_ok = true to the relevant catalog lookup function. Because we've used quite a restrictive definition of "missing_ok", this means that edge cases such as "the named schema exists, but you lack USAGE permission on it" are still hard errors. It would make sense to me to replace most/all missing_ok parameters with an escontext parameter and then allow these additional lookup failure cases to be trapped too. But that's a job for some other day. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3342239.1671988406@sss.pgh.pa.us
2022-12-27 18:26:01 +01:00
typeStringToTypeName(TextDatumGetCString(elems[i]),
NULL));
Add SQL-callable pg_get_object_address This allows access to get_object_address from SQL, which is useful to obtain OID addressing information from data equivalent to that emitted by the parser. This is necessary infrastructure of a project to let replication systems propagate object dropping events to remote servers, where the schema might be different than the server originating the DROP. This patch also adds support for OBJECT_DEFAULT to get_object_address; that is, it is now possible to refer to a column's default value. Catalog version bumped due to the new function. Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Heikki Linnakangas, Robert Haas, Andres Freund, Abhijit Menon-Sen, Adam Brightwell.
2014-12-23 19:31:29 +01:00
}
}
else
{
/* For all other object types, use string Values */
args = textarray_to_strvaluelist(argsarr);
}
/*
Fix a couple minor typos In commit f0e4475, GetIndexOpClass was renamed to ResolveOpClass, but the comment in typecmds.c didn't get the memo. In objectaddress.c, missing 'of' in a comment. Both noticed by Vik Fearing, patch is mine though.
2018-04-21 01:04:54 +02:00
* get_object_address is pretty sensitive to the length of its input
Add SQL-callable pg_get_object_address This allows access to get_object_address from SQL, which is useful to obtain OID addressing information from data equivalent to that emitted by the parser. This is necessary infrastructure of a project to let replication systems propagate object dropping events to remote servers, where the schema might be different than the server originating the DROP. This patch also adds support for OBJECT_DEFAULT to get_object_address; that is, it is now possible to refer to a column's default value. Catalog version bumped due to the new function. Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Heikki Linnakangas, Robert Haas, Andres Freund, Abhijit Menon-Sen, Adam Brightwell.
2014-12-23 19:31:29 +01:00
* lists; check that they're what it wants.
*/
switch (type)
{
Tighten pg_get_object_address argument checking For publication schemas (OBJECT_PUBLICATION_NAMESPACE) and user mappings (OBJECT_USER_MAPPING), pg_get_object_address() checked the array length of the second argument, but not of the first argument. If the first argument was too long, it would just silently ignore everything but the first argument. Fix that by checking the length of the first argument as well. Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila <amit.kapila16@gmail.com> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/caaef70b-a874-1088-92ef-5ac38269c33b%40enterprisedb.com
2022-09-21 15:34:22 +02:00
case OBJECT_PUBLICATION_NAMESPACE:
case OBJECT_USER_MAPPING:
if (list_length(name) != 1)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
errmsg("name list length must be exactly %d", 1)));
/* fall through to check args length */
/* FALLTHROUGH */
Use TypeName to represent type names in certain commands In COMMENT, DROP, SECURITY LABEL, and the new pg_get_object_address function, we were representing types as a list of names, same as other objects; but types are special objects that require their own representation to be totally accurate. In the original COMMENT code we had a note about fixing it which was lost in the course of c10575ff005. Change all those places to use TypeName instead, as suggested by that comment. Right now the original coding doesn't cause any bugs, so no backpatch. It is more problematic for proposed future code that operate with object addresses from the SQL interface; type details such as array-ness are lost when working with the degraded representation. Thanks to Petr Jelínek and Dimitri Fontaine for offlist help on finding a solution to a shift/reduce grammar conflict.
2014-12-30 17:57:23 +01:00
case OBJECT_DOMCONSTRAINT:
Add SQL-callable pg_get_object_address This allows access to get_object_address from SQL, which is useful to obtain OID addressing information from data equivalent to that emitted by the parser. This is necessary infrastructure of a project to let replication systems propagate object dropping events to remote servers, where the schema might be different than the server originating the DROP. This patch also adds support for OBJECT_DEFAULT to get_object_address; that is, it is now possible to refer to a column's default value. Catalog version bumped due to the new function. Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Heikki Linnakangas, Robert Haas, Andres Freund, Abhijit Menon-Sen, Adam Brightwell.
2014-12-23 19:31:29 +01:00
case OBJECT_CAST:
Logical replication - Add PUBLICATION catalogs and DDL - Add SUBSCRIPTION catalog and DDL - Define logical replication protocol and output plugin - Add logical replication workers From: Petr Jelinek <petr@2ndquadrant.com> Reviewed-by: Steve Singer <steve@ssinger.info> Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> Reviewed-by: Erik Rijkers <er@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
2017-01-19 18:00:00 +01:00
case OBJECT_PUBLICATION_REL:
Support default ACLs in get_object_address In the spirit of 890192e99af, this time add support for the things living in the pg_default_acl catalog. These are not really "objects", but they show up as such in event triggers. There is no "DROP DEFAULT PRIVILEGES" or similar command, so it doesn't look like the new representation given would be useful anywhere else, so I didn't try to use it outside objectaddress.c. (That might be a bug in itself, but that would be material for another commit.) Reviewed by Stephen Frost.
2015-03-11 23:23:47 +01:00
case OBJECT_DEFACL:
Add transforms to pg_get_object_address and friends This was missed when transforms were added by commit cac76582053ef8e. Extracted from a larger patch Author: Michael Paquier
2015-06-21 21:08:49 +02:00
case OBJECT_TRANSFORM:
Add SQL-callable pg_get_object_address This allows access to get_object_address from SQL, which is useful to obtain OID addressing information from data equivalent to that emitted by the parser. This is necessary infrastructure of a project to let replication systems propagate object dropping events to remote servers, where the schema might be different than the server originating the DROP. This patch also adds support for OBJECT_DEFAULT to get_object_address; that is, it is now possible to refer to a column's default value. Catalog version bumped due to the new function. Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Heikki Linnakangas, Robert Haas, Andres Freund, Abhijit Menon-Sen, Adam Brightwell.
2014-12-23 19:31:29 +01:00
if (list_length(args) != 1)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
errmsg("argument list length must be exactly %d", 1)));
break;
Support opfamily members in get_object_address In the spirit of 890192e99af and 4464303405f: have get_object_address understand individual pg_amop and pg_amproc objects. There is no way to refer to such objects directly in the grammar -- rather, they are almost always considered an integral part of the opfamily that contains them. (The only case that deals with them individually is ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY ADD/DROP, which carries the opfamily address separately and thus does not need it to be part of each added/dropped element's address.) In event triggers it becomes possible to become involved with individual amop/amproc elements, and this commit enables pg_get_object_address to do so as well. To make the overall coding simpler, this commit also slightly changes the get_object_address representation for opclasses and opfamilies: instead of having the AM name in the objargs array, I moved it as the first element of the objnames array. This enables the new code to use objargs for the type names used by pg_amop and pg_amproc. Reviewed by: Stephen Frost
2015-03-16 16:06:34 +01:00
case OBJECT_OPFAMILY:
case OBJECT_OPCLASS:
if (list_length(name) < 2)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
errmsg("name list length must be at least %d", 2)));
break;
case OBJECT_AMOP:
case OBJECT_AMPROC:
if (list_length(name) < 3)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
errmsg("name list length must be at least %d", 3)));
/* fall through to check args length */
Clean up warnings from -Wimplicit-fallthrough. Recent gcc can warn about switch-case fall throughs that are not explicitly labeled as intentional. This seems like a good thing, so clean up the warnings exposed thereby by labeling all such cases with comments that gcc will recognize. In files that already had one or more suitable comments, I generally matched the existing style of those. Otherwise I went with /* FALLTHROUGH */, which is one of the spellings approved at the more-restrictive-than-default level -Wimplicit-fallthrough=4. (At the default level you can also spell it /* FALL ?THRU */, and it's not picky about case. What you can't do is include additional text in the same comment, so some existing comments containing versions of this aren't good enough.) Testing with gcc 8.0.1 (Fedora 28's current version), I found that I also had to put explicit "break"s after elog(ERROR) or ereport(ERROR); apparently, for this purpose gcc doesn't recognize that those don't return. That seems like possibly a gcc bug, but it's fine because in most places we did that anyway; so this amounts to a visit from the style police. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15083.1525207729@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-05-02 01:35:08 +02:00
/* FALLTHROUGH */
Add SQL-callable pg_get_object_address This allows access to get_object_address from SQL, which is useful to obtain OID addressing information from data equivalent to that emitted by the parser. This is necessary infrastructure of a project to let replication systems propagate object dropping events to remote servers, where the schema might be different than the server originating the DROP. This patch also adds support for OBJECT_DEFAULT to get_object_address; that is, it is now possible to refer to a column's default value. Catalog version bumped due to the new function. Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Heikki Linnakangas, Robert Haas, Andres Freund, Abhijit Menon-Sen, Adam Brightwell.
2014-12-23 19:31:29 +01:00
case OBJECT_OPERATOR:
if (list_length(args) != 2)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
errmsg("argument list length must be exactly %d", 2)));
break;
default:
break;
}
Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward to deal with lists of functions. Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-11-12 18:00:00 +01:00
/*
Fix ancient get_object_address_opf_member bug The original coding was trying to use a TypeName as a string Value, which doesn't work; an oversight in my commit a61fd533. Repair. Also, make sure we cover the broken case in the relevant test script. Backpatch to 9.5. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170315151829.bhxsvrp75xdxhm3n@alvherre.pgsql
2017-03-16 16:51:08 +01:00
* Now build the Node type that get_object_address() expects for the given
Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward to deal with lists of functions. Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-11-12 18:00:00 +01:00
* type.
*/
switch (type)
{
case OBJECT_TABLE:
case OBJECT_SEQUENCE:
case OBJECT_VIEW:
case OBJECT_MATVIEW:
case OBJECT_INDEX:
case OBJECT_FOREIGN_TABLE:
case OBJECT_COLUMN:
case OBJECT_ATTRIBUTE:
case OBJECT_COLLATION:
case OBJECT_CONVERSION:
Implement multivariate n-distinct coefficients Add support for explicitly declared statistic objects (CREATE STATISTICS), allowing collection of statistics on more complex combinations that individual table columns. Companion commands DROP STATISTICS and ALTER STATISTICS ... OWNER TO / SET SCHEMA / RENAME are added too. All this DDL has been designed so that more statistic types can be added later on, such as multivariate most-common-values and multivariate histograms between columns of a single table, leaving room for permitting columns on multiple tables, too, as well as expressions. This commit only adds support for collection of n-distinct coefficient on user-specified sets of columns in a single table. This is useful to estimate number of distinct groups in GROUP BY and DISTINCT clauses; estimation errors there can cause over-allocation of memory in hashed aggregates, for instance, so it's a worthwhile problem to solve. A new special pseudo-type pg_ndistinct is used. (num-distinct estimation was deemed sufficiently useful by itself that this is worthwhile even if no further statistic types are added immediately; so much so that another version of essentially the same functionality was submitted by Kyotaro Horiguchi: https://postgr.es/m/20150828.173334.114731693.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp though this commit does not use that code.) Author: Tomas Vondra. Some code rework by Álvaro. Reviewed-by: Dean Rasheed, David Rowley, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Jeff Janes, Ideriha Takeshi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/543AFA15.4080608@fuzzy.cz https://postgr.es/m/20170320190220.ixlaueanxegqd5gr@alvherre.pgsql
2017-03-24 18:06:10 +01:00
case OBJECT_STATISTIC_EXT:
Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward to deal with lists of functions. Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-11-12 18:00:00 +01:00
case OBJECT_TSPARSER:
case OBJECT_TSDICTIONARY:
case OBJECT_TSTEMPLATE:
case OBJECT_TSCONFIGURATION:
case OBJECT_DEFAULT:
case OBJECT_POLICY:
case OBJECT_RULE:
case OBJECT_TRIGGER:
case OBJECT_TABCONSTRAINT:
case OBJECT_OPCLASS:
case OBJECT_OPFAMILY:
objnode = (Node *) name;
break;
case OBJECT_ACCESS_METHOD:
case OBJECT_DATABASE:
case OBJECT_EVENT_TRIGGER:
case OBJECT_EXTENSION:
case OBJECT_FDW:
case OBJECT_FOREIGN_SERVER:
case OBJECT_LANGUAGE:
Allow granting SET and ALTER SYSTEM privileges on GUC parameters. This patch allows "PGC_SUSET" parameters to be set by non-superusers if they have been explicitly granted the privilege to do so. The privilege to perform ALTER SYSTEM SET/RESET on a specific parameter can also be granted. Such privileges are cluster-wide, not per database. They are tracked in a new shared catalog, pg_parameter_acl. Granting and revoking these new privileges works as one would expect. One caveat is that PGC_USERSET GUCs are unaffected by the SET privilege --- one could wish that those were handled by a revocable grant to PUBLIC, but they are not, because we couldn't make it robust enough for GUCs defined by extensions. Mark Dilger, reviewed at various times by Andrew Dunstan, Robert Haas, Joshua Brindle, and myself Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3D691E20-C1D5-4B80-8BA5-6BEB63AF3029@enterprisedb.com
2022-04-06 19:24:33 +02:00
case OBJECT_PARAMETER_ACL:
Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward to deal with lists of functions. Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-11-12 18:00:00 +01:00
case OBJECT_PUBLICATION:
case OBJECT_ROLE:
case OBJECT_SCHEMA:
case OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION:
case OBJECT_TABLESPACE:
if (list_length(name) != 1)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
errmsg("name list length must be exactly %d", 1)));
objnode = linitial(name);
break;
case OBJECT_TYPE:
case OBJECT_DOMAIN:
objnode = (Node *) typename;
break;
case OBJECT_CAST:
case OBJECT_DOMCONSTRAINT:
case OBJECT_TRANSFORM:
objnode = (Node *) list_make2(typename, linitial(args));
break;
case OBJECT_PUBLICATION_REL:
objnode = (Node *) list_make2(name, linitial(args));
break;
Allow publishing the tables of schema. A new option "FOR ALL TABLES IN SCHEMA" in Create/Alter Publication allows one or more schemas to be specified, whose tables are selected by the publisher for sending the data to the subscriber. The new syntax allows specifying both the tables and schemas. For example: CREATE PUBLICATION pub1 FOR TABLE t1,t2,t3, ALL TABLES IN SCHEMA s1,s2; OR ALTER PUBLICATION pub1 ADD TABLE t1,t2,t3, ALL TABLES IN SCHEMA s1,s2; A new system table "pg_publication_namespace" has been added, to maintain the schemas that the user wants to publish through the publication. Modified the output plugin (pgoutput) to publish the changes if the relation is part of schema publication. Updates pg_dump to identify and dump schema publications. Updates the \d family of commands to display schema publications and \dRp+ variant will now display associated schemas if any. Author: Vignesh C, Hou Zhijie, Amit Kapila Syntax-Suggested-by: Tom Lane, Alvaro Herrera Reviewed-by: Greg Nancarrow, Masahiko Sawada, Hou Zhijie, Amit Kapila, Haiying Tang, Ajin Cherian, Rahila Syed, Bharath Rupireddy, Mark Dilger Tested-by: Haiying Tang Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CALDaNm0OANxuJ6RXqwZsM1MSY4s19nuH3734j4a72etDwvBETQ@mail.gmail.com
2021-10-27 04:14:52 +02:00
case OBJECT_PUBLICATION_NAMESPACE:
Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward to deal with lists of functions. Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-11-12 18:00:00 +01:00
case OBJECT_USER_MAPPING:
objnode = (Node *) list_make2(linitial(name), linitial(args));
break;
case OBJECT_DEFACL:
objnode = (Node *) lcons(linitial(args), name);
break;
case OBJECT_AMOP:
case OBJECT_AMPROC:
objnode = (Node *) list_make2(name, args);
break;
case OBJECT_FUNCTION:
SQL procedures This adds a new object type "procedure" that is similar to a function but does not have a return type and is invoked by the new CALL statement instead of SELECT or similar. This implementation is aligned with the SQL standard and compatible with or similar to other SQL implementations. This commit adds new commands CALL, CREATE/ALTER/DROP PROCEDURE, as well as ALTER/DROP ROUTINE that can refer to either a function or a procedure (or an aggregate function, as an extension to SQL). There is also support for procedures in various utility commands such as COMMENT and GRANT, as well as support in pg_dump and psql. Support for defining procedures is available in all the languages supplied by the core distribution. While this commit is mainly syntax sugar around existing functionality, future features will rely on having procedures as a separate object type. Reviewed-by: Andrew Dunstan <andrew.dunstan@2ndquadrant.com>
2017-11-30 14:46:13 +01:00
case OBJECT_PROCEDURE:
case OBJECT_ROUTINE:
Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward to deal with lists of functions. Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-11-12 18:00:00 +01:00
case OBJECT_AGGREGATE:
case OBJECT_OPERATOR:
{
ObjectWithArgs *owa = makeNode(ObjectWithArgs);
owa->objname = name;
owa->objargs = args;
objnode = (Node *) owa;
break;
}
case OBJECT_LARGEOBJECT:
/* already handled above */
break;
/* no default, to let compiler warn about missing case */
}
if (objnode == NULL)
elog(ERROR, "unrecognized object type: %d", type);
addr = get_object_address(type, objnode,
Add SQL-callable pg_get_object_address This allows access to get_object_address from SQL, which is useful to obtain OID addressing information from data equivalent to that emitted by the parser. This is necessary infrastructure of a project to let replication systems propagate object dropping events to remote servers, where the schema might be different than the server originating the DROP. This patch also adds support for OBJECT_DEFAULT to get_object_address; that is, it is now possible to refer to a column's default value. Catalog version bumped due to the new function. Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Heikki Linnakangas, Robert Haas, Andres Freund, Abhijit Menon-Sen, Adam Brightwell.
2014-12-23 19:31:29 +01:00
&relation, AccessShareLock, false);
/* We don't need the relcache entry, thank you very much */
if (relation)
relation_close(relation, AccessShareLock);
Switch some system functions to use get_call_result_type() This shaves some code by replacing the combinations of CreateTemplateTupleDesc()/TupleDescInitEntry() hardcoding a mapping of the attributes listed in pg_proc.dat by get_call_result_type() to build the TupleDesc needed for the rows generated. get_call_result_type() is more expensive than the former style, but this removes some duplication with the lists of OUT parameters (pg_proc.dat and the attributes hardcoded in these code paths). This is applied to functions that are not considered as critical (aka that could be called repeatedly for monitoring purposes). Author: Bharath Rupireddy Reviewed-by: Robert Haas, Álvaro Herrera, Tom Lane, Michael Paquier Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALj2ACV23HW5HP5hFjd89FNS-z5X8r2jNXdMXcpN2BgTtKd87w@mail.gmail.com
2022-12-21 02:11:22 +01:00
if (get_call_result_type(fcinfo, NULL, &tupdesc) != TYPEFUNC_COMPOSITE)
elog(ERROR, "return type must be a row type");
Add SQL-callable pg_get_object_address This allows access to get_object_address from SQL, which is useful to obtain OID addressing information from data equivalent to that emitted by the parser. This is necessary infrastructure of a project to let replication systems propagate object dropping events to remote servers, where the schema might be different than the server originating the DROP. This patch also adds support for OBJECT_DEFAULT to get_object_address; that is, it is now possible to refer to a column's default value. Catalog version bumped due to the new function. Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Heikki Linnakangas, Robert Haas, Andres Freund, Abhijit Menon-Sen, Adam Brightwell.
2014-12-23 19:31:29 +01:00
values[0] = ObjectIdGetDatum(addr.classId);
values[1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(addr.objectId);
values[2] = Int32GetDatum(addr.objectSubId);
nulls[0] = false;
nulls[1] = false;
nulls[2] = false;
htup = heap_form_tuple(tupdesc, values, nulls);
PG_RETURN_DATUM(HeapTupleGetDatum(htup));
}
Allow non-superusers to create (some) extensions. Remove the unconditional superuser permissions check in CREATE EXTENSION, and instead define a "superuser" extension property, which when false (not the default) skips the superuser permissions check. In this case the calling user only needs enough permissions to execute the commands in the extension's installation script. The superuser property is also enforced in the same way for ALTER EXTENSION UPDATE cases. In other ALTER EXTENSION cases and DROP EXTENSION, test ownership of the extension rather than superuserness. ALTER EXTENSION ADD/DROP needs to insist on ownership of the target object as well; to do that without duplicating code, refactor comment.c's big switch for permissions checks into a separate function in objectaddress.c. I also removed the superuserness checks in pg_available_extensions and related functions; there's no strong reason why everybody shouldn't be able to see that info. Also invent an IF NOT EXISTS variant of CREATE EXTENSION, and use that in pg_dump, so that dumps won't fail for installed-by-default extensions. We don't have any of those yet, but we will soon. This is all per discussion of wrapping the standard procedural languages into extensions. I'll make those changes in a separate commit; this is just putting the core infrastructure in place.
2011-03-04 22:08:24 +01:00
/*
* Check ownership of an object previously identified by get_object_address.
*/
void
check_object_ownership(Oid roleid, ObjectType objtype, ObjectAddress address,
Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward to deal with lists of functions. Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-11-12 18:00:00 +01:00
Node *object, Relation relation)
Allow non-superusers to create (some) extensions. Remove the unconditional superuser permissions check in CREATE EXTENSION, and instead define a "superuser" extension property, which when false (not the default) skips the superuser permissions check. In this case the calling user only needs enough permissions to execute the commands in the extension's installation script. The superuser property is also enforced in the same way for ALTER EXTENSION UPDATE cases. In other ALTER EXTENSION cases and DROP EXTENSION, test ownership of the extension rather than superuserness. ALTER EXTENSION ADD/DROP needs to insist on ownership of the target object as well; to do that without duplicating code, refactor comment.c's big switch for permissions checks into a separate function in objectaddress.c. I also removed the superuserness checks in pg_available_extensions and related functions; there's no strong reason why everybody shouldn't be able to see that info. Also invent an IF NOT EXISTS variant of CREATE EXTENSION, and use that in pg_dump, so that dumps won't fail for installed-by-default extensions. We don't have any of those yet, but we will soon. This is all per discussion of wrapping the standard procedural languages into extensions. I'll make those changes in a separate commit; this is just putting the core infrastructure in place.
2011-03-04 22:08:24 +01:00
{
switch (objtype)
{
case OBJECT_INDEX:
case OBJECT_SEQUENCE:
case OBJECT_TABLE:
case OBJECT_VIEW:
Add a materialized view relations. A materialized view has a rule just like a view and a heap and other physical properties like a table. The rule is only used to populate the table, references in queries refer to the materialized data. This is a minimal implementation, but should still be useful in many cases. Currently data is only populated "on demand" by the CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW and REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW statements. It is expected that future releases will add incremental updates with various timings, and that a more refined concept of defining what is "fresh" data will be developed. At some point it may even be possible to have queries use a materialized in place of references to underlying tables, but that requires the other above-mentioned features to be working first. Much of the documentation work by Robert Haas. Review by Noah Misch, Thom Brown, Robert Haas, Marko Tiikkaja Security review by KaiGai Kohei, with a decision on how best to implement sepgsql still pending.
2013-03-04 01:23:31 +01:00
case OBJECT_MATVIEW:
Allow non-superusers to create (some) extensions. Remove the unconditional superuser permissions check in CREATE EXTENSION, and instead define a "superuser" extension property, which when false (not the default) skips the superuser permissions check. In this case the calling user only needs enough permissions to execute the commands in the extension's installation script. The superuser property is also enforced in the same way for ALTER EXTENSION UPDATE cases. In other ALTER EXTENSION cases and DROP EXTENSION, test ownership of the extension rather than superuserness. ALTER EXTENSION ADD/DROP needs to insist on ownership of the target object as well; to do that without duplicating code, refactor comment.c's big switch for permissions checks into a separate function in objectaddress.c. I also removed the superuserness checks in pg_available_extensions and related functions; there's no strong reason why everybody shouldn't be able to see that info. Also invent an IF NOT EXISTS variant of CREATE EXTENSION, and use that in pg_dump, so that dumps won't fail for installed-by-default extensions. We don't have any of those yet, but we will soon. This is all per discussion of wrapping the standard procedural languages into extensions. I'll make those changes in a separate commit; this is just putting the core infrastructure in place.
2011-03-04 22:08:24 +01:00
case OBJECT_FOREIGN_TABLE:
case OBJECT_COLUMN:
case OBJECT_RULE:
case OBJECT_TRIGGER:
Row-Level Security Policies (RLS) Building on the updatable security-barrier views work, add the ability to define policies on tables to limit the set of rows which are returned from a query and which are allowed to be added to a table. Expressions defined by the policy for filtering are added to the security barrier quals of the query, while expressions defined to check records being added to a table are added to the with-check options of the query. New top-level commands are CREATE/ALTER/DROP POLICY and are controlled by the table owner. Row Security is able to be enabled and disabled by the owner on a per-table basis using ALTER TABLE .. ENABLE/DISABLE ROW SECURITY. Per discussion, ROW SECURITY is disabled on tables by default and must be enabled for policies on the table to be used. If no policies exist on a table with ROW SECURITY enabled, a default-deny policy is used and no records will be visible. By default, row security is applied at all times except for the table owner and the superuser. A new GUC, row_security, is added which can be set to ON, OFF, or FORCE. When set to FORCE, row security will be applied even for the table owner and superusers. When set to OFF, row security will be disabled when allowed and an error will be thrown if the user does not have rights to bypass row security. Per discussion, pg_dump sets row_security = OFF by default to ensure that exports and backups will have all data in the table or will error if there are insufficient privileges to bypass row security. A new option has been added to pg_dump, --enable-row-security, to ask pg_dump to export with row security enabled. A new role capability, BYPASSRLS, which can only be set by the superuser, is added to allow other users to be able to bypass row security using row_security = OFF. Many thanks to the various individuals who have helped with the design, particularly Robert Haas for his feedback. Authors include Craig Ringer, KaiGai Kohei, Adam Brightwell, Dean Rasheed, with additional changes and rework by me. Reviewers have included all of the above, Greg Smith, Jeff McCormick, and Robert Haas.
2014-09-19 17:18:35 +02:00
case OBJECT_POLICY:
get_object_address: separate domain constraints from table constraints Apart from enabling comments on domain constraints, this enables a future project to replicate object dropping to remote servers: with the current mechanism there's no way to distinguish between the two types of constraints, so there's no way to know what to drop. Also added support for the domain constraint comments in psql's \dd and pg_dump. Catalog version bumped due to the change in ObjectType enum.
2014-12-23 13:06:44 +01:00
case OBJECT_TABCONSTRAINT:
Refactor ownercheck functions Instead of dozens of mostly-duplicate pg_foo_ownercheck() functions, write one common function object_ownercheck() that can handle almost all of them. We already have all the information we need, such as which system catalog corresponds to which catalog table and which column is the owner column. Reviewed-by: Corey Huinker <corey.huinker@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Antonin Houska <ah@cybertec.at> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/95c30f96-4060-2f48-98b5-a4392d3b6066@enterprisedb.com
2022-11-13 08:11:17 +01:00
if (!object_ownercheck(RelationRelationId, RelationGetRelid(relation), roleid))
Replace AclObjectKind with ObjectType AclObjectKind was basically just another enumeration for object types, and we already have a preferred one for that. It's only used in aclcheck_error. By using ObjectType instead, we can also give some more precise error messages, for example "index" instead of "relation". Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2017-12-02 15:26:34 +01:00
aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, objtype,
Allow non-superusers to create (some) extensions. Remove the unconditional superuser permissions check in CREATE EXTENSION, and instead define a "superuser" extension property, which when false (not the default) skips the superuser permissions check. In this case the calling user only needs enough permissions to execute the commands in the extension's installation script. The superuser property is also enforced in the same way for ALTER EXTENSION UPDATE cases. In other ALTER EXTENSION cases and DROP EXTENSION, test ownership of the extension rather than superuserness. ALTER EXTENSION ADD/DROP needs to insist on ownership of the target object as well; to do that without duplicating code, refactor comment.c's big switch for permissions checks into a separate function in objectaddress.c. I also removed the superuserness checks in pg_available_extensions and related functions; there's no strong reason why everybody shouldn't be able to see that info. Also invent an IF NOT EXISTS variant of CREATE EXTENSION, and use that in pg_dump, so that dumps won't fail for installed-by-default extensions. We don't have any of those yet, but we will soon. This is all per discussion of wrapping the standard procedural languages into extensions. I'll make those changes in a separate commit; this is just putting the core infrastructure in place.
2011-03-04 22:08:24 +01:00
RelationGetRelationName(relation));
break;
case OBJECT_TYPE:
case OBJECT_DOMAIN:
case OBJECT_ATTRIBUTE:
Refactor ownercheck functions Instead of dozens of mostly-duplicate pg_foo_ownercheck() functions, write one common function object_ownercheck() that can handle almost all of them. We already have all the information we need, such as which system catalog corresponds to which catalog table and which column is the owner column. Reviewed-by: Corey Huinker <corey.huinker@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Antonin Houska <ah@cybertec.at> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/95c30f96-4060-2f48-98b5-a4392d3b6066@enterprisedb.com
2022-11-13 08:11:17 +01:00
if (!object_ownercheck(address.classId, address.objectId, roleid))
Improve reporting of permission errors for array types Because permissions are assigned to element types, not array types, complaining about permission denied on an array type would be misleading to users. So adjust the reporting to refer to the element type instead. In order not to duplicate the required logic in two dozen places, refactor the permission denied reporting for types a bit. pointed out by Yeb Havinga during the review of the type privilege feature
2012-06-15 21:55:03 +02:00
aclcheck_error_type(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, address.objectId);
Allow non-superusers to create (some) extensions. Remove the unconditional superuser permissions check in CREATE EXTENSION, and instead define a "superuser" extension property, which when false (not the default) skips the superuser permissions check. In this case the calling user only needs enough permissions to execute the commands in the extension's installation script. The superuser property is also enforced in the same way for ALTER EXTENSION UPDATE cases. In other ALTER EXTENSION cases and DROP EXTENSION, test ownership of the extension rather than superuserness. ALTER EXTENSION ADD/DROP needs to insist on ownership of the target object as well; to do that without duplicating code, refactor comment.c's big switch for permissions checks into a separate function in objectaddress.c. I also removed the superuserness checks in pg_available_extensions and related functions; there's no strong reason why everybody shouldn't be able to see that info. Also invent an IF NOT EXISTS variant of CREATE EXTENSION, and use that in pg_dump, so that dumps won't fail for installed-by-default extensions. We don't have any of those yet, but we will soon. This is all per discussion of wrapping the standard procedural languages into extensions. I'll make those changes in a separate commit; this is just putting the core infrastructure in place.
2011-03-04 22:08:24 +01:00
break;
Fix handling of COMMENT for domain constraints For a non-superuser, changing a comment on a domain constraint was leading to a cache lookup failure as the code tried to perform the ownership lookup on the constraint OID itself, thinking that it was a type, but this check needs to happen on the type the domain constraint relies on. As the type a domain constraint relies on can be guessed directly based on the constraint OID, first fetch its type OID and perform the ownership on it. This is broken since 7eca575, which has split the handling of comments for table constraints and domain constraints, so back-patch down to 9.5. Reported-by: Clemens Ladisch Author: Daniel Gustafsson, Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15833-808e11904835d26f@postgresql.org Backpatch-through: 9.5
2019-06-12 04:30:11 +02:00
case OBJECT_DOMCONSTRAINT:
{
HeapTuple tuple;
Oid contypid;
tuple = SearchSysCache1(CONSTROID,
ObjectIdGetDatum(address.objectId));
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
elog(ERROR, "constraint with OID %u does not exist",
address.objectId);
contypid = ((Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(tuple))->contypid;
ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
/*
* Fallback to type ownership check in this case as this is
* what domain constraints rely on.
*/
Refactor ownercheck functions Instead of dozens of mostly-duplicate pg_foo_ownercheck() functions, write one common function object_ownercheck() that can handle almost all of them. We already have all the information we need, such as which system catalog corresponds to which catalog table and which column is the owner column. Reviewed-by: Corey Huinker <corey.huinker@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Antonin Houska <ah@cybertec.at> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/95c30f96-4060-2f48-98b5-a4392d3b6066@enterprisedb.com
2022-11-13 08:11:17 +01:00
if (!object_ownercheck(TypeRelationId, contypid, roleid))
Fix handling of COMMENT for domain constraints For a non-superuser, changing a comment on a domain constraint was leading to a cache lookup failure as the code tried to perform the ownership lookup on the constraint OID itself, thinking that it was a type, but this check needs to happen on the type the domain constraint relies on. As the type a domain constraint relies on can be guessed directly based on the constraint OID, first fetch its type OID and perform the ownership on it. This is broken since 7eca575, which has split the handling of comments for table constraints and domain constraints, so back-patch down to 9.5. Reported-by: Clemens Ladisch Author: Daniel Gustafsson, Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15833-808e11904835d26f@postgresql.org Backpatch-through: 9.5
2019-06-12 04:30:11 +02:00
aclcheck_error_type(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, contypid);
}
break;
Allow non-superusers to create (some) extensions. Remove the unconditional superuser permissions check in CREATE EXTENSION, and instead define a "superuser" extension property, which when false (not the default) skips the superuser permissions check. In this case the calling user only needs enough permissions to execute the commands in the extension's installation script. The superuser property is also enforced in the same way for ALTER EXTENSION UPDATE cases. In other ALTER EXTENSION cases and DROP EXTENSION, test ownership of the extension rather than superuserness. ALTER EXTENSION ADD/DROP needs to insist on ownership of the target object as well; to do that without duplicating code, refactor comment.c's big switch for permissions checks into a separate function in objectaddress.c. I also removed the superuserness checks in pg_available_extensions and related functions; there's no strong reason why everybody shouldn't be able to see that info. Also invent an IF NOT EXISTS variant of CREATE EXTENSION, and use that in pg_dump, so that dumps won't fail for installed-by-default extensions. We don't have any of those yet, but we will soon. This is all per discussion of wrapping the standard procedural languages into extensions. I'll make those changes in a separate commit; this is just putting the core infrastructure in place.
2011-03-04 22:08:24 +01:00
case OBJECT_AGGREGATE:
case OBJECT_FUNCTION:
SQL procedures This adds a new object type "procedure" that is similar to a function but does not have a return type and is invoked by the new CALL statement instead of SELECT or similar. This implementation is aligned with the SQL standard and compatible with or similar to other SQL implementations. This commit adds new commands CALL, CREATE/ALTER/DROP PROCEDURE, as well as ALTER/DROP ROUTINE that can refer to either a function or a procedure (or an aggregate function, as an extension to SQL). There is also support for procedures in various utility commands such as COMMENT and GRANT, as well as support in pg_dump and psql. Support for defining procedures is available in all the languages supplied by the core distribution. While this commit is mainly syntax sugar around existing functionality, future features will rely on having procedures as a separate object type. Reviewed-by: Andrew Dunstan <andrew.dunstan@2ndquadrant.com>
2017-11-30 14:46:13 +01:00
case OBJECT_PROCEDURE:
case OBJECT_ROUTINE:
Allow non-superusers to create (some) extensions. Remove the unconditional superuser permissions check in CREATE EXTENSION, and instead define a "superuser" extension property, which when false (not the default) skips the superuser permissions check. In this case the calling user only needs enough permissions to execute the commands in the extension's installation script. The superuser property is also enforced in the same way for ALTER EXTENSION UPDATE cases. In other ALTER EXTENSION cases and DROP EXTENSION, test ownership of the extension rather than superuserness. ALTER EXTENSION ADD/DROP needs to insist on ownership of the target object as well; to do that without duplicating code, refactor comment.c's big switch for permissions checks into a separate function in objectaddress.c. I also removed the superuserness checks in pg_available_extensions and related functions; there's no strong reason why everybody shouldn't be able to see that info. Also invent an IF NOT EXISTS variant of CREATE EXTENSION, and use that in pg_dump, so that dumps won't fail for installed-by-default extensions. We don't have any of those yet, but we will soon. This is all per discussion of wrapping the standard procedural languages into extensions. I'll make those changes in a separate commit; this is just putting the core infrastructure in place.
2011-03-04 22:08:24 +01:00
case OBJECT_OPERATOR:
Refactor ownercheck functions Instead of dozens of mostly-duplicate pg_foo_ownercheck() functions, write one common function object_ownercheck() that can handle almost all of them. We already have all the information we need, such as which system catalog corresponds to which catalog table and which column is the owner column. Reviewed-by: Corey Huinker <corey.huinker@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Antonin Houska <ah@cybertec.at> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/95c30f96-4060-2f48-98b5-a4392d3b6066@enterprisedb.com
2022-11-13 08:11:17 +01:00
if (!object_ownercheck(address.classId, address.objectId, roleid))
Replace AclObjectKind with ObjectType AclObjectKind was basically just another enumeration for object types, and we already have a preferred one for that. It's only used in aclcheck_error. By using ObjectType instead, we can also give some more precise error messages, for example "index" instead of "relation". Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2017-12-02 15:26:34 +01:00
aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, objtype,
Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward to deal with lists of functions. Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-11-12 18:00:00 +01:00
NameListToString((castNode(ObjectWithArgs, object))->objname));
Allow non-superusers to create (some) extensions. Remove the unconditional superuser permissions check in CREATE EXTENSION, and instead define a "superuser" extension property, which when false (not the default) skips the superuser permissions check. In this case the calling user only needs enough permissions to execute the commands in the extension's installation script. The superuser property is also enforced in the same way for ALTER EXTENSION UPDATE cases. In other ALTER EXTENSION cases and DROP EXTENSION, test ownership of the extension rather than superuserness. ALTER EXTENSION ADD/DROP needs to insist on ownership of the target object as well; to do that without duplicating code, refactor comment.c's big switch for permissions checks into a separate function in objectaddress.c. I also removed the superuserness checks in pg_available_extensions and related functions; there's no strong reason why everybody shouldn't be able to see that info. Also invent an IF NOT EXISTS variant of CREATE EXTENSION, and use that in pg_dump, so that dumps won't fail for installed-by-default extensions. We don't have any of those yet, but we will soon. This is all per discussion of wrapping the standard procedural languages into extensions. I'll make those changes in a separate commit; this is just putting the core infrastructure in place.
2011-03-04 22:08:24 +01:00
break;
Refactor ownercheck functions Instead of dozens of mostly-duplicate pg_foo_ownercheck() functions, write one common function object_ownercheck() that can handle almost all of them. We already have all the information we need, such as which system catalog corresponds to which catalog table and which column is the owner column. Reviewed-by: Corey Huinker <corey.huinker@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Antonin Houska <ah@cybertec.at> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/95c30f96-4060-2f48-98b5-a4392d3b6066@enterprisedb.com
2022-11-13 08:11:17 +01:00
case OBJECT_DATABASE:
case OBJECT_EVENT_TRIGGER:
Allow non-superusers to create (some) extensions. Remove the unconditional superuser permissions check in CREATE EXTENSION, and instead define a "superuser" extension property, which when false (not the default) skips the superuser permissions check. In this case the calling user only needs enough permissions to execute the commands in the extension's installation script. The superuser property is also enforced in the same way for ALTER EXTENSION UPDATE cases. In other ALTER EXTENSION cases and DROP EXTENSION, test ownership of the extension rather than superuserness. ALTER EXTENSION ADD/DROP needs to insist on ownership of the target object as well; to do that without duplicating code, refactor comment.c's big switch for permissions checks into a separate function in objectaddress.c. I also removed the superuserness checks in pg_available_extensions and related functions; there's no strong reason why everybody shouldn't be able to see that info. Also invent an IF NOT EXISTS variant of CREATE EXTENSION, and use that in pg_dump, so that dumps won't fail for installed-by-default extensions. We don't have any of those yet, but we will soon. This is all per discussion of wrapping the standard procedural languages into extensions. I'll make those changes in a separate commit; this is just putting the core infrastructure in place.
2011-03-04 22:08:24 +01:00
case OBJECT_EXTENSION:
Support comments on FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER and SERVER objects. This mostly involves making it work with the objectaddress.c framework, which does most of the heavy lifting. In that vein, change GetForeignDataWrapperOidByName to get_foreign_data_wrapper_oid and GetForeignServerOidByName to get_foreign_server_oid, to match the pattern we use for other object types. Robert Haas and Shigeru Hanada
2011-04-01 17:28:28 +02:00
case OBJECT_FDW:
Allow non-superusers to create (some) extensions. Remove the unconditional superuser permissions check in CREATE EXTENSION, and instead define a "superuser" extension property, which when false (not the default) skips the superuser permissions check. In this case the calling user only needs enough permissions to execute the commands in the extension's installation script. The superuser property is also enforced in the same way for ALTER EXTENSION UPDATE cases. In other ALTER EXTENSION cases and DROP EXTENSION, test ownership of the extension rather than superuserness. ALTER EXTENSION ADD/DROP needs to insist on ownership of the target object as well; to do that without duplicating code, refactor comment.c's big switch for permissions checks into a separate function in objectaddress.c. I also removed the superuserness checks in pg_available_extensions and related functions; there's no strong reason why everybody shouldn't be able to see that info. Also invent an IF NOT EXISTS variant of CREATE EXTENSION, and use that in pg_dump, so that dumps won't fail for installed-by-default extensions. We don't have any of those yet, but we will soon. This is all per discussion of wrapping the standard procedural languages into extensions. I'll make those changes in a separate commit; this is just putting the core infrastructure in place.
2011-03-04 22:08:24 +01:00
case OBJECT_FOREIGN_SERVER:
case OBJECT_LANGUAGE:
Refactor ownercheck functions Instead of dozens of mostly-duplicate pg_foo_ownercheck() functions, write one common function object_ownercheck() that can handle almost all of them. We already have all the information we need, such as which system catalog corresponds to which catalog table and which column is the owner column. Reviewed-by: Corey Huinker <corey.huinker@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Antonin Houska <ah@cybertec.at> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/95c30f96-4060-2f48-98b5-a4392d3b6066@enterprisedb.com
2022-11-13 08:11:17 +01:00
case OBJECT_PUBLICATION:
case OBJECT_SCHEMA:
case OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION:
case OBJECT_TABLESPACE:
if (!object_ownercheck(address.classId, address.objectId, roleid))
Replace AclObjectKind with ObjectType AclObjectKind was basically just another enumeration for object types, and we already have a preferred one for that. It's only used in aclcheck_error. By using ObjectType instead, we can also give some more precise error messages, for example "index" instead of "relation". Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2017-12-02 15:26:34 +01:00
aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, objtype,
Remove useless casts Casting the argument of strVal() to (Value *) is useless, since strVal() already does that. Most code didn't do that anyway; this was apparently just a style that snuck into certain files. Reviewed-by: Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker <ilmari@ilmari.org> Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/5ba6bc5b-3f95-04f2-2419-f8ddb4c046fb@enterprisedb.com
2021-09-09 07:58:12 +02:00
strVal(object));
Allow non-superusers to create (some) extensions. Remove the unconditional superuser permissions check in CREATE EXTENSION, and instead define a "superuser" extension property, which when false (not the default) skips the superuser permissions check. In this case the calling user only needs enough permissions to execute the commands in the extension's installation script. The superuser property is also enforced in the same way for ALTER EXTENSION UPDATE cases. In other ALTER EXTENSION cases and DROP EXTENSION, test ownership of the extension rather than superuserness. ALTER EXTENSION ADD/DROP needs to insist on ownership of the target object as well; to do that without duplicating code, refactor comment.c's big switch for permissions checks into a separate function in objectaddress.c. I also removed the superuserness checks in pg_available_extensions and related functions; there's no strong reason why everybody shouldn't be able to see that info. Also invent an IF NOT EXISTS variant of CREATE EXTENSION, and use that in pg_dump, so that dumps won't fail for installed-by-default extensions. We don't have any of those yet, but we will soon. This is all per discussion of wrapping the standard procedural languages into extensions. I'll make those changes in a separate commit; this is just putting the core infrastructure in place.
2011-03-04 22:08:24 +01:00
break;
Refactor ownercheck functions Instead of dozens of mostly-duplicate pg_foo_ownercheck() functions, write one common function object_ownercheck() that can handle almost all of them. We already have all the information we need, such as which system catalog corresponds to which catalog table and which column is the owner column. Reviewed-by: Corey Huinker <corey.huinker@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Antonin Houska <ah@cybertec.at> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/95c30f96-4060-2f48-98b5-a4392d3b6066@enterprisedb.com
2022-11-13 08:11:17 +01:00
case OBJECT_COLLATION:
case OBJECT_CONVERSION:
Allow non-superusers to create (some) extensions. Remove the unconditional superuser permissions check in CREATE EXTENSION, and instead define a "superuser" extension property, which when false (not the default) skips the superuser permissions check. In this case the calling user only needs enough permissions to execute the commands in the extension's installation script. The superuser property is also enforced in the same way for ALTER EXTENSION UPDATE cases. In other ALTER EXTENSION cases and DROP EXTENSION, test ownership of the extension rather than superuserness. ALTER EXTENSION ADD/DROP needs to insist on ownership of the target object as well; to do that without duplicating code, refactor comment.c's big switch for permissions checks into a separate function in objectaddress.c. I also removed the superuserness checks in pg_available_extensions and related functions; there's no strong reason why everybody shouldn't be able to see that info. Also invent an IF NOT EXISTS variant of CREATE EXTENSION, and use that in pg_dump, so that dumps won't fail for installed-by-default extensions. We don't have any of those yet, but we will soon. This is all per discussion of wrapping the standard procedural languages into extensions. I'll make those changes in a separate commit; this is just putting the core infrastructure in place.
2011-03-04 22:08:24 +01:00
case OBJECT_OPCLASS:
case OBJECT_OPFAMILY:
Refactor ownercheck functions Instead of dozens of mostly-duplicate pg_foo_ownercheck() functions, write one common function object_ownercheck() that can handle almost all of them. We already have all the information we need, such as which system catalog corresponds to which catalog table and which column is the owner column. Reviewed-by: Corey Huinker <corey.huinker@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Antonin Houska <ah@cybertec.at> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/95c30f96-4060-2f48-98b5-a4392d3b6066@enterprisedb.com
2022-11-13 08:11:17 +01:00
case OBJECT_STATISTIC_EXT:
case OBJECT_TSDICTIONARY:
case OBJECT_TSCONFIGURATION:
if (!object_ownercheck(address.classId, address.objectId, roleid))
Replace AclObjectKind with ObjectType AclObjectKind was basically just another enumeration for object types, and we already have a preferred one for that. It's only used in aclcheck_error. By using ObjectType instead, we can also give some more precise error messages, for example "index" instead of "relation". Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2017-12-02 15:26:34 +01:00
aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, objtype,
Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward to deal with lists of functions. Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-11-12 18:00:00 +01:00
NameListToString(castNode(List, object)));
Allow non-superusers to create (some) extensions. Remove the unconditional superuser permissions check in CREATE EXTENSION, and instead define a "superuser" extension property, which when false (not the default) skips the superuser permissions check. In this case the calling user only needs enough permissions to execute the commands in the extension's installation script. The superuser property is also enforced in the same way for ALTER EXTENSION UPDATE cases. In other ALTER EXTENSION cases and DROP EXTENSION, test ownership of the extension rather than superuserness. ALTER EXTENSION ADD/DROP needs to insist on ownership of the target object as well; to do that without duplicating code, refactor comment.c's big switch for permissions checks into a separate function in objectaddress.c. I also removed the superuserness checks in pg_available_extensions and related functions; there's no strong reason why everybody shouldn't be able to see that info. Also invent an IF NOT EXISTS variant of CREATE EXTENSION, and use that in pg_dump, so that dumps won't fail for installed-by-default extensions. We don't have any of those yet, but we will soon. This is all per discussion of wrapping the standard procedural languages into extensions. I'll make those changes in a separate commit; this is just putting the core infrastructure in place.
2011-03-04 22:08:24 +01:00
break;
case OBJECT_LARGEOBJECT:
if (!lo_compat_privileges &&
Refactor ownercheck functions Instead of dozens of mostly-duplicate pg_foo_ownercheck() functions, write one common function object_ownercheck() that can handle almost all of them. We already have all the information we need, such as which system catalog corresponds to which catalog table and which column is the owner column. Reviewed-by: Corey Huinker <corey.huinker@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Antonin Houska <ah@cybertec.at> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/95c30f96-4060-2f48-98b5-a4392d3b6066@enterprisedb.com
2022-11-13 08:11:17 +01:00
!object_ownercheck(address.classId, address.objectId, roleid))
Allow non-superusers to create (some) extensions. Remove the unconditional superuser permissions check in CREATE EXTENSION, and instead define a "superuser" extension property, which when false (not the default) skips the superuser permissions check. In this case the calling user only needs enough permissions to execute the commands in the extension's installation script. The superuser property is also enforced in the same way for ALTER EXTENSION UPDATE cases. In other ALTER EXTENSION cases and DROP EXTENSION, test ownership of the extension rather than superuserness. ALTER EXTENSION ADD/DROP needs to insist on ownership of the target object as well; to do that without duplicating code, refactor comment.c's big switch for permissions checks into a separate function in objectaddress.c. I also removed the superuserness checks in pg_available_extensions and related functions; there's no strong reason why everybody shouldn't be able to see that info. Also invent an IF NOT EXISTS variant of CREATE EXTENSION, and use that in pg_dump, so that dumps won't fail for installed-by-default extensions. We don't have any of those yet, but we will soon. This is all per discussion of wrapping the standard procedural languages into extensions. I'll make those changes in a separate commit; this is just putting the core infrastructure in place.
2011-03-04 22:08:24 +01:00
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
errmsg("must be owner of large object %u",
address.objectId)));
break;
case OBJECT_CAST:
{
/* We can only check permissions on the source/target types */
Improve castNode notation by introducing list-extraction-specific variants. This extends the castNode() notation introduced by commit 5bcab1114 to provide, in one step, extraction of a list cell's pointer and coercion to a concrete node type. For example, "lfirst_node(Foo, lc)" is the same as "castNode(Foo, lfirst(lc))". Almost half of the uses of castNode that have appeared so far include a list extraction call, so this is pretty widely useful, and it saves a few more keystrokes compared to the old way. As with the previous patch, back-patch the addition of these macros to pg_list.h, so that the notation will be available when back-patching. Patch by me, after an idea of Andrew Gierth's. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/14197.1491841216@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-04-10 19:51:29 +02:00
TypeName *sourcetype = linitial_node(TypeName, castNode(List, object));
TypeName *targettype = lsecond_node(TypeName, castNode(List, object));
Allow non-superusers to create (some) extensions. Remove the unconditional superuser permissions check in CREATE EXTENSION, and instead define a "superuser" extension property, which when false (not the default) skips the superuser permissions check. In this case the calling user only needs enough permissions to execute the commands in the extension's installation script. The superuser property is also enforced in the same way for ALTER EXTENSION UPDATE cases. In other ALTER EXTENSION cases and DROP EXTENSION, test ownership of the extension rather than superuserness. ALTER EXTENSION ADD/DROP needs to insist on ownership of the target object as well; to do that without duplicating code, refactor comment.c's big switch for permissions checks into a separate function in objectaddress.c. I also removed the superuserness checks in pg_available_extensions and related functions; there's no strong reason why everybody shouldn't be able to see that info. Also invent an IF NOT EXISTS variant of CREATE EXTENSION, and use that in pg_dump, so that dumps won't fail for installed-by-default extensions. We don't have any of those yet, but we will soon. This is all per discussion of wrapping the standard procedural languages into extensions. I'll make those changes in a separate commit; this is just putting the core infrastructure in place.
2011-03-04 22:08:24 +01:00
Oid sourcetypeid = typenameTypeId(NULL, sourcetype);
Oid targettypeid = typenameTypeId(NULL, targettype);
Refactor ownercheck functions Instead of dozens of mostly-duplicate pg_foo_ownercheck() functions, write one common function object_ownercheck() that can handle almost all of them. We already have all the information we need, such as which system catalog corresponds to which catalog table and which column is the owner column. Reviewed-by: Corey Huinker <corey.huinker@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Antonin Houska <ah@cybertec.at> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/95c30f96-4060-2f48-98b5-a4392d3b6066@enterprisedb.com
2022-11-13 08:11:17 +01:00
if (!object_ownercheck(TypeRelationId, sourcetypeid, roleid)
&& !object_ownercheck(TypeRelationId, targettypeid, roleid))
Allow non-superusers to create (some) extensions. Remove the unconditional superuser permissions check in CREATE EXTENSION, and instead define a "superuser" extension property, which when false (not the default) skips the superuser permissions check. In this case the calling user only needs enough permissions to execute the commands in the extension's installation script. The superuser property is also enforced in the same way for ALTER EXTENSION UPDATE cases. In other ALTER EXTENSION cases and DROP EXTENSION, test ownership of the extension rather than superuserness. ALTER EXTENSION ADD/DROP needs to insist on ownership of the target object as well; to do that without duplicating code, refactor comment.c's big switch for permissions checks into a separate function in objectaddress.c. I also removed the superuserness checks in pg_available_extensions and related functions; there's no strong reason why everybody shouldn't be able to see that info. Also invent an IF NOT EXISTS variant of CREATE EXTENSION, and use that in pg_dump, so that dumps won't fail for installed-by-default extensions. We don't have any of those yet, but we will soon. This is all per discussion of wrapping the standard procedural languages into extensions. I'll make those changes in a separate commit; this is just putting the core infrastructure in place.
2011-03-04 22:08:24 +01:00
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
errmsg("must be owner of type %s or type %s",
format_type_be(sourcetypeid),
format_type_be(targettypeid))));
}
break;
Add transforms feature This provides a mechanism for specifying conversions between SQL data types and procedural languages. As examples, there are transforms for hstore and ltree for PL/Perl and PL/Python. reviews by Pavel Stěhule and Andres Freund
2015-04-26 16:33:14 +02:00
case OBJECT_TRANSFORM:
{
Improve castNode notation by introducing list-extraction-specific variants. This extends the castNode() notation introduced by commit 5bcab1114 to provide, in one step, extraction of a list cell's pointer and coercion to a concrete node type. For example, "lfirst_node(Foo, lc)" is the same as "castNode(Foo, lfirst(lc))". Almost half of the uses of castNode that have appeared so far include a list extraction call, so this is pretty widely useful, and it saves a few more keystrokes compared to the old way. As with the previous patch, back-patch the addition of these macros to pg_list.h, so that the notation will be available when back-patching. Patch by me, after an idea of Andrew Gierth's. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/14197.1491841216@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-04-10 19:51:29 +02:00
TypeName *typename = linitial_node(TypeName, castNode(List, object));
Add transforms feature This provides a mechanism for specifying conversions between SQL data types and procedural languages. As examples, there are transforms for hstore and ltree for PL/Perl and PL/Python. reviews by Pavel Stěhule and Andres Freund
2015-04-26 16:33:14 +02:00
Oid typeid = typenameTypeId(NULL, typename);
Refactor ownercheck functions Instead of dozens of mostly-duplicate pg_foo_ownercheck() functions, write one common function object_ownercheck() that can handle almost all of them. We already have all the information we need, such as which system catalog corresponds to which catalog table and which column is the owner column. Reviewed-by: Corey Huinker <corey.huinker@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Antonin Houska <ah@cybertec.at> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/95c30f96-4060-2f48-98b5-a4392d3b6066@enterprisedb.com
2022-11-13 08:11:17 +01:00
if (!object_ownercheck(TypeRelationId, typeid, roleid))
Add transforms feature This provides a mechanism for specifying conversions between SQL data types and procedural languages. As examples, there are transforms for hstore and ltree for PL/Perl and PL/Python. reviews by Pavel Stěhule and Andres Freund
2015-04-26 16:33:14 +02:00
aclcheck_error_type(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, typeid);
}
break;
Adjust the permissions required for COMMENT ON ROLE. Formerly, any member of a role could change the role's comment, as of course could superusers; but holders of CREATEROLE privilege could not, unless they were also members. This led to the odd situation that a CREATEROLE holder could create a role but then could not comment on it. It also seems a bit dubious to let an unprivileged user change his own comment, let alone those of group roles he belongs to. So, change the rule to be "you must be superuser to comment on a superuser role, or hold CREATEROLE to comment on non-superuser roles". This is the same as the privilege check for creating/dropping roles, and thus fits much better with the rule for other object types, namely that only the owner of an object can comment on it. In passing, clean up the documentation for COMMENT a little bit. Per complaint from Owen Jacobson and subsequent discussion.
2011-03-09 17:28:20 +01:00
case OBJECT_ROLE:
pgindent run before PG 9.1 beta 1.
2011-04-10 17:42:00 +02:00
Adjust the permissions required for COMMENT ON ROLE. Formerly, any member of a role could change the role's comment, as of course could superusers; but holders of CREATEROLE privilege could not, unless they were also members. This led to the odd situation that a CREATEROLE holder could create a role but then could not comment on it. It also seems a bit dubious to let an unprivileged user change his own comment, let alone those of group roles he belongs to. So, change the rule to be "you must be superuser to comment on a superuser role, or hold CREATEROLE to comment on non-superuser roles". This is the same as the privilege check for creating/dropping roles, and thus fits much better with the rule for other object types, namely that only the owner of an object can comment on it. In passing, clean up the documentation for COMMENT a little bit. Per complaint from Owen Jacobson and subsequent discussion.
2011-03-09 17:28:20 +01:00
/*
* We treat roles as being "owned" by those with CREATEROLE priv,
Restrict the privileges of CREATEROLE users. Previously, CREATEROLE users were permitted to make nearly arbitrary changes to roles that they didn't create, with certain exceptions, particularly superuser roles. Instead, allow CREATEROLE users to make such changes to roles for which they possess ADMIN OPTION, and to grant membership only in roles for which they possess ADMIN OPTION. When a CREATEROLE user who is not a superuser creates a role, grant ADMIN OPTION on the newly-created role to the creator, so that they can administer roles they create or for which they have been given privileges. With these changes, CREATEROLE users still have very significant powers that unprivileged users do not receive: they can alter, rename, drop, comment on, change the password for, and change security labels on roles. However, they can now do these things only for roles for which they possess appropriate privileges, rather than all non-superuser roles; moreover, they cannot grant a role such as pg_execute_server_program unless they themselves possess it. Patch by me, reviewed by Mark Dilger. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmobN59ct+Emmz6ig1Nua2Q-_o=r6DSD98KfU53kctq_kQw@mail.gmail.com
2023-01-10 18:44:30 +01:00
* provided that they also have admin option on the role.
*
* However, superusers are only owned by superusers.
Adjust the permissions required for COMMENT ON ROLE. Formerly, any member of a role could change the role's comment, as of course could superusers; but holders of CREATEROLE privilege could not, unless they were also members. This led to the odd situation that a CREATEROLE holder could create a role but then could not comment on it. It also seems a bit dubious to let an unprivileged user change his own comment, let alone those of group roles he belongs to. So, change the rule to be "you must be superuser to comment on a superuser role, or hold CREATEROLE to comment on non-superuser roles". This is the same as the privilege check for creating/dropping roles, and thus fits much better with the rule for other object types, namely that only the owner of an object can comment on it. In passing, clean up the documentation for COMMENT a little bit. Per complaint from Owen Jacobson and subsequent discussion.
2011-03-09 17:28:20 +01:00
*/
if (superuser_arg(address.objectId))
{
if (!superuser_arg(roleid))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
errmsg("must be superuser")));
}
else
{
Revert "Use a bitmask to represent role attributes" This reverts commit 1826987a46d079458007b7b6bbcbbd852353adbb. The overall design was deemed unacceptable, in discussion following the previous commit message; we might find some parts of it still salvageable, but I don't want to be on the hook for fixing it, so let's wait until we have a new patch.
2014-12-23 19:35:49 +01:00
if (!has_createrole_privilege(roleid))
Adjust the permissions required for COMMENT ON ROLE. Formerly, any member of a role could change the role's comment, as of course could superusers; but holders of CREATEROLE privilege could not, unless they were also members. This led to the odd situation that a CREATEROLE holder could create a role but then could not comment on it. It also seems a bit dubious to let an unprivileged user change his own comment, let alone those of group roles he belongs to. So, change the rule to be "you must be superuser to comment on a superuser role, or hold CREATEROLE to comment on non-superuser roles". This is the same as the privilege check for creating/dropping roles, and thus fits much better with the rule for other object types, namely that only the owner of an object can comment on it. In passing, clean up the documentation for COMMENT a little bit. Per complaint from Owen Jacobson and subsequent discussion.
2011-03-09 17:28:20 +01:00
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
errmsg("must have CREATEROLE privilege")));
Restrict the privileges of CREATEROLE users. Previously, CREATEROLE users were permitted to make nearly arbitrary changes to roles that they didn't create, with certain exceptions, particularly superuser roles. Instead, allow CREATEROLE users to make such changes to roles for which they possess ADMIN OPTION, and to grant membership only in roles for which they possess ADMIN OPTION. When a CREATEROLE user who is not a superuser creates a role, grant ADMIN OPTION on the newly-created role to the creator, so that they can administer roles they create or for which they have been given privileges. With these changes, CREATEROLE users still have very significant powers that unprivileged users do not receive: they can alter, rename, drop, comment on, change the password for, and change security labels on roles. However, they can now do these things only for roles for which they possess appropriate privileges, rather than all non-superuser roles; moreover, they cannot grant a role such as pg_execute_server_program unless they themselves possess it. Patch by me, reviewed by Mark Dilger. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmobN59ct+Emmz6ig1Nua2Q-_o=r6DSD98KfU53kctq_kQw@mail.gmail.com
2023-01-10 18:44:30 +01:00
if (!is_admin_of_role(roleid, address.objectId))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
errmsg("must have admin option on role \"%s\"",
GetUserNameFromId(address.objectId,
true))));
Adjust the permissions required for COMMENT ON ROLE. Formerly, any member of a role could change the role's comment, as of course could superusers; but holders of CREATEROLE privilege could not, unless they were also members. This led to the odd situation that a CREATEROLE holder could create a role but then could not comment on it. It also seems a bit dubious to let an unprivileged user change his own comment, let alone those of group roles he belongs to. So, change the rule to be "you must be superuser to comment on a superuser role, or hold CREATEROLE to comment on non-superuser roles". This is the same as the privilege check for creating/dropping roles, and thus fits much better with the rule for other object types, namely that only the owner of an object can comment on it. In passing, clean up the documentation for COMMENT a little bit. Per complaint from Owen Jacobson and subsequent discussion.
2011-03-09 17:28:20 +01:00
}
break;
Allow non-superusers to create (some) extensions. Remove the unconditional superuser permissions check in CREATE EXTENSION, and instead define a "superuser" extension property, which when false (not the default) skips the superuser permissions check. In this case the calling user only needs enough permissions to execute the commands in the extension's installation script. The superuser property is also enforced in the same way for ALTER EXTENSION UPDATE cases. In other ALTER EXTENSION cases and DROP EXTENSION, test ownership of the extension rather than superuserness. ALTER EXTENSION ADD/DROP needs to insist on ownership of the target object as well; to do that without duplicating code, refactor comment.c's big switch for permissions checks into a separate function in objectaddress.c. I also removed the superuserness checks in pg_available_extensions and related functions; there's no strong reason why everybody shouldn't be able to see that info. Also invent an IF NOT EXISTS variant of CREATE EXTENSION, and use that in pg_dump, so that dumps won't fail for installed-by-default extensions. We don't have any of those yet, but we will soon. This is all per discussion of wrapping the standard procedural languages into extensions. I'll make those changes in a separate commit; this is just putting the core infrastructure in place.
2011-03-04 22:08:24 +01:00
case OBJECT_TSPARSER:
case OBJECT_TSTEMPLATE:
Support CREATE ACCESS METHOD This enables external code to create access methods. This is useful so that extensions can add their own access methods which can be formally tracked for dependencies, so that DROP operates correctly. Also, having explicit support makes pg_dump work correctly. Currently only index AMs are supported, but we expect different types to be added in the future. Authors: Alexander Korotkov, Petr Jelínek Reviewed-By: Teodor Sigaev, Petr Jelínek, Jim Nasby Commitfest-URL: https://commitfest.postgresql.org/9/353/ Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAPpHfdsXwZmojm6Dx+TJnpYk27kT4o7Ri6X_4OSWcByu1Rm+VA@mail.gmail.com
2016-03-24 03:01:35 +01:00
case OBJECT_ACCESS_METHOD:
Allow granting SET and ALTER SYSTEM privileges on GUC parameters. This patch allows "PGC_SUSET" parameters to be set by non-superusers if they have been explicitly granted the privilege to do so. The privilege to perform ALTER SYSTEM SET/RESET on a specific parameter can also be granted. Such privileges are cluster-wide, not per database. They are tracked in a new shared catalog, pg_parameter_acl. Granting and revoking these new privileges works as one would expect. One caveat is that PGC_USERSET GUCs are unaffected by the SET privilege --- one could wish that those were handled by a revocable grant to PUBLIC, but they are not, because we couldn't make it robust enough for GUCs defined by extensions. Mark Dilger, reviewed at various times by Andrew Dunstan, Robert Haas, Joshua Brindle, and myself Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3D691E20-C1D5-4B80-8BA5-6BEB63AF3029@enterprisedb.com
2022-04-06 19:24:33 +02:00
case OBJECT_PARAMETER_ACL:
Allow non-superusers to create (some) extensions. Remove the unconditional superuser permissions check in CREATE EXTENSION, and instead define a "superuser" extension property, which when false (not the default) skips the superuser permissions check. In this case the calling user only needs enough permissions to execute the commands in the extension's installation script. The superuser property is also enforced in the same way for ALTER EXTENSION UPDATE cases. In other ALTER EXTENSION cases and DROP EXTENSION, test ownership of the extension rather than superuserness. ALTER EXTENSION ADD/DROP needs to insist on ownership of the target object as well; to do that without duplicating code, refactor comment.c's big switch for permissions checks into a separate function in objectaddress.c. I also removed the superuserness checks in pg_available_extensions and related functions; there's no strong reason why everybody shouldn't be able to see that info. Also invent an IF NOT EXISTS variant of CREATE EXTENSION, and use that in pg_dump, so that dumps won't fail for installed-by-default extensions. We don't have any of those yet, but we will soon. This is all per discussion of wrapping the standard procedural languages into extensions. I'll make those changes in a separate commit; this is just putting the core infrastructure in place.
2011-03-04 22:08:24 +01:00
/* We treat these object types as being owned by superusers */
if (!superuser_arg(roleid))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
errmsg("must be superuser")));
break;
Update some more ObjectType switch statements to not have default This allows the compiler to complain if a case has been missed. In these instances, the tradeoff of having to list a few unneeded cases to silence the compiler seems better than the risk of actually missing one. Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/fce5c98a-45da-19e7-dad0-21096bccd66e%40enterprisedb.com
2022-11-17 07:08:44 +01:00
case OBJECT_AMOP:
case OBJECT_AMPROC:
case OBJECT_DEFAULT:
case OBJECT_DEFACL:
case OBJECT_PUBLICATION_NAMESPACE:
case OBJECT_PUBLICATION_REL:
case OBJECT_USER_MAPPING:
/* These are currently not supported or don't make sense here. */
elog(ERROR, "unsupported object type: %d", (int) objtype);
break;
Allow non-superusers to create (some) extensions. Remove the unconditional superuser permissions check in CREATE EXTENSION, and instead define a "superuser" extension property, which when false (not the default) skips the superuser permissions check. In this case the calling user only needs enough permissions to execute the commands in the extension's installation script. The superuser property is also enforced in the same way for ALTER EXTENSION UPDATE cases. In other ALTER EXTENSION cases and DROP EXTENSION, test ownership of the extension rather than superuserness. ALTER EXTENSION ADD/DROP needs to insist on ownership of the target object as well; to do that without duplicating code, refactor comment.c's big switch for permissions checks into a separate function in objectaddress.c. I also removed the superuserness checks in pg_available_extensions and related functions; there's no strong reason why everybody shouldn't be able to see that info. Also invent an IF NOT EXISTS variant of CREATE EXTENSION, and use that in pg_dump, so that dumps won't fail for installed-by-default extensions. We don't have any of those yet, but we will soon. This is all per discussion of wrapping the standard procedural languages into extensions. I'll make those changes in a separate commit; this is just putting the core infrastructure in place.
2011-03-04 22:08:24 +01:00
}
}
Consolidate DROP handling for some object types. This gets rid of a significant amount of duplicative code. KaiGai Kohei, reviewed in earlier versions by Dimitri Fontaine, with further review and cleanup by me.
2011-10-20 05:25:20 +02:00
/*
* get_object_namespace
*
* Find the schema containing the specified object. For non-schema objects,
* this function returns InvalidOid.
*/
Oid
get_object_namespace(const ObjectAddress *address)
{
int cache;
HeapTuple tuple;
bool isnull;
Oid oid;
Make various variables const (read-only). These changes should generally improve correctness/maintainability. A nice side benefit is that several kilobytes move from initialized data to text segment, allowing them to be shared across processes and probably reducing copy-on-write overhead while forking a new backend. Unfortunately this doesn't seem to help libpq in the same way (at least not when it's compiled with -fpic on x86_64), but we can hope the linker at least collects all nominally-const data together even if it's not actually part of the text segment. Also, make pg_encname_tbl[] static in encnames.c, since there seems no very good reason for any other code to use it; per a suggestion from Wim Lewis, who independently submitted a patch that was mostly a subset of this one. Oskari Saarenmaa, with some editorialization by me
2014-01-18 22:04:11 +01:00
const ObjectPropertyType *property;
Consolidate DROP handling for some object types. This gets rid of a significant amount of duplicative code. KaiGai Kohei, reviewed in earlier versions by Dimitri Fontaine, with further review and cleanup by me.
2011-10-20 05:25:20 +02:00
/* If not owned by a namespace, just return InvalidOid. */
property = get_object_property_data(address->classId);
if (property->attnum_namespace == InvalidAttrNumber)
return InvalidOid;
/* Currently, we can only handle object types with system caches. */
cache = property->oid_catcache_id;
Assert(cache != -1);
/* Fetch tuple from syscache and extract namespace attribute. */
tuple = SearchSysCache1(cache, ObjectIdGetDatum(address->objectId));
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for cache %d oid %u",
cache, address->objectId);
oid = DatumGetObjectId(SysCacheGetAttr(cache,
tuple,
property->attnum_namespace,
&isnull));
Assert(!isnull);
ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
return oid;
}
Add SQL-callable pg_get_object_address This allows access to get_object_address from SQL, which is useful to obtain OID addressing information from data equivalent to that emitted by the parser. This is necessary infrastructure of a project to let replication systems propagate object dropping events to remote servers, where the schema might be different than the server originating the DROP. This patch also adds support for OBJECT_DEFAULT to get_object_address; that is, it is now possible to refer to a column's default value. Catalog version bumped due to the new function. Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Heikki Linnakangas, Robert Haas, Andres Freund, Abhijit Menon-Sen, Adam Brightwell.
2014-12-23 19:31:29 +01:00
/*
* Return ObjectType for the given object type as given by
* getObjectTypeDescription; if no valid ObjectType code exists, but it's a
* possible output type from getObjectTypeDescription, return -1.
* Otherwise, an error is thrown.
*/
int
read_objtype_from_string(const char *objtype)
{
int i;
for (i = 0; i < lengthof(ObjectTypeMap); i++)
{
if (strcmp(ObjectTypeMap[i].tm_name, objtype) == 0)
Silence compiler warnings Reported by Peter Eisentraut. Coding suggested by Tom Lane.
2016-09-29 00:31:58 +02:00
return ObjectTypeMap[i].tm_type;
Add SQL-callable pg_get_object_address This allows access to get_object_address from SQL, which is useful to obtain OID addressing information from data equivalent to that emitted by the parser. This is necessary infrastructure of a project to let replication systems propagate object dropping events to remote servers, where the schema might be different than the server originating the DROP. This patch also adds support for OBJECT_DEFAULT to get_object_address; that is, it is now possible to refer to a column's default value. Catalog version bumped due to the new function. Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Heikki Linnakangas, Robert Haas, Andres Freund, Abhijit Menon-Sen, Adam Brightwell.
2014-12-23 19:31:29 +01:00
}
Silence compiler warnings Reported by Peter Eisentraut. Coding suggested by Tom Lane.
2016-09-29 00:31:58 +02:00
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
errmsg("unrecognized object type \"%s\"", objtype)));
Add SQL-callable pg_get_object_address This allows access to get_object_address from SQL, which is useful to obtain OID addressing information from data equivalent to that emitted by the parser. This is necessary infrastructure of a project to let replication systems propagate object dropping events to remote servers, where the schema might be different than the server originating the DROP. This patch also adds support for OBJECT_DEFAULT to get_object_address; that is, it is now possible to refer to a column's default value. Catalog version bumped due to the new function. Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Heikki Linnakangas, Robert Haas, Andres Freund, Abhijit Menon-Sen, Adam Brightwell.
2014-12-23 19:31:29 +01:00
Silence compiler warnings Reported by Peter Eisentraut. Coding suggested by Tom Lane.
2016-09-29 00:31:58 +02:00
return -1; /* keep compiler quiet */
Add SQL-callable pg_get_object_address This allows access to get_object_address from SQL, which is useful to obtain OID addressing information from data equivalent to that emitted by the parser. This is necessary infrastructure of a project to let replication systems propagate object dropping events to remote servers, where the schema might be different than the server originating the DROP. This patch also adds support for OBJECT_DEFAULT to get_object_address; that is, it is now possible to refer to a column's default value. Catalog version bumped due to the new function. Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Heikki Linnakangas, Robert Haas, Andres Freund, Abhijit Menon-Sen, Adam Brightwell.
2014-12-23 19:31:29 +01:00
}
Refactor "ALTER some-obj SET SCHEMA" implementation Instead of having each object type implement the catalog munging independently, centralize knowledge about how to do it and expand the existing table in objectaddress.c with enough data about each object type to support this operation. Author: KaiGai Kohei Tweaks by me Reviewed by Robert Haas
2012-09-27 23:13:09 +02:00
/*
* Interfaces to reference fields of ObjectPropertyType
*/
Unify drop-by-OID functions There are a number of Remove${Something}ById() functions that are essentially identical in structure and only different in which catalog they are working on. Refactor this to be one generic function. The information about which oid column, index, etc. to use was already available in ObjectProperty for most catalogs, in a few cases it was easily added. Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com> Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/331d9661-1743-857f-1cbb-d5728bcd62cb%402ndquadrant.com
2020-06-09 09:10:14 +02:00
const char *
get_object_class_descr(Oid class_id)
{
const ObjectPropertyType *prop = get_object_property_data(class_id);
return prop->class_descr;
}
Refactor "ALTER some-obj SET SCHEMA" implementation Instead of having each object type implement the catalog munging independently, centralize knowledge about how to do it and expand the existing table in objectaddress.c with enough data about each object type to support this operation. Author: KaiGai Kohei Tweaks by me Reviewed by Robert Haas
2012-09-27 23:13:09 +02:00
Oid
get_object_oid_index(Oid class_id)
{
Make various variables const (read-only). These changes should generally improve correctness/maintainability. A nice side benefit is that several kilobytes move from initialized data to text segment, allowing them to be shared across processes and probably reducing copy-on-write overhead while forking a new backend. Unfortunately this doesn't seem to help libpq in the same way (at least not when it's compiled with -fpic on x86_64), but we can hope the linker at least collects all nominally-const data together even if it's not actually part of the text segment. Also, make pg_encname_tbl[] static in encnames.c, since there seems no very good reason for any other code to use it; per a suggestion from Wim Lewis, who independently submitted a patch that was mostly a subset of this one. Oskari Saarenmaa, with some editorialization by me
2014-01-18 22:04:11 +01:00
const ObjectPropertyType *prop = get_object_property_data(class_id);
Refactor "ALTER some-obj SET SCHEMA" implementation Instead of having each object type implement the catalog munging independently, centralize knowledge about how to do it and expand the existing table in objectaddress.c with enough data about each object type to support this operation. Author: KaiGai Kohei Tweaks by me Reviewed by Robert Haas
2012-09-27 23:13:09 +02:00
return prop->oid_index_oid;
}
int
get_object_catcache_oid(Oid class_id)
{
Make various variables const (read-only). These changes should generally improve correctness/maintainability. A nice side benefit is that several kilobytes move from initialized data to text segment, allowing them to be shared across processes and probably reducing copy-on-write overhead while forking a new backend. Unfortunately this doesn't seem to help libpq in the same way (at least not when it's compiled with -fpic on x86_64), but we can hope the linker at least collects all nominally-const data together even if it's not actually part of the text segment. Also, make pg_encname_tbl[] static in encnames.c, since there seems no very good reason for any other code to use it; per a suggestion from Wim Lewis, who independently submitted a patch that was mostly a subset of this one. Oskari Saarenmaa, with some editorialization by me
2014-01-18 22:04:11 +01:00
const ObjectPropertyType *prop = get_object_property_data(class_id);
Refactor "ALTER some-obj SET SCHEMA" implementation Instead of having each object type implement the catalog munging independently, centralize knowledge about how to do it and expand the existing table in objectaddress.c with enough data about each object type to support this operation. Author: KaiGai Kohei Tweaks by me Reviewed by Robert Haas
2012-09-27 23:13:09 +02:00
return prop->oid_catcache_id;
}
int
get_object_catcache_name(Oid class_id)
{
Make various variables const (read-only). These changes should generally improve correctness/maintainability. A nice side benefit is that several kilobytes move from initialized data to text segment, allowing them to be shared across processes and probably reducing copy-on-write overhead while forking a new backend. Unfortunately this doesn't seem to help libpq in the same way (at least not when it's compiled with -fpic on x86_64), but we can hope the linker at least collects all nominally-const data together even if it's not actually part of the text segment. Also, make pg_encname_tbl[] static in encnames.c, since there seems no very good reason for any other code to use it; per a suggestion from Wim Lewis, who independently submitted a patch that was mostly a subset of this one. Oskari Saarenmaa, with some editorialization by me
2014-01-18 22:04:11 +01:00
const ObjectPropertyType *prop = get_object_property_data(class_id);
Refactor "ALTER some-obj SET SCHEMA" implementation Instead of having each object type implement the catalog munging independently, centralize knowledge about how to do it and expand the existing table in objectaddress.c with enough data about each object type to support this operation. Author: KaiGai Kohei Tweaks by me Reviewed by Robert Haas
2012-09-27 23:13:09 +02:00
return prop->name_catcache_id;
}
Remove WITH OIDS support, change oid catalog column visibility. Previously tables declared WITH OIDS, including a significant fraction of the catalog tables, stored the oid column not as a normal column, but as part of the tuple header. This special column was not shown by default, which was somewhat odd, as it's often (consider e.g. pg_class.oid) one of the more important parts of a row. Neither pg_dump nor COPY included the contents of the oid column by default. The fact that the oid column was not an ordinary column necessitated a significant amount of special case code to support oid columns. That already was painful for the existing, but upcoming work aiming to make table storage pluggable, would have required expanding and duplicating that "specialness" significantly. WITH OIDS has been deprecated since 2005 (commit ff02d0a05280e0). Remove it. Removing includes: - CREATE TABLE and ALTER TABLE syntax for declaring the table to be WITH OIDS has been removed (WITH (oids[ = true]) will error out) - pg_dump does not support dumping tables declared WITH OIDS and will issue a warning when dumping one (and ignore the oid column). - restoring an pg_dump archive with pg_restore will warn when restoring a table with oid contents (and ignore the oid column) - COPY will refuse to load binary dump that includes oids. - pg_upgrade will error out when encountering tables declared WITH OIDS, they have to be altered to remove the oid column first. - Functionality to access the oid of the last inserted row (like plpgsql's RESULT_OID, spi's SPI_lastoid, ...) has been removed. The syntax for declaring a table WITHOUT OIDS (or WITH (oids = false) for CREATE TABLE) is still supported. While that requires a bit of support code, it seems unnecessary to break applications / dumps that do not use oids, and are explicit about not using them. The biggest user of WITH OID columns was postgres' catalog. This commit changes all 'magic' oid columns to be columns that are normally declared and stored. To reduce unnecessary query breakage all the newly added columns are still named 'oid', even if a table's column naming scheme would indicate 'reloid' or such. This obviously requires adapting a lot code, mostly replacing oid access via HeapTupleGetOid() with access to the underlying Form_pg_*->oid column. The bootstrap process now assigns oids for all oid columns in genbki.pl that do not have an explicit value (starting at the largest oid previously used), only oids assigned later by oids will be above FirstBootstrapObjectId. As the oid column now is a normal column the special bootstrap syntax for oids has been removed. Oids are not automatically assigned during insertion anymore, all backend code explicitly assigns oids with GetNewOidWithIndex(). For the rare case that insertions into the catalog via SQL are called for the new pg_nextoid() function can be used (which only works on catalog tables). The fact that oid columns on system tables are now normal columns means that they will be included in the set of columns expanded by * (i.e. SELECT * FROM pg_class will now include the table's oid, previously it did not). It'd not technically be hard to hide oid column by default, but that'd mean confusing behavior would either have to be carried forward forever, or it'd cause breakage down the line. While it's not unlikely that further adjustments are needed, the scope/invasiveness of the patch makes it worthwhile to get merge this now. It's painful to maintain externally, too complicated to commit after the code code freeze, and a dependency of a number of other patches. Catversion bump, for obvious reasons. Author: Andres Freund, with contributions by John Naylor Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180930034810.ywp2c7awz7opzcfr@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-11-21 00:36:57 +01:00
AttrNumber
get_object_attnum_oid(Oid class_id)
{
const ObjectPropertyType *prop = get_object_property_data(class_id);
return prop->attnum_oid;
}
Refactor "ALTER some-obj SET SCHEMA" implementation Instead of having each object type implement the catalog munging independently, centralize knowledge about how to do it and expand the existing table in objectaddress.c with enough data about each object type to support this operation. Author: KaiGai Kohei Tweaks by me Reviewed by Robert Haas
2012-09-27 23:13:09 +02:00
AttrNumber
get_object_attnum_name(Oid class_id)
{
Make various variables const (read-only). These changes should generally improve correctness/maintainability. A nice side benefit is that several kilobytes move from initialized data to text segment, allowing them to be shared across processes and probably reducing copy-on-write overhead while forking a new backend. Unfortunately this doesn't seem to help libpq in the same way (at least not when it's compiled with -fpic on x86_64), but we can hope the linker at least collects all nominally-const data together even if it's not actually part of the text segment. Also, make pg_encname_tbl[] static in encnames.c, since there seems no very good reason for any other code to use it; per a suggestion from Wim Lewis, who independently submitted a patch that was mostly a subset of this one. Oskari Saarenmaa, with some editorialization by me
2014-01-18 22:04:11 +01:00
const ObjectPropertyType *prop = get_object_property_data(class_id);
Refactor "ALTER some-obj SET SCHEMA" implementation Instead of having each object type implement the catalog munging independently, centralize knowledge about how to do it and expand the existing table in objectaddress.c with enough data about each object type to support this operation. Author: KaiGai Kohei Tweaks by me Reviewed by Robert Haas
2012-09-27 23:13:09 +02:00
return prop->attnum_name;
}
AttrNumber
get_object_attnum_namespace(Oid class_id)
{
Make various variables const (read-only). These changes should generally improve correctness/maintainability. A nice side benefit is that several kilobytes move from initialized data to text segment, allowing them to be shared across processes and probably reducing copy-on-write overhead while forking a new backend. Unfortunately this doesn't seem to help libpq in the same way (at least not when it's compiled with -fpic on x86_64), but we can hope the linker at least collects all nominally-const data together even if it's not actually part of the text segment. Also, make pg_encname_tbl[] static in encnames.c, since there seems no very good reason for any other code to use it; per a suggestion from Wim Lewis, who independently submitted a patch that was mostly a subset of this one. Oskari Saarenmaa, with some editorialization by me
2014-01-18 22:04:11 +01:00
const ObjectPropertyType *prop = get_object_property_data(class_id);
Refactor "ALTER some-obj SET SCHEMA" implementation Instead of having each object type implement the catalog munging independently, centralize knowledge about how to do it and expand the existing table in objectaddress.c with enough data about each object type to support this operation. Author: KaiGai Kohei Tweaks by me Reviewed by Robert Haas
2012-09-27 23:13:09 +02:00
return prop->attnum_namespace;
}
AttrNumber
get_object_attnum_owner(Oid class_id)
{
Make various variables const (read-only). These changes should generally improve correctness/maintainability. A nice side benefit is that several kilobytes move from initialized data to text segment, allowing them to be shared across processes and probably reducing copy-on-write overhead while forking a new backend. Unfortunately this doesn't seem to help libpq in the same way (at least not when it's compiled with -fpic on x86_64), but we can hope the linker at least collects all nominally-const data together even if it's not actually part of the text segment. Also, make pg_encname_tbl[] static in encnames.c, since there seems no very good reason for any other code to use it; per a suggestion from Wim Lewis, who independently submitted a patch that was mostly a subset of this one. Oskari Saarenmaa, with some editorialization by me
2014-01-18 22:04:11 +01:00
const ObjectPropertyType *prop = get_object_property_data(class_id);
Refactor "ALTER some-obj SET SCHEMA" implementation Instead of having each object type implement the catalog munging independently, centralize knowledge about how to do it and expand the existing table in objectaddress.c with enough data about each object type to support this operation. Author: KaiGai Kohei Tweaks by me Reviewed by Robert Haas
2012-09-27 23:13:09 +02:00
return prop->attnum_owner;
}
AttrNumber
get_object_attnum_acl(Oid class_id)
{
Make various variables const (read-only). These changes should generally improve correctness/maintainability. A nice side benefit is that several kilobytes move from initialized data to text segment, allowing them to be shared across processes and probably reducing copy-on-write overhead while forking a new backend. Unfortunately this doesn't seem to help libpq in the same way (at least not when it's compiled with -fpic on x86_64), but we can hope the linker at least collects all nominally-const data together even if it's not actually part of the text segment. Also, make pg_encname_tbl[] static in encnames.c, since there seems no very good reason for any other code to use it; per a suggestion from Wim Lewis, who independently submitted a patch that was mostly a subset of this one. Oskari Saarenmaa, with some editorialization by me
2014-01-18 22:04:11 +01:00
const ObjectPropertyType *prop = get_object_property_data(class_id);
Refactor "ALTER some-obj SET SCHEMA" implementation Instead of having each object type implement the catalog munging independently, centralize knowledge about how to do it and expand the existing table in objectaddress.c with enough data about each object type to support this operation. Author: KaiGai Kohei Tweaks by me Reviewed by Robert Haas
2012-09-27 23:13:09 +02:00
return prop->attnum_acl;
}
Fix "unexpected relkind" error when denying permissions on toast tables. get_relkind_objtype, and hence get_object_type, failed when applied to a toast table. This is not a good thing, because it prevents reporting of perfectly legitimate permissions errors. (At present, these functions are in fact *only* used to determine the ObjectType argument for acl_error() calls.) It seems best to have them fall back to returning OBJECT_TABLE in every case where they can't determine an object type for a pg_class entry, so do that. In passing, make some edits to alter.c to make it more obvious that those calls of get_object_type() are used only for error reporting. This might save a few cycles in the non-error code path, too. Back-patch to v11 where this issue originated. John Hsu, Michael Paquier, Tom Lane Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/C652D3DF-2B0C-4128-9420-FB5379F6B1E4@amazon.com
2019-11-05 19:40:37 +01:00
/*
* get_object_type
*
* Return the object type associated with a given object. This routine
* is primarily used to determine the object type to mention in ACL check
* error messages, so it's desirable for it to avoid failing.
*/
Replace AclObjectKind with ObjectType AclObjectKind was basically just another enumeration for object types, and we already have a preferred one for that. It's only used in aclcheck_error. By using ObjectType instead, we can also give some more precise error messages, for example "index" instead of "relation". Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2017-12-02 15:26:34 +01:00
ObjectType
get_object_type(Oid class_id, Oid object_id)
Refactor "ALTER some-obj SET SCHEMA" implementation Instead of having each object type implement the catalog munging independently, centralize knowledge about how to do it and expand the existing table in objectaddress.c with enough data about each object type to support this operation. Author: KaiGai Kohei Tweaks by me Reviewed by Robert Haas
2012-09-27 23:13:09 +02:00
{
Make various variables const (read-only). These changes should generally improve correctness/maintainability. A nice side benefit is that several kilobytes move from initialized data to text segment, allowing them to be shared across processes and probably reducing copy-on-write overhead while forking a new backend. Unfortunately this doesn't seem to help libpq in the same way (at least not when it's compiled with -fpic on x86_64), but we can hope the linker at least collects all nominally-const data together even if it's not actually part of the text segment. Also, make pg_encname_tbl[] static in encnames.c, since there seems no very good reason for any other code to use it; per a suggestion from Wim Lewis, who independently submitted a patch that was mostly a subset of this one. Oskari Saarenmaa, with some editorialization by me
2014-01-18 22:04:11 +01:00
const ObjectPropertyType *prop = get_object_property_data(class_id);
Refactor "ALTER some-obj SET SCHEMA" implementation Instead of having each object type implement the catalog munging independently, centralize knowledge about how to do it and expand the existing table in objectaddress.c with enough data about each object type to support this operation. Author: KaiGai Kohei Tweaks by me Reviewed by Robert Haas
2012-09-27 23:13:09 +02:00
Replace AclObjectKind with ObjectType AclObjectKind was basically just another enumeration for object types, and we already have a preferred one for that. It's only used in aclcheck_error. By using ObjectType instead, we can also give some more precise error messages, for example "index" instead of "relation". Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2017-12-02 15:26:34 +01:00
if (prop->objtype == OBJECT_TABLE)
{
/*
* If the property data says it's a table, dig a little deeper to get
* the real relation kind, so that callers can produce more precise
* error messages.
*/
return get_relkind_objtype(get_rel_relkind(object_id));
}
else
return prop->objtype;
Refactor "ALTER some-obj SET SCHEMA" implementation Instead of having each object type implement the catalog munging independently, centralize knowledge about how to do it and expand the existing table in objectaddress.c with enough data about each object type to support this operation. Author: KaiGai Kohei Tweaks by me Reviewed by Robert Haas
2012-09-27 23:13:09 +02:00
}
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
bool
get_object_namensp_unique(Oid class_id)
{
Make various variables const (read-only). These changes should generally improve correctness/maintainability. A nice side benefit is that several kilobytes move from initialized data to text segment, allowing them to be shared across processes and probably reducing copy-on-write overhead while forking a new backend. Unfortunately this doesn't seem to help libpq in the same way (at least not when it's compiled with -fpic on x86_64), but we can hope the linker at least collects all nominally-const data together even if it's not actually part of the text segment. Also, make pg_encname_tbl[] static in encnames.c, since there seems no very good reason for any other code to use it; per a suggestion from Wim Lewis, who independently submitted a patch that was mostly a subset of this one. Oskari Saarenmaa, with some editorialization by me
2014-01-18 22:04:11 +01:00
const ObjectPropertyType *prop = get_object_property_data(class_id);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
return prop->is_nsp_name_unique;
}
/*
* Return whether we have useful data for the given object class in the
* ObjectProperty table.
*/
bool
is_objectclass_supported(Oid class_id)
{
int index;
for (index = 0; index < lengthof(ObjectProperty); index++)
{
if (ObjectProperty[index].class_oid == class_id)
return true;
}
return false;
}
Consolidate DROP handling for some object types. This gets rid of a significant amount of duplicative code. KaiGai Kohei, reviewed in earlier versions by Dimitri Fontaine, with further review and cleanup by me.
2011-10-20 05:25:20 +02:00
/*
* Find ObjectProperty structure by class_id.
*/
Make various variables const (read-only). These changes should generally improve correctness/maintainability. A nice side benefit is that several kilobytes move from initialized data to text segment, allowing them to be shared across processes and probably reducing copy-on-write overhead while forking a new backend. Unfortunately this doesn't seem to help libpq in the same way (at least not when it's compiled with -fpic on x86_64), but we can hope the linker at least collects all nominally-const data together even if it's not actually part of the text segment. Also, make pg_encname_tbl[] static in encnames.c, since there seems no very good reason for any other code to use it; per a suggestion from Wim Lewis, who independently submitted a patch that was mostly a subset of this one. Oskari Saarenmaa, with some editorialization by me
2014-01-18 22:04:11 +01:00
static const ObjectPropertyType *
Consolidate DROP handling for some object types. This gets rid of a significant amount of duplicative code. KaiGai Kohei, reviewed in earlier versions by Dimitri Fontaine, with further review and cleanup by me.
2011-10-20 05:25:20 +02:00
get_object_property_data(Oid class_id)
{
Make various variables const (read-only). These changes should generally improve correctness/maintainability. A nice side benefit is that several kilobytes move from initialized data to text segment, allowing them to be shared across processes and probably reducing copy-on-write overhead while forking a new backend. Unfortunately this doesn't seem to help libpq in the same way (at least not when it's compiled with -fpic on x86_64), but we can hope the linker at least collects all nominally-const data together even if it's not actually part of the text segment. Also, make pg_encname_tbl[] static in encnames.c, since there seems no very good reason for any other code to use it; per a suggestion from Wim Lewis, who independently submitted a patch that was mostly a subset of this one. Oskari Saarenmaa, with some editorialization by me
2014-01-18 22:04:11 +01:00
static const ObjectPropertyType *prop_last = NULL;
Consolidate DROP handling for some object types. This gets rid of a significant amount of duplicative code. KaiGai Kohei, reviewed in earlier versions by Dimitri Fontaine, with further review and cleanup by me.
2011-10-20 05:25:20 +02:00
int index;
Refactor "ALTER some-obj SET SCHEMA" implementation Instead of having each object type implement the catalog munging independently, centralize knowledge about how to do it and expand the existing table in objectaddress.c with enough data about each object type to support this operation. Author: KaiGai Kohei Tweaks by me Reviewed by Robert Haas
2012-09-27 23:13:09 +02:00
/*
* A shortcut to speed up multiple consecutive lookups of a particular
* object class.
*/
if (prop_last && prop_last->class_oid == class_id)
return prop_last;
Consolidate DROP handling for some object types. This gets rid of a significant amount of duplicative code. KaiGai Kohei, reviewed in earlier versions by Dimitri Fontaine, with further review and cleanup by me.
2011-10-20 05:25:20 +02:00
for (index = 0; index < lengthof(ObjectProperty); index++)
Refactor "ALTER some-obj SET SCHEMA" implementation Instead of having each object type implement the catalog munging independently, centralize knowledge about how to do it and expand the existing table in objectaddress.c with enough data about each object type to support this operation. Author: KaiGai Kohei Tweaks by me Reviewed by Robert Haas
2012-09-27 23:13:09 +02:00
{
Consolidate DROP handling for some object types. This gets rid of a significant amount of duplicative code. KaiGai Kohei, reviewed in earlier versions by Dimitri Fontaine, with further review and cleanup by me.
2011-10-20 05:25:20 +02:00
if (ObjectProperty[index].class_oid == class_id)
Refactor "ALTER some-obj SET SCHEMA" implementation Instead of having each object type implement the catalog munging independently, centralize knowledge about how to do it and expand the existing table in objectaddress.c with enough data about each object type to support this operation. Author: KaiGai Kohei Tweaks by me Reviewed by Robert Haas
2012-09-27 23:13:09 +02:00
{
prop_last = &ObjectProperty[index];
Consolidate DROP handling for some object types. This gets rid of a significant amount of duplicative code. KaiGai Kohei, reviewed in earlier versions by Dimitri Fontaine, with further review and cleanup by me.
2011-10-20 05:25:20 +02:00
return &ObjectProperty[index];
Refactor "ALTER some-obj SET SCHEMA" implementation Instead of having each object type implement the catalog munging independently, centralize knowledge about how to do it and expand the existing table in objectaddress.c with enough data about each object type to support this operation. Author: KaiGai Kohei Tweaks by me Reviewed by Robert Haas
2012-09-27 23:13:09 +02:00
}
}
Consolidate DROP handling for some object types. This gets rid of a significant amount of duplicative code. KaiGai Kohei, reviewed in earlier versions by Dimitri Fontaine, with further review and cleanup by me.
2011-10-20 05:25:20 +02:00
Refactor "ALTER some-obj SET SCHEMA" implementation Instead of having each object type implement the catalog munging independently, centralize knowledge about how to do it and expand the existing table in objectaddress.c with enough data about each object type to support this operation. Author: KaiGai Kohei Tweaks by me Reviewed by Robert Haas
2012-09-27 23:13:09 +02:00
ereport(ERROR,
Small spelling fix
2014-07-15 14:45:27 +02:00
(errmsg_internal("unrecognized class ID: %u", class_id)));
Quiet a few MSC compiler warnings.
2012-10-07 23:31:10 +02:00
return NULL; /* keep MSC compiler happy */
Consolidate DROP handling for some object types. This gets rid of a significant amount of duplicative code. KaiGai Kohei, reviewed in earlier versions by Dimitri Fontaine, with further review and cleanup by me.
2011-10-20 05:25:20 +02:00
}
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
/*
* Return a copy of the tuple for the object with the given object OID, from
* the given catalog (which must have been opened by the caller and suitably
* locked). NULL is returned if the OID is not found.
*
* We try a syscache first, if available.
*/
HeapTuple
Remove WITH OIDS support, change oid catalog column visibility. Previously tables declared WITH OIDS, including a significant fraction of the catalog tables, stored the oid column not as a normal column, but as part of the tuple header. This special column was not shown by default, which was somewhat odd, as it's often (consider e.g. pg_class.oid) one of the more important parts of a row. Neither pg_dump nor COPY included the contents of the oid column by default. The fact that the oid column was not an ordinary column necessitated a significant amount of special case code to support oid columns. That already was painful for the existing, but upcoming work aiming to make table storage pluggable, would have required expanding and duplicating that "specialness" significantly. WITH OIDS has been deprecated since 2005 (commit ff02d0a05280e0). Remove it. Removing includes: - CREATE TABLE and ALTER TABLE syntax for declaring the table to be WITH OIDS has been removed (WITH (oids[ = true]) will error out) - pg_dump does not support dumping tables declared WITH OIDS and will issue a warning when dumping one (and ignore the oid column). - restoring an pg_dump archive with pg_restore will warn when restoring a table with oid contents (and ignore the oid column) - COPY will refuse to load binary dump that includes oids. - pg_upgrade will error out when encountering tables declared WITH OIDS, they have to be altered to remove the oid column first. - Functionality to access the oid of the last inserted row (like plpgsql's RESULT_OID, spi's SPI_lastoid, ...) has been removed. The syntax for declaring a table WITHOUT OIDS (or WITH (oids = false) for CREATE TABLE) is still supported. While that requires a bit of support code, it seems unnecessary to break applications / dumps that do not use oids, and are explicit about not using them. The biggest user of WITH OID columns was postgres' catalog. This commit changes all 'magic' oid columns to be columns that are normally declared and stored. To reduce unnecessary query breakage all the newly added columns are still named 'oid', even if a table's column naming scheme would indicate 'reloid' or such. This obviously requires adapting a lot code, mostly replacing oid access via HeapTupleGetOid() with access to the underlying Form_pg_*->oid column. The bootstrap process now assigns oids for all oid columns in genbki.pl that do not have an explicit value (starting at the largest oid previously used), only oids assigned later by oids will be above FirstBootstrapObjectId. As the oid column now is a normal column the special bootstrap syntax for oids has been removed. Oids are not automatically assigned during insertion anymore, all backend code explicitly assigns oids with GetNewOidWithIndex(). For the rare case that insertions into the catalog via SQL are called for the new pg_nextoid() function can be used (which only works on catalog tables). The fact that oid columns on system tables are now normal columns means that they will be included in the set of columns expanded by * (i.e. SELECT * FROM pg_class will now include the table's oid, previously it did not). It'd not technically be hard to hide oid column by default, but that'd mean confusing behavior would either have to be carried forward forever, or it'd cause breakage down the line. While it's not unlikely that further adjustments are needed, the scope/invasiveness of the patch makes it worthwhile to get merge this now. It's painful to maintain externally, too complicated to commit after the code code freeze, and a dependency of a number of other patches. Catversion bump, for obvious reasons. Author: Andres Freund, with contributions by John Naylor Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180930034810.ywp2c7awz7opzcfr@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-11-21 00:36:57 +01:00
get_catalog_object_by_oid(Relation catalog, AttrNumber oidcol, Oid objectId)
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
{
HeapTuple tuple;
Oid classId = RelationGetRelid(catalog);
int oidCacheId = get_object_catcache_oid(classId);
if (oidCacheId > 0)
{
tuple = SearchSysCacheCopy1(oidCacheId, ObjectIdGetDatum(objectId));
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple)) /* should not happen */
return NULL;
}
else
{
Oid oidIndexId = get_object_oid_index(classId);
SysScanDesc scan;
ScanKeyData skey;
Assert(OidIsValid(oidIndexId));
ScanKeyInit(&skey,
Remove WITH OIDS support, change oid catalog column visibility. Previously tables declared WITH OIDS, including a significant fraction of the catalog tables, stored the oid column not as a normal column, but as part of the tuple header. This special column was not shown by default, which was somewhat odd, as it's often (consider e.g. pg_class.oid) one of the more important parts of a row. Neither pg_dump nor COPY included the contents of the oid column by default. The fact that the oid column was not an ordinary column necessitated a significant amount of special case code to support oid columns. That already was painful for the existing, but upcoming work aiming to make table storage pluggable, would have required expanding and duplicating that "specialness" significantly. WITH OIDS has been deprecated since 2005 (commit ff02d0a05280e0). Remove it. Removing includes: - CREATE TABLE and ALTER TABLE syntax for declaring the table to be WITH OIDS has been removed (WITH (oids[ = true]) will error out) - pg_dump does not support dumping tables declared WITH OIDS and will issue a warning when dumping one (and ignore the oid column). - restoring an pg_dump archive with pg_restore will warn when restoring a table with oid contents (and ignore the oid column) - COPY will refuse to load binary dump that includes oids. - pg_upgrade will error out when encountering tables declared WITH OIDS, they have to be altered to remove the oid column first. - Functionality to access the oid of the last inserted row (like plpgsql's RESULT_OID, spi's SPI_lastoid, ...) has been removed. The syntax for declaring a table WITHOUT OIDS (or WITH (oids = false) for CREATE TABLE) is still supported. While that requires a bit of support code, it seems unnecessary to break applications / dumps that do not use oids, and are explicit about not using them. The biggest user of WITH OID columns was postgres' catalog. This commit changes all 'magic' oid columns to be columns that are normally declared and stored. To reduce unnecessary query breakage all the newly added columns are still named 'oid', even if a table's column naming scheme would indicate 'reloid' or such. This obviously requires adapting a lot code, mostly replacing oid access via HeapTupleGetOid() with access to the underlying Form_pg_*->oid column. The bootstrap process now assigns oids for all oid columns in genbki.pl that do not have an explicit value (starting at the largest oid previously used), only oids assigned later by oids will be above FirstBootstrapObjectId. As the oid column now is a normal column the special bootstrap syntax for oids has been removed. Oids are not automatically assigned during insertion anymore, all backend code explicitly assigns oids with GetNewOidWithIndex(). For the rare case that insertions into the catalog via SQL are called for the new pg_nextoid() function can be used (which only works on catalog tables). The fact that oid columns on system tables are now normal columns means that they will be included in the set of columns expanded by * (i.e. SELECT * FROM pg_class will now include the table's oid, previously it did not). It'd not technically be hard to hide oid column by default, but that'd mean confusing behavior would either have to be carried forward forever, or it'd cause breakage down the line. While it's not unlikely that further adjustments are needed, the scope/invasiveness of the patch makes it worthwhile to get merge this now. It's painful to maintain externally, too complicated to commit after the code code freeze, and a dependency of a number of other patches. Catversion bump, for obvious reasons. Author: Andres Freund, with contributions by John Naylor Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180930034810.ywp2c7awz7opzcfr@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-11-21 00:36:57 +01:00
oidcol,
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
ObjectIdGetDatum(objectId));
scan = systable_beginscan(catalog, oidIndexId, true,
Use an MVCC snapshot, rather than SnapshotNow, for catalog scans. SnapshotNow scans have the undesirable property that, in the face of concurrent updates, the scan can fail to see either the old or the new versions of the row. In many cases, we work around this by requiring DDL operations to hold AccessExclusiveLock on the object being modified; in some cases, the existing locking is inadequate and random failures occur as a result. This commit doesn't change anything related to locking, but will hopefully pave the way to allowing lock strength reductions in the future. The major issue has held us back from making this change in the past is that taking an MVCC snapshot is significantly more expensive than using a static special snapshot such as SnapshotNow. However, testing of various worst-case scenarios reveals that this problem is not severe except under fairly extreme workloads. To mitigate those problems, we avoid retaking the MVCC snapshot for each new scan; instead, we take a new snapshot only when invalidation messages have been processed. The catcache machinery already requires that invalidation messages be sent before releasing the related heavyweight lock; else other backends might rely on locally-cached data rather than scanning the catalog at all. Thus, making snapshot reuse dependent on the same guarantees shouldn't break anything that wasn't already subtly broken. Patch by me. Review by Michael Paquier and Andres Freund.
2013-07-02 15:47:01 +02:00
NULL, 1, &skey);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
tuple = systable_getnext(scan);
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
{
systable_endscan(scan);
return NULL;
}
tuple = heap_copytuple(tuple);
systable_endscan(scan);
}
return tuple;
}
Allow publishing the tables of schema. A new option "FOR ALL TABLES IN SCHEMA" in Create/Alter Publication allows one or more schemas to be specified, whose tables are selected by the publisher for sending the data to the subscriber. The new syntax allows specifying both the tables and schemas. For example: CREATE PUBLICATION pub1 FOR TABLE t1,t2,t3, ALL TABLES IN SCHEMA s1,s2; OR ALTER PUBLICATION pub1 ADD TABLE t1,t2,t3, ALL TABLES IN SCHEMA s1,s2; A new system table "pg_publication_namespace" has been added, to maintain the schemas that the user wants to publish through the publication. Modified the output plugin (pgoutput) to publish the changes if the relation is part of schema publication. Updates pg_dump to identify and dump schema publications. Updates the \d family of commands to display schema publications and \dRp+ variant will now display associated schemas if any. Author: Vignesh C, Hou Zhijie, Amit Kapila Syntax-Suggested-by: Tom Lane, Alvaro Herrera Reviewed-by: Greg Nancarrow, Masahiko Sawada, Hou Zhijie, Amit Kapila, Haiying Tang, Ajin Cherian, Rahila Syed, Bharath Rupireddy, Mark Dilger Tested-by: Haiying Tang Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CALDaNm0OANxuJ6RXqwZsM1MSY4s19nuH3734j4a72etDwvBETQ@mail.gmail.com
2021-10-27 04:14:52 +02:00
/*
* getPublicationSchemaInfo
*
* Get publication name and schema name from the object address into pubname and
* nspname. Both pubname and nspname are palloc'd strings which will be freed by
Revert "Logical decoding of sequences" This reverts a sequence of commits, implementing features related to logical decoding and replication of sequences: - 0da92dc530c9251735fc70b20cd004d9630a1266 - 80901b32913ffa59bf157a4d88284b2b3a7511d9 - b779d7d8fdae088d70da5ed9fcd8205035676df3 - d5ed9da41d96988d905b49bebb273a9b2d6e2915 - a180c2b34de0989269fdb819bff241a249bf5380 - 75b1521dae1ff1fde17fda2e30e591f2e5d64b6a - 2d2232933b02d9396113662e44dca5f120d6830e - 002c9dd97a0c874fd1693a570383e2dd38cd40d5 - 05843b1aa49df2ecc9b97c693b755bd1b6f856a9 The implementation has issues, mostly due to combining transactional and non-transactional behavior of sequences. It's not clear how this could be fixed, but it'll require reworking significant part of the patch. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/95345a19-d508-63d1-860a-f5c2f41e8d40@enterprisedb.com
2022-04-07 18:13:13 +02:00
* the caller.
Allow publishing the tables of schema. A new option "FOR ALL TABLES IN SCHEMA" in Create/Alter Publication allows one or more schemas to be specified, whose tables are selected by the publisher for sending the data to the subscriber. The new syntax allows specifying both the tables and schemas. For example: CREATE PUBLICATION pub1 FOR TABLE t1,t2,t3, ALL TABLES IN SCHEMA s1,s2; OR ALTER PUBLICATION pub1 ADD TABLE t1,t2,t3, ALL TABLES IN SCHEMA s1,s2; A new system table "pg_publication_namespace" has been added, to maintain the schemas that the user wants to publish through the publication. Modified the output plugin (pgoutput) to publish the changes if the relation is part of schema publication. Updates pg_dump to identify and dump schema publications. Updates the \d family of commands to display schema publications and \dRp+ variant will now display associated schemas if any. Author: Vignesh C, Hou Zhijie, Amit Kapila Syntax-Suggested-by: Tom Lane, Alvaro Herrera Reviewed-by: Greg Nancarrow, Masahiko Sawada, Hou Zhijie, Amit Kapila, Haiying Tang, Ajin Cherian, Rahila Syed, Bharath Rupireddy, Mark Dilger Tested-by: Haiying Tang Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CALDaNm0OANxuJ6RXqwZsM1MSY4s19nuH3734j4a72etDwvBETQ@mail.gmail.com
2021-10-27 04:14:52 +02:00
*/
static bool
getPublicationSchemaInfo(const ObjectAddress *object, bool missing_ok,
Revert "Logical decoding of sequences" This reverts a sequence of commits, implementing features related to logical decoding and replication of sequences: - 0da92dc530c9251735fc70b20cd004d9630a1266 - 80901b32913ffa59bf157a4d88284b2b3a7511d9 - b779d7d8fdae088d70da5ed9fcd8205035676df3 - d5ed9da41d96988d905b49bebb273a9b2d6e2915 - a180c2b34de0989269fdb819bff241a249bf5380 - 75b1521dae1ff1fde17fda2e30e591f2e5d64b6a - 2d2232933b02d9396113662e44dca5f120d6830e - 002c9dd97a0c874fd1693a570383e2dd38cd40d5 - 05843b1aa49df2ecc9b97c693b755bd1b6f856a9 The implementation has issues, mostly due to combining transactional and non-transactional behavior of sequences. It's not clear how this could be fixed, but it'll require reworking significant part of the patch. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/95345a19-d508-63d1-860a-f5c2f41e8d40@enterprisedb.com
2022-04-07 18:13:13 +02:00
char **pubname, char **nspname)
Allow publishing the tables of schema. A new option "FOR ALL TABLES IN SCHEMA" in Create/Alter Publication allows one or more schemas to be specified, whose tables are selected by the publisher for sending the data to the subscriber. The new syntax allows specifying both the tables and schemas. For example: CREATE PUBLICATION pub1 FOR TABLE t1,t2,t3, ALL TABLES IN SCHEMA s1,s2; OR ALTER PUBLICATION pub1 ADD TABLE t1,t2,t3, ALL TABLES IN SCHEMA s1,s2; A new system table "pg_publication_namespace" has been added, to maintain the schemas that the user wants to publish through the publication. Modified the output plugin (pgoutput) to publish the changes if the relation is part of schema publication. Updates pg_dump to identify and dump schema publications. Updates the \d family of commands to display schema publications and \dRp+ variant will now display associated schemas if any. Author: Vignesh C, Hou Zhijie, Amit Kapila Syntax-Suggested-by: Tom Lane, Alvaro Herrera Reviewed-by: Greg Nancarrow, Masahiko Sawada, Hou Zhijie, Amit Kapila, Haiying Tang, Ajin Cherian, Rahila Syed, Bharath Rupireddy, Mark Dilger Tested-by: Haiying Tang Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CALDaNm0OANxuJ6RXqwZsM1MSY4s19nuH3734j4a72etDwvBETQ@mail.gmail.com
2021-10-27 04:14:52 +02:00
{
HeapTuple tup;
Form_pg_publication_namespace pnform;
tup = SearchSysCache1(PUBLICATIONNAMESPACE,
ObjectIdGetDatum(object->objectId));
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
{
if (!missing_ok)
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for publication schema %u",
object->objectId);
return false;
}
pnform = (Form_pg_publication_namespace) GETSTRUCT(tup);
*pubname = get_publication_name(pnform->pnpubid, missing_ok);
if (!(*pubname))
{
ReleaseSysCache(tup);
return false;
}
*nspname = get_namespace_name(pnform->pnnspid);
if (!(*nspname))
{
Oid schemaid = pnform->pnnspid;
pfree(*pubname);
ReleaseSysCache(tup);
if (!missing_ok)
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for schema %u",
schemaid);
return false;
}
ReleaseSysCache(tup);
return true;
}
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
/*
* getObjectDescription: build an object description for messages
*
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
* The result is a palloc'd string. NULL is returned for an undefined
* object if missing_ok is true, else an error is generated.
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
*/
char *
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
getObjectDescription(const ObjectAddress *object, bool missing_ok)
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
{
StringInfoData buffer;
initStringInfo(&buffer);
switch (getObjectClass(object))
{
case OCLASS_CLASS:
Improve English wording of some other getObjectDescription() messages. Print columns as "column C of <relation>" rather than "<relation> column C". This seems to read noticeably better in English, as evidenced by the regression test output changes, and the code change also makes it possible for translators to adjust the phrase order in other languages. Also change the output for OCLASS_DEFAULT from "default for %s" to "default value for %s". This seems to read better and is also more consistent with the output of, for instance, getObjectTypeDescription(). Kyotaro Horiguchi, per a complaint from me Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180522.182020.114074746.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-05-24 20:01:10 +02:00
if (object->objectSubId == 0)
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
getRelationDescription(&buffer, object->objectId, missing_ok);
Improve English wording of some other getObjectDescription() messages. Print columns as "column C of <relation>" rather than "<relation> column C". This seems to read noticeably better in English, as evidenced by the regression test output changes, and the code change also makes it possible for translators to adjust the phrase order in other languages. Also change the output for OCLASS_DEFAULT from "default for %s" to "default value for %s". This seems to read better and is also more consistent with the output of, for instance, getObjectTypeDescription(). Kyotaro Horiguchi, per a complaint from me Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180522.182020.114074746.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-05-24 20:01:10 +02:00
else
{
/* column, not whole relation */
StringInfoData rel;
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
char *attname = get_attname(object->objectId,
object->objectSubId,
missing_ok);
Initial pgindent and pgperltidy run for v14. Also "make reformat-dat-files". The only change worthy of note is that pgindent messed up the formatting of launcher.c's struct LogicalRepWorkerId, which led me to notice that that struct wasn't used at all anymore, so I just took it out.
2021-05-12 19:14:10 +02:00
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
if (!attname)
break;
Improve English wording of some other getObjectDescription() messages. Print columns as "column C of <relation>" rather than "<relation> column C". This seems to read noticeably better in English, as evidenced by the regression test output changes, and the code change also makes it possible for translators to adjust the phrase order in other languages. Also change the output for OCLASS_DEFAULT from "default for %s" to "default value for %s". This seems to read better and is also more consistent with the output of, for instance, getObjectTypeDescription(). Kyotaro Horiguchi, per a complaint from me Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180522.182020.114074746.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-05-24 20:01:10 +02:00
initStringInfo(&rel);
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
getRelationDescription(&rel, object->objectId, missing_ok);
Improve English wording of some other getObjectDescription() messages. Print columns as "column C of <relation>" rather than "<relation> column C". This seems to read noticeably better in English, as evidenced by the regression test output changes, and the code change also makes it possible for translators to adjust the phrase order in other languages. Also change the output for OCLASS_DEFAULT from "default for %s" to "default value for %s". This seems to read better and is also more consistent with the output of, for instance, getObjectTypeDescription(). Kyotaro Horiguchi, per a complaint from me Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180522.182020.114074746.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-05-24 20:01:10 +02:00
/* translator: second %s is, e.g., "table %s" */
appendStringInfo(&buffer, _("column %s of %s"),
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
attname, rel.data);
Improve English wording of some other getObjectDescription() messages. Print columns as "column C of <relation>" rather than "<relation> column C". This seems to read noticeably better in English, as evidenced by the regression test output changes, and the code change also makes it possible for translators to adjust the phrase order in other languages. Also change the output for OCLASS_DEFAULT from "default for %s" to "default value for %s". This seems to read better and is also more consistent with the output of, for instance, getObjectTypeDescription(). Kyotaro Horiguchi, per a complaint from me Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180522.182020.114074746.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-05-24 20:01:10 +02:00
pfree(rel.data);
}
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
break;
case OCLASS_PROC:
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
{
bits16 flags = FORMAT_PROC_INVALID_AS_NULL;
char *proname = format_procedure_extended(object->objectId,
flags);
Initial pgindent and pgperltidy run for v14. Also "make reformat-dat-files". The only change worthy of note is that pgindent messed up the formatting of launcher.c's struct LogicalRepWorkerId, which led me to notice that that struct wasn't used at all anymore, so I just took it out.
2021-05-12 19:14:10 +02:00
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
if (proname == NULL)
break;
appendStringInfo(&buffer, _("function %s"), proname);
break;
}
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
case OCLASS_TYPE:
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
{
bits16 flags = FORMAT_TYPE_INVALID_AS_NULL;
char *typname = format_type_extended(object->objectId, -1,
flags);
Initial pgindent and pgperltidy run for v14. Also "make reformat-dat-files". The only change worthy of note is that pgindent messed up the formatting of launcher.c's struct LogicalRepWorkerId, which led me to notice that that struct wasn't used at all anymore, so I just took it out.
2021-05-12 19:14:10 +02:00
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
if (typname == NULL)
break;
appendStringInfo(&buffer, _("type %s"), typname);
break;
}
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
case OCLASS_CAST:
{
Relation castDesc;
ScanKeyData skey[1];
SysScanDesc rcscan;
HeapTuple tup;
Form_pg_cast castForm;
Replace uses of heap_open et al with the corresponding table_* function. Author: Andres Freund Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190111000539.xbv7s6w7ilcvm7dp@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-01-21 19:32:19 +01:00
castDesc = table_open(CastRelationId, AccessShareLock);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
ScanKeyInit(&skey[0],
Remove WITH OIDS support, change oid catalog column visibility. Previously tables declared WITH OIDS, including a significant fraction of the catalog tables, stored the oid column not as a normal column, but as part of the tuple header. This special column was not shown by default, which was somewhat odd, as it's often (consider e.g. pg_class.oid) one of the more important parts of a row. Neither pg_dump nor COPY included the contents of the oid column by default. The fact that the oid column was not an ordinary column necessitated a significant amount of special case code to support oid columns. That already was painful for the existing, but upcoming work aiming to make table storage pluggable, would have required expanding and duplicating that "specialness" significantly. WITH OIDS has been deprecated since 2005 (commit ff02d0a05280e0). Remove it. Removing includes: - CREATE TABLE and ALTER TABLE syntax for declaring the table to be WITH OIDS has been removed (WITH (oids[ = true]) will error out) - pg_dump does not support dumping tables declared WITH OIDS and will issue a warning when dumping one (and ignore the oid column). - restoring an pg_dump archive with pg_restore will warn when restoring a table with oid contents (and ignore the oid column) - COPY will refuse to load binary dump that includes oids. - pg_upgrade will error out when encountering tables declared WITH OIDS, they have to be altered to remove the oid column first. - Functionality to access the oid of the last inserted row (like plpgsql's RESULT_OID, spi's SPI_lastoid, ...) has been removed. The syntax for declaring a table WITHOUT OIDS (or WITH (oids = false) for CREATE TABLE) is still supported. While that requires a bit of support code, it seems unnecessary to break applications / dumps that do not use oids, and are explicit about not using them. The biggest user of WITH OID columns was postgres' catalog. This commit changes all 'magic' oid columns to be columns that are normally declared and stored. To reduce unnecessary query breakage all the newly added columns are still named 'oid', even if a table's column naming scheme would indicate 'reloid' or such. This obviously requires adapting a lot code, mostly replacing oid access via HeapTupleGetOid() with access to the underlying Form_pg_*->oid column. The bootstrap process now assigns oids for all oid columns in genbki.pl that do not have an explicit value (starting at the largest oid previously used), only oids assigned later by oids will be above FirstBootstrapObjectId. As the oid column now is a normal column the special bootstrap syntax for oids has been removed. Oids are not automatically assigned during insertion anymore, all backend code explicitly assigns oids with GetNewOidWithIndex(). For the rare case that insertions into the catalog via SQL are called for the new pg_nextoid() function can be used (which only works on catalog tables). The fact that oid columns on system tables are now normal columns means that they will be included in the set of columns expanded by * (i.e. SELECT * FROM pg_class will now include the table's oid, previously it did not). It'd not technically be hard to hide oid column by default, but that'd mean confusing behavior would either have to be carried forward forever, or it'd cause breakage down the line. While it's not unlikely that further adjustments are needed, the scope/invasiveness of the patch makes it worthwhile to get merge this now. It's painful to maintain externally, too complicated to commit after the code code freeze, and a dependency of a number of other patches. Catversion bump, for obvious reasons. Author: Andres Freund, with contributions by John Naylor Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180930034810.ywp2c7awz7opzcfr@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-11-21 00:36:57 +01:00
Anum_pg_cast_oid,
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
ObjectIdGetDatum(object->objectId));
rcscan = systable_beginscan(castDesc, CastOidIndexId, true,
Use an MVCC snapshot, rather than SnapshotNow, for catalog scans. SnapshotNow scans have the undesirable property that, in the face of concurrent updates, the scan can fail to see either the old or the new versions of the row. In many cases, we work around this by requiring DDL operations to hold AccessExclusiveLock on the object being modified; in some cases, the existing locking is inadequate and random failures occur as a result. This commit doesn't change anything related to locking, but will hopefully pave the way to allowing lock strength reductions in the future. The major issue has held us back from making this change in the past is that taking an MVCC snapshot is significantly more expensive than using a static special snapshot such as SnapshotNow. However, testing of various worst-case scenarios reveals that this problem is not severe except under fairly extreme workloads. To mitigate those problems, we avoid retaking the MVCC snapshot for each new scan; instead, we take a new snapshot only when invalidation messages have been processed. The catcache machinery already requires that invalidation messages be sent before releasing the related heavyweight lock; else other backends might rely on locally-cached data rather than scanning the catalog at all. Thus, making snapshot reuse dependent on the same guarantees shouldn't break anything that wasn't already subtly broken. Patch by me. Review by Michael Paquier and Andres Freund.
2013-07-02 15:47:01 +02:00
NULL, 1, skey);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
tup = systable_getnext(rcscan);
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
{
if (!missing_ok)
elog(ERROR, "could not find tuple for cast %u",
object->objectId);
systable_endscan(rcscan);
table_close(castDesc, AccessShareLock);
break;
}
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
castForm = (Form_pg_cast) GETSTRUCT(tup);
appendStringInfo(&buffer, _("cast from %s to %s"),
format_type_be(castForm->castsource),
format_type_be(castForm->casttarget));
systable_endscan(rcscan);
Replace uses of heap_open et al with the corresponding table_* function. Author: Andres Freund Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190111000539.xbv7s6w7ilcvm7dp@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-01-21 19:32:19 +01:00
table_close(castDesc, AccessShareLock);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
break;
}
case OCLASS_COLLATION:
{
HeapTuple collTup;
Form_pg_collation coll;
Properly schema-qualify additional object types in getObjectDescription(). Collations, conversions, extended statistics objects (in >= v10), and all four types of text search objects have schema-qualified names. getObjectDescription() ignored that and would emit just the base name of the object, potentially producing wrong or at least highly misleading output. Fix it to add the schema name whenever the object is not "visible" in the current search path, as is the rule for other schema-qualifiable object types. Although in common situations the output won't change, this seems to me (tgl) to be a bug worthy of back-patching, hence do so. Kyotaro Horiguchi, per a complaint from me Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180522.182020.114074746.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-05-24 18:07:41 +02:00
char *nspname;
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
collTup = SearchSysCache1(COLLOID,
ObjectIdGetDatum(object->objectId));
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(collTup))
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
{
if (!missing_ok)
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for collation %u",
object->objectId);
break;
}
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
coll = (Form_pg_collation) GETSTRUCT(collTup);
Properly schema-qualify additional object types in getObjectDescription(). Collations, conversions, extended statistics objects (in >= v10), and all four types of text search objects have schema-qualified names. getObjectDescription() ignored that and would emit just the base name of the object, potentially producing wrong or at least highly misleading output. Fix it to add the schema name whenever the object is not "visible" in the current search path, as is the rule for other schema-qualifiable object types. Although in common situations the output won't change, this seems to me (tgl) to be a bug worthy of back-patching, hence do so. Kyotaro Horiguchi, per a complaint from me Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180522.182020.114074746.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-05-24 18:07:41 +02:00
/* Qualify the name if not visible in search path */
if (CollationIsVisible(object->objectId))
nspname = NULL;
else
nspname = get_namespace_name(coll->collnamespace);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
appendStringInfo(&buffer, _("collation %s"),
Properly schema-qualify additional object types in getObjectDescription(). Collations, conversions, extended statistics objects (in >= v10), and all four types of text search objects have schema-qualified names. getObjectDescription() ignored that and would emit just the base name of the object, potentially producing wrong or at least highly misleading output. Fix it to add the schema name whenever the object is not "visible" in the current search path, as is the rule for other schema-qualifiable object types. Although in common situations the output won't change, this seems to me (tgl) to be a bug worthy of back-patching, hence do so. Kyotaro Horiguchi, per a complaint from me Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180522.182020.114074746.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-05-24 18:07:41 +02:00
quote_qualified_identifier(nspname,
NameStr(coll->collname)));
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
ReleaseSysCache(collTup);
break;
}
case OCLASS_CONSTRAINT:
{
HeapTuple conTup;
Form_pg_constraint con;
conTup = SearchSysCache1(CONSTROID,
ObjectIdGetDatum(object->objectId));
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(conTup))
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
{
if (!missing_ok)
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for constraint %u",
object->objectId);
break;
}
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
con = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(conTup);
if (OidIsValid(con->conrelid))
{
StringInfoData rel;
initStringInfo(&rel);
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
getRelationDescription(&rel, con->conrelid, false);
Improve translatability of some getObjectDescription() messages. Refactor some cases in getObjectDescription so that the translator has more control over phrase order in the translated messages. This doesn't cause any changes in the English results. (I was sorely tempted to reorder "... belonging to role %s in schema %s" into "... in schema %s belonging to role %s", but refrained.) In principle we could back-patch this, but since translators have not complained about these cases previously, it seems better not to thrash the translatable strings in back branches. Kyotaro Horiguchi, tweaked a bit by me Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180522.182020.114074746.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-05-24 19:20:16 +02:00
/* translator: second %s is, e.g., "table %s" */
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
appendStringInfo(&buffer, _("constraint %s on %s"),
NameStr(con->conname), rel.data);
pfree(rel.data);
}
else
{
appendStringInfo(&buffer, _("constraint %s"),
NameStr(con->conname));
}
ReleaseSysCache(conTup);
break;
}
case OCLASS_CONVERSION:
{
HeapTuple conTup;
Properly schema-qualify additional object types in getObjectDescription(). Collations, conversions, extended statistics objects (in >= v10), and all four types of text search objects have schema-qualified names. getObjectDescription() ignored that and would emit just the base name of the object, potentially producing wrong or at least highly misleading output. Fix it to add the schema name whenever the object is not "visible" in the current search path, as is the rule for other schema-qualifiable object types. Although in common situations the output won't change, this seems to me (tgl) to be a bug worthy of back-patching, hence do so. Kyotaro Horiguchi, per a complaint from me Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180522.182020.114074746.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-05-24 18:07:41 +02:00
Form_pg_conversion conv;
char *nspname;
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
conTup = SearchSysCache1(CONVOID,
ObjectIdGetDatum(object->objectId));
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(conTup))
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
{
if (!missing_ok)
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for conversion %u",
object->objectId);
break;
}
Properly schema-qualify additional object types in getObjectDescription(). Collations, conversions, extended statistics objects (in >= v10), and all four types of text search objects have schema-qualified names. getObjectDescription() ignored that and would emit just the base name of the object, potentially producing wrong or at least highly misleading output. Fix it to add the schema name whenever the object is not "visible" in the current search path, as is the rule for other schema-qualifiable object types. Although in common situations the output won't change, this seems to me (tgl) to be a bug worthy of back-patching, hence do so. Kyotaro Horiguchi, per a complaint from me Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180522.182020.114074746.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-05-24 18:07:41 +02:00
conv = (Form_pg_conversion) GETSTRUCT(conTup);
/* Qualify the name if not visible in search path */
if (ConversionIsVisible(object->objectId))
nspname = NULL;
else
nspname = get_namespace_name(conv->connamespace);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
appendStringInfo(&buffer, _("conversion %s"),
Properly schema-qualify additional object types in getObjectDescription(). Collations, conversions, extended statistics objects (in >= v10), and all four types of text search objects have schema-qualified names. getObjectDescription() ignored that and would emit just the base name of the object, potentially producing wrong or at least highly misleading output. Fix it to add the schema name whenever the object is not "visible" in the current search path, as is the rule for other schema-qualifiable object types. Although in common situations the output won't change, this seems to me (tgl) to be a bug worthy of back-patching, hence do so. Kyotaro Horiguchi, per a complaint from me Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180522.182020.114074746.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-05-24 18:07:41 +02:00
quote_qualified_identifier(nspname,
NameStr(conv->conname)));
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
ReleaseSysCache(conTup);
break;
}
case OCLASS_DEFAULT:
{
ObjectAddress colobject;
Move pg_attrdef manipulation code into new file catalog/pg_attrdef.c. This is a pure refactoring commit: there isn't (I hope) any functional change. StoreAttrDefault and RemoveAttrDefault[ById] are moved from heap.c, reducing the size of that overly-large file by about 300 lines. I took the opportunity to trim unused #includes from heap.c, too. Two new functions for translating between a pg_attrdef OID and the relid/attnum of the owning column are created by extracting ad-hoc code from objectaddress.c. This already removes one copy of said code, and a follow-on bug fix will create more callers. The only other function directly manipulating pg_attrdef is AttrDefaultFetch. I judged it was better to leave that in relcache.c, since it shares special concerns about recursion and error handling with the rest of that module. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/651168.1647451676@sss.pgh.pa.us
2022-03-21 19:38:23 +01:00
colobject = GetAttrDefaultColumnAddress(object->objectId);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
Move pg_attrdef manipulation code into new file catalog/pg_attrdef.c. This is a pure refactoring commit: there isn't (I hope) any functional change. StoreAttrDefault and RemoveAttrDefault[ById] are moved from heap.c, reducing the size of that overly-large file by about 300 lines. I took the opportunity to trim unused #includes from heap.c, too. Two new functions for translating between a pg_attrdef OID and the relid/attnum of the owning column are created by extracting ad-hoc code from objectaddress.c. This already removes one copy of said code, and a follow-on bug fix will create more callers. The only other function directly manipulating pg_attrdef is AttrDefaultFetch. I judged it was better to leave that in relcache.c, since it shares special concerns about recursion and error handling with the rest of that module. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/651168.1647451676@sss.pgh.pa.us
2022-03-21 19:38:23 +01:00
if (!OidIsValid(colobject.objectId))
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
{
if (!missing_ok)
elog(ERROR, "could not find tuple for attrdef %u",
object->objectId);
break;
}
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
Improve English wording of some other getObjectDescription() messages. Print columns as "column C of <relation>" rather than "<relation> column C". This seems to read noticeably better in English, as evidenced by the regression test output changes, and the code change also makes it possible for translators to adjust the phrase order in other languages. Also change the output for OCLASS_DEFAULT from "default for %s" to "default value for %s". This seems to read better and is also more consistent with the output of, for instance, getObjectTypeDescription(). Kyotaro Horiguchi, per a complaint from me Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180522.182020.114074746.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-05-24 20:01:10 +02:00
/* translator: %s is typically "column %s of table %s" */
appendStringInfo(&buffer, _("default value for %s"),
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
getObjectDescription(&colobject, false));
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
break;
}
case OCLASS_LANGUAGE:
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
{
char *langname = get_language_name(object->objectId,
missing_ok);
if (langname)
appendStringInfo(&buffer, _("language %s"),
get_language_name(object->objectId, false));
break;
}
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
case OCLASS_LARGEOBJECT:
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
if (!LargeObjectExists(object->objectId))
break;
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
appendStringInfo(&buffer, _("large object %u"),
object->objectId);
break;
case OCLASS_OPERATOR:
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
{
bits16 flags = FORMAT_OPERATOR_INVALID_AS_NULL;
char *oprname = format_operator_extended(object->objectId,
flags);
if (oprname == NULL)
break;
appendStringInfo(&buffer, _("operator %s"), oprname);
break;
}
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
case OCLASS_OPCLASS:
{
HeapTuple opcTup;
Form_pg_opclass opcForm;
HeapTuple amTup;
Form_pg_am amForm;
char *nspname;
opcTup = SearchSysCache1(CLAOID,
ObjectIdGetDatum(object->objectId));
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(opcTup))
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
{
if (!missing_ok)
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for opclass %u",
object->objectId);
break;
}
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
opcForm = (Form_pg_opclass) GETSTRUCT(opcTup);
amTup = SearchSysCache1(AMOID,
ObjectIdGetDatum(opcForm->opcmethod));
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(amTup))
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for access method %u",
opcForm->opcmethod);
amForm = (Form_pg_am) GETSTRUCT(amTup);
/* Qualify the name if not visible in search path */
if (OpclassIsVisible(object->objectId))
nspname = NULL;
else
nspname = get_namespace_name(opcForm->opcnamespace);
appendStringInfo(&buffer, _("operator class %s for access method %s"),
quote_qualified_identifier(nspname,
NameStr(opcForm->opcname)),
NameStr(amForm->amname));
ReleaseSysCache(amTup);
ReleaseSysCache(opcTup);
break;
}
case OCLASS_OPFAMILY:
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
getOpFamilyDescription(&buffer, object->objectId, missing_ok);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
break;
Fix maintenance hazards caused by ill-considered use of default: cases. Remove default cases from assorted switches over ObjectClass and some related enum types, so that we'll get compiler warnings when someone adds a new enum value without accounting for it in all these places. In passing, re-order some switch cases as needed to match the declaration of enum ObjectClass. OK, that's just neatnik-ism, but I dislike code that looks like it was assembled with the help of a dartboard. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170512221010.nglatgt5azzdxjlj@alvherre.pgsql
2017-05-14 19:32:59 +02:00
case OCLASS_AM:
{
HeapTuple tup;
tup = SearchSysCache1(AMOID,
ObjectIdGetDatum(object->objectId));
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
{
if (!missing_ok)
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for access method %u",
object->objectId);
break;
}
Fix maintenance hazards caused by ill-considered use of default: cases. Remove default cases from assorted switches over ObjectClass and some related enum types, so that we'll get compiler warnings when someone adds a new enum value without accounting for it in all these places. In passing, re-order some switch cases as needed to match the declaration of enum ObjectClass. OK, that's just neatnik-ism, but I dislike code that looks like it was assembled with the help of a dartboard. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170512221010.nglatgt5azzdxjlj@alvherre.pgsql
2017-05-14 19:32:59 +02:00
appendStringInfo(&buffer, _("access method %s"),
NameStr(((Form_pg_am) GETSTRUCT(tup))->amname));
ReleaseSysCache(tup);
break;
}
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
case OCLASS_AMOP:
{
Relation amopDesc;
HeapTuple tup;
ScanKeyData skey[1];
SysScanDesc amscan;
Form_pg_amop amopForm;
StringInfoData opfam;
Replace uses of heap_open et al with the corresponding table_* function. Author: Andres Freund Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190111000539.xbv7s6w7ilcvm7dp@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-01-21 19:32:19 +01:00
amopDesc = table_open(AccessMethodOperatorRelationId,
AccessShareLock);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
ScanKeyInit(&skey[0],
Remove WITH OIDS support, change oid catalog column visibility. Previously tables declared WITH OIDS, including a significant fraction of the catalog tables, stored the oid column not as a normal column, but as part of the tuple header. This special column was not shown by default, which was somewhat odd, as it's often (consider e.g. pg_class.oid) one of the more important parts of a row. Neither pg_dump nor COPY included the contents of the oid column by default. The fact that the oid column was not an ordinary column necessitated a significant amount of special case code to support oid columns. That already was painful for the existing, but upcoming work aiming to make table storage pluggable, would have required expanding and duplicating that "specialness" significantly. WITH OIDS has been deprecated since 2005 (commit ff02d0a05280e0). Remove it. Removing includes: - CREATE TABLE and ALTER TABLE syntax for declaring the table to be WITH OIDS has been removed (WITH (oids[ = true]) will error out) - pg_dump does not support dumping tables declared WITH OIDS and will issue a warning when dumping one (and ignore the oid column). - restoring an pg_dump archive with pg_restore will warn when restoring a table with oid contents (and ignore the oid column) - COPY will refuse to load binary dump that includes oids. - pg_upgrade will error out when encountering tables declared WITH OIDS, they have to be altered to remove the oid column first. - Functionality to access the oid of the last inserted row (like plpgsql's RESULT_OID, spi's SPI_lastoid, ...) has been removed. The syntax for declaring a table WITHOUT OIDS (or WITH (oids = false) for CREATE TABLE) is still supported. While that requires a bit of support code, it seems unnecessary to break applications / dumps that do not use oids, and are explicit about not using them. The biggest user of WITH OID columns was postgres' catalog. This commit changes all 'magic' oid columns to be columns that are normally declared and stored. To reduce unnecessary query breakage all the newly added columns are still named 'oid', even if a table's column naming scheme would indicate 'reloid' or such. This obviously requires adapting a lot code, mostly replacing oid access via HeapTupleGetOid() with access to the underlying Form_pg_*->oid column. The bootstrap process now assigns oids for all oid columns in genbki.pl that do not have an explicit value (starting at the largest oid previously used), only oids assigned later by oids will be above FirstBootstrapObjectId. As the oid column now is a normal column the special bootstrap syntax for oids has been removed. Oids are not automatically assigned during insertion anymore, all backend code explicitly assigns oids with GetNewOidWithIndex(). For the rare case that insertions into the catalog via SQL are called for the new pg_nextoid() function can be used (which only works on catalog tables). The fact that oid columns on system tables are now normal columns means that they will be included in the set of columns expanded by * (i.e. SELECT * FROM pg_class will now include the table's oid, previously it did not). It'd not technically be hard to hide oid column by default, but that'd mean confusing behavior would either have to be carried forward forever, or it'd cause breakage down the line. While it's not unlikely that further adjustments are needed, the scope/invasiveness of the patch makes it worthwhile to get merge this now. It's painful to maintain externally, too complicated to commit after the code code freeze, and a dependency of a number of other patches. Catversion bump, for obvious reasons. Author: Andres Freund, with contributions by John Naylor Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180930034810.ywp2c7awz7opzcfr@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-11-21 00:36:57 +01:00
Anum_pg_amop_oid,
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
ObjectIdGetDatum(object->objectId));
amscan = systable_beginscan(amopDesc, AccessMethodOperatorOidIndexId, true,
Use an MVCC snapshot, rather than SnapshotNow, for catalog scans. SnapshotNow scans have the undesirable property that, in the face of concurrent updates, the scan can fail to see either the old or the new versions of the row. In many cases, we work around this by requiring DDL operations to hold AccessExclusiveLock on the object being modified; in some cases, the existing locking is inadequate and random failures occur as a result. This commit doesn't change anything related to locking, but will hopefully pave the way to allowing lock strength reductions in the future. The major issue has held us back from making this change in the past is that taking an MVCC snapshot is significantly more expensive than using a static special snapshot such as SnapshotNow. However, testing of various worst-case scenarios reveals that this problem is not severe except under fairly extreme workloads. To mitigate those problems, we avoid retaking the MVCC snapshot for each new scan; instead, we take a new snapshot only when invalidation messages have been processed. The catcache machinery already requires that invalidation messages be sent before releasing the related heavyweight lock; else other backends might rely on locally-cached data rather than scanning the catalog at all. Thus, making snapshot reuse dependent on the same guarantees shouldn't break anything that wasn't already subtly broken. Patch by me. Review by Michael Paquier and Andres Freund.
2013-07-02 15:47:01 +02:00
NULL, 1, skey);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
tup = systable_getnext(amscan);
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
{
if (!missing_ok)
elog(ERROR, "could not find tuple for amop entry %u",
object->objectId);
systable_endscan(amscan);
table_close(amopDesc, AccessShareLock);
break;
}
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
amopForm = (Form_pg_amop) GETSTRUCT(tup);
initStringInfo(&opfam);
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
getOpFamilyDescription(&opfam, amopForm->amopfamily, false);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
/*------
translator: %d is the operator strategy (a number), the
first two %s's are data type names, the third %s is the
description of the operator family, and the last %s is the
textual form of the operator with arguments. */
appendStringInfo(&buffer, _("operator %d (%s, %s) of %s: %s"),
amopForm->amopstrategy,
format_type_be(amopForm->amoplefttype),
format_type_be(amopForm->amoprighttype),
opfam.data,
format_operator(amopForm->amopopr));
pfree(opfam.data);
systable_endscan(amscan);
Replace uses of heap_open et al with the corresponding table_* function. Author: Andres Freund Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190111000539.xbv7s6w7ilcvm7dp@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-01-21 19:32:19 +01:00
table_close(amopDesc, AccessShareLock);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
break;
}
case OCLASS_AMPROC:
{
Relation amprocDesc;
ScanKeyData skey[1];
SysScanDesc amscan;
HeapTuple tup;
Form_pg_amproc amprocForm;
StringInfoData opfam;
Replace uses of heap_open et al with the corresponding table_* function. Author: Andres Freund Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190111000539.xbv7s6w7ilcvm7dp@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-01-21 19:32:19 +01:00
amprocDesc = table_open(AccessMethodProcedureRelationId,
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
AccessShareLock);
ScanKeyInit(&skey[0],
Remove WITH OIDS support, change oid catalog column visibility. Previously tables declared WITH OIDS, including a significant fraction of the catalog tables, stored the oid column not as a normal column, but as part of the tuple header. This special column was not shown by default, which was somewhat odd, as it's often (consider e.g. pg_class.oid) one of the more important parts of a row. Neither pg_dump nor COPY included the contents of the oid column by default. The fact that the oid column was not an ordinary column necessitated a significant amount of special case code to support oid columns. That already was painful for the existing, but upcoming work aiming to make table storage pluggable, would have required expanding and duplicating that "specialness" significantly. WITH OIDS has been deprecated since 2005 (commit ff02d0a05280e0). Remove it. Removing includes: - CREATE TABLE and ALTER TABLE syntax for declaring the table to be WITH OIDS has been removed (WITH (oids[ = true]) will error out) - pg_dump does not support dumping tables declared WITH OIDS and will issue a warning when dumping one (and ignore the oid column). - restoring an pg_dump archive with pg_restore will warn when restoring a table with oid contents (and ignore the oid column) - COPY will refuse to load binary dump that includes oids. - pg_upgrade will error out when encountering tables declared WITH OIDS, they have to be altered to remove the oid column first. - Functionality to access the oid of the last inserted row (like plpgsql's RESULT_OID, spi's SPI_lastoid, ...) has been removed. The syntax for declaring a table WITHOUT OIDS (or WITH (oids = false) for CREATE TABLE) is still supported. While that requires a bit of support code, it seems unnecessary to break applications / dumps that do not use oids, and are explicit about not using them. The biggest user of WITH OID columns was postgres' catalog. This commit changes all 'magic' oid columns to be columns that are normally declared and stored. To reduce unnecessary query breakage all the newly added columns are still named 'oid', even if a table's column naming scheme would indicate 'reloid' or such. This obviously requires adapting a lot code, mostly replacing oid access via HeapTupleGetOid() with access to the underlying Form_pg_*->oid column. The bootstrap process now assigns oids for all oid columns in genbki.pl that do not have an explicit value (starting at the largest oid previously used), only oids assigned later by oids will be above FirstBootstrapObjectId. As the oid column now is a normal column the special bootstrap syntax for oids has been removed. Oids are not automatically assigned during insertion anymore, all backend code explicitly assigns oids with GetNewOidWithIndex(). For the rare case that insertions into the catalog via SQL are called for the new pg_nextoid() function can be used (which only works on catalog tables). The fact that oid columns on system tables are now normal columns means that they will be included in the set of columns expanded by * (i.e. SELECT * FROM pg_class will now include the table's oid, previously it did not). It'd not technically be hard to hide oid column by default, but that'd mean confusing behavior would either have to be carried forward forever, or it'd cause breakage down the line. While it's not unlikely that further adjustments are needed, the scope/invasiveness of the patch makes it worthwhile to get merge this now. It's painful to maintain externally, too complicated to commit after the code code freeze, and a dependency of a number of other patches. Catversion bump, for obvious reasons. Author: Andres Freund, with contributions by John Naylor Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180930034810.ywp2c7awz7opzcfr@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-11-21 00:36:57 +01:00
Anum_pg_amproc_oid,
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
ObjectIdGetDatum(object->objectId));
amscan = systable_beginscan(amprocDesc, AccessMethodProcedureOidIndexId, true,
Use an MVCC snapshot, rather than SnapshotNow, for catalog scans. SnapshotNow scans have the undesirable property that, in the face of concurrent updates, the scan can fail to see either the old or the new versions of the row. In many cases, we work around this by requiring DDL operations to hold AccessExclusiveLock on the object being modified; in some cases, the existing locking is inadequate and random failures occur as a result. This commit doesn't change anything related to locking, but will hopefully pave the way to allowing lock strength reductions in the future. The major issue has held us back from making this change in the past is that taking an MVCC snapshot is significantly more expensive than using a static special snapshot such as SnapshotNow. However, testing of various worst-case scenarios reveals that this problem is not severe except under fairly extreme workloads. To mitigate those problems, we avoid retaking the MVCC snapshot for each new scan; instead, we take a new snapshot only when invalidation messages have been processed. The catcache machinery already requires that invalidation messages be sent before releasing the related heavyweight lock; else other backends might rely on locally-cached data rather than scanning the catalog at all. Thus, making snapshot reuse dependent on the same guarantees shouldn't break anything that wasn't already subtly broken. Patch by me. Review by Michael Paquier and Andres Freund.
2013-07-02 15:47:01 +02:00
NULL, 1, skey);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
tup = systable_getnext(amscan);
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
{
if (!missing_ok)
elog(ERROR, "could not find tuple for amproc entry %u",
object->objectId);
systable_endscan(amscan);
table_close(amprocDesc, AccessShareLock);
break;
}
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
amprocForm = (Form_pg_amproc) GETSTRUCT(tup);
initStringInfo(&opfam);
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
getOpFamilyDescription(&opfam, amprocForm->amprocfamily, false);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
/*------
translator: %d is the function number, the first two %s's
are data type names, the third %s is the description of the
operator family, and the last %s is the textual form of the
function with arguments. */
appendStringInfo(&buffer, _("function %d (%s, %s) of %s: %s"),
amprocForm->amprocnum,
format_type_be(amprocForm->amproclefttype),
format_type_be(amprocForm->amprocrighttype),
opfam.data,
format_procedure(amprocForm->amproc));
pfree(opfam.data);
systable_endscan(amscan);
Replace uses of heap_open et al with the corresponding table_* function. Author: Andres Freund Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190111000539.xbv7s6w7ilcvm7dp@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-01-21 19:32:19 +01:00
table_close(amprocDesc, AccessShareLock);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
break;
}
case OCLASS_REWRITE:
{
Relation ruleDesc;
ScanKeyData skey[1];
SysScanDesc rcscan;
HeapTuple tup;
Form_pg_rewrite rule;
Improve translatability of some getObjectDescription() messages. Refactor some cases in getObjectDescription so that the translator has more control over phrase order in the translated messages. This doesn't cause any changes in the English results. (I was sorely tempted to reorder "... belonging to role %s in schema %s" into "... in schema %s belonging to role %s", but refrained.) In principle we could back-patch this, but since translators have not complained about these cases previously, it seems better not to thrash the translatable strings in back branches. Kyotaro Horiguchi, tweaked a bit by me Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180522.182020.114074746.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-05-24 19:20:16 +02:00
StringInfoData rel;
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
Replace uses of heap_open et al with the corresponding table_* function. Author: Andres Freund Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190111000539.xbv7s6w7ilcvm7dp@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-01-21 19:32:19 +01:00
ruleDesc = table_open(RewriteRelationId, AccessShareLock);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
ScanKeyInit(&skey[0],
Remove WITH OIDS support, change oid catalog column visibility. Previously tables declared WITH OIDS, including a significant fraction of the catalog tables, stored the oid column not as a normal column, but as part of the tuple header. This special column was not shown by default, which was somewhat odd, as it's often (consider e.g. pg_class.oid) one of the more important parts of a row. Neither pg_dump nor COPY included the contents of the oid column by default. The fact that the oid column was not an ordinary column necessitated a significant amount of special case code to support oid columns. That already was painful for the existing, but upcoming work aiming to make table storage pluggable, would have required expanding and duplicating that "specialness" significantly. WITH OIDS has been deprecated since 2005 (commit ff02d0a05280e0). Remove it. Removing includes: - CREATE TABLE and ALTER TABLE syntax for declaring the table to be WITH OIDS has been removed (WITH (oids[ = true]) will error out) - pg_dump does not support dumping tables declared WITH OIDS and will issue a warning when dumping one (and ignore the oid column). - restoring an pg_dump archive with pg_restore will warn when restoring a table with oid contents (and ignore the oid column) - COPY will refuse to load binary dump that includes oids. - pg_upgrade will error out when encountering tables declared WITH OIDS, they have to be altered to remove the oid column first. - Functionality to access the oid of the last inserted row (like plpgsql's RESULT_OID, spi's SPI_lastoid, ...) has been removed. The syntax for declaring a table WITHOUT OIDS (or WITH (oids = false) for CREATE TABLE) is still supported. While that requires a bit of support code, it seems unnecessary to break applications / dumps that do not use oids, and are explicit about not using them. The biggest user of WITH OID columns was postgres' catalog. This commit changes all 'magic' oid columns to be columns that are normally declared and stored. To reduce unnecessary query breakage all the newly added columns are still named 'oid', even if a table's column naming scheme would indicate 'reloid' or such. This obviously requires adapting a lot code, mostly replacing oid access via HeapTupleGetOid() with access to the underlying Form_pg_*->oid column. The bootstrap process now assigns oids for all oid columns in genbki.pl that do not have an explicit value (starting at the largest oid previously used), only oids assigned later by oids will be above FirstBootstrapObjectId. As the oid column now is a normal column the special bootstrap syntax for oids has been removed. Oids are not automatically assigned during insertion anymore, all backend code explicitly assigns oids with GetNewOidWithIndex(). For the rare case that insertions into the catalog via SQL are called for the new pg_nextoid() function can be used (which only works on catalog tables). The fact that oid columns on system tables are now normal columns means that they will be included in the set of columns expanded by * (i.e. SELECT * FROM pg_class will now include the table's oid, previously it did not). It'd not technically be hard to hide oid column by default, but that'd mean confusing behavior would either have to be carried forward forever, or it'd cause breakage down the line. While it's not unlikely that further adjustments are needed, the scope/invasiveness of the patch makes it worthwhile to get merge this now. It's painful to maintain externally, too complicated to commit after the code code freeze, and a dependency of a number of other patches. Catversion bump, for obvious reasons. Author: Andres Freund, with contributions by John Naylor Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180930034810.ywp2c7awz7opzcfr@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-11-21 00:36:57 +01:00
Anum_pg_rewrite_oid,
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
ObjectIdGetDatum(object->objectId));
rcscan = systable_beginscan(ruleDesc, RewriteOidIndexId, true,
Use an MVCC snapshot, rather than SnapshotNow, for catalog scans. SnapshotNow scans have the undesirable property that, in the face of concurrent updates, the scan can fail to see either the old or the new versions of the row. In many cases, we work around this by requiring DDL operations to hold AccessExclusiveLock on the object being modified; in some cases, the existing locking is inadequate and random failures occur as a result. This commit doesn't change anything related to locking, but will hopefully pave the way to allowing lock strength reductions in the future. The major issue has held us back from making this change in the past is that taking an MVCC snapshot is significantly more expensive than using a static special snapshot such as SnapshotNow. However, testing of various worst-case scenarios reveals that this problem is not severe except under fairly extreme workloads. To mitigate those problems, we avoid retaking the MVCC snapshot for each new scan; instead, we take a new snapshot only when invalidation messages have been processed. The catcache machinery already requires that invalidation messages be sent before releasing the related heavyweight lock; else other backends might rely on locally-cached data rather than scanning the catalog at all. Thus, making snapshot reuse dependent on the same guarantees shouldn't break anything that wasn't already subtly broken. Patch by me. Review by Michael Paquier and Andres Freund.
2013-07-02 15:47:01 +02:00
NULL, 1, skey);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
tup = systable_getnext(rcscan);
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
{
if (!missing_ok)
elog(ERROR, "could not find tuple for rule %u",
object->objectId);
systable_endscan(rcscan);
table_close(ruleDesc, AccessShareLock);
break;
}
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
rule = (Form_pg_rewrite) GETSTRUCT(tup);
Improve translatability of some getObjectDescription() messages. Refactor some cases in getObjectDescription so that the translator has more control over phrase order in the translated messages. This doesn't cause any changes in the English results. (I was sorely tempted to reorder "... belonging to role %s in schema %s" into "... in schema %s belonging to role %s", but refrained.) In principle we could back-patch this, but since translators have not complained about these cases previously, it seems better not to thrash the translatable strings in back branches. Kyotaro Horiguchi, tweaked a bit by me Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180522.182020.114074746.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-05-24 19:20:16 +02:00
initStringInfo(&rel);
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
getRelationDescription(&rel, rule->ev_class, false);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
Improve translatability of some getObjectDescription() messages. Refactor some cases in getObjectDescription so that the translator has more control over phrase order in the translated messages. This doesn't cause any changes in the English results. (I was sorely tempted to reorder "... belonging to role %s in schema %s" into "... in schema %s belonging to role %s", but refrained.) In principle we could back-patch this, but since translators have not complained about these cases previously, it seems better not to thrash the translatable strings in back branches. Kyotaro Horiguchi, tweaked a bit by me Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180522.182020.114074746.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-05-24 19:20:16 +02:00
/* translator: second %s is, e.g., "table %s" */
appendStringInfo(&buffer, _("rule %s on %s"),
NameStr(rule->rulename), rel.data);
pfree(rel.data);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
systable_endscan(rcscan);
Replace uses of heap_open et al with the corresponding table_* function. Author: Andres Freund Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190111000539.xbv7s6w7ilcvm7dp@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-01-21 19:32:19 +01:00
table_close(ruleDesc, AccessShareLock);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
break;
}
case OCLASS_TRIGGER:
{
Relation trigDesc;
ScanKeyData skey[1];
SysScanDesc tgscan;
HeapTuple tup;
Form_pg_trigger trig;
Improve translatability of some getObjectDescription() messages. Refactor some cases in getObjectDescription so that the translator has more control over phrase order in the translated messages. This doesn't cause any changes in the English results. (I was sorely tempted to reorder "... belonging to role %s in schema %s" into "... in schema %s belonging to role %s", but refrained.) In principle we could back-patch this, but since translators have not complained about these cases previously, it seems better not to thrash the translatable strings in back branches. Kyotaro Horiguchi, tweaked a bit by me Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180522.182020.114074746.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-05-24 19:20:16 +02:00
StringInfoData rel;
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
Replace uses of heap_open et al with the corresponding table_* function. Author: Andres Freund Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190111000539.xbv7s6w7ilcvm7dp@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-01-21 19:32:19 +01:00
trigDesc = table_open(TriggerRelationId, AccessShareLock);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
ScanKeyInit(&skey[0],
Remove WITH OIDS support, change oid catalog column visibility. Previously tables declared WITH OIDS, including a significant fraction of the catalog tables, stored the oid column not as a normal column, but as part of the tuple header. This special column was not shown by default, which was somewhat odd, as it's often (consider e.g. pg_class.oid) one of the more important parts of a row. Neither pg_dump nor COPY included the contents of the oid column by default. The fact that the oid column was not an ordinary column necessitated a significant amount of special case code to support oid columns. That already was painful for the existing, but upcoming work aiming to make table storage pluggable, would have required expanding and duplicating that "specialness" significantly. WITH OIDS has been deprecated since 2005 (commit ff02d0a05280e0). Remove it. Removing includes: - CREATE TABLE and ALTER TABLE syntax for declaring the table to be WITH OIDS has been removed (WITH (oids[ = true]) will error out) - pg_dump does not support dumping tables declared WITH OIDS and will issue a warning when dumping one (and ignore the oid column). - restoring an pg_dump archive with pg_restore will warn when restoring a table with oid contents (and ignore the oid column) - COPY will refuse to load binary dump that includes oids. - pg_upgrade will error out when encountering tables declared WITH OIDS, they have to be altered to remove the oid column first. - Functionality to access the oid of the last inserted row (like plpgsql's RESULT_OID, spi's SPI_lastoid, ...) has been removed. The syntax for declaring a table WITHOUT OIDS (or WITH (oids = false) for CREATE TABLE) is still supported. While that requires a bit of support code, it seems unnecessary to break applications / dumps that do not use oids, and are explicit about not using them. The biggest user of WITH OID columns was postgres' catalog. This commit changes all 'magic' oid columns to be columns that are normally declared and stored. To reduce unnecessary query breakage all the newly added columns are still named 'oid', even if a table's column naming scheme would indicate 'reloid' or such. This obviously requires adapting a lot code, mostly replacing oid access via HeapTupleGetOid() with access to the underlying Form_pg_*->oid column. The bootstrap process now assigns oids for all oid columns in genbki.pl that do not have an explicit value (starting at the largest oid previously used), only oids assigned later by oids will be above FirstBootstrapObjectId. As the oid column now is a normal column the special bootstrap syntax for oids has been removed. Oids are not automatically assigned during insertion anymore, all backend code explicitly assigns oids with GetNewOidWithIndex(). For the rare case that insertions into the catalog via SQL are called for the new pg_nextoid() function can be used (which only works on catalog tables). The fact that oid columns on system tables are now normal columns means that they will be included in the set of columns expanded by * (i.e. SELECT * FROM pg_class will now include the table's oid, previously it did not). It'd not technically be hard to hide oid column by default, but that'd mean confusing behavior would either have to be carried forward forever, or it'd cause breakage down the line. While it's not unlikely that further adjustments are needed, the scope/invasiveness of the patch makes it worthwhile to get merge this now. It's painful to maintain externally, too complicated to commit after the code code freeze, and a dependency of a number of other patches. Catversion bump, for obvious reasons. Author: Andres Freund, with contributions by John Naylor Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180930034810.ywp2c7awz7opzcfr@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-11-21 00:36:57 +01:00
Anum_pg_trigger_oid,
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
ObjectIdGetDatum(object->objectId));
tgscan = systable_beginscan(trigDesc, TriggerOidIndexId, true,
Use an MVCC snapshot, rather than SnapshotNow, for catalog scans. SnapshotNow scans have the undesirable property that, in the face of concurrent updates, the scan can fail to see either the old or the new versions of the row. In many cases, we work around this by requiring DDL operations to hold AccessExclusiveLock on the object being modified; in some cases, the existing locking is inadequate and random failures occur as a result. This commit doesn't change anything related to locking, but will hopefully pave the way to allowing lock strength reductions in the future. The major issue has held us back from making this change in the past is that taking an MVCC snapshot is significantly more expensive than using a static special snapshot such as SnapshotNow. However, testing of various worst-case scenarios reveals that this problem is not severe except under fairly extreme workloads. To mitigate those problems, we avoid retaking the MVCC snapshot for each new scan; instead, we take a new snapshot only when invalidation messages have been processed. The catcache machinery already requires that invalidation messages be sent before releasing the related heavyweight lock; else other backends might rely on locally-cached data rather than scanning the catalog at all. Thus, making snapshot reuse dependent on the same guarantees shouldn't break anything that wasn't already subtly broken. Patch by me. Review by Michael Paquier and Andres Freund.
2013-07-02 15:47:01 +02:00
NULL, 1, skey);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
tup = systable_getnext(tgscan);
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
{
if (!missing_ok)
elog(ERROR, "could not find tuple for trigger %u",
object->objectId);
systable_endscan(tgscan);
table_close(trigDesc, AccessShareLock);
break;
}
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
trig = (Form_pg_trigger) GETSTRUCT(tup);
Improve translatability of some getObjectDescription() messages. Refactor some cases in getObjectDescription so that the translator has more control over phrase order in the translated messages. This doesn't cause any changes in the English results. (I was sorely tempted to reorder "... belonging to role %s in schema %s" into "... in schema %s belonging to role %s", but refrained.) In principle we could back-patch this, but since translators have not complained about these cases previously, it seems better not to thrash the translatable strings in back branches. Kyotaro Horiguchi, tweaked a bit by me Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180522.182020.114074746.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-05-24 19:20:16 +02:00
initStringInfo(&rel);
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
getRelationDescription(&rel, trig->tgrelid, false);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
Improve translatability of some getObjectDescription() messages. Refactor some cases in getObjectDescription so that the translator has more control over phrase order in the translated messages. This doesn't cause any changes in the English results. (I was sorely tempted to reorder "... belonging to role %s in schema %s" into "... in schema %s belonging to role %s", but refrained.) In principle we could back-patch this, but since translators have not complained about these cases previously, it seems better not to thrash the translatable strings in back branches. Kyotaro Horiguchi, tweaked a bit by me Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180522.182020.114074746.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-05-24 19:20:16 +02:00
/* translator: second %s is, e.g., "table %s" */
appendStringInfo(&buffer, _("trigger %s on %s"),
NameStr(trig->tgname), rel.data);
pfree(rel.data);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
systable_endscan(tgscan);
Replace uses of heap_open et al with the corresponding table_* function. Author: Andres Freund Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190111000539.xbv7s6w7ilcvm7dp@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-01-21 19:32:19 +01:00
table_close(trigDesc, AccessShareLock);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
break;
}
case OCLASS_SCHEMA:
{
char *nspname;
nspname = get_namespace_name(object->objectId);
if (!nspname)
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
{
if (!missing_ok)
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for namespace %u",
object->objectId);
break;
}
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
appendStringInfo(&buffer, _("schema %s"), nspname);
break;
}
Fix maintenance hazards caused by ill-considered use of default: cases. Remove default cases from assorted switches over ObjectClass and some related enum types, so that we'll get compiler warnings when someone adds a new enum value without accounting for it in all these places. In passing, re-order some switch cases as needed to match the declaration of enum ObjectClass. OK, that's just neatnik-ism, but I dislike code that looks like it was assembled with the help of a dartboard. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170512221010.nglatgt5azzdxjlj@alvherre.pgsql
2017-05-14 19:32:59 +02:00
case OCLASS_STATISTIC_EXT:
{
HeapTuple stxTup;
Form_pg_statistic_ext stxForm;
Properly schema-qualify additional object types in getObjectDescription(). Collations, conversions, extended statistics objects (in >= v10), and all four types of text search objects have schema-qualified names. getObjectDescription() ignored that and would emit just the base name of the object, potentially producing wrong or at least highly misleading output. Fix it to add the schema name whenever the object is not "visible" in the current search path, as is the rule for other schema-qualifiable object types. Although in common situations the output won't change, this seems to me (tgl) to be a bug worthy of back-patching, hence do so. Kyotaro Horiguchi, per a complaint from me Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180522.182020.114074746.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-05-24 18:07:41 +02:00
char *nspname;
Fix maintenance hazards caused by ill-considered use of default: cases. Remove default cases from assorted switches over ObjectClass and some related enum types, so that we'll get compiler warnings when someone adds a new enum value without accounting for it in all these places. In passing, re-order some switch cases as needed to match the declaration of enum ObjectClass. OK, that's just neatnik-ism, but I dislike code that looks like it was assembled with the help of a dartboard. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170512221010.nglatgt5azzdxjlj@alvherre.pgsql
2017-05-14 19:32:59 +02:00
stxTup = SearchSysCache1(STATEXTOID,
ObjectIdGetDatum(object->objectId));
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(stxTup))
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
{
if (!missing_ok)
elog(ERROR, "could not find tuple for statistics object %u",
object->objectId);
break;
}
Fix maintenance hazards caused by ill-considered use of default: cases. Remove default cases from assorted switches over ObjectClass and some related enum types, so that we'll get compiler warnings when someone adds a new enum value without accounting for it in all these places. In passing, re-order some switch cases as needed to match the declaration of enum ObjectClass. OK, that's just neatnik-ism, but I dislike code that looks like it was assembled with the help of a dartboard. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170512221010.nglatgt5azzdxjlj@alvherre.pgsql
2017-05-14 19:32:59 +02:00
stxForm = (Form_pg_statistic_ext) GETSTRUCT(stxTup);
Properly schema-qualify additional object types in getObjectDescription(). Collations, conversions, extended statistics objects (in >= v10), and all four types of text search objects have schema-qualified names. getObjectDescription() ignored that and would emit just the base name of the object, potentially producing wrong or at least highly misleading output. Fix it to add the schema name whenever the object is not "visible" in the current search path, as is the rule for other schema-qualifiable object types. Although in common situations the output won't change, this seems to me (tgl) to be a bug worthy of back-patching, hence do so. Kyotaro Horiguchi, per a complaint from me Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180522.182020.114074746.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-05-24 18:07:41 +02:00
/* Qualify the name if not visible in search path */
if (StatisticsObjIsVisible(object->objectId))
nspname = NULL;
else
nspname = get_namespace_name(stxForm->stxnamespace);
Fix maintenance hazards caused by ill-considered use of default: cases. Remove default cases from assorted switches over ObjectClass and some related enum types, so that we'll get compiler warnings when someone adds a new enum value without accounting for it in all these places. In passing, re-order some switch cases as needed to match the declaration of enum ObjectClass. OK, that's just neatnik-ism, but I dislike code that looks like it was assembled with the help of a dartboard. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170512221010.nglatgt5azzdxjlj@alvherre.pgsql
2017-05-14 19:32:59 +02:00
appendStringInfo(&buffer, _("statistics object %s"),
Properly schema-qualify additional object types in getObjectDescription(). Collations, conversions, extended statistics objects (in >= v10), and all four types of text search objects have schema-qualified names. getObjectDescription() ignored that and would emit just the base name of the object, potentially producing wrong or at least highly misleading output. Fix it to add the schema name whenever the object is not "visible" in the current search path, as is the rule for other schema-qualifiable object types. Although in common situations the output won't change, this seems to me (tgl) to be a bug worthy of back-patching, hence do so. Kyotaro Horiguchi, per a complaint from me Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180522.182020.114074746.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-05-24 18:07:41 +02:00
quote_qualified_identifier(nspname,
NameStr(stxForm->stxname)));
Fix maintenance hazards caused by ill-considered use of default: cases. Remove default cases from assorted switches over ObjectClass and some related enum types, so that we'll get compiler warnings when someone adds a new enum value without accounting for it in all these places. In passing, re-order some switch cases as needed to match the declaration of enum ObjectClass. OK, that's just neatnik-ism, but I dislike code that looks like it was assembled with the help of a dartboard. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170512221010.nglatgt5azzdxjlj@alvherre.pgsql
2017-05-14 19:32:59 +02:00
ReleaseSysCache(stxTup);
break;
}
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
case OCLASS_TSPARSER:
{
HeapTuple tup;
Properly schema-qualify additional object types in getObjectDescription(). Collations, conversions, extended statistics objects (in >= v10), and all four types of text search objects have schema-qualified names. getObjectDescription() ignored that and would emit just the base name of the object, potentially producing wrong or at least highly misleading output. Fix it to add the schema name whenever the object is not "visible" in the current search path, as is the rule for other schema-qualifiable object types. Although in common situations the output won't change, this seems to me (tgl) to be a bug worthy of back-patching, hence do so. Kyotaro Horiguchi, per a complaint from me Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180522.182020.114074746.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-05-24 18:07:41 +02:00
Form_pg_ts_parser prsForm;
char *nspname;
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
tup = SearchSysCache1(TSPARSEROID,
ObjectIdGetDatum(object->objectId));
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
{
if (!missing_ok)
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for text search parser %u",
object->objectId);
break;
}
Properly schema-qualify additional object types in getObjectDescription(). Collations, conversions, extended statistics objects (in >= v10), and all four types of text search objects have schema-qualified names. getObjectDescription() ignored that and would emit just the base name of the object, potentially producing wrong or at least highly misleading output. Fix it to add the schema name whenever the object is not "visible" in the current search path, as is the rule for other schema-qualifiable object types. Although in common situations the output won't change, this seems to me (tgl) to be a bug worthy of back-patching, hence do so. Kyotaro Horiguchi, per a complaint from me Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180522.182020.114074746.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-05-24 18:07:41 +02:00
prsForm = (Form_pg_ts_parser) GETSTRUCT(tup);
/* Qualify the name if not visible in search path */
if (TSParserIsVisible(object->objectId))
nspname = NULL;
else
nspname = get_namespace_name(prsForm->prsnamespace);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
appendStringInfo(&buffer, _("text search parser %s"),
Properly schema-qualify additional object types in getObjectDescription(). Collations, conversions, extended statistics objects (in >= v10), and all four types of text search objects have schema-qualified names. getObjectDescription() ignored that and would emit just the base name of the object, potentially producing wrong or at least highly misleading output. Fix it to add the schema name whenever the object is not "visible" in the current search path, as is the rule for other schema-qualifiable object types. Although in common situations the output won't change, this seems to me (tgl) to be a bug worthy of back-patching, hence do so. Kyotaro Horiguchi, per a complaint from me Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180522.182020.114074746.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-05-24 18:07:41 +02:00
quote_qualified_identifier(nspname,
NameStr(prsForm->prsname)));
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
ReleaseSysCache(tup);
break;
}
case OCLASS_TSDICT:
{
HeapTuple tup;
Properly schema-qualify additional object types in getObjectDescription(). Collations, conversions, extended statistics objects (in >= v10), and all four types of text search objects have schema-qualified names. getObjectDescription() ignored that and would emit just the base name of the object, potentially producing wrong or at least highly misleading output. Fix it to add the schema name whenever the object is not "visible" in the current search path, as is the rule for other schema-qualifiable object types. Although in common situations the output won't change, this seems to me (tgl) to be a bug worthy of back-patching, hence do so. Kyotaro Horiguchi, per a complaint from me Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180522.182020.114074746.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-05-24 18:07:41 +02:00
Form_pg_ts_dict dictForm;
char *nspname;
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
tup = SearchSysCache1(TSDICTOID,
ObjectIdGetDatum(object->objectId));
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
{
if (!missing_ok)
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for text search dictionary %u",
object->objectId);
break;
}
Properly schema-qualify additional object types in getObjectDescription(). Collations, conversions, extended statistics objects (in >= v10), and all four types of text search objects have schema-qualified names. getObjectDescription() ignored that and would emit just the base name of the object, potentially producing wrong or at least highly misleading output. Fix it to add the schema name whenever the object is not "visible" in the current search path, as is the rule for other schema-qualifiable object types. Although in common situations the output won't change, this seems to me (tgl) to be a bug worthy of back-patching, hence do so. Kyotaro Horiguchi, per a complaint from me Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180522.182020.114074746.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-05-24 18:07:41 +02:00
dictForm = (Form_pg_ts_dict) GETSTRUCT(tup);
/* Qualify the name if not visible in search path */
if (TSDictionaryIsVisible(object->objectId))
nspname = NULL;
else
nspname = get_namespace_name(dictForm->dictnamespace);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
appendStringInfo(&buffer, _("text search dictionary %s"),
Properly schema-qualify additional object types in getObjectDescription(). Collations, conversions, extended statistics objects (in >= v10), and all four types of text search objects have schema-qualified names. getObjectDescription() ignored that and would emit just the base name of the object, potentially producing wrong or at least highly misleading output. Fix it to add the schema name whenever the object is not "visible" in the current search path, as is the rule for other schema-qualifiable object types. Although in common situations the output won't change, this seems to me (tgl) to be a bug worthy of back-patching, hence do so. Kyotaro Horiguchi, per a complaint from me Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180522.182020.114074746.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-05-24 18:07:41 +02:00
quote_qualified_identifier(nspname,
NameStr(dictForm->dictname)));
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
ReleaseSysCache(tup);
break;
}
case OCLASS_TSTEMPLATE:
{
HeapTuple tup;
Properly schema-qualify additional object types in getObjectDescription(). Collations, conversions, extended statistics objects (in >= v10), and all four types of text search objects have schema-qualified names. getObjectDescription() ignored that and would emit just the base name of the object, potentially producing wrong or at least highly misleading output. Fix it to add the schema name whenever the object is not "visible" in the current search path, as is the rule for other schema-qualifiable object types. Although in common situations the output won't change, this seems to me (tgl) to be a bug worthy of back-patching, hence do so. Kyotaro Horiguchi, per a complaint from me Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180522.182020.114074746.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-05-24 18:07:41 +02:00
Form_pg_ts_template tmplForm;
char *nspname;
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
tup = SearchSysCache1(TSTEMPLATEOID,
ObjectIdGetDatum(object->objectId));
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
{
if (!missing_ok)
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for text search template %u",
object->objectId);
break;
}
Properly schema-qualify additional object types in getObjectDescription(). Collations, conversions, extended statistics objects (in >= v10), and all four types of text search objects have schema-qualified names. getObjectDescription() ignored that and would emit just the base name of the object, potentially producing wrong or at least highly misleading output. Fix it to add the schema name whenever the object is not "visible" in the current search path, as is the rule for other schema-qualifiable object types. Although in common situations the output won't change, this seems to me (tgl) to be a bug worthy of back-patching, hence do so. Kyotaro Horiguchi, per a complaint from me Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180522.182020.114074746.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-05-24 18:07:41 +02:00
tmplForm = (Form_pg_ts_template) GETSTRUCT(tup);
/* Qualify the name if not visible in search path */
if (TSTemplateIsVisible(object->objectId))
nspname = NULL;
else
nspname = get_namespace_name(tmplForm->tmplnamespace);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
appendStringInfo(&buffer, _("text search template %s"),
Properly schema-qualify additional object types in getObjectDescription(). Collations, conversions, extended statistics objects (in >= v10), and all four types of text search objects have schema-qualified names. getObjectDescription() ignored that and would emit just the base name of the object, potentially producing wrong or at least highly misleading output. Fix it to add the schema name whenever the object is not "visible" in the current search path, as is the rule for other schema-qualifiable object types. Although in common situations the output won't change, this seems to me (tgl) to be a bug worthy of back-patching, hence do so. Kyotaro Horiguchi, per a complaint from me Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180522.182020.114074746.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-05-24 18:07:41 +02:00
quote_qualified_identifier(nspname,
NameStr(tmplForm->tmplname)));
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
ReleaseSysCache(tup);
break;
}
case OCLASS_TSCONFIG:
{
HeapTuple tup;
Properly schema-qualify additional object types in getObjectDescription(). Collations, conversions, extended statistics objects (in >= v10), and all four types of text search objects have schema-qualified names. getObjectDescription() ignored that and would emit just the base name of the object, potentially producing wrong or at least highly misleading output. Fix it to add the schema name whenever the object is not "visible" in the current search path, as is the rule for other schema-qualifiable object types. Although in common situations the output won't change, this seems to me (tgl) to be a bug worthy of back-patching, hence do so. Kyotaro Horiguchi, per a complaint from me Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180522.182020.114074746.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-05-24 18:07:41 +02:00
Form_pg_ts_config cfgForm;
char *nspname;
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
tup = SearchSysCache1(TSCONFIGOID,
ObjectIdGetDatum(object->objectId));
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
{
if (!missing_ok)
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for text search configuration %u",
object->objectId);
break;
}
Properly schema-qualify additional object types in getObjectDescription(). Collations, conversions, extended statistics objects (in >= v10), and all four types of text search objects have schema-qualified names. getObjectDescription() ignored that and would emit just the base name of the object, potentially producing wrong or at least highly misleading output. Fix it to add the schema name whenever the object is not "visible" in the current search path, as is the rule for other schema-qualifiable object types. Although in common situations the output won't change, this seems to me (tgl) to be a bug worthy of back-patching, hence do so. Kyotaro Horiguchi, per a complaint from me Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180522.182020.114074746.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-05-24 18:07:41 +02:00
cfgForm = (Form_pg_ts_config) GETSTRUCT(tup);
/* Qualify the name if not visible in search path */
if (TSConfigIsVisible(object->objectId))
nspname = NULL;
else
nspname = get_namespace_name(cfgForm->cfgnamespace);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
appendStringInfo(&buffer, _("text search configuration %s"),
Properly schema-qualify additional object types in getObjectDescription(). Collations, conversions, extended statistics objects (in >= v10), and all four types of text search objects have schema-qualified names. getObjectDescription() ignored that and would emit just the base name of the object, potentially producing wrong or at least highly misleading output. Fix it to add the schema name whenever the object is not "visible" in the current search path, as is the rule for other schema-qualifiable object types. Although in common situations the output won't change, this seems to me (tgl) to be a bug worthy of back-patching, hence do so. Kyotaro Horiguchi, per a complaint from me Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180522.182020.114074746.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-05-24 18:07:41 +02:00
quote_qualified_identifier(nspname,
NameStr(cfgForm->cfgname)));
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
ReleaseSysCache(tup);
break;
}
case OCLASS_ROLE:
{
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
char *username = GetUserNameFromId(object->objectId,
missing_ok);
if (username)
appendStringInfo(&buffer, _("role %s"), username);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
break;
}
Ensure that pg_auth_members.grantor is always valid. Previously, "GRANT foo TO bar" or "GRANT foo TO bar GRANTED BY baz" would record the OID of the grantor in pg_auth_members.grantor, but that role could later be dropped without modifying or removing the pg_auth_members record. That's not great, because we typically try to avoid dangling references in catalog data. Now, a role grant depends on the grantor, and the grantor can't be dropped without removing the grant or changing the grantor. "DROP OWNED BY" will remove the grant, just as it does for other kinds of privileges. "REASSIGN OWNED BY" will not, again just like what we do in other cases involving privileges. pg_auth_members now has an OID column, because that is needed in order for dependencies to work. It also now has an index on the grantor column, because otherwise dropping a role would require a sequential scan of the entire table to see whether the role's OID is in use as a grantor. That probably wouldn't be too large a problem in practice, but it seems better to have an index just in case. A follow-on patch is planned with the goal of more thoroughly rationalizing the behavior of role grants. This patch is just trying to do enough to make sure that the data we store in the catalogs is at some basic level valid. Patch by me, reviewed by Stephen Frost Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoaFr-RZeQ+WoQ5nKPv97oT9+aDgK_a5+qWHSgbDsMp1Vg@mail.gmail.com
2022-08-18 19:13:02 +02:00
case OCLASS_ROLE_MEMBERSHIP:
{
Relation amDesc;
ScanKeyData skey[1];
SysScanDesc rcscan;
HeapTuple tup;
Form_pg_auth_members amForm;
amDesc = table_open(AuthMemRelationId, AccessShareLock);
ScanKeyInit(&skey[0],
Anum_pg_auth_members_oid,
BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
ObjectIdGetDatum(object->objectId));
rcscan = systable_beginscan(amDesc, AuthMemOidIndexId, true,
NULL, 1, skey);
tup = systable_getnext(rcscan);
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
{
if (!missing_ok)
elog(ERROR, "could not find tuple for role membership %u",
object->objectId);
systable_endscan(rcscan);
table_close(amDesc, AccessShareLock);
break;
}
amForm = (Form_pg_auth_members) GETSTRUCT(tup);
appendStringInfo(&buffer, _("membership of role %s in role %s"),
GetUserNameFromId(amForm->member, false),
GetUserNameFromId(amForm->roleid, false));
systable_endscan(rcscan);
table_close(amDesc, AccessShareLock);
break;
}
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
case OCLASS_DATABASE:
{
char *datname;
datname = get_database_name(object->objectId);
if (!datname)
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
{
if (!missing_ok)
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for database %u",
object->objectId);
break;
}
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
appendStringInfo(&buffer, _("database %s"), datname);
break;
}
case OCLASS_TBLSPACE:
{
char *tblspace;
tblspace = get_tablespace_name(object->objectId);
if (!tblspace)
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
{
if (!missing_ok)
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for tablespace %u",
object->objectId);
break;
}
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
appendStringInfo(&buffer, _("tablespace %s"), tblspace);
break;
}
case OCLASS_FDW:
{
ForeignDataWrapper *fdw;
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
fdw = GetForeignDataWrapperExtended(object->objectId,
missing_ok);
if (fdw)
appendStringInfo(&buffer, _("foreign-data wrapper %s"), fdw->fdwname);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
break;
}
case OCLASS_FOREIGN_SERVER:
{
ForeignServer *srv;
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
srv = GetForeignServerExtended(object->objectId, missing_ok);
if (srv)
appendStringInfo(&buffer, _("server %s"), srv->servername);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
break;
}
case OCLASS_USER_MAPPING:
{
HeapTuple tup;
Oid useid;
char *usename;
Fix user mapping object description We were using "user mapping for user XYZ" as description for user mappings, but that's ambiguous because users can have mappings on multiple foreign servers; therefore change it to "for user XYZ on server UVW" instead. Object identities for user mappings are also updated in the same way, in branches 9.3 and above. The incomplete description string was introduced together with the whole SQL/MED infrastructure by commit cae565e503 of 8.4 era, so backpatch all the way back.
2015-03-05 22:03:16 +01:00
Form_pg_user_mapping umform;
ForeignServer *srv;
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
tup = SearchSysCache1(USERMAPPINGOID,
ObjectIdGetDatum(object->objectId));
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
{
if (!missing_ok)
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for user mapping %u",
object->objectId);
break;
}
Fix user mapping object description We were using "user mapping for user XYZ" as description for user mappings, but that's ambiguous because users can have mappings on multiple foreign servers; therefore change it to "for user XYZ on server UVW" instead. Object identities for user mappings are also updated in the same way, in branches 9.3 and above. The incomplete description string was introduced together with the whole SQL/MED infrastructure by commit cae565e503 of 8.4 era, so backpatch all the way back.
2015-03-05 22:03:16 +01:00
umform = (Form_pg_user_mapping) GETSTRUCT(tup);
useid = umform->umuser;
srv = GetForeignServer(umform->umserver);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
ReleaseSysCache(tup);
if (OidIsValid(useid))
Add new OID alias type regrole The new type has the scope of whole the database cluster so it doesn't behave the same as the existing OID alias types which have database scope, concerning object dependency. To avoid confusion constants of the new type are prohibited from appearing where dependencies are made involving it. Also, add a note to the docs about possible MVCC violation and optimization issues, which are general over the all reg* types. Kyotaro Horiguchi
2015-05-09 19:06:49 +02:00
usename = GetUserNameFromId(useid, false);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
else
usename = "public";
Fix user mapping object description We were using "user mapping for user XYZ" as description for user mappings, but that's ambiguous because users can have mappings on multiple foreign servers; therefore change it to "for user XYZ on server UVW" instead. Object identities for user mappings are also updated in the same way, in branches 9.3 and above. The incomplete description string was introduced together with the whole SQL/MED infrastructure by commit cae565e503 of 8.4 era, so backpatch all the way back.
2015-03-05 22:03:16 +01:00
appendStringInfo(&buffer, _("user mapping for %s on server %s"), usename,
srv->servername);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
break;
}
case OCLASS_DEFACL:
{
Relation defaclrel;
ScanKeyData skey[1];
SysScanDesc rcscan;
HeapTuple tup;
Form_pg_default_acl defacl;
Improve translatability of some getObjectDescription() messages. Refactor some cases in getObjectDescription so that the translator has more control over phrase order in the translated messages. This doesn't cause any changes in the English results. (I was sorely tempted to reorder "... belonging to role %s in schema %s" into "... in schema %s belonging to role %s", but refrained.) In principle we could back-patch this, but since translators have not complained about these cases previously, it seems better not to thrash the translatable strings in back branches. Kyotaro Horiguchi, tweaked a bit by me Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180522.182020.114074746.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-05-24 19:20:16 +02:00
char *rolename;
char *nspname;
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
Replace uses of heap_open et al with the corresponding table_* function. Author: Andres Freund Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190111000539.xbv7s6w7ilcvm7dp@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-01-21 19:32:19 +01:00
defaclrel = table_open(DefaultAclRelationId, AccessShareLock);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
ScanKeyInit(&skey[0],
Remove WITH OIDS support, change oid catalog column visibility. Previously tables declared WITH OIDS, including a significant fraction of the catalog tables, stored the oid column not as a normal column, but as part of the tuple header. This special column was not shown by default, which was somewhat odd, as it's often (consider e.g. pg_class.oid) one of the more important parts of a row. Neither pg_dump nor COPY included the contents of the oid column by default. The fact that the oid column was not an ordinary column necessitated a significant amount of special case code to support oid columns. That already was painful for the existing, but upcoming work aiming to make table storage pluggable, would have required expanding and duplicating that "specialness" significantly. WITH OIDS has been deprecated since 2005 (commit ff02d0a05280e0). Remove it. Removing includes: - CREATE TABLE and ALTER TABLE syntax for declaring the table to be WITH OIDS has been removed (WITH (oids[ = true]) will error out) - pg_dump does not support dumping tables declared WITH OIDS and will issue a warning when dumping one (and ignore the oid column). - restoring an pg_dump archive with pg_restore will warn when restoring a table with oid contents (and ignore the oid column) - COPY will refuse to load binary dump that includes oids. - pg_upgrade will error out when encountering tables declared WITH OIDS, they have to be altered to remove the oid column first. - Functionality to access the oid of the last inserted row (like plpgsql's RESULT_OID, spi's SPI_lastoid, ...) has been removed. The syntax for declaring a table WITHOUT OIDS (or WITH (oids = false) for CREATE TABLE) is still supported. While that requires a bit of support code, it seems unnecessary to break applications / dumps that do not use oids, and are explicit about not using them. The biggest user of WITH OID columns was postgres' catalog. This commit changes all 'magic' oid columns to be columns that are normally declared and stored. To reduce unnecessary query breakage all the newly added columns are still named 'oid', even if a table's column naming scheme would indicate 'reloid' or such. This obviously requires adapting a lot code, mostly replacing oid access via HeapTupleGetOid() with access to the underlying Form_pg_*->oid column. The bootstrap process now assigns oids for all oid columns in genbki.pl that do not have an explicit value (starting at the largest oid previously used), only oids assigned later by oids will be above FirstBootstrapObjectId. As the oid column now is a normal column the special bootstrap syntax for oids has been removed. Oids are not automatically assigned during insertion anymore, all backend code explicitly assigns oids with GetNewOidWithIndex(). For the rare case that insertions into the catalog via SQL are called for the new pg_nextoid() function can be used (which only works on catalog tables). The fact that oid columns on system tables are now normal columns means that they will be included in the set of columns expanded by * (i.e. SELECT * FROM pg_class will now include the table's oid, previously it did not). It'd not technically be hard to hide oid column by default, but that'd mean confusing behavior would either have to be carried forward forever, or it'd cause breakage down the line. While it's not unlikely that further adjustments are needed, the scope/invasiveness of the patch makes it worthwhile to get merge this now. It's painful to maintain externally, too complicated to commit after the code code freeze, and a dependency of a number of other patches. Catversion bump, for obvious reasons. Author: Andres Freund, with contributions by John Naylor Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180930034810.ywp2c7awz7opzcfr@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-11-21 00:36:57 +01:00
Anum_pg_default_acl_oid,
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
ObjectIdGetDatum(object->objectId));
rcscan = systable_beginscan(defaclrel, DefaultAclOidIndexId,
Use an MVCC snapshot, rather than SnapshotNow, for catalog scans. SnapshotNow scans have the undesirable property that, in the face of concurrent updates, the scan can fail to see either the old or the new versions of the row. In many cases, we work around this by requiring DDL operations to hold AccessExclusiveLock on the object being modified; in some cases, the existing locking is inadequate and random failures occur as a result. This commit doesn't change anything related to locking, but will hopefully pave the way to allowing lock strength reductions in the future. The major issue has held us back from making this change in the past is that taking an MVCC snapshot is significantly more expensive than using a static special snapshot such as SnapshotNow. However, testing of various worst-case scenarios reveals that this problem is not severe except under fairly extreme workloads. To mitigate those problems, we avoid retaking the MVCC snapshot for each new scan; instead, we take a new snapshot only when invalidation messages have been processed. The catcache machinery already requires that invalidation messages be sent before releasing the related heavyweight lock; else other backends might rely on locally-cached data rather than scanning the catalog at all. Thus, making snapshot reuse dependent on the same guarantees shouldn't break anything that wasn't already subtly broken. Patch by me. Review by Michael Paquier and Andres Freund.
2013-07-02 15:47:01 +02:00
true, NULL, 1, skey);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
tup = systable_getnext(rcscan);
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
{
if (!missing_ok)
elog(ERROR, "could not find tuple for default ACL %u",
object->objectId);
systable_endscan(rcscan);
table_close(defaclrel, AccessShareLock);
break;
}
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
defacl = (Form_pg_default_acl) GETSTRUCT(tup);
Improve translatability of some getObjectDescription() messages. Refactor some cases in getObjectDescription so that the translator has more control over phrase order in the translated messages. This doesn't cause any changes in the English results. (I was sorely tempted to reorder "... belonging to role %s in schema %s" into "... in schema %s belonging to role %s", but refrained.) In principle we could back-patch this, but since translators have not complained about these cases previously, it seems better not to thrash the translatable strings in back branches. Kyotaro Horiguchi, tweaked a bit by me Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180522.182020.114074746.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-05-24 19:20:16 +02:00
rolename = GetUserNameFromId(defacl->defaclrole, false);
if (OidIsValid(defacl->defaclnamespace))
nspname = get_namespace_name(defacl->defaclnamespace);
else
nspname = NULL;
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
switch (defacl->defaclobjtype)
{
case DEFACLOBJ_RELATION:
Improve translatability of some getObjectDescription() messages. Refactor some cases in getObjectDescription so that the translator has more control over phrase order in the translated messages. This doesn't cause any changes in the English results. (I was sorely tempted to reorder "... belonging to role %s in schema %s" into "... in schema %s belonging to role %s", but refrained.) In principle we could back-patch this, but since translators have not complained about these cases previously, it seems better not to thrash the translatable strings in back branches. Kyotaro Horiguchi, tweaked a bit by me Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180522.182020.114074746.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-05-24 19:20:16 +02:00
if (nspname)
appendStringInfo(&buffer,
_("default privileges on new relations belonging to role %s in schema %s"),
rolename, nspname);
else
appendStringInfo(&buffer,
_("default privileges on new relations belonging to role %s"),
rolename);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
break;
case DEFACLOBJ_SEQUENCE:
Improve translatability of some getObjectDescription() messages. Refactor some cases in getObjectDescription so that the translator has more control over phrase order in the translated messages. This doesn't cause any changes in the English results. (I was sorely tempted to reorder "... belonging to role %s in schema %s" into "... in schema %s belonging to role %s", but refrained.) In principle we could back-patch this, but since translators have not complained about these cases previously, it seems better not to thrash the translatable strings in back branches. Kyotaro Horiguchi, tweaked a bit by me Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180522.182020.114074746.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-05-24 19:20:16 +02:00
if (nspname)
appendStringInfo(&buffer,
_("default privileges on new sequences belonging to role %s in schema %s"),
rolename, nspname);
else
appendStringInfo(&buffer,
_("default privileges on new sequences belonging to role %s"),
rolename);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
break;
case DEFACLOBJ_FUNCTION:
Improve translatability of some getObjectDescription() messages. Refactor some cases in getObjectDescription so that the translator has more control over phrase order in the translated messages. This doesn't cause any changes in the English results. (I was sorely tempted to reorder "... belonging to role %s in schema %s" into "... in schema %s belonging to role %s", but refrained.) In principle we could back-patch this, but since translators have not complained about these cases previously, it seems better not to thrash the translatable strings in back branches. Kyotaro Horiguchi, tweaked a bit by me Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180522.182020.114074746.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-05-24 19:20:16 +02:00
if (nspname)
appendStringInfo(&buffer,
_("default privileges on new functions belonging to role %s in schema %s"),
rolename, nspname);
else
appendStringInfo(&buffer,
_("default privileges on new functions belonging to role %s"),
rolename);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
break;
case DEFACLOBJ_TYPE:
Improve translatability of some getObjectDescription() messages. Refactor some cases in getObjectDescription so that the translator has more control over phrase order in the translated messages. This doesn't cause any changes in the English results. (I was sorely tempted to reorder "... belonging to role %s in schema %s" into "... in schema %s belonging to role %s", but refrained.) In principle we could back-patch this, but since translators have not complained about these cases previously, it seems better not to thrash the translatable strings in back branches. Kyotaro Horiguchi, tweaked a bit by me Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180522.182020.114074746.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-05-24 19:20:16 +02:00
if (nspname)
appendStringInfo(&buffer,
_("default privileges on new types belonging to role %s in schema %s"),
rolename, nspname);
else
appendStringInfo(&buffer,
_("default privileges on new types belonging to role %s"),
rolename);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
break;
Altering default privileges on schemas Extend ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES command to schemas. Author: Matheus Oliveira Reviewed-by: Petr Jelínek, Ashutosh Sharma https://commitfest.postgresql.org/13/887/
2017-03-28 17:58:55 +02:00
case DEFACLOBJ_NAMESPACE:
Improve translatability of some getObjectDescription() messages. Refactor some cases in getObjectDescription so that the translator has more control over phrase order in the translated messages. This doesn't cause any changes in the English results. (I was sorely tempted to reorder "... belonging to role %s in schema %s" into "... in schema %s belonging to role %s", but refrained.) In principle we could back-patch this, but since translators have not complained about these cases previously, it seems better not to thrash the translatable strings in back branches. Kyotaro Horiguchi, tweaked a bit by me Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180522.182020.114074746.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-05-24 19:20:16 +02:00
Assert(!nspname);
Altering default privileges on schemas Extend ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES command to schemas. Author: Matheus Oliveira Reviewed-by: Petr Jelínek, Ashutosh Sharma https://commitfest.postgresql.org/13/887/
2017-03-28 17:58:55 +02:00
appendStringInfo(&buffer,
_("default privileges on new schemas belonging to role %s"),
Improve translatability of some getObjectDescription() messages. Refactor some cases in getObjectDescription so that the translator has more control over phrase order in the translated messages. This doesn't cause any changes in the English results. (I was sorely tempted to reorder "... belonging to role %s in schema %s" into "... in schema %s belonging to role %s", but refrained.) In principle we could back-patch this, but since translators have not complained about these cases previously, it seems better not to thrash the translatable strings in back branches. Kyotaro Horiguchi, tweaked a bit by me Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180522.182020.114074746.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-05-24 19:20:16 +02:00
rolename);
Altering default privileges on schemas Extend ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES command to schemas. Author: Matheus Oliveira Reviewed-by: Petr Jelínek, Ashutosh Sharma https://commitfest.postgresql.org/13/887/
2017-03-28 17:58:55 +02:00
break;
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
default:
/* shouldn't get here */
Improve translatability of some getObjectDescription() messages. Refactor some cases in getObjectDescription so that the translator has more control over phrase order in the translated messages. This doesn't cause any changes in the English results. (I was sorely tempted to reorder "... belonging to role %s in schema %s" into "... in schema %s belonging to role %s", but refrained.) In principle we could back-patch this, but since translators have not complained about these cases previously, it seems better not to thrash the translatable strings in back branches. Kyotaro Horiguchi, tweaked a bit by me Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180522.182020.114074746.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-05-24 19:20:16 +02:00
if (nspname)
appendStringInfo(&buffer,
_("default privileges belonging to role %s in schema %s"),
rolename, nspname);
else
appendStringInfo(&buffer,
_("default privileges belonging to role %s"),
rolename);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
break;
}
systable_endscan(rcscan);
Replace uses of heap_open et al with the corresponding table_* function. Author: Andres Freund Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190111000539.xbv7s6w7ilcvm7dp@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-01-21 19:32:19 +01:00
table_close(defaclrel, AccessShareLock);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
break;
}
case OCLASS_EXTENSION:
{
char *extname;
extname = get_extension_name(object->objectId);
if (!extname)
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
{
if (!missing_ok)
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for extension %u",
object->objectId);
break;
}
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
appendStringInfo(&buffer, _("extension %s"), extname);
break;
}
case OCLASS_EVENT_TRIGGER:
{
HeapTuple tup;
tup = SearchSysCache1(EVENTTRIGGEROID,
ObjectIdGetDatum(object->objectId));
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
{
if (!missing_ok)
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for event trigger %u",
object->objectId);
break;
}
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
appendStringInfo(&buffer, _("event trigger %s"),
NameStr(((Form_pg_event_trigger) GETSTRUCT(tup))->evtname));
ReleaseSysCache(tup);
break;
}
Allow granting SET and ALTER SYSTEM privileges on GUC parameters. This patch allows "PGC_SUSET" parameters to be set by non-superusers if they have been explicitly granted the privilege to do so. The privilege to perform ALTER SYSTEM SET/RESET on a specific parameter can also be granted. Such privileges are cluster-wide, not per database. They are tracked in a new shared catalog, pg_parameter_acl. Granting and revoking these new privileges works as one would expect. One caveat is that PGC_USERSET GUCs are unaffected by the SET privilege --- one could wish that those were handled by a revocable grant to PUBLIC, but they are not, because we couldn't make it robust enough for GUCs defined by extensions. Mark Dilger, reviewed at various times by Andrew Dunstan, Robert Haas, Joshua Brindle, and myself Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3D691E20-C1D5-4B80-8BA5-6BEB63AF3029@enterprisedb.com
2022-04-06 19:24:33 +02:00
case OCLASS_PARAMETER_ACL:
{
HeapTuple tup;
Datum nameDatum;
bool isNull;
char *parname;
tup = SearchSysCache1(PARAMETERACLOID,
ObjectIdGetDatum(object->objectId));
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
{
if (!missing_ok)
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for parameter ACL %u",
object->objectId);
break;
}
nameDatum = SysCacheGetAttr(PARAMETERACLOID, tup,
Anum_pg_parameter_acl_parname,
&isNull);
Assert(!isNull);
parname = TextDatumGetCString(nameDatum);
appendStringInfo(&buffer, _("parameter %s"), parname);
ReleaseSysCache(tup);
break;
}
Rename pg_rowsecurity -> pg_policy and other fixes As pointed out by Robert, we should really have named pg_rowsecurity pg_policy, as the objects stored in that catalog are policies. This patch fixes that and updates the column names to start with 'pol' to match the new catalog name. The security consideration for COPY with row level security, also pointed out by Robert, has also been addressed by remembering and re-checking the OID of the relation initially referenced during COPY processing, to make sure it hasn't changed under us by the time we finish planning out the query which has been built. Robert and Alvaro also commented on missing OCLASS and OBJECT entries for POLICY (formerly ROWSECURITY or POLICY, depending) in various places. This patch fixes that too, which also happens to add the ability to COMMENT on policies. In passing, attempt to improve the consistency of messages, comments, and documentation as well. This removes various incarnations of 'row-security', 'row-level security', 'Row-security', etc, in favor of 'policy', 'row level security' or 'row_security' as appropriate. Happy Thanksgiving!
2014-11-27 07:06:36 +01:00
case OCLASS_POLICY:
Row-Level Security Policies (RLS) Building on the updatable security-barrier views work, add the ability to define policies on tables to limit the set of rows which are returned from a query and which are allowed to be added to a table. Expressions defined by the policy for filtering are added to the security barrier quals of the query, while expressions defined to check records being added to a table are added to the with-check options of the query. New top-level commands are CREATE/ALTER/DROP POLICY and are controlled by the table owner. Row Security is able to be enabled and disabled by the owner on a per-table basis using ALTER TABLE .. ENABLE/DISABLE ROW SECURITY. Per discussion, ROW SECURITY is disabled on tables by default and must be enabled for policies on the table to be used. If no policies exist on a table with ROW SECURITY enabled, a default-deny policy is used and no records will be visible. By default, row security is applied at all times except for the table owner and the superuser. A new GUC, row_security, is added which can be set to ON, OFF, or FORCE. When set to FORCE, row security will be applied even for the table owner and superusers. When set to OFF, row security will be disabled when allowed and an error will be thrown if the user does not have rights to bypass row security. Per discussion, pg_dump sets row_security = OFF by default to ensure that exports and backups will have all data in the table or will error if there are insufficient privileges to bypass row security. A new option has been added to pg_dump, --enable-row-security, to ask pg_dump to export with row security enabled. A new role capability, BYPASSRLS, which can only be set by the superuser, is added to allow other users to be able to bypass row security using row_security = OFF. Many thanks to the various individuals who have helped with the design, particularly Robert Haas for his feedback. Authors include Craig Ringer, KaiGai Kohei, Adam Brightwell, Dean Rasheed, with additional changes and rework by me. Reviewers have included all of the above, Greg Smith, Jeff McCormick, and Robert Haas.
2014-09-19 17:18:35 +02:00
{
Rename pg_rowsecurity -> pg_policy and other fixes As pointed out by Robert, we should really have named pg_rowsecurity pg_policy, as the objects stored in that catalog are policies. This patch fixes that and updates the column names to start with 'pol' to match the new catalog name. The security consideration for COPY with row level security, also pointed out by Robert, has also been addressed by remembering and re-checking the OID of the relation initially referenced during COPY processing, to make sure it hasn't changed under us by the time we finish planning out the query which has been built. Robert and Alvaro also commented on missing OCLASS and OBJECT entries for POLICY (formerly ROWSECURITY or POLICY, depending) in various places. This patch fixes that too, which also happens to add the ability to COMMENT on policies. In passing, attempt to improve the consistency of messages, comments, and documentation as well. This removes various incarnations of 'row-security', 'row-level security', 'Row-security', etc, in favor of 'policy', 'row level security' or 'row_security' as appropriate. Happy Thanksgiving!
2014-11-27 07:06:36 +01:00
Relation policy_rel;
Row-Level Security Policies (RLS) Building on the updatable security-barrier views work, add the ability to define policies on tables to limit the set of rows which are returned from a query and which are allowed to be added to a table. Expressions defined by the policy for filtering are added to the security barrier quals of the query, while expressions defined to check records being added to a table are added to the with-check options of the query. New top-level commands are CREATE/ALTER/DROP POLICY and are controlled by the table owner. Row Security is able to be enabled and disabled by the owner on a per-table basis using ALTER TABLE .. ENABLE/DISABLE ROW SECURITY. Per discussion, ROW SECURITY is disabled on tables by default and must be enabled for policies on the table to be used. If no policies exist on a table with ROW SECURITY enabled, a default-deny policy is used and no records will be visible. By default, row security is applied at all times except for the table owner and the superuser. A new GUC, row_security, is added which can be set to ON, OFF, or FORCE. When set to FORCE, row security will be applied even for the table owner and superusers. When set to OFF, row security will be disabled when allowed and an error will be thrown if the user does not have rights to bypass row security. Per discussion, pg_dump sets row_security = OFF by default to ensure that exports and backups will have all data in the table or will error if there are insufficient privileges to bypass row security. A new option has been added to pg_dump, --enable-row-security, to ask pg_dump to export with row security enabled. A new role capability, BYPASSRLS, which can only be set by the superuser, is added to allow other users to be able to bypass row security using row_security = OFF. Many thanks to the various individuals who have helped with the design, particularly Robert Haas for his feedback. Authors include Craig Ringer, KaiGai Kohei, Adam Brightwell, Dean Rasheed, with additional changes and rework by me. Reviewers have included all of the above, Greg Smith, Jeff McCormick, and Robert Haas.
2014-09-19 17:18:35 +02:00
ScanKeyData skey[1];
SysScanDesc sscan;
HeapTuple tuple;
Rename pg_rowsecurity -> pg_policy and other fixes As pointed out by Robert, we should really have named pg_rowsecurity pg_policy, as the objects stored in that catalog are policies. This patch fixes that and updates the column names to start with 'pol' to match the new catalog name. The security consideration for COPY with row level security, also pointed out by Robert, has also been addressed by remembering and re-checking the OID of the relation initially referenced during COPY processing, to make sure it hasn't changed under us by the time we finish planning out the query which has been built. Robert and Alvaro also commented on missing OCLASS and OBJECT entries for POLICY (formerly ROWSECURITY or POLICY, depending) in various places. This patch fixes that too, which also happens to add the ability to COMMENT on policies. In passing, attempt to improve the consistency of messages, comments, and documentation as well. This removes various incarnations of 'row-security', 'row-level security', 'Row-security', etc, in favor of 'policy', 'row level security' or 'row_security' as appropriate. Happy Thanksgiving!
2014-11-27 07:06:36 +01:00
Form_pg_policy form_policy;
Improve translatability of some getObjectDescription() messages. Refactor some cases in getObjectDescription so that the translator has more control over phrase order in the translated messages. This doesn't cause any changes in the English results. (I was sorely tempted to reorder "... belonging to role %s in schema %s" into "... in schema %s belonging to role %s", but refrained.) In principle we could back-patch this, but since translators have not complained about these cases previously, it seems better not to thrash the translatable strings in back branches. Kyotaro Horiguchi, tweaked a bit by me Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180522.182020.114074746.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-05-24 19:20:16 +02:00
StringInfoData rel;
Row-Level Security Policies (RLS) Building on the updatable security-barrier views work, add the ability to define policies on tables to limit the set of rows which are returned from a query and which are allowed to be added to a table. Expressions defined by the policy for filtering are added to the security barrier quals of the query, while expressions defined to check records being added to a table are added to the with-check options of the query. New top-level commands are CREATE/ALTER/DROP POLICY and are controlled by the table owner. Row Security is able to be enabled and disabled by the owner on a per-table basis using ALTER TABLE .. ENABLE/DISABLE ROW SECURITY. Per discussion, ROW SECURITY is disabled on tables by default and must be enabled for policies on the table to be used. If no policies exist on a table with ROW SECURITY enabled, a default-deny policy is used and no records will be visible. By default, row security is applied at all times except for the table owner and the superuser. A new GUC, row_security, is added which can be set to ON, OFF, or FORCE. When set to FORCE, row security will be applied even for the table owner and superusers. When set to OFF, row security will be disabled when allowed and an error will be thrown if the user does not have rights to bypass row security. Per discussion, pg_dump sets row_security = OFF by default to ensure that exports and backups will have all data in the table or will error if there are insufficient privileges to bypass row security. A new option has been added to pg_dump, --enable-row-security, to ask pg_dump to export with row security enabled. A new role capability, BYPASSRLS, which can only be set by the superuser, is added to allow other users to be able to bypass row security using row_security = OFF. Many thanks to the various individuals who have helped with the design, particularly Robert Haas for his feedback. Authors include Craig Ringer, KaiGai Kohei, Adam Brightwell, Dean Rasheed, with additional changes and rework by me. Reviewers have included all of the above, Greg Smith, Jeff McCormick, and Robert Haas.
2014-09-19 17:18:35 +02:00
Replace uses of heap_open et al with the corresponding table_* function. Author: Andres Freund Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190111000539.xbv7s6w7ilcvm7dp@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-01-21 19:32:19 +01:00
policy_rel = table_open(PolicyRelationId, AccessShareLock);
Row-Level Security Policies (RLS) Building on the updatable security-barrier views work, add the ability to define policies on tables to limit the set of rows which are returned from a query and which are allowed to be added to a table. Expressions defined by the policy for filtering are added to the security barrier quals of the query, while expressions defined to check records being added to a table are added to the with-check options of the query. New top-level commands are CREATE/ALTER/DROP POLICY and are controlled by the table owner. Row Security is able to be enabled and disabled by the owner on a per-table basis using ALTER TABLE .. ENABLE/DISABLE ROW SECURITY. Per discussion, ROW SECURITY is disabled on tables by default and must be enabled for policies on the table to be used. If no policies exist on a table with ROW SECURITY enabled, a default-deny policy is used and no records will be visible. By default, row security is applied at all times except for the table owner and the superuser. A new GUC, row_security, is added which can be set to ON, OFF, or FORCE. When set to FORCE, row security will be applied even for the table owner and superusers. When set to OFF, row security will be disabled when allowed and an error will be thrown if the user does not have rights to bypass row security. Per discussion, pg_dump sets row_security = OFF by default to ensure that exports and backups will have all data in the table or will error if there are insufficient privileges to bypass row security. A new option has been added to pg_dump, --enable-row-security, to ask pg_dump to export with row security enabled. A new role capability, BYPASSRLS, which can only be set by the superuser, is added to allow other users to be able to bypass row security using row_security = OFF. Many thanks to the various individuals who have helped with the design, particularly Robert Haas for his feedback. Authors include Craig Ringer, KaiGai Kohei, Adam Brightwell, Dean Rasheed, with additional changes and rework by me. Reviewers have included all of the above, Greg Smith, Jeff McCormick, and Robert Haas.
2014-09-19 17:18:35 +02:00
ScanKeyInit(&skey[0],
Remove WITH OIDS support, change oid catalog column visibility. Previously tables declared WITH OIDS, including a significant fraction of the catalog tables, stored the oid column not as a normal column, but as part of the tuple header. This special column was not shown by default, which was somewhat odd, as it's often (consider e.g. pg_class.oid) one of the more important parts of a row. Neither pg_dump nor COPY included the contents of the oid column by default. The fact that the oid column was not an ordinary column necessitated a significant amount of special case code to support oid columns. That already was painful for the existing, but upcoming work aiming to make table storage pluggable, would have required expanding and duplicating that "specialness" significantly. WITH OIDS has been deprecated since 2005 (commit ff02d0a05280e0). Remove it. Removing includes: - CREATE TABLE and ALTER TABLE syntax for declaring the table to be WITH OIDS has been removed (WITH (oids[ = true]) will error out) - pg_dump does not support dumping tables declared WITH OIDS and will issue a warning when dumping one (and ignore the oid column). - restoring an pg_dump archive with pg_restore will warn when restoring a table with oid contents (and ignore the oid column) - COPY will refuse to load binary dump that includes oids. - pg_upgrade will error out when encountering tables declared WITH OIDS, they have to be altered to remove the oid column first. - Functionality to access the oid of the last inserted row (like plpgsql's RESULT_OID, spi's SPI_lastoid, ...) has been removed. The syntax for declaring a table WITHOUT OIDS (or WITH (oids = false) for CREATE TABLE) is still supported. While that requires a bit of support code, it seems unnecessary to break applications / dumps that do not use oids, and are explicit about not using them. The biggest user of WITH OID columns was postgres' catalog. This commit changes all 'magic' oid columns to be columns that are normally declared and stored. To reduce unnecessary query breakage all the newly added columns are still named 'oid', even if a table's column naming scheme would indicate 'reloid' or such. This obviously requires adapting a lot code, mostly replacing oid access via HeapTupleGetOid() with access to the underlying Form_pg_*->oid column. The bootstrap process now assigns oids for all oid columns in genbki.pl that do not have an explicit value (starting at the largest oid previously used), only oids assigned later by oids will be above FirstBootstrapObjectId. As the oid column now is a normal column the special bootstrap syntax for oids has been removed. Oids are not automatically assigned during insertion anymore, all backend code explicitly assigns oids with GetNewOidWithIndex(). For the rare case that insertions into the catalog via SQL are called for the new pg_nextoid() function can be used (which only works on catalog tables). The fact that oid columns on system tables are now normal columns means that they will be included in the set of columns expanded by * (i.e. SELECT * FROM pg_class will now include the table's oid, previously it did not). It'd not technically be hard to hide oid column by default, but that'd mean confusing behavior would either have to be carried forward forever, or it'd cause breakage down the line. While it's not unlikely that further adjustments are needed, the scope/invasiveness of the patch makes it worthwhile to get merge this now. It's painful to maintain externally, too complicated to commit after the code code freeze, and a dependency of a number of other patches. Catversion bump, for obvious reasons. Author: Andres Freund, with contributions by John Naylor Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180930034810.ywp2c7awz7opzcfr@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-11-21 00:36:57 +01:00
Anum_pg_policy_oid,
Row-Level Security Policies (RLS) Building on the updatable security-barrier views work, add the ability to define policies on tables to limit the set of rows which are returned from a query and which are allowed to be added to a table. Expressions defined by the policy for filtering are added to the security barrier quals of the query, while expressions defined to check records being added to a table are added to the with-check options of the query. New top-level commands are CREATE/ALTER/DROP POLICY and are controlled by the table owner. Row Security is able to be enabled and disabled by the owner on a per-table basis using ALTER TABLE .. ENABLE/DISABLE ROW SECURITY. Per discussion, ROW SECURITY is disabled on tables by default and must be enabled for policies on the table to be used. If no policies exist on a table with ROW SECURITY enabled, a default-deny policy is used and no records will be visible. By default, row security is applied at all times except for the table owner and the superuser. A new GUC, row_security, is added which can be set to ON, OFF, or FORCE. When set to FORCE, row security will be applied even for the table owner and superusers. When set to OFF, row security will be disabled when allowed and an error will be thrown if the user does not have rights to bypass row security. Per discussion, pg_dump sets row_security = OFF by default to ensure that exports and backups will have all data in the table or will error if there are insufficient privileges to bypass row security. A new option has been added to pg_dump, --enable-row-security, to ask pg_dump to export with row security enabled. A new role capability, BYPASSRLS, which can only be set by the superuser, is added to allow other users to be able to bypass row security using row_security = OFF. Many thanks to the various individuals who have helped with the design, particularly Robert Haas for his feedback. Authors include Craig Ringer, KaiGai Kohei, Adam Brightwell, Dean Rasheed, with additional changes and rework by me. Reviewers have included all of the above, Greg Smith, Jeff McCormick, and Robert Haas.
2014-09-19 17:18:35 +02:00
BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
ObjectIdGetDatum(object->objectId));
Rename pg_rowsecurity -> pg_policy and other fixes As pointed out by Robert, we should really have named pg_rowsecurity pg_policy, as the objects stored in that catalog are policies. This patch fixes that and updates the column names to start with 'pol' to match the new catalog name. The security consideration for COPY with row level security, also pointed out by Robert, has also been addressed by remembering and re-checking the OID of the relation initially referenced during COPY processing, to make sure it hasn't changed under us by the time we finish planning out the query which has been built. Robert and Alvaro also commented on missing OCLASS and OBJECT entries for POLICY (formerly ROWSECURITY or POLICY, depending) in various places. This patch fixes that too, which also happens to add the ability to COMMENT on policies. In passing, attempt to improve the consistency of messages, comments, and documentation as well. This removes various incarnations of 'row-security', 'row-level security', 'Row-security', etc, in favor of 'policy', 'row level security' or 'row_security' as appropriate. Happy Thanksgiving!
2014-11-27 07:06:36 +01:00
sscan = systable_beginscan(policy_rel, PolicyOidIndexId,
Row-Level Security Policies (RLS) Building on the updatable security-barrier views work, add the ability to define policies on tables to limit the set of rows which are returned from a query and which are allowed to be added to a table. Expressions defined by the policy for filtering are added to the security barrier quals of the query, while expressions defined to check records being added to a table are added to the with-check options of the query. New top-level commands are CREATE/ALTER/DROP POLICY and are controlled by the table owner. Row Security is able to be enabled and disabled by the owner on a per-table basis using ALTER TABLE .. ENABLE/DISABLE ROW SECURITY. Per discussion, ROW SECURITY is disabled on tables by default and must be enabled for policies on the table to be used. If no policies exist on a table with ROW SECURITY enabled, a default-deny policy is used and no records will be visible. By default, row security is applied at all times except for the table owner and the superuser. A new GUC, row_security, is added which can be set to ON, OFF, or FORCE. When set to FORCE, row security will be applied even for the table owner and superusers. When set to OFF, row security will be disabled when allowed and an error will be thrown if the user does not have rights to bypass row security. Per discussion, pg_dump sets row_security = OFF by default to ensure that exports and backups will have all data in the table or will error if there are insufficient privileges to bypass row security. A new option has been added to pg_dump, --enable-row-security, to ask pg_dump to export with row security enabled. A new role capability, BYPASSRLS, which can only be set by the superuser, is added to allow other users to be able to bypass row security using row_security = OFF. Many thanks to the various individuals who have helped with the design, particularly Robert Haas for his feedback. Authors include Craig Ringer, KaiGai Kohei, Adam Brightwell, Dean Rasheed, with additional changes and rework by me. Reviewers have included all of the above, Greg Smith, Jeff McCormick, and Robert Haas.
2014-09-19 17:18:35 +02:00
true, NULL, 1, skey);
tuple = systable_getnext(sscan);
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
{
if (!missing_ok)
elog(ERROR, "could not find tuple for policy %u",
object->objectId);
systable_endscan(sscan);
table_close(policy_rel, AccessShareLock);
break;
}
Rename pg_rowsecurity -> pg_policy and other fixes As pointed out by Robert, we should really have named pg_rowsecurity pg_policy, as the objects stored in that catalog are policies. This patch fixes that and updates the column names to start with 'pol' to match the new catalog name. The security consideration for COPY with row level security, also pointed out by Robert, has also been addressed by remembering and re-checking the OID of the relation initially referenced during COPY processing, to make sure it hasn't changed under us by the time we finish planning out the query which has been built. Robert and Alvaro also commented on missing OCLASS and OBJECT entries for POLICY (formerly ROWSECURITY or POLICY, depending) in various places. This patch fixes that too, which also happens to add the ability to COMMENT on policies. In passing, attempt to improve the consistency of messages, comments, and documentation as well. This removes various incarnations of 'row-security', 'row-level security', 'Row-security', etc, in favor of 'policy', 'row level security' or 'row_security' as appropriate. Happy Thanksgiving!
2014-11-27 07:06:36 +01:00
form_policy = (Form_pg_policy) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
Row-Level Security Policies (RLS) Building on the updatable security-barrier views work, add the ability to define policies on tables to limit the set of rows which are returned from a query and which are allowed to be added to a table. Expressions defined by the policy for filtering are added to the security barrier quals of the query, while expressions defined to check records being added to a table are added to the with-check options of the query. New top-level commands are CREATE/ALTER/DROP POLICY and are controlled by the table owner. Row Security is able to be enabled and disabled by the owner on a per-table basis using ALTER TABLE .. ENABLE/DISABLE ROW SECURITY. Per discussion, ROW SECURITY is disabled on tables by default and must be enabled for policies on the table to be used. If no policies exist on a table with ROW SECURITY enabled, a default-deny policy is used and no records will be visible. By default, row security is applied at all times except for the table owner and the superuser. A new GUC, row_security, is added which can be set to ON, OFF, or FORCE. When set to FORCE, row security will be applied even for the table owner and superusers. When set to OFF, row security will be disabled when allowed and an error will be thrown if the user does not have rights to bypass row security. Per discussion, pg_dump sets row_security = OFF by default to ensure that exports and backups will have all data in the table or will error if there are insufficient privileges to bypass row security. A new option has been added to pg_dump, --enable-row-security, to ask pg_dump to export with row security enabled. A new role capability, BYPASSRLS, which can only be set by the superuser, is added to allow other users to be able to bypass row security using row_security = OFF. Many thanks to the various individuals who have helped with the design, particularly Robert Haas for his feedback. Authors include Craig Ringer, KaiGai Kohei, Adam Brightwell, Dean Rasheed, with additional changes and rework by me. Reviewers have included all of the above, Greg Smith, Jeff McCormick, and Robert Haas.
2014-09-19 17:18:35 +02:00
Improve translatability of some getObjectDescription() messages. Refactor some cases in getObjectDescription so that the translator has more control over phrase order in the translated messages. This doesn't cause any changes in the English results. (I was sorely tempted to reorder "... belonging to role %s in schema %s" into "... in schema %s belonging to role %s", but refrained.) In principle we could back-patch this, but since translators have not complained about these cases previously, it seems better not to thrash the translatable strings in back branches. Kyotaro Horiguchi, tweaked a bit by me Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180522.182020.114074746.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-05-24 19:20:16 +02:00
initStringInfo(&rel);
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
getRelationDescription(&rel, form_policy->polrelid, false);
Row-Level Security Policies (RLS) Building on the updatable security-barrier views work, add the ability to define policies on tables to limit the set of rows which are returned from a query and which are allowed to be added to a table. Expressions defined by the policy for filtering are added to the security barrier quals of the query, while expressions defined to check records being added to a table are added to the with-check options of the query. New top-level commands are CREATE/ALTER/DROP POLICY and are controlled by the table owner. Row Security is able to be enabled and disabled by the owner on a per-table basis using ALTER TABLE .. ENABLE/DISABLE ROW SECURITY. Per discussion, ROW SECURITY is disabled on tables by default and must be enabled for policies on the table to be used. If no policies exist on a table with ROW SECURITY enabled, a default-deny policy is used and no records will be visible. By default, row security is applied at all times except for the table owner and the superuser. A new GUC, row_security, is added which can be set to ON, OFF, or FORCE. When set to FORCE, row security will be applied even for the table owner and superusers. When set to OFF, row security will be disabled when allowed and an error will be thrown if the user does not have rights to bypass row security. Per discussion, pg_dump sets row_security = OFF by default to ensure that exports and backups will have all data in the table or will error if there are insufficient privileges to bypass row security. A new option has been added to pg_dump, --enable-row-security, to ask pg_dump to export with row security enabled. A new role capability, BYPASSRLS, which can only be set by the superuser, is added to allow other users to be able to bypass row security using row_security = OFF. Many thanks to the various individuals who have helped with the design, particularly Robert Haas for his feedback. Authors include Craig Ringer, KaiGai Kohei, Adam Brightwell, Dean Rasheed, with additional changes and rework by me. Reviewers have included all of the above, Greg Smith, Jeff McCormick, and Robert Haas.
2014-09-19 17:18:35 +02:00
Improve translatability of some getObjectDescription() messages. Refactor some cases in getObjectDescription so that the translator has more control over phrase order in the translated messages. This doesn't cause any changes in the English results. (I was sorely tempted to reorder "... belonging to role %s in schema %s" into "... in schema %s belonging to role %s", but refrained.) In principle we could back-patch this, but since translators have not complained about these cases previously, it seems better not to thrash the translatable strings in back branches. Kyotaro Horiguchi, tweaked a bit by me Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180522.182020.114074746.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-05-24 19:20:16 +02:00
/* translator: second %s is, e.g., "table %s" */
appendStringInfo(&buffer, _("policy %s on %s"),
NameStr(form_policy->polname), rel.data);
pfree(rel.data);
Row-Level Security Policies (RLS) Building on the updatable security-barrier views work, add the ability to define policies on tables to limit the set of rows which are returned from a query and which are allowed to be added to a table. Expressions defined by the policy for filtering are added to the security barrier quals of the query, while expressions defined to check records being added to a table are added to the with-check options of the query. New top-level commands are CREATE/ALTER/DROP POLICY and are controlled by the table owner. Row Security is able to be enabled and disabled by the owner on a per-table basis using ALTER TABLE .. ENABLE/DISABLE ROW SECURITY. Per discussion, ROW SECURITY is disabled on tables by default and must be enabled for policies on the table to be used. If no policies exist on a table with ROW SECURITY enabled, a default-deny policy is used and no records will be visible. By default, row security is applied at all times except for the table owner and the superuser. A new GUC, row_security, is added which can be set to ON, OFF, or FORCE. When set to FORCE, row security will be applied even for the table owner and superusers. When set to OFF, row security will be disabled when allowed and an error will be thrown if the user does not have rights to bypass row security. Per discussion, pg_dump sets row_security = OFF by default to ensure that exports and backups will have all data in the table or will error if there are insufficient privileges to bypass row security. A new option has been added to pg_dump, --enable-row-security, to ask pg_dump to export with row security enabled. A new role capability, BYPASSRLS, which can only be set by the superuser, is added to allow other users to be able to bypass row security using row_security = OFF. Many thanks to the various individuals who have helped with the design, particularly Robert Haas for his feedback. Authors include Craig Ringer, KaiGai Kohei, Adam Brightwell, Dean Rasheed, with additional changes and rework by me. Reviewers have included all of the above, Greg Smith, Jeff McCormick, and Robert Haas.
2014-09-19 17:18:35 +02:00
systable_endscan(sscan);
Replace uses of heap_open et al with the corresponding table_* function. Author: Andres Freund Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190111000539.xbv7s6w7ilcvm7dp@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-01-21 19:32:19 +01:00
table_close(policy_rel, AccessShareLock);
Row-Level Security Policies (RLS) Building on the updatable security-barrier views work, add the ability to define policies on tables to limit the set of rows which are returned from a query and which are allowed to be added to a table. Expressions defined by the policy for filtering are added to the security barrier quals of the query, while expressions defined to check records being added to a table are added to the with-check options of the query. New top-level commands are CREATE/ALTER/DROP POLICY and are controlled by the table owner. Row Security is able to be enabled and disabled by the owner on a per-table basis using ALTER TABLE .. ENABLE/DISABLE ROW SECURITY. Per discussion, ROW SECURITY is disabled on tables by default and must be enabled for policies on the table to be used. If no policies exist on a table with ROW SECURITY enabled, a default-deny policy is used and no records will be visible. By default, row security is applied at all times except for the table owner and the superuser. A new GUC, row_security, is added which can be set to ON, OFF, or FORCE. When set to FORCE, row security will be applied even for the table owner and superusers. When set to OFF, row security will be disabled when allowed and an error will be thrown if the user does not have rights to bypass row security. Per discussion, pg_dump sets row_security = OFF by default to ensure that exports and backups will have all data in the table or will error if there are insufficient privileges to bypass row security. A new option has been added to pg_dump, --enable-row-security, to ask pg_dump to export with row security enabled. A new role capability, BYPASSRLS, which can only be set by the superuser, is added to allow other users to be able to bypass row security using row_security = OFF. Many thanks to the various individuals who have helped with the design, particularly Robert Haas for his feedback. Authors include Craig Ringer, KaiGai Kohei, Adam Brightwell, Dean Rasheed, with additional changes and rework by me. Reviewers have included all of the above, Greg Smith, Jeff McCormick, and Robert Haas.
2014-09-19 17:18:35 +02:00
break;
}
Logical replication - Add PUBLICATION catalogs and DDL - Add SUBSCRIPTION catalog and DDL - Define logical replication protocol and output plugin - Add logical replication workers From: Petr Jelinek <petr@2ndquadrant.com> Reviewed-by: Steve Singer <steve@ssinger.info> Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> Reviewed-by: Erik Rijkers <er@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
2017-01-19 18:00:00 +01:00
case OCLASS_PUBLICATION:
{
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
char *pubname = get_publication_name(object->objectId,
missing_ok);
Initial pgindent and pgperltidy run for v14. Also "make reformat-dat-files". The only change worthy of note is that pgindent messed up the formatting of launcher.c's struct LogicalRepWorkerId, which led me to notice that that struct wasn't used at all anymore, so I just took it out.
2021-05-12 19:14:10 +02:00
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
if (pubname)
appendStringInfo(&buffer, _("publication %s"), pubname);
Logical replication - Add PUBLICATION catalogs and DDL - Add SUBSCRIPTION catalog and DDL - Define logical replication protocol and output plugin - Add logical replication workers From: Petr Jelinek <petr@2ndquadrant.com> Reviewed-by: Steve Singer <steve@ssinger.info> Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> Reviewed-by: Erik Rijkers <er@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
2017-01-19 18:00:00 +01:00
break;
}
Allow publishing the tables of schema. A new option "FOR ALL TABLES IN SCHEMA" in Create/Alter Publication allows one or more schemas to be specified, whose tables are selected by the publisher for sending the data to the subscriber. The new syntax allows specifying both the tables and schemas. For example: CREATE PUBLICATION pub1 FOR TABLE t1,t2,t3, ALL TABLES IN SCHEMA s1,s2; OR ALTER PUBLICATION pub1 ADD TABLE t1,t2,t3, ALL TABLES IN SCHEMA s1,s2; A new system table "pg_publication_namespace" has been added, to maintain the schemas that the user wants to publish through the publication. Modified the output plugin (pgoutput) to publish the changes if the relation is part of schema publication. Updates pg_dump to identify and dump schema publications. Updates the \d family of commands to display schema publications and \dRp+ variant will now display associated schemas if any. Author: Vignesh C, Hou Zhijie, Amit Kapila Syntax-Suggested-by: Tom Lane, Alvaro Herrera Reviewed-by: Greg Nancarrow, Masahiko Sawada, Hou Zhijie, Amit Kapila, Haiying Tang, Ajin Cherian, Rahila Syed, Bharath Rupireddy, Mark Dilger Tested-by: Haiying Tang Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CALDaNm0OANxuJ6RXqwZsM1MSY4s19nuH3734j4a72etDwvBETQ@mail.gmail.com
2021-10-27 04:14:52 +02:00
case OCLASS_PUBLICATION_NAMESPACE:
{
char *pubname;
char *nspname;
if (!getPublicationSchemaInfo(object, missing_ok,
Revert "Logical decoding of sequences" This reverts a sequence of commits, implementing features related to logical decoding and replication of sequences: - 0da92dc530c9251735fc70b20cd004d9630a1266 - 80901b32913ffa59bf157a4d88284b2b3a7511d9 - b779d7d8fdae088d70da5ed9fcd8205035676df3 - d5ed9da41d96988d905b49bebb273a9b2d6e2915 - a180c2b34de0989269fdb819bff241a249bf5380 - 75b1521dae1ff1fde17fda2e30e591f2e5d64b6a - 2d2232933b02d9396113662e44dca5f120d6830e - 002c9dd97a0c874fd1693a570383e2dd38cd40d5 - 05843b1aa49df2ecc9b97c693b755bd1b6f856a9 The implementation has issues, mostly due to combining transactional and non-transactional behavior of sequences. It's not clear how this could be fixed, but it'll require reworking significant part of the patch. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/95345a19-d508-63d1-860a-f5c2f41e8d40@enterprisedb.com
2022-04-07 18:13:13 +02:00
&pubname, &nspname))
Allow publishing the tables of schema. A new option "FOR ALL TABLES IN SCHEMA" in Create/Alter Publication allows one or more schemas to be specified, whose tables are selected by the publisher for sending the data to the subscriber. The new syntax allows specifying both the tables and schemas. For example: CREATE PUBLICATION pub1 FOR TABLE t1,t2,t3, ALL TABLES IN SCHEMA s1,s2; OR ALTER PUBLICATION pub1 ADD TABLE t1,t2,t3, ALL TABLES IN SCHEMA s1,s2; A new system table "pg_publication_namespace" has been added, to maintain the schemas that the user wants to publish through the publication. Modified the output plugin (pgoutput) to publish the changes if the relation is part of schema publication. Updates pg_dump to identify and dump schema publications. Updates the \d family of commands to display schema publications and \dRp+ variant will now display associated schemas if any. Author: Vignesh C, Hou Zhijie, Amit Kapila Syntax-Suggested-by: Tom Lane, Alvaro Herrera Reviewed-by: Greg Nancarrow, Masahiko Sawada, Hou Zhijie, Amit Kapila, Haiying Tang, Ajin Cherian, Rahila Syed, Bharath Rupireddy, Mark Dilger Tested-by: Haiying Tang Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CALDaNm0OANxuJ6RXqwZsM1MSY4s19nuH3734j4a72etDwvBETQ@mail.gmail.com
2021-10-27 04:14:52 +02:00
break;
Revert "Logical decoding of sequences" This reverts a sequence of commits, implementing features related to logical decoding and replication of sequences: - 0da92dc530c9251735fc70b20cd004d9630a1266 - 80901b32913ffa59bf157a4d88284b2b3a7511d9 - b779d7d8fdae088d70da5ed9fcd8205035676df3 - d5ed9da41d96988d905b49bebb273a9b2d6e2915 - a180c2b34de0989269fdb819bff241a249bf5380 - 75b1521dae1ff1fde17fda2e30e591f2e5d64b6a - 2d2232933b02d9396113662e44dca5f120d6830e - 002c9dd97a0c874fd1693a570383e2dd38cd40d5 - 05843b1aa49df2ecc9b97c693b755bd1b6f856a9 The implementation has issues, mostly due to combining transactional and non-transactional behavior of sequences. It's not clear how this could be fixed, but it'll require reworking significant part of the patch. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/95345a19-d508-63d1-860a-f5c2f41e8d40@enterprisedb.com
2022-04-07 18:13:13 +02:00
appendStringInfo(&buffer, _("publication of schema %s in publication %s"),
nspname, pubname);
Allow publishing the tables of schema. A new option "FOR ALL TABLES IN SCHEMA" in Create/Alter Publication allows one or more schemas to be specified, whose tables are selected by the publisher for sending the data to the subscriber. The new syntax allows specifying both the tables and schemas. For example: CREATE PUBLICATION pub1 FOR TABLE t1,t2,t3, ALL TABLES IN SCHEMA s1,s2; OR ALTER PUBLICATION pub1 ADD TABLE t1,t2,t3, ALL TABLES IN SCHEMA s1,s2; A new system table "pg_publication_namespace" has been added, to maintain the schemas that the user wants to publish through the publication. Modified the output plugin (pgoutput) to publish the changes if the relation is part of schema publication. Updates pg_dump to identify and dump schema publications. Updates the \d family of commands to display schema publications and \dRp+ variant will now display associated schemas if any. Author: Vignesh C, Hou Zhijie, Amit Kapila Syntax-Suggested-by: Tom Lane, Alvaro Herrera Reviewed-by: Greg Nancarrow, Masahiko Sawada, Hou Zhijie, Amit Kapila, Haiying Tang, Ajin Cherian, Rahila Syed, Bharath Rupireddy, Mark Dilger Tested-by: Haiying Tang Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CALDaNm0OANxuJ6RXqwZsM1MSY4s19nuH3734j4a72etDwvBETQ@mail.gmail.com
2021-10-27 04:14:52 +02:00
pfree(pubname);
pfree(nspname);
break;
}
Logical replication - Add PUBLICATION catalogs and DDL - Add SUBSCRIPTION catalog and DDL - Define logical replication protocol and output plugin - Add logical replication workers From: Petr Jelinek <petr@2ndquadrant.com> Reviewed-by: Steve Singer <steve@ssinger.info> Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> Reviewed-by: Erik Rijkers <er@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
2017-01-19 18:00:00 +01:00
case OCLASS_PUBLICATION_REL:
{
HeapTuple tup;
char *pubname;
Form_pg_publication_rel prform;
Fix objectaddress.c code for publication relations. getObjectDescription and getObjectIdentity failed to schema-qualify the name of the published table, which is bad in getObjectDescription and unforgivable in getObjectIdentity. Actually, getObjectIdentity failed to emit the table's name at all unless "objname" output is requested, which accidentally works for some (all?) extant callers but is clearly not the intended API. Somebody had also not gotten the memo that the output of getObjectIdentity is not to be translated. To fix getObjectDescription, I made it call getRelationDescription, which required refactoring the translatable string for the case, but is more future-proof in case we ever publish relations that aren't plain tables. While at it, I made the English output look like "publication of table X in publication Y"; the added "of" seems to me to make it read much better. Back-patch to v10 where publications were introduced. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180522.182020.114074746.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-05-24 18:38:55 +02:00
StringInfoData rel;
Logical replication - Add PUBLICATION catalogs and DDL - Add SUBSCRIPTION catalog and DDL - Define logical replication protocol and output plugin - Add logical replication workers From: Petr Jelinek <petr@2ndquadrant.com> Reviewed-by: Steve Singer <steve@ssinger.info> Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> Reviewed-by: Erik Rijkers <er@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
2017-01-19 18:00:00 +01:00
tup = SearchSysCache1(PUBLICATIONREL,
ObjectIdGetDatum(object->objectId));
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
{
if (!missing_ok)
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for publication table %u",
object->objectId);
break;
}
Logical replication - Add PUBLICATION catalogs and DDL - Add SUBSCRIPTION catalog and DDL - Define logical replication protocol and output plugin - Add logical replication workers From: Petr Jelinek <petr@2ndquadrant.com> Reviewed-by: Steve Singer <steve@ssinger.info> Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> Reviewed-by: Erik Rijkers <er@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
2017-01-19 18:00:00 +01:00
prform = (Form_pg_publication_rel) GETSTRUCT(tup);
Refactor routines for subscription and publication lookups Those routines gain a missing_ok argument, allowing a caller to get a NULL result instead of an error if set to true. This is part of a larger refactoring effort for objectaddress.c where trying to check for non-existing objects does not result in cache lookup failures. Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Álvaro Herrera Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2018-09-18 05:00:18 +02:00
pubname = get_publication_name(prform->prpubid, false);
Logical replication - Add PUBLICATION catalogs and DDL - Add SUBSCRIPTION catalog and DDL - Define logical replication protocol and output plugin - Add logical replication workers From: Petr Jelinek <petr@2ndquadrant.com> Reviewed-by: Steve Singer <steve@ssinger.info> Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> Reviewed-by: Erik Rijkers <er@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
2017-01-19 18:00:00 +01:00
Fix objectaddress.c code for publication relations. getObjectDescription and getObjectIdentity failed to schema-qualify the name of the published table, which is bad in getObjectDescription and unforgivable in getObjectIdentity. Actually, getObjectIdentity failed to emit the table's name at all unless "objname" output is requested, which accidentally works for some (all?) extant callers but is clearly not the intended API. Somebody had also not gotten the memo that the output of getObjectIdentity is not to be translated. To fix getObjectDescription, I made it call getRelationDescription, which required refactoring the translatable string for the case, but is more future-proof in case we ever publish relations that aren't plain tables. While at it, I made the English output look like "publication of table X in publication Y"; the added "of" seems to me to make it read much better. Back-patch to v10 where publications were introduced. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180522.182020.114074746.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-05-24 18:38:55 +02:00
initStringInfo(&rel);
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
getRelationDescription(&rel, prform->prrelid, false);
Fix objectaddress.c code for publication relations. getObjectDescription and getObjectIdentity failed to schema-qualify the name of the published table, which is bad in getObjectDescription and unforgivable in getObjectIdentity. Actually, getObjectIdentity failed to emit the table's name at all unless "objname" output is requested, which accidentally works for some (all?) extant callers but is clearly not the intended API. Somebody had also not gotten the memo that the output of getObjectIdentity is not to be translated. To fix getObjectDescription, I made it call getRelationDescription, which required refactoring the translatable string for the case, but is more future-proof in case we ever publish relations that aren't plain tables. While at it, I made the English output look like "publication of table X in publication Y"; the added "of" seems to me to make it read much better. Back-patch to v10 where publications were introduced. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180522.182020.114074746.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-05-24 18:38:55 +02:00
/* translator: first %s is, e.g., "table %s" */
appendStringInfo(&buffer, _("publication of %s in publication %s"),
rel.data, pubname);
pfree(rel.data);
Logical replication - Add PUBLICATION catalogs and DDL - Add SUBSCRIPTION catalog and DDL - Define logical replication protocol and output plugin - Add logical replication workers From: Petr Jelinek <petr@2ndquadrant.com> Reviewed-by: Steve Singer <steve@ssinger.info> Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> Reviewed-by: Erik Rijkers <er@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
2017-01-19 18:00:00 +01:00
ReleaseSysCache(tup);
break;
}
case OCLASS_SUBSCRIPTION:
{
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
char *subname = get_subscription_name(object->objectId,
missing_ok);
Initial pgindent and pgperltidy run for v14. Also "make reformat-dat-files". The only change worthy of note is that pgindent messed up the formatting of launcher.c's struct LogicalRepWorkerId, which led me to notice that that struct wasn't used at all anymore, so I just took it out.
2021-05-12 19:14:10 +02:00
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
if (subname)
appendStringInfo(&buffer, _("subscription %s"), subname);
Logical replication - Add PUBLICATION catalogs and DDL - Add SUBSCRIPTION catalog and DDL - Define logical replication protocol and output plugin - Add logical replication workers From: Petr Jelinek <petr@2ndquadrant.com> Reviewed-by: Steve Singer <steve@ssinger.info> Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> Reviewed-by: Erik Rijkers <er@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
2017-01-19 18:00:00 +01:00
break;
}
Fix maintenance hazards caused by ill-considered use of default: cases. Remove default cases from assorted switches over ObjectClass and some related enum types, so that we'll get compiler warnings when someone adds a new enum value without accounting for it in all these places. In passing, re-order some switch cases as needed to match the declaration of enum ObjectClass. OK, that's just neatnik-ism, but I dislike code that looks like it was assembled with the help of a dartboard. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170512221010.nglatgt5azzdxjlj@alvherre.pgsql
2017-05-14 19:32:59 +02:00
case OCLASS_TRANSFORM:
{
HeapTuple trfTup;
Form_pg_transform trfForm;
trfTup = SearchSysCache1(TRFOID,
ObjectIdGetDatum(object->objectId));
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(trfTup))
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
{
if (!missing_ok)
elog(ERROR, "could not find tuple for transform %u",
object->objectId);
break;
}
Fix maintenance hazards caused by ill-considered use of default: cases. Remove default cases from assorted switches over ObjectClass and some related enum types, so that we'll get compiler warnings when someone adds a new enum value without accounting for it in all these places. In passing, re-order some switch cases as needed to match the declaration of enum ObjectClass. OK, that's just neatnik-ism, but I dislike code that looks like it was assembled with the help of a dartboard. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170512221010.nglatgt5azzdxjlj@alvherre.pgsql
2017-05-14 19:32:59 +02:00
trfForm = (Form_pg_transform) GETSTRUCT(trfTup);
appendStringInfo(&buffer, _("transform for %s language %s"),
format_type_be(trfForm->trftype),
get_language_name(trfForm->trflang, false));
ReleaseSysCache(trfTup);
break;
}
/*
* There's intentionally no default: case here; we want the
* compiler to warn if a new OCLASS hasn't been handled above.
*/
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
}
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
/* an empty buffer is equivalent to no object found */
if (buffer.len == 0)
return NULL;
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
return buffer.data;
}
/*
* getObjectDescriptionOids: as above, except the object is specified by Oids
*/
char *
getObjectDescriptionOids(Oid classid, Oid objid)
{
ObjectAddress address;
address.classId = classid;
address.objectId = objid;
address.objectSubId = 0;
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
return getObjectDescription(&address, false);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
}
/*
* subroutine for getObjectDescription: describe a relation
Fix objectaddress.c code for publication relations. getObjectDescription and getObjectIdentity failed to schema-qualify the name of the published table, which is bad in getObjectDescription and unforgivable in getObjectIdentity. Actually, getObjectIdentity failed to emit the table's name at all unless "objname" output is requested, which accidentally works for some (all?) extant callers but is clearly not the intended API. Somebody had also not gotten the memo that the output of getObjectIdentity is not to be translated. To fix getObjectDescription, I made it call getRelationDescription, which required refactoring the translatable string for the case, but is more future-proof in case we ever publish relations that aren't plain tables. While at it, I made the English output look like "publication of table X in publication Y"; the added "of" seems to me to make it read much better. Back-patch to v10 where publications were introduced. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180522.182020.114074746.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-05-24 18:38:55 +02:00
*
* The result is appended to "buffer".
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
*/
static void
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
getRelationDescription(StringInfo buffer, Oid relid, bool missing_ok)
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
{
HeapTuple relTup;
Form_pg_class relForm;
char *nspname;
char *relname;
relTup = SearchSysCache1(RELOID,
ObjectIdGetDatum(relid));
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(relTup))
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
{
if (!missing_ok)
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for relation %u", relid);
return;
}
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
relForm = (Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(relTup);
/* Qualify the name if not visible in search path */
if (RelationIsVisible(relid))
nspname = NULL;
else
nspname = get_namespace_name(relForm->relnamespace);
relname = quote_qualified_identifier(nspname, NameStr(relForm->relname));
switch (relForm->relkind)
{
case RELKIND_RELATION:
Implement table partitioning. Table partitioning is like table inheritance and reuses much of the existing infrastructure, but there are some important differences. The parent is called a partitioned table and is always empty; it may not have indexes or non-inherited constraints, since those make no sense for a relation with no data of its own. The children are called partitions and contain all of the actual data. Each partition has an implicit partitioning constraint. Multiple inheritance is not allowed, and partitioning and inheritance can't be mixed. Partitions can't have extra columns and may not allow nulls unless the parent does. Tuples inserted into the parent are automatically routed to the correct partition, so tuple-routing ON INSERT triggers are not needed. Tuple routing isn't yet supported for partitions which are foreign tables, and it doesn't handle updates that cross partition boundaries. Currently, tables can be range-partitioned or list-partitioned. List partitioning is limited to a single column, but range partitioning can involve multiple columns. A partitioning "column" can be an expression. Because table partitioning is less general than table inheritance, it is hoped that it will be easier to reason about properties of partitions, and therefore that this will serve as a better foundation for a variety of possible optimizations, including query planner optimizations. The tuple routing based which this patch does based on the implicit partitioning constraints is an example of this, but it seems likely that many other useful optimizations are also possible. Amit Langote, reviewed and tested by Robert Haas, Ashutosh Bapat, Amit Kapila, Rajkumar Raghuwanshi, Corey Huinker, Jaime Casanova, Rushabh Lathia, Erik Rijkers, among others. Minor revisions by me.
2016-12-07 19:17:43 +01:00
case RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE:
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
appendStringInfo(buffer, _("table %s"),
relname);
break;
case RELKIND_INDEX:
Local partitioned indexes When CREATE INDEX is run on a partitioned table, create catalog entries for an index on the partitioned table (which is just a placeholder since the table proper has no data of its own), and recurse to create actual indexes on the existing partitions; create them in future partitions also. As a convenience gadget, if the new index definition matches some existing index in partitions, these are picked up and used instead of creating new ones. Whichever way these indexes come about, they become attached to the index on the parent table and are dropped alongside it, and cannot be dropped on isolation unless they are detached first. To support pg_dump'ing these indexes, add commands CREATE INDEX ON ONLY <table> (which creates the index on the parent partitioned table, without recursing) and ALTER INDEX ATTACH PARTITION (which is used after the indexes have been created individually on each partition, to attach them to the parent index). These reconstruct prior database state exactly. Reviewed-by: (in alphabetical order) Peter Eisentraut, Robert Haas, Amit Langote, Jesper Pedersen, Simon Riggs, David Rowley Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171113170646.gzweigyrgg6pwsg4@alvherre.pgsql
2018-01-19 15:49:22 +01:00
case RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX:
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
appendStringInfo(buffer, _("index %s"),
relname);
break;
case RELKIND_SEQUENCE:
appendStringInfo(buffer, _("sequence %s"),
relname);
break;
case RELKIND_TOASTVALUE:
appendStringInfo(buffer, _("toast table %s"),
relname);
break;
case RELKIND_VIEW:
appendStringInfo(buffer, _("view %s"),
relname);
break;
case RELKIND_MATVIEW:
appendStringInfo(buffer, _("materialized view %s"),
relname);
break;
case RELKIND_COMPOSITE_TYPE:
appendStringInfo(buffer, _("composite type %s"),
relname);
break;
case RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE:
appendStringInfo(buffer, _("foreign table %s"),
relname);
break;
default:
/* shouldn't get here */
appendStringInfo(buffer, _("relation %s"),
relname);
break;
}
ReleaseSysCache(relTup);
}
/*
* subroutine for getObjectDescription: describe an operator family
*/
static void
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
getOpFamilyDescription(StringInfo buffer, Oid opfid, bool missing_ok)
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
{
HeapTuple opfTup;
Form_pg_opfamily opfForm;
HeapTuple amTup;
Form_pg_am amForm;
char *nspname;
opfTup = SearchSysCache1(OPFAMILYOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(opfid));
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(opfTup))
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
{
if (!missing_ok)
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for opfamily %u", opfid);
return;
}
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
opfForm = (Form_pg_opfamily) GETSTRUCT(opfTup);
amTup = SearchSysCache1(AMOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(opfForm->opfmethod));
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(amTup))
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for access method %u",
opfForm->opfmethod);
amForm = (Form_pg_am) GETSTRUCT(amTup);
/* Qualify the name if not visible in search path */
if (OpfamilyIsVisible(opfid))
nspname = NULL;
else
nspname = get_namespace_name(opfForm->opfnamespace);
appendStringInfo(buffer, _("operator family %s for access method %s"),
quote_qualified_identifier(nspname,
NameStr(opfForm->opfname)),
NameStr(amForm->amname));
ReleaseSysCache(amTup);
ReleaseSysCache(opfTup);
}
/*
* SQL-level callable version of getObjectDescription
*/
Datum
pg_describe_object(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
{
Oid classid = PG_GETARG_OID(0);
Oid objid = PG_GETARG_OID(1);
Fix naming inconsistency subobjid -> objsubid From: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com>
2017-03-01 18:22:33 +01:00
int32 objsubid = PG_GETARG_INT32(2);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
char *description;
ObjectAddress address;
/* for "pinned" items in pg_depend, return null */
if (!OidIsValid(classid) && !OidIsValid(objid))
PG_RETURN_NULL();
address.classId = classid;
address.objectId = objid;
Fix naming inconsistency subobjid -> objsubid From: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com>
2017-03-01 18:22:33 +01:00
address.objectSubId = objsubid;
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
description = getObjectDescription(&address, true);
if (description == NULL)
PG_RETURN_NULL();
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
PG_RETURN_TEXT_P(cstring_to_text(description));
}
/*
* SQL-level callable function to obtain object type + identity
*/
Datum
pg_identify_object(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
{
Oid classid = PG_GETARG_OID(0);
Oid objid = PG_GETARG_OID(1);
Fix naming inconsistency subobjid -> objsubid From: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com>
2017-03-01 18:22:33 +01:00
int32 objsubid = PG_GETARG_INT32(2);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
Oid schema_oid = InvalidOid;
const char *objname = NULL;
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
char *objidentity;
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
ObjectAddress address;
Datum values[4];
bool nulls[4];
TupleDesc tupdesc;
HeapTuple htup;
address.classId = classid;
address.objectId = objid;
Fix naming inconsistency subobjid -> objsubid From: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com>
2017-03-01 18:22:33 +01:00
address.objectSubId = objsubid;
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
Switch some system functions to use get_call_result_type() This shaves some code by replacing the combinations of CreateTemplateTupleDesc()/TupleDescInitEntry() hardcoding a mapping of the attributes listed in pg_proc.dat by get_call_result_type() to build the TupleDesc needed for the rows generated. get_call_result_type() is more expensive than the former style, but this removes some duplication with the lists of OUT parameters (pg_proc.dat and the attributes hardcoded in these code paths). This is applied to functions that are not considered as critical (aka that could be called repeatedly for monitoring purposes). Author: Bharath Rupireddy Reviewed-by: Robert Haas, Álvaro Herrera, Tom Lane, Michael Paquier Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALj2ACV23HW5HP5hFjd89FNS-z5X8r2jNXdMXcpN2BgTtKd87w@mail.gmail.com
2022-12-21 02:11:22 +01:00
if (get_call_result_type(fcinfo, NULL, &tupdesc) != TYPEFUNC_COMPOSITE)
elog(ERROR, "return type must be a row type");
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
if (is_objectclass_supported(address.classId))
{
HeapTuple objtup;
Replace uses of heap_open et al with the corresponding table_* function. Author: Andres Freund Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190111000539.xbv7s6w7ilcvm7dp@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-01-21 19:32:19 +01:00
Relation catalog = table_open(address.classId, AccessShareLock);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
Remove WITH OIDS support, change oid catalog column visibility. Previously tables declared WITH OIDS, including a significant fraction of the catalog tables, stored the oid column not as a normal column, but as part of the tuple header. This special column was not shown by default, which was somewhat odd, as it's often (consider e.g. pg_class.oid) one of the more important parts of a row. Neither pg_dump nor COPY included the contents of the oid column by default. The fact that the oid column was not an ordinary column necessitated a significant amount of special case code to support oid columns. That already was painful for the existing, but upcoming work aiming to make table storage pluggable, would have required expanding and duplicating that "specialness" significantly. WITH OIDS has been deprecated since 2005 (commit ff02d0a05280e0). Remove it. Removing includes: - CREATE TABLE and ALTER TABLE syntax for declaring the table to be WITH OIDS has been removed (WITH (oids[ = true]) will error out) - pg_dump does not support dumping tables declared WITH OIDS and will issue a warning when dumping one (and ignore the oid column). - restoring an pg_dump archive with pg_restore will warn when restoring a table with oid contents (and ignore the oid column) - COPY will refuse to load binary dump that includes oids. - pg_upgrade will error out when encountering tables declared WITH OIDS, they have to be altered to remove the oid column first. - Functionality to access the oid of the last inserted row (like plpgsql's RESULT_OID, spi's SPI_lastoid, ...) has been removed. The syntax for declaring a table WITHOUT OIDS (or WITH (oids = false) for CREATE TABLE) is still supported. While that requires a bit of support code, it seems unnecessary to break applications / dumps that do not use oids, and are explicit about not using them. The biggest user of WITH OID columns was postgres' catalog. This commit changes all 'magic' oid columns to be columns that are normally declared and stored. To reduce unnecessary query breakage all the newly added columns are still named 'oid', even if a table's column naming scheme would indicate 'reloid' or such. This obviously requires adapting a lot code, mostly replacing oid access via HeapTupleGetOid() with access to the underlying Form_pg_*->oid column. The bootstrap process now assigns oids for all oid columns in genbki.pl that do not have an explicit value (starting at the largest oid previously used), only oids assigned later by oids will be above FirstBootstrapObjectId. As the oid column now is a normal column the special bootstrap syntax for oids has been removed. Oids are not automatically assigned during insertion anymore, all backend code explicitly assigns oids with GetNewOidWithIndex(). For the rare case that insertions into the catalog via SQL are called for the new pg_nextoid() function can be used (which only works on catalog tables). The fact that oid columns on system tables are now normal columns means that they will be included in the set of columns expanded by * (i.e. SELECT * FROM pg_class will now include the table's oid, previously it did not). It'd not technically be hard to hide oid column by default, but that'd mean confusing behavior would either have to be carried forward forever, or it'd cause breakage down the line. While it's not unlikely that further adjustments are needed, the scope/invasiveness of the patch makes it worthwhile to get merge this now. It's painful to maintain externally, too complicated to commit after the code code freeze, and a dependency of a number of other patches. Catversion bump, for obvious reasons. Author: Andres Freund, with contributions by John Naylor Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180930034810.ywp2c7awz7opzcfr@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-11-21 00:36:57 +01:00
objtup = get_catalog_object_by_oid(catalog,
get_object_attnum_oid(address.classId),
address.objectId);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
if (objtup != NULL)
{
bool isnull;
AttrNumber nspAttnum;
AttrNumber nameAttnum;
nspAttnum = get_object_attnum_namespace(address.classId);
if (nspAttnum != InvalidAttrNumber)
{
schema_oid = heap_getattr(objtup, nspAttnum,
RelationGetDescr(catalog), &isnull);
if (isnull)
elog(ERROR, "invalid null namespace in object %u/%u/%d",
address.classId, address.objectId, address.objectSubId);
}
/*
* We only return the object name if it can be used (together with
Fix various typos and grammar errors in comments. Author: Dmitriy Olshevskiy Discussion: 553D00A6.4090205@bk.ru
2015-04-26 18:42:31 +02:00
* the schema name, if any) as a unique identifier.
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
*/
if (get_object_namensp_unique(address.classId))
{
nameAttnum = get_object_attnum_name(address.classId);
if (nameAttnum != InvalidAttrNumber)
{
Datum nameDatum;
nameDatum = heap_getattr(objtup, nameAttnum,
RelationGetDescr(catalog), &isnull);
if (isnull)
elog(ERROR, "invalid null name in object %u/%u/%d",
address.classId, address.objectId, address.objectSubId);
objname = quote_identifier(NameStr(*(DatumGetName(nameDatum))));
}
}
}
Replace uses of heap_open et al with the corresponding table_* function. Author: Andres Freund Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190111000539.xbv7s6w7ilcvm7dp@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-01-21 19:32:19 +01:00
table_close(catalog, AccessShareLock);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
}
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
/* object type, which can never be NULL */
values[0] = CStringGetTextDatum(getObjectTypeDescription(&address, true));
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
nulls[0] = false;
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
/*
* Before doing anything, extract the object identity. If the identity
* could not be found, set all the fields except the object type to NULL.
*/
objidentity = getObjectIdentity(&address, true);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
/* schema name */
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
if (OidIsValid(schema_oid) && objidentity)
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
{
const char *schema = quote_identifier(get_namespace_name(schema_oid));
values[1] = CStringGetTextDatum(schema);
nulls[1] = false;
}
else
nulls[1] = true;
/* object name */
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
if (objname && objidentity)
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
{
values[2] = CStringGetTextDatum(objname);
nulls[2] = false;
}
else
nulls[2] = true;
/* object identity */
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
if (objidentity)
{
values[3] = CStringGetTextDatum(objidentity);
nulls[3] = false;
}
else
nulls[3] = true;
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
htup = heap_form_tuple(tupdesc, values, nulls);
PG_RETURN_DATUM(HeapTupleGetDatum(htup));
}
Add pg_identify_object_as_address This function returns object type and objname/objargs arrays, which can be passed to pg_get_object_address. This is especially useful because the textual representation can be copied to a remote server in order to obtain the corresponding OID-based address. In essence, this function is the inverse of recently added pg_get_object_address(). Catalog version bumped due to the addition of the new function. Also add docs to pg_get_object_address.
2014-12-30 19:41:50 +01:00
/*
* SQL-level callable function to obtain object type + identity
*/
Datum
pg_identify_object_as_address(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
{
Oid classid = PG_GETARG_OID(0);
Oid objid = PG_GETARG_OID(1);
Fix naming inconsistency subobjid -> objsubid From: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com>
2017-03-01 18:22:33 +01:00
int32 objsubid = PG_GETARG_INT32(2);
Add pg_identify_object_as_address This function returns object type and objname/objargs arrays, which can be passed to pg_get_object_address. This is especially useful because the textual representation can be copied to a remote server in order to obtain the corresponding OID-based address. In essence, this function is the inverse of recently added pg_get_object_address(). Catalog version bumped due to the addition of the new function. Also add docs to pg_get_object_address.
2014-12-30 19:41:50 +01:00
ObjectAddress address;
char *identity;
List *names;
List *args;
Datum values[3];
bool nulls[3];
TupleDesc tupdesc;
HeapTuple htup;
address.classId = classid;
address.objectId = objid;
Fix naming inconsistency subobjid -> objsubid From: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com>
2017-03-01 18:22:33 +01:00
address.objectSubId = objsubid;
Add pg_identify_object_as_address This function returns object type and objname/objargs arrays, which can be passed to pg_get_object_address. This is especially useful because the textual representation can be copied to a remote server in order to obtain the corresponding OID-based address. In essence, this function is the inverse of recently added pg_get_object_address(). Catalog version bumped due to the addition of the new function. Also add docs to pg_get_object_address.
2014-12-30 19:41:50 +01:00
Switch some system functions to use get_call_result_type() This shaves some code by replacing the combinations of CreateTemplateTupleDesc()/TupleDescInitEntry() hardcoding a mapping of the attributes listed in pg_proc.dat by get_call_result_type() to build the TupleDesc needed for the rows generated. get_call_result_type() is more expensive than the former style, but this removes some duplication with the lists of OUT parameters (pg_proc.dat and the attributes hardcoded in these code paths). This is applied to functions that are not considered as critical (aka that could be called repeatedly for monitoring purposes). Author: Bharath Rupireddy Reviewed-by: Robert Haas, Álvaro Herrera, Tom Lane, Michael Paquier Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALj2ACV23HW5HP5hFjd89FNS-z5X8r2jNXdMXcpN2BgTtKd87w@mail.gmail.com
2022-12-21 02:11:22 +01:00
if (get_call_result_type(fcinfo, NULL, &tupdesc) != TYPEFUNC_COMPOSITE)
elog(ERROR, "return type must be a row type");
Add pg_identify_object_as_address This function returns object type and objname/objargs arrays, which can be passed to pg_get_object_address. This is especially useful because the textual representation can be copied to a remote server in order to obtain the corresponding OID-based address. In essence, this function is the inverse of recently added pg_get_object_address(). Catalog version bumped due to the addition of the new function. Also add docs to pg_get_object_address.
2014-12-30 19:41:50 +01:00
Simplify some code in getObjectTypeDescription() This routine is designed to never return an empty description or NULL, providing description fallbacks even if missing objects are accepted, but it included a code path where this was considered possible. All the callers of this routine already consider NULL as not possible, so change a bit the code to map with the assumptions of the callers, and add more comments close to the callers of this routine to outline the behavior expected. This code is new as of 2a10fdc, so no backpatch is needed. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/YMNY6RGPBRCeLmFb@paquier.xyz
2021-06-12 09:29:11 +02:00
/* object type, which can never be NULL */
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
values[0] = CStringGetTextDatum(getObjectTypeDescription(&address, true));
Add pg_identify_object_as_address This function returns object type and objname/objargs arrays, which can be passed to pg_get_object_address. This is especially useful because the textual representation can be copied to a remote server in order to obtain the corresponding OID-based address. In essence, this function is the inverse of recently added pg_get_object_address(). Catalog version bumped due to the addition of the new function. Also add docs to pg_get_object_address.
2014-12-30 19:41:50 +01:00
nulls[0] = false;
/* object identity */
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
identity = getObjectIdentityParts(&address, &names, &args, true);
if (identity == NULL)
{
nulls[1] = true;
nulls[2] = true;
}
Make object address handling more robust pg_identify_object_as_address crashes when passed certain tuples from inconsistent system catalogs. Make it more defensive. Author: Álvaro Herrera Reviewed-by: Michaël Paquier Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190218202743.GA12392@alvherre.pgsql
2019-02-20 13:12:02 +01:00
else
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
{
pfree(identity);
Add pg_identify_object_as_address This function returns object type and objname/objargs arrays, which can be passed to pg_get_object_address. This is especially useful because the textual representation can be copied to a remote server in order to obtain the corresponding OID-based address. In essence, this function is the inverse of recently added pg_get_object_address(). Catalog version bumped due to the addition of the new function. Also add docs to pg_get_object_address.
2014-12-30 19:41:50 +01:00
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
/* object_names */
if (names != NIL)
values[1] = PointerGetDatum(strlist_to_textarray(names));
else
values[1] = PointerGetDatum(construct_empty_array(TEXTOID));
nulls[1] = false;
/* object_args */
if (args)
values[2] = PointerGetDatum(strlist_to_textarray(args));
else
values[2] = PointerGetDatum(construct_empty_array(TEXTOID));
nulls[2] = false;
}
Add pg_identify_object_as_address This function returns object type and objname/objargs arrays, which can be passed to pg_get_object_address. This is especially useful because the textual representation can be copied to a remote server in order to obtain the corresponding OID-based address. In essence, this function is the inverse of recently added pg_get_object_address(). Catalog version bumped due to the addition of the new function. Also add docs to pg_get_object_address.
2014-12-30 19:41:50 +01:00
htup = heap_form_tuple(tupdesc, values, nulls);
PG_RETURN_DATUM(HeapTupleGetDatum(htup));
}
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
/*
* Return a palloc'ed string that describes the type of object that the
* passed address is for.
Add SQL-callable pg_get_object_address This allows access to get_object_address from SQL, which is useful to obtain OID addressing information from data equivalent to that emitted by the parser. This is necessary infrastructure of a project to let replication systems propagate object dropping events to remote servers, where the schema might be different than the server originating the DROP. This patch also adds support for OBJECT_DEFAULT to get_object_address; that is, it is now possible to refer to a column's default value. Catalog version bumped due to the new function. Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Heikki Linnakangas, Robert Haas, Andres Freund, Abhijit Menon-Sen, Adam Brightwell.
2014-12-23 19:31:29 +01:00
*
* Keep ObjectTypeMap in sync with this.
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
*/
char *
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
getObjectTypeDescription(const ObjectAddress *object, bool missing_ok)
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
{
StringInfoData buffer;
initStringInfo(&buffer);
switch (getObjectClass(object))
{
case OCLASS_CLASS:
getRelationTypeDescription(&buffer, object->objectId,
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
object->objectSubId,
missing_ok);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
break;
case OCLASS_PROC:
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
getProcedureTypeDescription(&buffer, object->objectId,
missing_ok);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
break;
case OCLASS_TYPE:
Use appendStringInfoString instead of appendStringInfo where possible. This shaves a few cycles, and generally seems like good programming practice. David Rowley
2013-10-31 15:55:59 +01:00
appendStringInfoString(&buffer, "type");
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
break;
case OCLASS_CAST:
Use appendStringInfoString instead of appendStringInfo where possible. This shaves a few cycles, and generally seems like good programming practice. David Rowley
2013-10-31 15:55:59 +01:00
appendStringInfoString(&buffer, "cast");
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
break;
case OCLASS_COLLATION:
Use appendStringInfoString instead of appendStringInfo where possible. This shaves a few cycles, and generally seems like good programming practice. David Rowley
2013-10-31 15:55:59 +01:00
appendStringInfoString(&buffer, "collation");
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
break;
case OCLASS_CONSTRAINT:
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
getConstraintTypeDescription(&buffer, object->objectId,
missing_ok);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
break;
case OCLASS_CONVERSION:
Use appendStringInfoString instead of appendStringInfo where possible. This shaves a few cycles, and generally seems like good programming practice. David Rowley
2013-10-31 15:55:59 +01:00
appendStringInfoString(&buffer, "conversion");
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
break;
case OCLASS_DEFAULT:
Use appendStringInfoString instead of appendStringInfo where possible. This shaves a few cycles, and generally seems like good programming practice. David Rowley
2013-10-31 15:55:59 +01:00
appendStringInfoString(&buffer, "default value");
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
break;
case OCLASS_LANGUAGE:
Use appendStringInfoString instead of appendStringInfo where possible. This shaves a few cycles, and generally seems like good programming practice. David Rowley
2013-10-31 15:55:59 +01:00
appendStringInfoString(&buffer, "language");
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
break;
case OCLASS_LARGEOBJECT:
Use appendStringInfoString instead of appendStringInfo where possible. This shaves a few cycles, and generally seems like good programming practice. David Rowley
2013-10-31 15:55:59 +01:00
appendStringInfoString(&buffer, "large object");
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
break;
case OCLASS_OPERATOR:
Use appendStringInfoString instead of appendStringInfo where possible. This shaves a few cycles, and generally seems like good programming practice. David Rowley
2013-10-31 15:55:59 +01:00
appendStringInfoString(&buffer, "operator");
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
break;
case OCLASS_OPCLASS:
Use appendStringInfoString instead of appendStringInfo where possible. This shaves a few cycles, and generally seems like good programming practice. David Rowley
2013-10-31 15:55:59 +01:00
appendStringInfoString(&buffer, "operator class");
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
break;
case OCLASS_OPFAMILY:
Use appendStringInfoString instead of appendStringInfo where possible. This shaves a few cycles, and generally seems like good programming practice. David Rowley
2013-10-31 15:55:59 +01:00
appendStringInfoString(&buffer, "operator family");
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
break;
Fix maintenance hazards caused by ill-considered use of default: cases. Remove default cases from assorted switches over ObjectClass and some related enum types, so that we'll get compiler warnings when someone adds a new enum value without accounting for it in all these places. In passing, re-order some switch cases as needed to match the declaration of enum ObjectClass. OK, that's just neatnik-ism, but I dislike code that looks like it was assembled with the help of a dartboard. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170512221010.nglatgt5azzdxjlj@alvherre.pgsql
2017-05-14 19:32:59 +02:00
case OCLASS_AM:
appendStringInfoString(&buffer, "access method");
break;
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
case OCLASS_AMOP:
Use appendStringInfoString instead of appendStringInfo where possible. This shaves a few cycles, and generally seems like good programming practice. David Rowley
2013-10-31 15:55:59 +01:00
appendStringInfoString(&buffer, "operator of access method");
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
break;
case OCLASS_AMPROC:
Use appendStringInfoString instead of appendStringInfo where possible. This shaves a few cycles, and generally seems like good programming practice. David Rowley
2013-10-31 15:55:59 +01:00
appendStringInfoString(&buffer, "function of access method");
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
break;
case OCLASS_REWRITE:
Use appendStringInfoString instead of appendStringInfo where possible. This shaves a few cycles, and generally seems like good programming practice. David Rowley
2013-10-31 15:55:59 +01:00
appendStringInfoString(&buffer, "rule");
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
break;
case OCLASS_TRIGGER:
Use appendStringInfoString instead of appendStringInfo where possible. This shaves a few cycles, and generally seems like good programming practice. David Rowley
2013-10-31 15:55:59 +01:00
appendStringInfoString(&buffer, "trigger");
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
break;
case OCLASS_SCHEMA:
Use appendStringInfoString instead of appendStringInfo where possible. This shaves a few cycles, and generally seems like good programming practice. David Rowley
2013-10-31 15:55:59 +01:00
appendStringInfoString(&buffer, "schema");
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
break;
Fix maintenance hazards caused by ill-considered use of default: cases. Remove default cases from assorted switches over ObjectClass and some related enum types, so that we'll get compiler warnings when someone adds a new enum value without accounting for it in all these places. In passing, re-order some switch cases as needed to match the declaration of enum ObjectClass. OK, that's just neatnik-ism, but I dislike code that looks like it was assembled with the help of a dartboard. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170512221010.nglatgt5azzdxjlj@alvherre.pgsql
2017-05-14 19:32:59 +02:00
case OCLASS_STATISTIC_EXT:
appendStringInfoString(&buffer, "statistics object");
break;
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
case OCLASS_TSPARSER:
Use appendStringInfoString instead of appendStringInfo where possible. This shaves a few cycles, and generally seems like good programming practice. David Rowley
2013-10-31 15:55:59 +01:00
appendStringInfoString(&buffer, "text search parser");
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
break;
case OCLASS_TSDICT:
Use appendStringInfoString instead of appendStringInfo where possible. This shaves a few cycles, and generally seems like good programming practice. David Rowley
2013-10-31 15:55:59 +01:00
appendStringInfoString(&buffer, "text search dictionary");
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
break;
case OCLASS_TSTEMPLATE:
Use appendStringInfoString instead of appendStringInfo where possible. This shaves a few cycles, and generally seems like good programming practice. David Rowley
2013-10-31 15:55:59 +01:00
appendStringInfoString(&buffer, "text search template");
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
break;
case OCLASS_TSCONFIG:
Use appendStringInfoString instead of appendStringInfo where possible. This shaves a few cycles, and generally seems like good programming practice. David Rowley
2013-10-31 15:55:59 +01:00
appendStringInfoString(&buffer, "text search configuration");
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
break;
case OCLASS_ROLE:
Use appendStringInfoString instead of appendStringInfo where possible. This shaves a few cycles, and generally seems like good programming practice. David Rowley
2013-10-31 15:55:59 +01:00
appendStringInfoString(&buffer, "role");
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
break;
Ensure that pg_auth_members.grantor is always valid. Previously, "GRANT foo TO bar" or "GRANT foo TO bar GRANTED BY baz" would record the OID of the grantor in pg_auth_members.grantor, but that role could later be dropped without modifying or removing the pg_auth_members record. That's not great, because we typically try to avoid dangling references in catalog data. Now, a role grant depends on the grantor, and the grantor can't be dropped without removing the grant or changing the grantor. "DROP OWNED BY" will remove the grant, just as it does for other kinds of privileges. "REASSIGN OWNED BY" will not, again just like what we do in other cases involving privileges. pg_auth_members now has an OID column, because that is needed in order for dependencies to work. It also now has an index on the grantor column, because otherwise dropping a role would require a sequential scan of the entire table to see whether the role's OID is in use as a grantor. That probably wouldn't be too large a problem in practice, but it seems better to have an index just in case. A follow-on patch is planned with the goal of more thoroughly rationalizing the behavior of role grants. This patch is just trying to do enough to make sure that the data we store in the catalogs is at some basic level valid. Patch by me, reviewed by Stephen Frost Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoaFr-RZeQ+WoQ5nKPv97oT9+aDgK_a5+qWHSgbDsMp1Vg@mail.gmail.com
2022-08-18 19:13:02 +02:00
case OCLASS_ROLE_MEMBERSHIP:
appendStringInfoString(&buffer, "role membership");
break;
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
case OCLASS_DATABASE:
Use appendStringInfoString instead of appendStringInfo where possible. This shaves a few cycles, and generally seems like good programming practice. David Rowley
2013-10-31 15:55:59 +01:00
appendStringInfoString(&buffer, "database");
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
break;
case OCLASS_TBLSPACE:
Use appendStringInfoString instead of appendStringInfo where possible. This shaves a few cycles, and generally seems like good programming practice. David Rowley
2013-10-31 15:55:59 +01:00
appendStringInfoString(&buffer, "tablespace");
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
break;
case OCLASS_FDW:
Use appendStringInfoString instead of appendStringInfo where possible. This shaves a few cycles, and generally seems like good programming practice. David Rowley
2013-10-31 15:55:59 +01:00
appendStringInfoString(&buffer, "foreign-data wrapper");
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
break;
case OCLASS_FOREIGN_SERVER:
Use appendStringInfoString instead of appendStringInfo where possible. This shaves a few cycles, and generally seems like good programming practice. David Rowley
2013-10-31 15:55:59 +01:00
appendStringInfoString(&buffer, "server");
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
break;
case OCLASS_USER_MAPPING:
Use appendStringInfoString instead of appendStringInfo where possible. This shaves a few cycles, and generally seems like good programming practice. David Rowley
2013-10-31 15:55:59 +01:00
appendStringInfoString(&buffer, "user mapping");
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
break;
case OCLASS_DEFACL:
Use appendStringInfoString instead of appendStringInfo where possible. This shaves a few cycles, and generally seems like good programming practice. David Rowley
2013-10-31 15:55:59 +01:00
appendStringInfoString(&buffer, "default acl");
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
break;
case OCLASS_EXTENSION:
Use appendStringInfoString instead of appendStringInfo where possible. This shaves a few cycles, and generally seems like good programming practice. David Rowley
2013-10-31 15:55:59 +01:00
appendStringInfoString(&buffer, "extension");
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
break;
case OCLASS_EVENT_TRIGGER:
Use appendStringInfoString instead of appendStringInfo where possible. This shaves a few cycles, and generally seems like good programming practice. David Rowley
2013-10-31 15:55:59 +01:00
appendStringInfoString(&buffer, "event trigger");
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
break;
Allow granting SET and ALTER SYSTEM privileges on GUC parameters. This patch allows "PGC_SUSET" parameters to be set by non-superusers if they have been explicitly granted the privilege to do so. The privilege to perform ALTER SYSTEM SET/RESET on a specific parameter can also be granted. Such privileges are cluster-wide, not per database. They are tracked in a new shared catalog, pg_parameter_acl. Granting and revoking these new privileges works as one would expect. One caveat is that PGC_USERSET GUCs are unaffected by the SET privilege --- one could wish that those were handled by a revocable grant to PUBLIC, but they are not, because we couldn't make it robust enough for GUCs defined by extensions. Mark Dilger, reviewed at various times by Andrew Dunstan, Robert Haas, Joshua Brindle, and myself Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3D691E20-C1D5-4B80-8BA5-6BEB63AF3029@enterprisedb.com
2022-04-06 19:24:33 +02:00
case OCLASS_PARAMETER_ACL:
appendStringInfoString(&buffer, "parameter ACL");
break;
Rename pg_rowsecurity -> pg_policy and other fixes As pointed out by Robert, we should really have named pg_rowsecurity pg_policy, as the objects stored in that catalog are policies. This patch fixes that and updates the column names to start with 'pol' to match the new catalog name. The security consideration for COPY with row level security, also pointed out by Robert, has also been addressed by remembering and re-checking the OID of the relation initially referenced during COPY processing, to make sure it hasn't changed under us by the time we finish planning out the query which has been built. Robert and Alvaro also commented on missing OCLASS and OBJECT entries for POLICY (formerly ROWSECURITY or POLICY, depending) in various places. This patch fixes that too, which also happens to add the ability to COMMENT on policies. In passing, attempt to improve the consistency of messages, comments, and documentation as well. This removes various incarnations of 'row-security', 'row-level security', 'Row-security', etc, in favor of 'policy', 'row level security' or 'row_security' as appropriate. Happy Thanksgiving!
2014-11-27 07:06:36 +01:00
case OCLASS_POLICY:
appendStringInfoString(&buffer, "policy");
break;
Logical replication - Add PUBLICATION catalogs and DDL - Add SUBSCRIPTION catalog and DDL - Define logical replication protocol and output plugin - Add logical replication workers From: Petr Jelinek <petr@2ndquadrant.com> Reviewed-by: Steve Singer <steve@ssinger.info> Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> Reviewed-by: Erik Rijkers <er@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
2017-01-19 18:00:00 +01:00
case OCLASS_PUBLICATION:
appendStringInfoString(&buffer, "publication");
break;
Allow publishing the tables of schema. A new option "FOR ALL TABLES IN SCHEMA" in Create/Alter Publication allows one or more schemas to be specified, whose tables are selected by the publisher for sending the data to the subscriber. The new syntax allows specifying both the tables and schemas. For example: CREATE PUBLICATION pub1 FOR TABLE t1,t2,t3, ALL TABLES IN SCHEMA s1,s2; OR ALTER PUBLICATION pub1 ADD TABLE t1,t2,t3, ALL TABLES IN SCHEMA s1,s2; A new system table "pg_publication_namespace" has been added, to maintain the schemas that the user wants to publish through the publication. Modified the output plugin (pgoutput) to publish the changes if the relation is part of schema publication. Updates pg_dump to identify and dump schema publications. Updates the \d family of commands to display schema publications and \dRp+ variant will now display associated schemas if any. Author: Vignesh C, Hou Zhijie, Amit Kapila Syntax-Suggested-by: Tom Lane, Alvaro Herrera Reviewed-by: Greg Nancarrow, Masahiko Sawada, Hou Zhijie, Amit Kapila, Haiying Tang, Ajin Cherian, Rahila Syed, Bharath Rupireddy, Mark Dilger Tested-by: Haiying Tang Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CALDaNm0OANxuJ6RXqwZsM1MSY4s19nuH3734j4a72etDwvBETQ@mail.gmail.com
2021-10-27 04:14:52 +02:00
case OCLASS_PUBLICATION_NAMESPACE:
appendStringInfoString(&buffer, "publication namespace");
break;
Logical replication - Add PUBLICATION catalogs and DDL - Add SUBSCRIPTION catalog and DDL - Define logical replication protocol and output plugin - Add logical replication workers From: Petr Jelinek <petr@2ndquadrant.com> Reviewed-by: Steve Singer <steve@ssinger.info> Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> Reviewed-by: Erik Rijkers <er@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
2017-01-19 18:00:00 +01:00
case OCLASS_PUBLICATION_REL:
Add object_address tests for publications and subscriptions Add test cases to object_address.sql to test the new logical replication related object classes, and fix some small bugs discovered by that.
2017-01-26 19:10:22 +01:00
appendStringInfoString(&buffer, "publication relation");
Logical replication - Add PUBLICATION catalogs and DDL - Add SUBSCRIPTION catalog and DDL - Define logical replication protocol and output plugin - Add logical replication workers From: Petr Jelinek <petr@2ndquadrant.com> Reviewed-by: Steve Singer <steve@ssinger.info> Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> Reviewed-by: Erik Rijkers <er@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
2017-01-19 18:00:00 +01:00
break;
case OCLASS_SUBSCRIPTION:
appendStringInfoString(&buffer, "subscription");
break;
Fix maintenance hazards caused by ill-considered use of default: cases. Remove default cases from assorted switches over ObjectClass and some related enum types, so that we'll get compiler warnings when someone adds a new enum value without accounting for it in all these places. In passing, re-order some switch cases as needed to match the declaration of enum ObjectClass. OK, that's just neatnik-ism, but I dislike code that looks like it was assembled with the help of a dartboard. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170512221010.nglatgt5azzdxjlj@alvherre.pgsql
2017-05-14 19:32:59 +02:00
case OCLASS_TRANSFORM:
appendStringInfoString(&buffer, "transform");
Implement multivariate n-distinct coefficients Add support for explicitly declared statistic objects (CREATE STATISTICS), allowing collection of statistics on more complex combinations that individual table columns. Companion commands DROP STATISTICS and ALTER STATISTICS ... OWNER TO / SET SCHEMA / RENAME are added too. All this DDL has been designed so that more statistic types can be added later on, such as multivariate most-common-values and multivariate histograms between columns of a single table, leaving room for permitting columns on multiple tables, too, as well as expressions. This commit only adds support for collection of n-distinct coefficient on user-specified sets of columns in a single table. This is useful to estimate number of distinct groups in GROUP BY and DISTINCT clauses; estimation errors there can cause over-allocation of memory in hashed aggregates, for instance, so it's a worthwhile problem to solve. A new special pseudo-type pg_ndistinct is used. (num-distinct estimation was deemed sufficiently useful by itself that this is worthwhile even if no further statistic types are added immediately; so much so that another version of essentially the same functionality was submitted by Kyotaro Horiguchi: https://postgr.es/m/20150828.173334.114731693.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp though this commit does not use that code.) Author: Tomas Vondra. Some code rework by Álvaro. Reviewed-by: Dean Rasheed, David Rowley, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Jeff Janes, Ideriha Takeshi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/543AFA15.4080608@fuzzy.cz https://postgr.es/m/20170320190220.ixlaueanxegqd5gr@alvherre.pgsql
2017-03-24 18:06:10 +01:00
break;
Fix maintenance hazards caused by ill-considered use of default: cases. Remove default cases from assorted switches over ObjectClass and some related enum types, so that we'll get compiler warnings when someone adds a new enum value without accounting for it in all these places. In passing, re-order some switch cases as needed to match the declaration of enum ObjectClass. OK, that's just neatnik-ism, but I dislike code that looks like it was assembled with the help of a dartboard. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170512221010.nglatgt5azzdxjlj@alvherre.pgsql
2017-05-14 19:32:59 +02:00
/*
* There's intentionally no default: case here; we want the
* compiler to warn if a new OCLASS hasn't been handled above.
*/
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
}
Simplify some code in getObjectTypeDescription() This routine is designed to never return an empty description or NULL, providing description fallbacks even if missing objects are accepted, but it included a code path where this was considered possible. All the callers of this routine already consider NULL as not possible, so change a bit the code to map with the assumptions of the callers, and add more comments close to the callers of this routine to outline the behavior expected. This code is new as of 2a10fdc, so no backpatch is needed. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/YMNY6RGPBRCeLmFb@paquier.xyz
2021-06-12 09:29:11 +02:00
/* the result can never be empty */
Assert(buffer.len > 0);
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
return buffer.data;
}
/*
* subroutine for getObjectTypeDescription: describe a relation type
*/
static void
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
getRelationTypeDescription(StringInfo buffer, Oid relid, int32 objectSubId,
bool missing_ok)
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
{
HeapTuple relTup;
Form_pg_class relForm;
relTup = SearchSysCache1(RELOID,
ObjectIdGetDatum(relid));
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(relTup))
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
{
if (!missing_ok)
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for relation %u", relid);
/* fallback to "relation" for an undefined object */
appendStringInfoString(buffer, "relation");
return;
}
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
relForm = (Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(relTup);
switch (relForm->relkind)
{
case RELKIND_RELATION:
Implement table partitioning. Table partitioning is like table inheritance and reuses much of the existing infrastructure, but there are some important differences. The parent is called a partitioned table and is always empty; it may not have indexes or non-inherited constraints, since those make no sense for a relation with no data of its own. The children are called partitions and contain all of the actual data. Each partition has an implicit partitioning constraint. Multiple inheritance is not allowed, and partitioning and inheritance can't be mixed. Partitions can't have extra columns and may not allow nulls unless the parent does. Tuples inserted into the parent are automatically routed to the correct partition, so tuple-routing ON INSERT triggers are not needed. Tuple routing isn't yet supported for partitions which are foreign tables, and it doesn't handle updates that cross partition boundaries. Currently, tables can be range-partitioned or list-partitioned. List partitioning is limited to a single column, but range partitioning can involve multiple columns. A partitioning "column" can be an expression. Because table partitioning is less general than table inheritance, it is hoped that it will be easier to reason about properties of partitions, and therefore that this will serve as a better foundation for a variety of possible optimizations, including query planner optimizations. The tuple routing based which this patch does based on the implicit partitioning constraints is an example of this, but it seems likely that many other useful optimizations are also possible. Amit Langote, reviewed and tested by Robert Haas, Ashutosh Bapat, Amit Kapila, Rajkumar Raghuwanshi, Corey Huinker, Jaime Casanova, Rushabh Lathia, Erik Rijkers, among others. Minor revisions by me.
2016-12-07 19:17:43 +01:00
case RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE:
Use appendStringInfoString instead of appendStringInfo where possible. This shaves a few cycles, and generally seems like good programming practice. David Rowley
2013-10-31 15:55:59 +01:00
appendStringInfoString(buffer, "table");
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
break;
case RELKIND_INDEX:
Local partitioned indexes When CREATE INDEX is run on a partitioned table, create catalog entries for an index on the partitioned table (which is just a placeholder since the table proper has no data of its own), and recurse to create actual indexes on the existing partitions; create them in future partitions also. As a convenience gadget, if the new index definition matches some existing index in partitions, these are picked up and used instead of creating new ones. Whichever way these indexes come about, they become attached to the index on the parent table and are dropped alongside it, and cannot be dropped on isolation unless they are detached first. To support pg_dump'ing these indexes, add commands CREATE INDEX ON ONLY <table> (which creates the index on the parent partitioned table, without recursing) and ALTER INDEX ATTACH PARTITION (which is used after the indexes have been created individually on each partition, to attach them to the parent index). These reconstruct prior database state exactly. Reviewed-by: (in alphabetical order) Peter Eisentraut, Robert Haas, Amit Langote, Jesper Pedersen, Simon Riggs, David Rowley Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171113170646.gzweigyrgg6pwsg4@alvherre.pgsql
2018-01-19 15:49:22 +01:00
case RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX:
Use appendStringInfoString instead of appendStringInfo where possible. This shaves a few cycles, and generally seems like good programming practice. David Rowley
2013-10-31 15:55:59 +01:00
appendStringInfoString(buffer, "index");
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
break;
case RELKIND_SEQUENCE:
Use appendStringInfoString instead of appendStringInfo where possible. This shaves a few cycles, and generally seems like good programming practice. David Rowley
2013-10-31 15:55:59 +01:00
appendStringInfoString(buffer, "sequence");
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
break;
case RELKIND_TOASTVALUE:
Use appendStringInfoString instead of appendStringInfo where possible. This shaves a few cycles, and generally seems like good programming practice. David Rowley
2013-10-31 15:55:59 +01:00
appendStringInfoString(buffer, "toast table");
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
break;
case RELKIND_VIEW:
Use appendStringInfoString instead of appendStringInfo where possible. This shaves a few cycles, and generally seems like good programming practice. David Rowley
2013-10-31 15:55:59 +01:00
appendStringInfoString(buffer, "view");
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
break;
case RELKIND_MATVIEW:
Use appendStringInfoString instead of appendStringInfo where possible. This shaves a few cycles, and generally seems like good programming practice. David Rowley
2013-10-31 15:55:59 +01:00
appendStringInfoString(buffer, "materialized view");
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
break;
case RELKIND_COMPOSITE_TYPE:
Use appendStringInfoString instead of appendStringInfo where possible. This shaves a few cycles, and generally seems like good programming practice. David Rowley
2013-10-31 15:55:59 +01:00
appendStringInfoString(buffer, "composite type");
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
break;
case RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE:
Use appendStringInfoString instead of appendStringInfo where possible. This shaves a few cycles, and generally seems like good programming practice. David Rowley
2013-10-31 15:55:59 +01:00
appendStringInfoString(buffer, "foreign table");
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
break;
default:
/* shouldn't get here */
Use appendStringInfoString instead of appendStringInfo where possible. This shaves a few cycles, and generally seems like good programming practice. David Rowley
2013-10-31 15:55:59 +01:00
appendStringInfoString(buffer, "relation");
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
break;
}
if (objectSubId != 0)
Use appendStringInfoString instead of appendStringInfo where possible. This shaves a few cycles, and generally seems like good programming practice. David Rowley
2013-10-31 15:55:59 +01:00
appendStringInfoString(buffer, " column");
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
ReleaseSysCache(relTup);
}
/*
* subroutine for getObjectTypeDescription: describe a constraint type
*/
static void
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
getConstraintTypeDescription(StringInfo buffer, Oid constroid, bool missing_ok)
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
{
Relation constrRel;
HeapTuple constrTup;
Form_pg_constraint constrForm;
Replace uses of heap_open et al with the corresponding table_* function. Author: Andres Freund Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190111000539.xbv7s6w7ilcvm7dp@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-01-21 19:32:19 +01:00
constrRel = table_open(ConstraintRelationId, AccessShareLock);
Remove WITH OIDS support, change oid catalog column visibility. Previously tables declared WITH OIDS, including a significant fraction of the catalog tables, stored the oid column not as a normal column, but as part of the tuple header. This special column was not shown by default, which was somewhat odd, as it's often (consider e.g. pg_class.oid) one of the more important parts of a row. Neither pg_dump nor COPY included the contents of the oid column by default. The fact that the oid column was not an ordinary column necessitated a significant amount of special case code to support oid columns. That already was painful for the existing, but upcoming work aiming to make table storage pluggable, would have required expanding and duplicating that "specialness" significantly. WITH OIDS has been deprecated since 2005 (commit ff02d0a05280e0). Remove it. Removing includes: - CREATE TABLE and ALTER TABLE syntax for declaring the table to be WITH OIDS has been removed (WITH (oids[ = true]) will error out) - pg_dump does not support dumping tables declared WITH OIDS and will issue a warning when dumping one (and ignore the oid column). - restoring an pg_dump archive with pg_restore will warn when restoring a table with oid contents (and ignore the oid column) - COPY will refuse to load binary dump that includes oids. - pg_upgrade will error out when encountering tables declared WITH OIDS, they have to be altered to remove the oid column first. - Functionality to access the oid of the last inserted row (like plpgsql's RESULT_OID, spi's SPI_lastoid, ...) has been removed. The syntax for declaring a table WITHOUT OIDS (or WITH (oids = false) for CREATE TABLE) is still supported. While that requires a bit of support code, it seems unnecessary to break applications / dumps that do not use oids, and are explicit about not using them. The biggest user of WITH OID columns was postgres' catalog. This commit changes all 'magic' oid columns to be columns that are normally declared and stored. To reduce unnecessary query breakage all the newly added columns are still named 'oid', even if a table's column naming scheme would indicate 'reloid' or such. This obviously requires adapting a lot code, mostly replacing oid access via HeapTupleGetOid() with access to the underlying Form_pg_*->oid column. The bootstrap process now assigns oids for all oid columns in genbki.pl that do not have an explicit value (starting at the largest oid previously used), only oids assigned later by oids will be above FirstBootstrapObjectId. As the oid column now is a normal column the special bootstrap syntax for oids has been removed. Oids are not automatically assigned during insertion anymore, all backend code explicitly assigns oids with GetNewOidWithIndex(). For the rare case that insertions into the catalog via SQL are called for the new pg_nextoid() function can be used (which only works on catalog tables). The fact that oid columns on system tables are now normal columns means that they will be included in the set of columns expanded by * (i.e. SELECT * FROM pg_class will now include the table's oid, previously it did not). It'd not technically be hard to hide oid column by default, but that'd mean confusing behavior would either have to be carried forward forever, or it'd cause breakage down the line. While it's not unlikely that further adjustments are needed, the scope/invasiveness of the patch makes it worthwhile to get merge this now. It's painful to maintain externally, too complicated to commit after the code code freeze, and a dependency of a number of other patches. Catversion bump, for obvious reasons. Author: Andres Freund, with contributions by John Naylor Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180930034810.ywp2c7awz7opzcfr@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-11-21 00:36:57 +01:00
constrTup = get_catalog_object_by_oid(constrRel, Anum_pg_constraint_oid,
constroid);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(constrTup))
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
{
if (!missing_ok)
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for constraint %u", constroid);
table_close(constrRel, AccessShareLock);
/* fallback to "constraint" for an undefined object */
appendStringInfoString(buffer, "constraint");
return;
}
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
constrForm = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(constrTup);
if (OidIsValid(constrForm->conrelid))
appendStringInfoString(buffer, "table constraint");
else if (OidIsValid(constrForm->contypid))
appendStringInfoString(buffer, "domain constraint");
else
Remove WITH OIDS support, change oid catalog column visibility. Previously tables declared WITH OIDS, including a significant fraction of the catalog tables, stored the oid column not as a normal column, but as part of the tuple header. This special column was not shown by default, which was somewhat odd, as it's often (consider e.g. pg_class.oid) one of the more important parts of a row. Neither pg_dump nor COPY included the contents of the oid column by default. The fact that the oid column was not an ordinary column necessitated a significant amount of special case code to support oid columns. That already was painful for the existing, but upcoming work aiming to make table storage pluggable, would have required expanding and duplicating that "specialness" significantly. WITH OIDS has been deprecated since 2005 (commit ff02d0a05280e0). Remove it. Removing includes: - CREATE TABLE and ALTER TABLE syntax for declaring the table to be WITH OIDS has been removed (WITH (oids[ = true]) will error out) - pg_dump does not support dumping tables declared WITH OIDS and will issue a warning when dumping one (and ignore the oid column). - restoring an pg_dump archive with pg_restore will warn when restoring a table with oid contents (and ignore the oid column) - COPY will refuse to load binary dump that includes oids. - pg_upgrade will error out when encountering tables declared WITH OIDS, they have to be altered to remove the oid column first. - Functionality to access the oid of the last inserted row (like plpgsql's RESULT_OID, spi's SPI_lastoid, ...) has been removed. The syntax for declaring a table WITHOUT OIDS (or WITH (oids = false) for CREATE TABLE) is still supported. While that requires a bit of support code, it seems unnecessary to break applications / dumps that do not use oids, and are explicit about not using them. The biggest user of WITH OID columns was postgres' catalog. This commit changes all 'magic' oid columns to be columns that are normally declared and stored. To reduce unnecessary query breakage all the newly added columns are still named 'oid', even if a table's column naming scheme would indicate 'reloid' or such. This obviously requires adapting a lot code, mostly replacing oid access via HeapTupleGetOid() with access to the underlying Form_pg_*->oid column. The bootstrap process now assigns oids for all oid columns in genbki.pl that do not have an explicit value (starting at the largest oid previously used), only oids assigned later by oids will be above FirstBootstrapObjectId. As the oid column now is a normal column the special bootstrap syntax for oids has been removed. Oids are not automatically assigned during insertion anymore, all backend code explicitly assigns oids with GetNewOidWithIndex(). For the rare case that insertions into the catalog via SQL are called for the new pg_nextoid() function can be used (which only works on catalog tables). The fact that oid columns on system tables are now normal columns means that they will be included in the set of columns expanded by * (i.e. SELECT * FROM pg_class will now include the table's oid, previously it did not). It'd not technically be hard to hide oid column by default, but that'd mean confusing behavior would either have to be carried forward forever, or it'd cause breakage down the line. While it's not unlikely that further adjustments are needed, the scope/invasiveness of the patch makes it worthwhile to get merge this now. It's painful to maintain externally, too complicated to commit after the code code freeze, and a dependency of a number of other patches. Catversion bump, for obvious reasons. Author: Andres Freund, with contributions by John Naylor Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180930034810.ywp2c7awz7opzcfr@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-11-21 00:36:57 +01:00
elog(ERROR, "invalid constraint %u", constrForm->oid);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
Replace uses of heap_open et al with the corresponding table_* function. Author: Andres Freund Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190111000539.xbv7s6w7ilcvm7dp@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-01-21 19:32:19 +01:00
table_close(constrRel, AccessShareLock);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
}
/*
* subroutine for getObjectTypeDescription: describe a procedure type
*/
static void
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
getProcedureTypeDescription(StringInfo buffer, Oid procid,
bool missing_ok)
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
{
HeapTuple procTup;
Form_pg_proc procForm;
procTup = SearchSysCache1(PROCOID,
ObjectIdGetDatum(procid));
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(procTup))
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
{
if (!missing_ok)
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for procedure %u", procid);
/* fallback to "procedure" for an undefined object */
appendStringInfoString(buffer, "routine");
return;
}
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
procForm = (Form_pg_proc) GETSTRUCT(procTup);
Add prokind column, replacing proisagg and proiswindow The new column distinguishes normal functions, procedures, aggregates, and window functions. This replaces the existing columns proisagg and proiswindow, and replaces the convention that procedures are indicated by prorettype == 0. Also change prorettype to be VOIDOID for procedures. Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
2018-03-02 14:57:38 +01:00
if (procForm->prokind == PROKIND_AGGREGATE)
Use appendStringInfoString instead of appendStringInfo where possible. This shaves a few cycles, and generally seems like good programming practice. David Rowley
2013-10-31 15:55:59 +01:00
appendStringInfoString(buffer, "aggregate");
Add prokind column, replacing proisagg and proiswindow The new column distinguishes normal functions, procedures, aggregates, and window functions. This replaces the existing columns proisagg and proiswindow, and replaces the convention that procedures are indicated by prorettype == 0. Also change prorettype to be VOIDOID for procedures. Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
2018-03-02 14:57:38 +01:00
else if (procForm->prokind == PROKIND_PROCEDURE)
SQL procedures This adds a new object type "procedure" that is similar to a function but does not have a return type and is invoked by the new CALL statement instead of SELECT or similar. This implementation is aligned with the SQL standard and compatible with or similar to other SQL implementations. This commit adds new commands CALL, CREATE/ALTER/DROP PROCEDURE, as well as ALTER/DROP ROUTINE that can refer to either a function or a procedure (or an aggregate function, as an extension to SQL). There is also support for procedures in various utility commands such as COMMENT and GRANT, as well as support in pg_dump and psql. Support for defining procedures is available in all the languages supplied by the core distribution. While this commit is mainly syntax sugar around existing functionality, future features will rely on having procedures as a separate object type. Reviewed-by: Andrew Dunstan <andrew.dunstan@2ndquadrant.com>
2017-11-30 14:46:13 +01:00
appendStringInfoString(buffer, "procedure");
Add prokind column, replacing proisagg and proiswindow The new column distinguishes normal functions, procedures, aggregates, and window functions. This replaces the existing columns proisagg and proiswindow, and replaces the convention that procedures are indicated by prorettype == 0. Also change prorettype to be VOIDOID for procedures. Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
2018-03-02 14:57:38 +01:00
else /* function or window function */
Use appendStringInfoString instead of appendStringInfo where possible. This shaves a few cycles, and generally seems like good programming practice. David Rowley
2013-10-31 15:55:59 +01:00
appendStringInfoString(buffer, "function");
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
ReleaseSysCache(procTup);
}
/*
Add pg_identify_object_as_address This function returns object type and objname/objargs arrays, which can be passed to pg_get_object_address. This is especially useful because the textual representation can be copied to a remote server in order to obtain the corresponding OID-based address. In essence, this function is the inverse of recently added pg_get_object_address(). Catalog version bumped due to the addition of the new function. Also add docs to pg_get_object_address.
2014-12-30 19:41:50 +01:00
* Obtain a given object's identity, as a palloc'ed string.
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
*
* This is for machine consumption, so it's not translated. All elements are
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
* schema-qualified when appropriate. Returns NULL if the object could not
* be found.
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
*/
char *
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
getObjectIdentity(const ObjectAddress *object, bool missing_ok)
Add pg_identify_object_as_address This function returns object type and objname/objargs arrays, which can be passed to pg_get_object_address. This is especially useful because the textual representation can be copied to a remote server in order to obtain the corresponding OID-based address. In essence, this function is the inverse of recently added pg_get_object_address(). Catalog version bumped due to the addition of the new function. Also add docs to pg_get_object_address.
2014-12-30 19:41:50 +01:00
{
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
return getObjectIdentityParts(object, NULL, NULL, missing_ok);
Add pg_identify_object_as_address This function returns object type and objname/objargs arrays, which can be passed to pg_get_object_address. This is especially useful because the textual representation can be copied to a remote server in order to obtain the corresponding OID-based address. In essence, this function is the inverse of recently added pg_get_object_address(). Catalog version bumped due to the addition of the new function. Also add docs to pg_get_object_address.
2014-12-30 19:41:50 +01:00
}
/*
* As above, but more detailed.
*
* There are two sets of return values: the identity itself as a palloc'd
* string is returned. objname and objargs, if not NULL, are output parameters
* that receive lists of C-strings that are useful to give back to
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
* get_object_address() to reconstruct the ObjectAddress. Returns NULL if
* the object could not be found.
Add pg_identify_object_as_address This function returns object type and objname/objargs arrays, which can be passed to pg_get_object_address. This is especially useful because the textual representation can be copied to a remote server in order to obtain the corresponding OID-based address. In essence, this function is the inverse of recently added pg_get_object_address(). Catalog version bumped due to the addition of the new function. Also add docs to pg_get_object_address.
2014-12-30 19:41:50 +01:00
*/
char *
getObjectIdentityParts(const ObjectAddress *object,
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
List **objname, List **objargs,
bool missing_ok)
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
{
StringInfoData buffer;
initStringInfo(&buffer);
Add pg_identify_object_as_address This function returns object type and objname/objargs arrays, which can be passed to pg_get_object_address. This is especially useful because the textual representation can be copied to a remote server in order to obtain the corresponding OID-based address. In essence, this function is the inverse of recently added pg_get_object_address(). Catalog version bumped due to the addition of the new function. Also add docs to pg_get_object_address.
2014-12-30 19:41:50 +01:00
/*
* Make sure that both objname and objargs were passed, or none was; and
* initialize them to empty lists. For objname this is useless because it
* will be initialized in all cases inside the switch; but we do it anyway
* so that we can test below that no branch leaves it unset.
*/
Assert(PointerIsValid(objname) == PointerIsValid(objargs));
if (objname)
{
*objname = NIL;
*objargs = NIL;
}
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
switch (getObjectClass(object))
{
case OCLASS_CLASS:
{
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
char *attr = NULL;
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
/*
* Check for the attribute first, so as if it is missing we
* can skip the entire relation description.
*/
if (object->objectSubId != 0)
{
attr = get_attname(object->objectId,
object->objectSubId,
missing_ok);
if (missing_ok && attr == NULL)
break;
}
getRelationIdentity(&buffer, object->objectId, objname,
missing_ok);
if (objname && *objname == NIL)
break;
if (attr)
{
appendStringInfo(&buffer, ".%s",
quote_identifier(attr));
if (objname)
*objname = lappend(*objname, attr);
}
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
}
break;
case OCLASS_PROC:
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
{
bits16 flags = FORMAT_PROC_FORCE_QUALIFY | FORMAT_PROC_INVALID_AS_NULL;
char *proname = format_procedure_extended(object->objectId,
flags);
Initial pgindent and pgperltidy run for v14. Also "make reformat-dat-files". The only change worthy of note is that pgindent messed up the formatting of launcher.c's struct LogicalRepWorkerId, which led me to notice that that struct wasn't used at all anymore, so I just took it out.
2021-05-12 19:14:10 +02:00
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
if (proname == NULL)
break;
appendStringInfoString(&buffer, proname);
if (objname)
format_procedure_parts(object->objectId, objname, objargs,
missing_ok);
break;
}
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
case OCLASS_TYPE:
Add pg_identify_object_as_address This function returns object type and objname/objargs arrays, which can be passed to pg_get_object_address. This is especially useful because the textual representation can be copied to a remote server in order to obtain the corresponding OID-based address. In essence, this function is the inverse of recently added pg_get_object_address(). Catalog version bumped due to the addition of the new function. Also add docs to pg_get_object_address.
2014-12-30 19:41:50 +01:00
{
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
bits16 flags = FORMAT_TYPE_INVALID_AS_NULL | FORMAT_TYPE_FORCE_QUALIFY;
Add pg_identify_object_as_address This function returns object type and objname/objargs arrays, which can be passed to pg_get_object_address. This is especially useful because the textual representation can be copied to a remote server in order to obtain the corresponding OID-based address. In essence, this function is the inverse of recently added pg_get_object_address(). Catalog version bumped due to the addition of the new function. Also add docs to pg_get_object_address.
2014-12-30 19:41:50 +01:00
char *typeout;
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
typeout = format_type_extended(object->objectId, -1, flags);
if (typeout == NULL)
break;
Add pg_identify_object_as_address This function returns object type and objname/objargs arrays, which can be passed to pg_get_object_address. This is especially useful because the textual representation can be copied to a remote server in order to obtain the corresponding OID-based address. In essence, this function is the inverse of recently added pg_get_object_address(). Catalog version bumped due to the addition of the new function. Also add docs to pg_get_object_address.
2014-12-30 19:41:50 +01:00
appendStringInfoString(&buffer, typeout);
if (objname)
*objname = list_make1(typeout);
}
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
break;
case OCLASS_CAST:
{
Relation castRel;
HeapTuple tup;
Form_pg_cast castForm;
Replace uses of heap_open et al with the corresponding table_* function. Author: Andres Freund Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190111000539.xbv7s6w7ilcvm7dp@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-01-21 19:32:19 +01:00
castRel = table_open(CastRelationId, AccessShareLock);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
Remove WITH OIDS support, change oid catalog column visibility. Previously tables declared WITH OIDS, including a significant fraction of the catalog tables, stored the oid column not as a normal column, but as part of the tuple header. This special column was not shown by default, which was somewhat odd, as it's often (consider e.g. pg_class.oid) one of the more important parts of a row. Neither pg_dump nor COPY included the contents of the oid column by default. The fact that the oid column was not an ordinary column necessitated a significant amount of special case code to support oid columns. That already was painful for the existing, but upcoming work aiming to make table storage pluggable, would have required expanding and duplicating that "specialness" significantly. WITH OIDS has been deprecated since 2005 (commit ff02d0a05280e0). Remove it. Removing includes: - CREATE TABLE and ALTER TABLE syntax for declaring the table to be WITH OIDS has been removed (WITH (oids[ = true]) will error out) - pg_dump does not support dumping tables declared WITH OIDS and will issue a warning when dumping one (and ignore the oid column). - restoring an pg_dump archive with pg_restore will warn when restoring a table with oid contents (and ignore the oid column) - COPY will refuse to load binary dump that includes oids. - pg_upgrade will error out when encountering tables declared WITH OIDS, they have to be altered to remove the oid column first. - Functionality to access the oid of the last inserted row (like plpgsql's RESULT_OID, spi's SPI_lastoid, ...) has been removed. The syntax for declaring a table WITHOUT OIDS (or WITH (oids = false) for CREATE TABLE) is still supported. While that requires a bit of support code, it seems unnecessary to break applications / dumps that do not use oids, and are explicit about not using them. The biggest user of WITH OID columns was postgres' catalog. This commit changes all 'magic' oid columns to be columns that are normally declared and stored. To reduce unnecessary query breakage all the newly added columns are still named 'oid', even if a table's column naming scheme would indicate 'reloid' or such. This obviously requires adapting a lot code, mostly replacing oid access via HeapTupleGetOid() with access to the underlying Form_pg_*->oid column. The bootstrap process now assigns oids for all oid columns in genbki.pl that do not have an explicit value (starting at the largest oid previously used), only oids assigned later by oids will be above FirstBootstrapObjectId. As the oid column now is a normal column the special bootstrap syntax for oids has been removed. Oids are not automatically assigned during insertion anymore, all backend code explicitly assigns oids with GetNewOidWithIndex(). For the rare case that insertions into the catalog via SQL are called for the new pg_nextoid() function can be used (which only works on catalog tables). The fact that oid columns on system tables are now normal columns means that they will be included in the set of columns expanded by * (i.e. SELECT * FROM pg_class will now include the table's oid, previously it did not). It'd not technically be hard to hide oid column by default, but that'd mean confusing behavior would either have to be carried forward forever, or it'd cause breakage down the line. While it's not unlikely that further adjustments are needed, the scope/invasiveness of the patch makes it worthwhile to get merge this now. It's painful to maintain externally, too complicated to commit after the code code freeze, and a dependency of a number of other patches. Catversion bump, for obvious reasons. Author: Andres Freund, with contributions by John Naylor Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180930034810.ywp2c7awz7opzcfr@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-11-21 00:36:57 +01:00
tup = get_catalog_object_by_oid(castRel, Anum_pg_cast_oid,
object->objectId);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
{
if (!missing_ok)
elog(ERROR, "could not find tuple for cast %u",
object->objectId);
table_close(castRel, AccessShareLock);
break;
}
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
castForm = (Form_pg_cast) GETSTRUCT(tup);
appendStringInfo(&buffer, "(%s AS %s)",
format_type_be_qualified(castForm->castsource),
format_type_be_qualified(castForm->casttarget));
Add pg_identify_object_as_address This function returns object type and objname/objargs arrays, which can be passed to pg_get_object_address. This is especially useful because the textual representation can be copied to a remote server in order to obtain the corresponding OID-based address. In essence, this function is the inverse of recently added pg_get_object_address(). Catalog version bumped due to the addition of the new function. Also add docs to pg_get_object_address.
2014-12-30 19:41:50 +01:00
if (objname)
{
*objname = list_make1(format_type_be_qualified(castForm->castsource));
*objargs = list_make1(format_type_be_qualified(castForm->casttarget));
}
Replace uses of heap_open et al with the corresponding table_* function. Author: Andres Freund Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190111000539.xbv7s6w7ilcvm7dp@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-01-21 19:32:19 +01:00
table_close(castRel, AccessShareLock);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
break;
}
case OCLASS_COLLATION:
{
HeapTuple collTup;
Form_pg_collation coll;
char *schema;
collTup = SearchSysCache1(COLLOID,
ObjectIdGetDatum(object->objectId));
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(collTup))
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
{
if (!missing_ok)
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for collation %u",
object->objectId);
break;
}
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
coll = (Form_pg_collation) GETSTRUCT(collTup);
pg_event_trigger_dropped_objects: add is_temp column It now also reports temporary objects dropped that are local to the backend. Previously we weren't reporting any temp objects because it was deemed unnecessary; but as it turns out, it is necessary if we want to keep close track of DDL command execution inside one session. Temp objects are reported as living in schema pg_temp, which works because such a schema-qualification always refers to the temp objects of the current session.
2015-04-06 16:40:55 +02:00
schema = get_namespace_name_or_temp(coll->collnamespace);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
appendStringInfoString(&buffer,
quote_qualified_identifier(schema,
NameStr(coll->collname)));
Add pg_identify_object_as_address This function returns object type and objname/objargs arrays, which can be passed to pg_get_object_address. This is especially useful because the textual representation can be copied to a remote server in order to obtain the corresponding OID-based address. In essence, this function is the inverse of recently added pg_get_object_address(). Catalog version bumped due to the addition of the new function. Also add docs to pg_get_object_address.
2014-12-30 19:41:50 +01:00
if (objname)
Add missing pstrdup calls The one for the OCLASS_COLLATION case was noticed by CLOBBER_CACHE_ALWAYS buildfarm members; the others I spotted by manual code inspection. Also remove a redundant check.
2014-12-31 17:19:40 +01:00
*objname = list_make2(schema,
pstrdup(NameStr(coll->collname)));
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
ReleaseSysCache(collTup);
break;
}
case OCLASS_CONSTRAINT:
{
HeapTuple conTup;
Form_pg_constraint con;
conTup = SearchSysCache1(CONSTROID,
ObjectIdGetDatum(object->objectId));
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(conTup))
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
{
if (!missing_ok)
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for constraint %u",
object->objectId);
break;
}
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
con = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(conTup);
if (OidIsValid(con->conrelid))
{
appendStringInfo(&buffer, "%s on ",
quote_identifier(NameStr(con->conname)));
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
getRelationIdentity(&buffer, con->conrelid, objname,
false);
Add pg_identify_object_as_address This function returns object type and objname/objargs arrays, which can be passed to pg_get_object_address. This is especially useful because the textual representation can be copied to a remote server in order to obtain the corresponding OID-based address. In essence, this function is the inverse of recently added pg_get_object_address(). Catalog version bumped due to the addition of the new function. Also add docs to pg_get_object_address.
2014-12-30 19:41:50 +01:00
if (objname)
*objname = lappend(*objname, pstrdup(NameStr(con->conname)));
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
}
else
{
ObjectAddress domain;
Add pg_identify_object_as_address This function returns object type and objname/objargs arrays, which can be passed to pg_get_object_address. This is especially useful because the textual representation can be copied to a remote server in order to obtain the corresponding OID-based address. In essence, this function is the inverse of recently added pg_get_object_address(). Catalog version bumped due to the addition of the new function. Also add docs to pg_get_object_address.
2014-12-30 19:41:50 +01:00
Assert(OidIsValid(con->contypid));
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
domain.classId = TypeRelationId;
domain.objectId = con->contypid;
domain.objectSubId = 0;
appendStringInfo(&buffer, "%s on %s",
quote_identifier(NameStr(con->conname)),
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
getObjectIdentityParts(&domain, objname,
objargs, false));
Add pg_identify_object_as_address This function returns object type and objname/objargs arrays, which can be passed to pg_get_object_address. This is especially useful because the textual representation can be copied to a remote server in order to obtain the corresponding OID-based address. In essence, this function is the inverse of recently added pg_get_object_address(). Catalog version bumped due to the addition of the new function. Also add docs to pg_get_object_address.
2014-12-30 19:41:50 +01:00
if (objname)
*objargs = lappend(*objargs, pstrdup(NameStr(con->conname)));
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
}
ReleaseSysCache(conTup);
break;
}
case OCLASS_CONVERSION:
{
HeapTuple conTup;
Form_pg_conversion conForm;
Fix object identities for pg_conversion objects We were neglecting to schema-qualify them. Backpatch to 9.3, where object identities were introduced as a concept by commit f8348ea32ec8.
2015-02-18 18:28:11 +01:00
char *schema;
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
conTup = SearchSysCache1(CONVOID,
ObjectIdGetDatum(object->objectId));
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(conTup))
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
{
if (!missing_ok)
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for conversion %u",
object->objectId);
break;
}
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
conForm = (Form_pg_conversion) GETSTRUCT(conTup);
pg_event_trigger_dropped_objects: add is_temp column It now also reports temporary objects dropped that are local to the backend. Previously we weren't reporting any temp objects because it was deemed unnecessary; but as it turns out, it is necessary if we want to keep close track of DDL command execution inside one session. Temp objects are reported as living in schema pg_temp, which works because such a schema-qualification always refers to the temp objects of the current session.
2015-04-06 16:40:55 +02:00
schema = get_namespace_name_or_temp(conForm->connamespace);
Use appendStringInfoString instead of appendStringInfo where possible. This shaves a few cycles, and generally seems like good programming practice. David Rowley
2013-10-31 15:55:59 +01:00
appendStringInfoString(&buffer,
Fix object identities for pg_conversion objects We were neglecting to schema-qualify them. Backpatch to 9.3, where object identities were introduced as a concept by commit f8348ea32ec8.
2015-02-18 18:28:11 +01:00
quote_qualified_identifier(schema,
NameStr(conForm->conname)));
Add pg_identify_object_as_address This function returns object type and objname/objargs arrays, which can be passed to pg_get_object_address. This is especially useful because the textual representation can be copied to a remote server in order to obtain the corresponding OID-based address. In essence, this function is the inverse of recently added pg_get_object_address(). Catalog version bumped due to the addition of the new function. Also add docs to pg_get_object_address.
2014-12-30 19:41:50 +01:00
if (objname)
Fix object identities for pg_conversion objects This was already fixed in 0d906798f, but I failed to update the array-formatted case. This is not backpatched, since this only affects the code path introduced by commit a676201490c.
2015-04-06 16:15:13 +02:00
*objname = list_make2(schema,
pstrdup(NameStr(conForm->conname)));
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
ReleaseSysCache(conTup);
break;
}
case OCLASS_DEFAULT:
{
ObjectAddress colobject;
Move pg_attrdef manipulation code into new file catalog/pg_attrdef.c. This is a pure refactoring commit: there isn't (I hope) any functional change. StoreAttrDefault and RemoveAttrDefault[ById] are moved from heap.c, reducing the size of that overly-large file by about 300 lines. I took the opportunity to trim unused #includes from heap.c, too. Two new functions for translating between a pg_attrdef OID and the relid/attnum of the owning column are created by extracting ad-hoc code from objectaddress.c. This already removes one copy of said code, and a follow-on bug fix will create more callers. The only other function directly manipulating pg_attrdef is AttrDefaultFetch. I judged it was better to leave that in relcache.c, since it shares special concerns about recursion and error handling with the rest of that module. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/651168.1647451676@sss.pgh.pa.us
2022-03-21 19:38:23 +01:00
colobject = GetAttrDefaultColumnAddress(object->objectId);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
Move pg_attrdef manipulation code into new file catalog/pg_attrdef.c. This is a pure refactoring commit: there isn't (I hope) any functional change. StoreAttrDefault and RemoveAttrDefault[ById] are moved from heap.c, reducing the size of that overly-large file by about 300 lines. I took the opportunity to trim unused #includes from heap.c, too. Two new functions for translating between a pg_attrdef OID and the relid/attnum of the owning column are created by extracting ad-hoc code from objectaddress.c. This already removes one copy of said code, and a follow-on bug fix will create more callers. The only other function directly manipulating pg_attrdef is AttrDefaultFetch. I judged it was better to leave that in relcache.c, since it shares special concerns about recursion and error handling with the rest of that module. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/651168.1647451676@sss.pgh.pa.us
2022-03-21 19:38:23 +01:00
if (!OidIsValid(colobject.objectId))
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
{
if (!missing_ok)
elog(ERROR, "could not find tuple for attrdef %u",
object->objectId);
break;
}
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
appendStringInfo(&buffer, "for %s",
Add pg_identify_object_as_address This function returns object type and objname/objargs arrays, which can be passed to pg_get_object_address. This is especially useful because the textual representation can be copied to a remote server in order to obtain the corresponding OID-based address. In essence, this function is the inverse of recently added pg_get_object_address(). Catalog version bumped due to the addition of the new function. Also add docs to pg_get_object_address.
2014-12-30 19:41:50 +01:00
getObjectIdentityParts(&colobject,
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
objname, objargs,
false));
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
break;
}
case OCLASS_LANGUAGE:
{
HeapTuple langTup;
Form_pg_language langForm;
langTup = SearchSysCache1(LANGOID,
ObjectIdGetDatum(object->objectId));
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(langTup))
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
{
if (!missing_ok)
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for language %u",
object->objectId);
break;
}
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
langForm = (Form_pg_language) GETSTRUCT(langTup);
Use appendStringInfoString instead of appendStringInfo where possible. This shaves a few cycles, and generally seems like good programming practice. David Rowley
2013-10-31 15:55:59 +01:00
appendStringInfoString(&buffer,
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
quote_identifier(NameStr(langForm->lanname)));
Add pg_identify_object_as_address This function returns object type and objname/objargs arrays, which can be passed to pg_get_object_address. This is especially useful because the textual representation can be copied to a remote server in order to obtain the corresponding OID-based address. In essence, this function is the inverse of recently added pg_get_object_address(). Catalog version bumped due to the addition of the new function. Also add docs to pg_get_object_address.
2014-12-30 19:41:50 +01:00
if (objname)
*objname = list_make1(pstrdup(NameStr(langForm->lanname)));
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
ReleaseSysCache(langTup);
break;
}
case OCLASS_LARGEOBJECT:
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
if (!LargeObjectExists(object->objectId))
break;
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
appendStringInfo(&buffer, "%u",
object->objectId);
Add pg_identify_object_as_address This function returns object type and objname/objargs arrays, which can be passed to pg_get_object_address. This is especially useful because the textual representation can be copied to a remote server in order to obtain the corresponding OID-based address. In essence, this function is the inverse of recently added pg_get_object_address(). Catalog version bumped due to the addition of the new function. Also add docs to pg_get_object_address.
2014-12-30 19:41:50 +01:00
if (objname)
*objname = list_make1(psprintf("%u", object->objectId));
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
break;
case OCLASS_OPERATOR:
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
{
bits16 flags = FORMAT_OPERATOR_FORCE_QUALIFY | FORMAT_OPERATOR_INVALID_AS_NULL;
char *oprname = format_operator_extended(object->objectId,
flags);
Initial pgindent and pgperltidy run for v14. Also "make reformat-dat-files". The only change worthy of note is that pgindent messed up the formatting of launcher.c's struct LogicalRepWorkerId, which led me to notice that that struct wasn't used at all anymore, so I just took it out.
2021-05-12 19:14:10 +02:00
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
if (oprname == NULL)
break;
appendStringInfoString(&buffer, oprname);
if (objname)
format_operator_parts(object->objectId, objname, objargs, missing_ok);
break;
}
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
case OCLASS_OPCLASS:
{
HeapTuple opcTup;
Form_pg_opclass opcForm;
HeapTuple amTup;
Form_pg_am amForm;
char *schema;
opcTup = SearchSysCache1(CLAOID,
ObjectIdGetDatum(object->objectId));
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(opcTup))
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
{
if (!missing_ok)
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for opclass %u",
object->objectId);
break;
}
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
opcForm = (Form_pg_opclass) GETSTRUCT(opcTup);
pg_event_trigger_dropped_objects: add is_temp column It now also reports temporary objects dropped that are local to the backend. Previously we weren't reporting any temp objects because it was deemed unnecessary; but as it turns out, it is necessary if we want to keep close track of DDL command execution inside one session. Temp objects are reported as living in schema pg_temp, which works because such a schema-qualification always refers to the temp objects of the current session.
2015-04-06 16:40:55 +02:00
schema = get_namespace_name_or_temp(opcForm->opcnamespace);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
amTup = SearchSysCache1(AMOID,
ObjectIdGetDatum(opcForm->opcmethod));
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(amTup))
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for access method %u",
opcForm->opcmethod);
amForm = (Form_pg_am) GETSTRUCT(amTup);
Support opfamily members in get_object_address In the spirit of 890192e99af and 4464303405f: have get_object_address understand individual pg_amop and pg_amproc objects. There is no way to refer to such objects directly in the grammar -- rather, they are almost always considered an integral part of the opfamily that contains them. (The only case that deals with them individually is ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY ADD/DROP, which carries the opfamily address separately and thus does not need it to be part of each added/dropped element's address.) In event triggers it becomes possible to become involved with individual amop/amproc elements, and this commit enables pg_get_object_address to do so as well. To make the overall coding simpler, this commit also slightly changes the get_object_address representation for opclasses and opfamilies: instead of having the AM name in the objargs array, I moved it as the first element of the objnames array. This enables the new code to use objargs for the type names used by pg_amop and pg_amproc. Reviewed by: Stephen Frost
2015-03-16 16:06:34 +01:00
appendStringInfo(&buffer, "%s USING %s",
quote_qualified_identifier(schema,
NameStr(opcForm->opcname)),
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
quote_identifier(NameStr(amForm->amname)));
Add pg_identify_object_as_address This function returns object type and objname/objargs arrays, which can be passed to pg_get_object_address. This is especially useful because the textual representation can be copied to a remote server in order to obtain the corresponding OID-based address. In essence, this function is the inverse of recently added pg_get_object_address(). Catalog version bumped due to the addition of the new function. Also add docs to pg_get_object_address.
2014-12-30 19:41:50 +01:00
if (objname)
Support opfamily members in get_object_address In the spirit of 890192e99af and 4464303405f: have get_object_address understand individual pg_amop and pg_amproc objects. There is no way to refer to such objects directly in the grammar -- rather, they are almost always considered an integral part of the opfamily that contains them. (The only case that deals with them individually is ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY ADD/DROP, which carries the opfamily address separately and thus does not need it to be part of each added/dropped element's address.) In event triggers it becomes possible to become involved with individual amop/amproc elements, and this commit enables pg_get_object_address to do so as well. To make the overall coding simpler, this commit also slightly changes the get_object_address representation for opclasses and opfamilies: instead of having the AM name in the objargs array, I moved it as the first element of the objnames array. This enables the new code to use objargs for the type names used by pg_amop and pg_amproc. Reviewed by: Stephen Frost
2015-03-16 16:06:34 +01:00
*objname = list_make3(pstrdup(NameStr(amForm->amname)),
schema,
Add pg_identify_object_as_address This function returns object type and objname/objargs arrays, which can be passed to pg_get_object_address. This is especially useful because the textual representation can be copied to a remote server in order to obtain the corresponding OID-based address. In essence, this function is the inverse of recently added pg_get_object_address(). Catalog version bumped due to the addition of the new function. Also add docs to pg_get_object_address.
2014-12-30 19:41:50 +01:00
pstrdup(NameStr(opcForm->opcname)));
Support opfamily members in get_object_address In the spirit of 890192e99af and 4464303405f: have get_object_address understand individual pg_amop and pg_amproc objects. There is no way to refer to such objects directly in the grammar -- rather, they are almost always considered an integral part of the opfamily that contains them. (The only case that deals with them individually is ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY ADD/DROP, which carries the opfamily address separately and thus does not need it to be part of each added/dropped element's address.) In event triggers it becomes possible to become involved with individual amop/amproc elements, and this commit enables pg_get_object_address to do so as well. To make the overall coding simpler, this commit also slightly changes the get_object_address representation for opclasses and opfamilies: instead of having the AM name in the objargs array, I moved it as the first element of the objnames array. This enables the new code to use objargs for the type names used by pg_amop and pg_amproc. Reviewed by: Stephen Frost
2015-03-16 16:06:34 +01:00
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
ReleaseSysCache(amTup);
ReleaseSysCache(opcTup);
break;
}
case OCLASS_OPFAMILY:
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
getOpFamilyIdentity(&buffer, object->objectId, objname,
missing_ok);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
break;
Fix maintenance hazards caused by ill-considered use of default: cases. Remove default cases from assorted switches over ObjectClass and some related enum types, so that we'll get compiler warnings when someone adds a new enum value without accounting for it in all these places. In passing, re-order some switch cases as needed to match the declaration of enum ObjectClass. OK, that's just neatnik-ism, but I dislike code that looks like it was assembled with the help of a dartboard. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170512221010.nglatgt5azzdxjlj@alvherre.pgsql
2017-05-14 19:32:59 +02:00
case OCLASS_AM:
{
char *amname;
amname = get_am_name(object->objectId);
if (!amname)
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
{
if (!missing_ok)
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for access method %u",
object->objectId);
break;
}
Fix maintenance hazards caused by ill-considered use of default: cases. Remove default cases from assorted switches over ObjectClass and some related enum types, so that we'll get compiler warnings when someone adds a new enum value without accounting for it in all these places. In passing, re-order some switch cases as needed to match the declaration of enum ObjectClass. OK, that's just neatnik-ism, but I dislike code that looks like it was assembled with the help of a dartboard. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170512221010.nglatgt5azzdxjlj@alvherre.pgsql
2017-05-14 19:32:59 +02:00
appendStringInfoString(&buffer, quote_identifier(amname));
if (objname)
*objname = list_make1(amname);
}
break;
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
case OCLASS_AMOP:
{
Relation amopDesc;
HeapTuple tup;
ScanKeyData skey[1];
SysScanDesc amscan;
Form_pg_amop amopForm;
StringInfoData opfam;
Support opfamily members in get_object_address In the spirit of 890192e99af and 4464303405f: have get_object_address understand individual pg_amop and pg_amproc objects. There is no way to refer to such objects directly in the grammar -- rather, they are almost always considered an integral part of the opfamily that contains them. (The only case that deals with them individually is ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY ADD/DROP, which carries the opfamily address separately and thus does not need it to be part of each added/dropped element's address.) In event triggers it becomes possible to become involved with individual amop/amproc elements, and this commit enables pg_get_object_address to do so as well. To make the overall coding simpler, this commit also slightly changes the get_object_address representation for opclasses and opfamilies: instead of having the AM name in the objargs array, I moved it as the first element of the objnames array. This enables the new code to use objargs for the type names used by pg_amop and pg_amproc. Reviewed by: Stephen Frost
2015-03-16 16:06:34 +01:00
char *ltype;
char *rtype;
Add pg_identify_object_as_address This function returns object type and objname/objargs arrays, which can be passed to pg_get_object_address. This is especially useful because the textual representation can be copied to a remote server in order to obtain the corresponding OID-based address. In essence, this function is the inverse of recently added pg_get_object_address(). Catalog version bumped due to the addition of the new function. Also add docs to pg_get_object_address.
2014-12-30 19:41:50 +01:00
Replace uses of heap_open et al with the corresponding table_* function. Author: Andres Freund Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190111000539.xbv7s6w7ilcvm7dp@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-01-21 19:32:19 +01:00
amopDesc = table_open(AccessMethodOperatorRelationId,
AccessShareLock);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
ScanKeyInit(&skey[0],
Remove WITH OIDS support, change oid catalog column visibility. Previously tables declared WITH OIDS, including a significant fraction of the catalog tables, stored the oid column not as a normal column, but as part of the tuple header. This special column was not shown by default, which was somewhat odd, as it's often (consider e.g. pg_class.oid) one of the more important parts of a row. Neither pg_dump nor COPY included the contents of the oid column by default. The fact that the oid column was not an ordinary column necessitated a significant amount of special case code to support oid columns. That already was painful for the existing, but upcoming work aiming to make table storage pluggable, would have required expanding and duplicating that "specialness" significantly. WITH OIDS has been deprecated since 2005 (commit ff02d0a05280e0). Remove it. Removing includes: - CREATE TABLE and ALTER TABLE syntax for declaring the table to be WITH OIDS has been removed (WITH (oids[ = true]) will error out) - pg_dump does not support dumping tables declared WITH OIDS and will issue a warning when dumping one (and ignore the oid column). - restoring an pg_dump archive with pg_restore will warn when restoring a table with oid contents (and ignore the oid column) - COPY will refuse to load binary dump that includes oids. - pg_upgrade will error out when encountering tables declared WITH OIDS, they have to be altered to remove the oid column first. - Functionality to access the oid of the last inserted row (like plpgsql's RESULT_OID, spi's SPI_lastoid, ...) has been removed. The syntax for declaring a table WITHOUT OIDS (or WITH (oids = false) for CREATE TABLE) is still supported. While that requires a bit of support code, it seems unnecessary to break applications / dumps that do not use oids, and are explicit about not using them. The biggest user of WITH OID columns was postgres' catalog. This commit changes all 'magic' oid columns to be columns that are normally declared and stored. To reduce unnecessary query breakage all the newly added columns are still named 'oid', even if a table's column naming scheme would indicate 'reloid' or such. This obviously requires adapting a lot code, mostly replacing oid access via HeapTupleGetOid() with access to the underlying Form_pg_*->oid column. The bootstrap process now assigns oids for all oid columns in genbki.pl that do not have an explicit value (starting at the largest oid previously used), only oids assigned later by oids will be above FirstBootstrapObjectId. As the oid column now is a normal column the special bootstrap syntax for oids has been removed. Oids are not automatically assigned during insertion anymore, all backend code explicitly assigns oids with GetNewOidWithIndex(). For the rare case that insertions into the catalog via SQL are called for the new pg_nextoid() function can be used (which only works on catalog tables). The fact that oid columns on system tables are now normal columns means that they will be included in the set of columns expanded by * (i.e. SELECT * FROM pg_class will now include the table's oid, previously it did not). It'd not technically be hard to hide oid column by default, but that'd mean confusing behavior would either have to be carried forward forever, or it'd cause breakage down the line. While it's not unlikely that further adjustments are needed, the scope/invasiveness of the patch makes it worthwhile to get merge this now. It's painful to maintain externally, too complicated to commit after the code code freeze, and a dependency of a number of other patches. Catversion bump, for obvious reasons. Author: Andres Freund, with contributions by John Naylor Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180930034810.ywp2c7awz7opzcfr@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-11-21 00:36:57 +01:00
Anum_pg_amop_oid,
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
ObjectIdGetDatum(object->objectId));
amscan = systable_beginscan(amopDesc, AccessMethodOperatorOidIndexId, true,
Use an MVCC snapshot, rather than SnapshotNow, for catalog scans. SnapshotNow scans have the undesirable property that, in the face of concurrent updates, the scan can fail to see either the old or the new versions of the row. In many cases, we work around this by requiring DDL operations to hold AccessExclusiveLock on the object being modified; in some cases, the existing locking is inadequate and random failures occur as a result. This commit doesn't change anything related to locking, but will hopefully pave the way to allowing lock strength reductions in the future. The major issue has held us back from making this change in the past is that taking an MVCC snapshot is significantly more expensive than using a static special snapshot such as SnapshotNow. However, testing of various worst-case scenarios reveals that this problem is not severe except under fairly extreme workloads. To mitigate those problems, we avoid retaking the MVCC snapshot for each new scan; instead, we take a new snapshot only when invalidation messages have been processed. The catcache machinery already requires that invalidation messages be sent before releasing the related heavyweight lock; else other backends might rely on locally-cached data rather than scanning the catalog at all. Thus, making snapshot reuse dependent on the same guarantees shouldn't break anything that wasn't already subtly broken. Patch by me. Review by Michael Paquier and Andres Freund.
2013-07-02 15:47:01 +02:00
NULL, 1, skey);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
tup = systable_getnext(amscan);
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
{
if (!missing_ok)
elog(ERROR, "could not find tuple for amop entry %u",
object->objectId);
systable_endscan(amscan);
table_close(amopDesc, AccessShareLock);
break;
}
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
amopForm = (Form_pg_amop) GETSTRUCT(tup);
initStringInfo(&opfam);
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
getOpFamilyIdentity(&opfam, amopForm->amopfamily, objname,
false);
Support opfamily members in get_object_address In the spirit of 890192e99af and 4464303405f: have get_object_address understand individual pg_amop and pg_amproc objects. There is no way to refer to such objects directly in the grammar -- rather, they are almost always considered an integral part of the opfamily that contains them. (The only case that deals with them individually is ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY ADD/DROP, which carries the opfamily address separately and thus does not need it to be part of each added/dropped element's address.) In event triggers it becomes possible to become involved with individual amop/amproc elements, and this commit enables pg_get_object_address to do so as well. To make the overall coding simpler, this commit also slightly changes the get_object_address representation for opclasses and opfamilies: instead of having the AM name in the objargs array, I moved it as the first element of the objnames array. This enables the new code to use objargs for the type names used by pg_amop and pg_amproc. Reviewed by: Stephen Frost
2015-03-16 16:06:34 +01:00
ltype = format_type_be_qualified(amopForm->amoplefttype);
rtype = format_type_be_qualified(amopForm->amoprighttype);
if (objname)
{
*objname = lappend(*objname,
psprintf("%d", amopForm->amopstrategy));
*objargs = list_make2(ltype, rtype);
}
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
appendStringInfo(&buffer, "operator %d (%s, %s) of %s",
amopForm->amopstrategy,
Support opfamily members in get_object_address In the spirit of 890192e99af and 4464303405f: have get_object_address understand individual pg_amop and pg_amproc objects. There is no way to refer to such objects directly in the grammar -- rather, they are almost always considered an integral part of the opfamily that contains them. (The only case that deals with them individually is ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY ADD/DROP, which carries the opfamily address separately and thus does not need it to be part of each added/dropped element's address.) In event triggers it becomes possible to become involved with individual amop/amproc elements, and this commit enables pg_get_object_address to do so as well. To make the overall coding simpler, this commit also slightly changes the get_object_address representation for opclasses and opfamilies: instead of having the AM name in the objargs array, I moved it as the first element of the objnames array. This enables the new code to use objargs for the type names used by pg_amop and pg_amproc. Reviewed by: Stephen Frost
2015-03-16 16:06:34 +01:00
ltype, rtype, opfam.data);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
pfree(opfam.data);
systable_endscan(amscan);
Replace uses of heap_open et al with the corresponding table_* function. Author: Andres Freund Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190111000539.xbv7s6w7ilcvm7dp@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-01-21 19:32:19 +01:00
table_close(amopDesc, AccessShareLock);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
break;
}
case OCLASS_AMPROC:
{
Relation amprocDesc;
ScanKeyData skey[1];
SysScanDesc amscan;
HeapTuple tup;
Form_pg_amproc amprocForm;
StringInfoData opfam;
Support opfamily members in get_object_address In the spirit of 890192e99af and 4464303405f: have get_object_address understand individual pg_amop and pg_amproc objects. There is no way to refer to such objects directly in the grammar -- rather, they are almost always considered an integral part of the opfamily that contains them. (The only case that deals with them individually is ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY ADD/DROP, which carries the opfamily address separately and thus does not need it to be part of each added/dropped element's address.) In event triggers it becomes possible to become involved with individual amop/amproc elements, and this commit enables pg_get_object_address to do so as well. To make the overall coding simpler, this commit also slightly changes the get_object_address representation for opclasses and opfamilies: instead of having the AM name in the objargs array, I moved it as the first element of the objnames array. This enables the new code to use objargs for the type names used by pg_amop and pg_amproc. Reviewed by: Stephen Frost
2015-03-16 16:06:34 +01:00
char *ltype;
char *rtype;
Add pg_identify_object_as_address This function returns object type and objname/objargs arrays, which can be passed to pg_get_object_address. This is especially useful because the textual representation can be copied to a remote server in order to obtain the corresponding OID-based address. In essence, this function is the inverse of recently added pg_get_object_address(). Catalog version bumped due to the addition of the new function. Also add docs to pg_get_object_address.
2014-12-30 19:41:50 +01:00
Replace uses of heap_open et al with the corresponding table_* function. Author: Andres Freund Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190111000539.xbv7s6w7ilcvm7dp@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-01-21 19:32:19 +01:00
amprocDesc = table_open(AccessMethodProcedureRelationId,
AccessShareLock);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
ScanKeyInit(&skey[0],
Remove WITH OIDS support, change oid catalog column visibility. Previously tables declared WITH OIDS, including a significant fraction of the catalog tables, stored the oid column not as a normal column, but as part of the tuple header. This special column was not shown by default, which was somewhat odd, as it's often (consider e.g. pg_class.oid) one of the more important parts of a row. Neither pg_dump nor COPY included the contents of the oid column by default. The fact that the oid column was not an ordinary column necessitated a significant amount of special case code to support oid columns. That already was painful for the existing, but upcoming work aiming to make table storage pluggable, would have required expanding and duplicating that "specialness" significantly. WITH OIDS has been deprecated since 2005 (commit ff02d0a05280e0). Remove it. Removing includes: - CREATE TABLE and ALTER TABLE syntax for declaring the table to be WITH OIDS has been removed (WITH (oids[ = true]) will error out) - pg_dump does not support dumping tables declared WITH OIDS and will issue a warning when dumping one (and ignore the oid column). - restoring an pg_dump archive with pg_restore will warn when restoring a table with oid contents (and ignore the oid column) - COPY will refuse to load binary dump that includes oids. - pg_upgrade will error out when encountering tables declared WITH OIDS, they have to be altered to remove the oid column first. - Functionality to access the oid of the last inserted row (like plpgsql's RESULT_OID, spi's SPI_lastoid, ...) has been removed. The syntax for declaring a table WITHOUT OIDS (or WITH (oids = false) for CREATE TABLE) is still supported. While that requires a bit of support code, it seems unnecessary to break applications / dumps that do not use oids, and are explicit about not using them. The biggest user of WITH OID columns was postgres' catalog. This commit changes all 'magic' oid columns to be columns that are normally declared and stored. To reduce unnecessary query breakage all the newly added columns are still named 'oid', even if a table's column naming scheme would indicate 'reloid' or such. This obviously requires adapting a lot code, mostly replacing oid access via HeapTupleGetOid() with access to the underlying Form_pg_*->oid column. The bootstrap process now assigns oids for all oid columns in genbki.pl that do not have an explicit value (starting at the largest oid previously used), only oids assigned later by oids will be above FirstBootstrapObjectId. As the oid column now is a normal column the special bootstrap syntax for oids has been removed. Oids are not automatically assigned during insertion anymore, all backend code explicitly assigns oids with GetNewOidWithIndex(). For the rare case that insertions into the catalog via SQL are called for the new pg_nextoid() function can be used (which only works on catalog tables). The fact that oid columns on system tables are now normal columns means that they will be included in the set of columns expanded by * (i.e. SELECT * FROM pg_class will now include the table's oid, previously it did not). It'd not technically be hard to hide oid column by default, but that'd mean confusing behavior would either have to be carried forward forever, or it'd cause breakage down the line. While it's not unlikely that further adjustments are needed, the scope/invasiveness of the patch makes it worthwhile to get merge this now. It's painful to maintain externally, too complicated to commit after the code code freeze, and a dependency of a number of other patches. Catversion bump, for obvious reasons. Author: Andres Freund, with contributions by John Naylor Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180930034810.ywp2c7awz7opzcfr@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-11-21 00:36:57 +01:00
Anum_pg_amproc_oid,
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
ObjectIdGetDatum(object->objectId));
amscan = systable_beginscan(amprocDesc, AccessMethodProcedureOidIndexId, true,
Use an MVCC snapshot, rather than SnapshotNow, for catalog scans. SnapshotNow scans have the undesirable property that, in the face of concurrent updates, the scan can fail to see either the old or the new versions of the row. In many cases, we work around this by requiring DDL operations to hold AccessExclusiveLock on the object being modified; in some cases, the existing locking is inadequate and random failures occur as a result. This commit doesn't change anything related to locking, but will hopefully pave the way to allowing lock strength reductions in the future. The major issue has held us back from making this change in the past is that taking an MVCC snapshot is significantly more expensive than using a static special snapshot such as SnapshotNow. However, testing of various worst-case scenarios reveals that this problem is not severe except under fairly extreme workloads. To mitigate those problems, we avoid retaking the MVCC snapshot for each new scan; instead, we take a new snapshot only when invalidation messages have been processed. The catcache machinery already requires that invalidation messages be sent before releasing the related heavyweight lock; else other backends might rely on locally-cached data rather than scanning the catalog at all. Thus, making snapshot reuse dependent on the same guarantees shouldn't break anything that wasn't already subtly broken. Patch by me. Review by Michael Paquier and Andres Freund.
2013-07-02 15:47:01 +02:00
NULL, 1, skey);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
tup = systable_getnext(amscan);
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
{
if (!missing_ok)
elog(ERROR, "could not find tuple for amproc entry %u",
object->objectId);
systable_endscan(amscan);
table_close(amprocDesc, AccessShareLock);
break;
}
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
amprocForm = (Form_pg_amproc) GETSTRUCT(tup);
initStringInfo(&opfam);
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
getOpFamilyIdentity(&opfam, amprocForm->amprocfamily, objname,
false);
Support opfamily members in get_object_address In the spirit of 890192e99af and 4464303405f: have get_object_address understand individual pg_amop and pg_amproc objects. There is no way to refer to such objects directly in the grammar -- rather, they are almost always considered an integral part of the opfamily that contains them. (The only case that deals with them individually is ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY ADD/DROP, which carries the opfamily address separately and thus does not need it to be part of each added/dropped element's address.) In event triggers it becomes possible to become involved with individual amop/amproc elements, and this commit enables pg_get_object_address to do so as well. To make the overall coding simpler, this commit also slightly changes the get_object_address representation for opclasses and opfamilies: instead of having the AM name in the objargs array, I moved it as the first element of the objnames array. This enables the new code to use objargs for the type names used by pg_amop and pg_amproc. Reviewed by: Stephen Frost
2015-03-16 16:06:34 +01:00
ltype = format_type_be_qualified(amprocForm->amproclefttype);
rtype = format_type_be_qualified(amprocForm->amprocrighttype);
if (objname)
{
*objname = lappend(*objname,
psprintf("%d", amprocForm->amprocnum));
*objargs = list_make2(ltype, rtype);
}
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
appendStringInfo(&buffer, "function %d (%s, %s) of %s",
amprocForm->amprocnum,
Support opfamily members in get_object_address In the spirit of 890192e99af and 4464303405f: have get_object_address understand individual pg_amop and pg_amproc objects. There is no way to refer to such objects directly in the grammar -- rather, they are almost always considered an integral part of the opfamily that contains them. (The only case that deals with them individually is ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY ADD/DROP, which carries the opfamily address separately and thus does not need it to be part of each added/dropped element's address.) In event triggers it becomes possible to become involved with individual amop/amproc elements, and this commit enables pg_get_object_address to do so as well. To make the overall coding simpler, this commit also slightly changes the get_object_address representation for opclasses and opfamilies: instead of having the AM name in the objargs array, I moved it as the first element of the objnames array. This enables the new code to use objargs for the type names used by pg_amop and pg_amproc. Reviewed by: Stephen Frost
2015-03-16 16:06:34 +01:00
ltype, rtype, opfam.data);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
pfree(opfam.data);
systable_endscan(amscan);
Replace uses of heap_open et al with the corresponding table_* function. Author: Andres Freund Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190111000539.xbv7s6w7ilcvm7dp@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-01-21 19:32:19 +01:00
table_close(amprocDesc, AccessShareLock);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
break;
}
case OCLASS_REWRITE:
{
Relation ruleDesc;
HeapTuple tup;
Form_pg_rewrite rule;
Replace uses of heap_open et al with the corresponding table_* function. Author: Andres Freund Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190111000539.xbv7s6w7ilcvm7dp@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-01-21 19:32:19 +01:00
ruleDesc = table_open(RewriteRelationId, AccessShareLock);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
Remove WITH OIDS support, change oid catalog column visibility. Previously tables declared WITH OIDS, including a significant fraction of the catalog tables, stored the oid column not as a normal column, but as part of the tuple header. This special column was not shown by default, which was somewhat odd, as it's often (consider e.g. pg_class.oid) one of the more important parts of a row. Neither pg_dump nor COPY included the contents of the oid column by default. The fact that the oid column was not an ordinary column necessitated a significant amount of special case code to support oid columns. That already was painful for the existing, but upcoming work aiming to make table storage pluggable, would have required expanding and duplicating that "specialness" significantly. WITH OIDS has been deprecated since 2005 (commit ff02d0a05280e0). Remove it. Removing includes: - CREATE TABLE and ALTER TABLE syntax for declaring the table to be WITH OIDS has been removed (WITH (oids[ = true]) will error out) - pg_dump does not support dumping tables declared WITH OIDS and will issue a warning when dumping one (and ignore the oid column). - restoring an pg_dump archive with pg_restore will warn when restoring a table with oid contents (and ignore the oid column) - COPY will refuse to load binary dump that includes oids. - pg_upgrade will error out when encountering tables declared WITH OIDS, they have to be altered to remove the oid column first. - Functionality to access the oid of the last inserted row (like plpgsql's RESULT_OID, spi's SPI_lastoid, ...) has been removed. The syntax for declaring a table WITHOUT OIDS (or WITH (oids = false) for CREATE TABLE) is still supported. While that requires a bit of support code, it seems unnecessary to break applications / dumps that do not use oids, and are explicit about not using them. The biggest user of WITH OID columns was postgres' catalog. This commit changes all 'magic' oid columns to be columns that are normally declared and stored. To reduce unnecessary query breakage all the newly added columns are still named 'oid', even if a table's column naming scheme would indicate 'reloid' or such. This obviously requires adapting a lot code, mostly replacing oid access via HeapTupleGetOid() with access to the underlying Form_pg_*->oid column. The bootstrap process now assigns oids for all oid columns in genbki.pl that do not have an explicit value (starting at the largest oid previously used), only oids assigned later by oids will be above FirstBootstrapObjectId. As the oid column now is a normal column the special bootstrap syntax for oids has been removed. Oids are not automatically assigned during insertion anymore, all backend code explicitly assigns oids with GetNewOidWithIndex(). For the rare case that insertions into the catalog via SQL are called for the new pg_nextoid() function can be used (which only works on catalog tables). The fact that oid columns on system tables are now normal columns means that they will be included in the set of columns expanded by * (i.e. SELECT * FROM pg_class will now include the table's oid, previously it did not). It'd not technically be hard to hide oid column by default, but that'd mean confusing behavior would either have to be carried forward forever, or it'd cause breakage down the line. While it's not unlikely that further adjustments are needed, the scope/invasiveness of the patch makes it worthwhile to get merge this now. It's painful to maintain externally, too complicated to commit after the code code freeze, and a dependency of a number of other patches. Catversion bump, for obvious reasons. Author: Andres Freund, with contributions by John Naylor Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180930034810.ywp2c7awz7opzcfr@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-11-21 00:36:57 +01:00
tup = get_catalog_object_by_oid(ruleDesc, Anum_pg_rewrite_oid,
object->objectId);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
{
if (!missing_ok)
elog(ERROR, "could not find tuple for rule %u",
object->objectId);
table_close(ruleDesc, AccessShareLock);
break;
}
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
rule = (Form_pg_rewrite) GETSTRUCT(tup);
appendStringInfo(&buffer, "%s on ",
quote_identifier(NameStr(rule->rulename)));
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
getRelationIdentity(&buffer, rule->ev_class, objname, false);
Add pg_identify_object_as_address This function returns object type and objname/objargs arrays, which can be passed to pg_get_object_address. This is especially useful because the textual representation can be copied to a remote server in order to obtain the corresponding OID-based address. In essence, this function is the inverse of recently added pg_get_object_address(). Catalog version bumped due to the addition of the new function. Also add docs to pg_get_object_address.
2014-12-30 19:41:50 +01:00
if (objname)
Add missing pstrdup calls The one for the OCLASS_COLLATION case was noticed by CLOBBER_CACHE_ALWAYS buildfarm members; the others I spotted by manual code inspection. Also remove a redundant check.
2014-12-31 17:19:40 +01:00
*objname = lappend(*objname, pstrdup(NameStr(rule->rulename)));
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
Replace uses of heap_open et al with the corresponding table_* function. Author: Andres Freund Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190111000539.xbv7s6w7ilcvm7dp@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-01-21 19:32:19 +01:00
table_close(ruleDesc, AccessShareLock);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
break;
}
case OCLASS_TRIGGER:
{
Relation trigDesc;
HeapTuple tup;
Form_pg_trigger trig;
Replace uses of heap_open et al with the corresponding table_* function. Author: Andres Freund Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190111000539.xbv7s6w7ilcvm7dp@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-01-21 19:32:19 +01:00
trigDesc = table_open(TriggerRelationId, AccessShareLock);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
Remove WITH OIDS support, change oid catalog column visibility. Previously tables declared WITH OIDS, including a significant fraction of the catalog tables, stored the oid column not as a normal column, but as part of the tuple header. This special column was not shown by default, which was somewhat odd, as it's often (consider e.g. pg_class.oid) one of the more important parts of a row. Neither pg_dump nor COPY included the contents of the oid column by default. The fact that the oid column was not an ordinary column necessitated a significant amount of special case code to support oid columns. That already was painful for the existing, but upcoming work aiming to make table storage pluggable, would have required expanding and duplicating that "specialness" significantly. WITH OIDS has been deprecated since 2005 (commit ff02d0a05280e0). Remove it. Removing includes: - CREATE TABLE and ALTER TABLE syntax for declaring the table to be WITH OIDS has been removed (WITH (oids[ = true]) will error out) - pg_dump does not support dumping tables declared WITH OIDS and will issue a warning when dumping one (and ignore the oid column). - restoring an pg_dump archive with pg_restore will warn when restoring a table with oid contents (and ignore the oid column) - COPY will refuse to load binary dump that includes oids. - pg_upgrade will error out when encountering tables declared WITH OIDS, they have to be altered to remove the oid column first. - Functionality to access the oid of the last inserted row (like plpgsql's RESULT_OID, spi's SPI_lastoid, ...) has been removed. The syntax for declaring a table WITHOUT OIDS (or WITH (oids = false) for CREATE TABLE) is still supported. While that requires a bit of support code, it seems unnecessary to break applications / dumps that do not use oids, and are explicit about not using them. The biggest user of WITH OID columns was postgres' catalog. This commit changes all 'magic' oid columns to be columns that are normally declared and stored. To reduce unnecessary query breakage all the newly added columns are still named 'oid', even if a table's column naming scheme would indicate 'reloid' or such. This obviously requires adapting a lot code, mostly replacing oid access via HeapTupleGetOid() with access to the underlying Form_pg_*->oid column. The bootstrap process now assigns oids for all oid columns in genbki.pl that do not have an explicit value (starting at the largest oid previously used), only oids assigned later by oids will be above FirstBootstrapObjectId. As the oid column now is a normal column the special bootstrap syntax for oids has been removed. Oids are not automatically assigned during insertion anymore, all backend code explicitly assigns oids with GetNewOidWithIndex(). For the rare case that insertions into the catalog via SQL are called for the new pg_nextoid() function can be used (which only works on catalog tables). The fact that oid columns on system tables are now normal columns means that they will be included in the set of columns expanded by * (i.e. SELECT * FROM pg_class will now include the table's oid, previously it did not). It'd not technically be hard to hide oid column by default, but that'd mean confusing behavior would either have to be carried forward forever, or it'd cause breakage down the line. While it's not unlikely that further adjustments are needed, the scope/invasiveness of the patch makes it worthwhile to get merge this now. It's painful to maintain externally, too complicated to commit after the code code freeze, and a dependency of a number of other patches. Catversion bump, for obvious reasons. Author: Andres Freund, with contributions by John Naylor Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180930034810.ywp2c7awz7opzcfr@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-11-21 00:36:57 +01:00
tup = get_catalog_object_by_oid(trigDesc, Anum_pg_trigger_oid,
object->objectId);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
{
if (!missing_ok)
elog(ERROR, "could not find tuple for trigger %u",
object->objectId);
table_close(trigDesc, AccessShareLock);
break;
}
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
trig = (Form_pg_trigger) GETSTRUCT(tup);
appendStringInfo(&buffer, "%s on ",
quote_identifier(NameStr(trig->tgname)));
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
getRelationIdentity(&buffer, trig->tgrelid, objname, false);
Add pg_identify_object_as_address This function returns object type and objname/objargs arrays, which can be passed to pg_get_object_address. This is especially useful because the textual representation can be copied to a remote server in order to obtain the corresponding OID-based address. In essence, this function is the inverse of recently added pg_get_object_address(). Catalog version bumped due to the addition of the new function. Also add docs to pg_get_object_address.
2014-12-30 19:41:50 +01:00
if (objname)
Add missing pstrdup calls The one for the OCLASS_COLLATION case was noticed by CLOBBER_CACHE_ALWAYS buildfarm members; the others I spotted by manual code inspection. Also remove a redundant check.
2014-12-31 17:19:40 +01:00
*objname = lappend(*objname, pstrdup(NameStr(trig->tgname)));
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
Replace uses of heap_open et al with the corresponding table_* function. Author: Andres Freund Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190111000539.xbv7s6w7ilcvm7dp@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-01-21 19:32:19 +01:00
table_close(trigDesc, AccessShareLock);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
break;
}
case OCLASS_SCHEMA:
{
char *nspname;
pg_event_trigger_dropped_objects: add is_temp column It now also reports temporary objects dropped that are local to the backend. Previously we weren't reporting any temp objects because it was deemed unnecessary; but as it turns out, it is necessary if we want to keep close track of DDL command execution inside one session. Temp objects are reported as living in schema pg_temp, which works because such a schema-qualification always refers to the temp objects of the current session.
2015-04-06 16:40:55 +02:00
nspname = get_namespace_name_or_temp(object->objectId);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
if (!nspname)
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
{
if (!missing_ok)
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for namespace %u",
object->objectId);
break;
}
Use appendStringInfoString instead of appendStringInfo where possible. This shaves a few cycles, and generally seems like good programming practice. David Rowley
2013-10-31 15:55:59 +01:00
appendStringInfoString(&buffer,
Fix object identities for text search objects We were neglecting to schema-qualify them. Backpatch to 9.3, where object identities were introduced as a concept by commit f8348ea32ec8.
2014-04-16 23:25:44 +02:00
quote_identifier(nspname));
Add pg_identify_object_as_address This function returns object type and objname/objargs arrays, which can be passed to pg_get_object_address. This is especially useful because the textual representation can be copied to a remote server in order to obtain the corresponding OID-based address. In essence, this function is the inverse of recently added pg_get_object_address(). Catalog version bumped due to the addition of the new function. Also add docs to pg_get_object_address.
2014-12-30 19:41:50 +01:00
if (objname)
*objname = list_make1(nspname);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
break;
}
Fix maintenance hazards caused by ill-considered use of default: cases. Remove default cases from assorted switches over ObjectClass and some related enum types, so that we'll get compiler warnings when someone adds a new enum value without accounting for it in all these places. In passing, re-order some switch cases as needed to match the declaration of enum ObjectClass. OK, that's just neatnik-ism, but I dislike code that looks like it was assembled with the help of a dartboard. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170512221010.nglatgt5azzdxjlj@alvherre.pgsql
2017-05-14 19:32:59 +02:00
case OCLASS_STATISTIC_EXT:
{
HeapTuple tup;
Form_pg_statistic_ext formStatistic;
char *schema;
tup = SearchSysCache1(STATEXTOID,
ObjectIdGetDatum(object->objectId));
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
{
if (!missing_ok)
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for statistics object %u",
object->objectId);
break;
}
Fix maintenance hazards caused by ill-considered use of default: cases. Remove default cases from assorted switches over ObjectClass and some related enum types, so that we'll get compiler warnings when someone adds a new enum value without accounting for it in all these places. In passing, re-order some switch cases as needed to match the declaration of enum ObjectClass. OK, that's just neatnik-ism, but I dislike code that looks like it was assembled with the help of a dartboard. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170512221010.nglatgt5azzdxjlj@alvherre.pgsql
2017-05-14 19:32:59 +02:00
formStatistic = (Form_pg_statistic_ext) GETSTRUCT(tup);
schema = get_namespace_name_or_temp(formStatistic->stxnamespace);
appendStringInfoString(&buffer,
quote_qualified_identifier(schema,
NameStr(formStatistic->stxname)));
if (objname)
*objname = list_make2(schema,
pstrdup(NameStr(formStatistic->stxname)));
ReleaseSysCache(tup);
}
break;
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
case OCLASS_TSPARSER:
{
HeapTuple tup;
Form_pg_ts_parser formParser;
Fix object identities for text search objects We were neglecting to schema-qualify them. Backpatch to 9.3, where object identities were introduced as a concept by commit f8348ea32ec8.
2014-04-16 23:25:44 +02:00
char *schema;
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
tup = SearchSysCache1(TSPARSEROID,
ObjectIdGetDatum(object->objectId));
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
{
if (!missing_ok)
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for text search parser %u",
object->objectId);
break;
}
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
formParser = (Form_pg_ts_parser) GETSTRUCT(tup);
pg_event_trigger_dropped_objects: add is_temp column It now also reports temporary objects dropped that are local to the backend. Previously we weren't reporting any temp objects because it was deemed unnecessary; but as it turns out, it is necessary if we want to keep close track of DDL command execution inside one session. Temp objects are reported as living in schema pg_temp, which works because such a schema-qualification always refers to the temp objects of the current session.
2015-04-06 16:40:55 +02:00
schema = get_namespace_name_or_temp(formParser->prsnamespace);
Use appendStringInfoString instead of appendStringInfo where possible. This shaves a few cycles, and generally seems like good programming practice. David Rowley
2013-10-31 15:55:59 +01:00
appendStringInfoString(&buffer,
Fix object identities for text search objects We were neglecting to schema-qualify them. Backpatch to 9.3, where object identities were introduced as a concept by commit f8348ea32ec8.
2014-04-16 23:25:44 +02:00
quote_qualified_identifier(schema,
NameStr(formParser->prsname)));
Add pg_identify_object_as_address This function returns object type and objname/objargs arrays, which can be passed to pg_get_object_address. This is especially useful because the textual representation can be copied to a remote server in order to obtain the corresponding OID-based address. In essence, this function is the inverse of recently added pg_get_object_address(). Catalog version bumped due to the addition of the new function. Also add docs to pg_get_object_address.
2014-12-30 19:41:50 +01:00
if (objname)
*objname = list_make2(schema,
pstrdup(NameStr(formParser->prsname)));
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
ReleaseSysCache(tup);
break;
}
case OCLASS_TSDICT:
{
HeapTuple tup;
Form_pg_ts_dict formDict;
Fix object identities for text search objects We were neglecting to schema-qualify them. Backpatch to 9.3, where object identities were introduced as a concept by commit f8348ea32ec8.
2014-04-16 23:25:44 +02:00
char *schema;
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
tup = SearchSysCache1(TSDICTOID,
ObjectIdGetDatum(object->objectId));
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
{
if (!missing_ok)
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for text search dictionary %u",
object->objectId);
break;
}
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
formDict = (Form_pg_ts_dict) GETSTRUCT(tup);
pg_event_trigger_dropped_objects: add is_temp column It now also reports temporary objects dropped that are local to the backend. Previously we weren't reporting any temp objects because it was deemed unnecessary; but as it turns out, it is necessary if we want to keep close track of DDL command execution inside one session. Temp objects are reported as living in schema pg_temp, which works because such a schema-qualification always refers to the temp objects of the current session.
2015-04-06 16:40:55 +02:00
schema = get_namespace_name_or_temp(formDict->dictnamespace);
Use appendStringInfoString instead of appendStringInfo where possible. This shaves a few cycles, and generally seems like good programming practice. David Rowley
2013-10-31 15:55:59 +01:00
appendStringInfoString(&buffer,
Fix object identities for text search objects We were neglecting to schema-qualify them. Backpatch to 9.3, where object identities were introduced as a concept by commit f8348ea32ec8.
2014-04-16 23:25:44 +02:00
quote_qualified_identifier(schema,
NameStr(formDict->dictname)));
Add pg_identify_object_as_address This function returns object type and objname/objargs arrays, which can be passed to pg_get_object_address. This is especially useful because the textual representation can be copied to a remote server in order to obtain the corresponding OID-based address. In essence, this function is the inverse of recently added pg_get_object_address(). Catalog version bumped due to the addition of the new function. Also add docs to pg_get_object_address.
2014-12-30 19:41:50 +01:00
if (objname)
*objname = list_make2(schema,
pstrdup(NameStr(formDict->dictname)));
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
ReleaseSysCache(tup);
break;
}
case OCLASS_TSTEMPLATE:
{
HeapTuple tup;
Form_pg_ts_template formTmpl;
Fix object identities for text search objects We were neglecting to schema-qualify them. Backpatch to 9.3, where object identities were introduced as a concept by commit f8348ea32ec8.
2014-04-16 23:25:44 +02:00
char *schema;
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
tup = SearchSysCache1(TSTEMPLATEOID,
ObjectIdGetDatum(object->objectId));
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
{
if (!missing_ok)
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for text search template %u",
object->objectId);
break;
}
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
formTmpl = (Form_pg_ts_template) GETSTRUCT(tup);
pg_event_trigger_dropped_objects: add is_temp column It now also reports temporary objects dropped that are local to the backend. Previously we weren't reporting any temp objects because it was deemed unnecessary; but as it turns out, it is necessary if we want to keep close track of DDL command execution inside one session. Temp objects are reported as living in schema pg_temp, which works because such a schema-qualification always refers to the temp objects of the current session.
2015-04-06 16:40:55 +02:00
schema = get_namespace_name_or_temp(formTmpl->tmplnamespace);
Use appendStringInfoString instead of appendStringInfo where possible. This shaves a few cycles, and generally seems like good programming practice. David Rowley
2013-10-31 15:55:59 +01:00
appendStringInfoString(&buffer,
Fix object identities for text search objects We were neglecting to schema-qualify them. Backpatch to 9.3, where object identities were introduced as a concept by commit f8348ea32ec8.
2014-04-16 23:25:44 +02:00
quote_qualified_identifier(schema,
NameStr(formTmpl->tmplname)));
Add pg_identify_object_as_address This function returns object type and objname/objargs arrays, which can be passed to pg_get_object_address. This is especially useful because the textual representation can be copied to a remote server in order to obtain the corresponding OID-based address. In essence, this function is the inverse of recently added pg_get_object_address(). Catalog version bumped due to the addition of the new function. Also add docs to pg_get_object_address.
2014-12-30 19:41:50 +01:00
if (objname)
*objname = list_make2(schema,
pstrdup(NameStr(formTmpl->tmplname)));
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
ReleaseSysCache(tup);
break;
}
case OCLASS_TSCONFIG:
{
HeapTuple tup;
Form_pg_ts_config formCfg;
Fix object identities for text search objects We were neglecting to schema-qualify them. Backpatch to 9.3, where object identities were introduced as a concept by commit f8348ea32ec8.
2014-04-16 23:25:44 +02:00
char *schema;
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
tup = SearchSysCache1(TSCONFIGOID,
ObjectIdGetDatum(object->objectId));
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
{
if (!missing_ok)
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for text search configuration %u",
object->objectId);
break;
}
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
formCfg = (Form_pg_ts_config) GETSTRUCT(tup);
pg_event_trigger_dropped_objects: add is_temp column It now also reports temporary objects dropped that are local to the backend. Previously we weren't reporting any temp objects because it was deemed unnecessary; but as it turns out, it is necessary if we want to keep close track of DDL command execution inside one session. Temp objects are reported as living in schema pg_temp, which works because such a schema-qualification always refers to the temp objects of the current session.
2015-04-06 16:40:55 +02:00
schema = get_namespace_name_or_temp(formCfg->cfgnamespace);
Use appendStringInfoString instead of appendStringInfo where possible. This shaves a few cycles, and generally seems like good programming practice. David Rowley
2013-10-31 15:55:59 +01:00
appendStringInfoString(&buffer,
Fix object identities for text search objects We were neglecting to schema-qualify them. Backpatch to 9.3, where object identities were introduced as a concept by commit f8348ea32ec8.
2014-04-16 23:25:44 +02:00
quote_qualified_identifier(schema,
NameStr(formCfg->cfgname)));
Add pg_identify_object_as_address This function returns object type and objname/objargs arrays, which can be passed to pg_get_object_address. This is especially useful because the textual representation can be copied to a remote server in order to obtain the corresponding OID-based address. In essence, this function is the inverse of recently added pg_get_object_address(). Catalog version bumped due to the addition of the new function. Also add docs to pg_get_object_address.
2014-12-30 19:41:50 +01:00
if (objname)
*objname = list_make2(schema,
pstrdup(NameStr(formCfg->cfgname)));
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
ReleaseSysCache(tup);
break;
}
case OCLASS_ROLE:
{
char *username;
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
username = GetUserNameFromId(object->objectId, missing_ok);
if (!username)
break;
Add pg_identify_object_as_address This function returns object type and objname/objargs arrays, which can be passed to pg_get_object_address. This is especially useful because the textual representation can be copied to a remote server in order to obtain the corresponding OID-based address. In essence, this function is the inverse of recently added pg_get_object_address(). Catalog version bumped due to the addition of the new function. Also add docs to pg_get_object_address.
2014-12-30 19:41:50 +01:00
if (objname)
*objname = list_make1(username);
Use appendStringInfoString instead of appendStringInfo where possible. This shaves a few cycles, and generally seems like good programming practice. David Rowley
2013-10-31 15:55:59 +01:00
appendStringInfoString(&buffer,
Fix object identities for text search objects We were neglecting to schema-qualify them. Backpatch to 9.3, where object identities were introduced as a concept by commit f8348ea32ec8.
2014-04-16 23:25:44 +02:00
quote_identifier(username));
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
break;
}
Ensure that pg_auth_members.grantor is always valid. Previously, "GRANT foo TO bar" or "GRANT foo TO bar GRANTED BY baz" would record the OID of the grantor in pg_auth_members.grantor, but that role could later be dropped without modifying or removing the pg_auth_members record. That's not great, because we typically try to avoid dangling references in catalog data. Now, a role grant depends on the grantor, and the grantor can't be dropped without removing the grant or changing the grantor. "DROP OWNED BY" will remove the grant, just as it does for other kinds of privileges. "REASSIGN OWNED BY" will not, again just like what we do in other cases involving privileges. pg_auth_members now has an OID column, because that is needed in order for dependencies to work. It also now has an index on the grantor column, because otherwise dropping a role would require a sequential scan of the entire table to see whether the role's OID is in use as a grantor. That probably wouldn't be too large a problem in practice, but it seems better to have an index just in case. A follow-on patch is planned with the goal of more thoroughly rationalizing the behavior of role grants. This patch is just trying to do enough to make sure that the data we store in the catalogs is at some basic level valid. Patch by me, reviewed by Stephen Frost Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoaFr-RZeQ+WoQ5nKPv97oT9+aDgK_a5+qWHSgbDsMp1Vg@mail.gmail.com
2022-08-18 19:13:02 +02:00
case OCLASS_ROLE_MEMBERSHIP:
{
Relation authMemDesc;
ScanKeyData skey[1];
SysScanDesc amscan;
HeapTuple tup;
Form_pg_auth_members amForm;
authMemDesc = table_open(AuthMemRelationId,
AccessShareLock);
ScanKeyInit(&skey[0],
Anum_pg_auth_members_oid,
BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
ObjectIdGetDatum(object->objectId));
amscan = systable_beginscan(authMemDesc, AuthMemOidIndexId, true,
NULL, 1, skey);
tup = systable_getnext(amscan);
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
{
if (!missing_ok)
elog(ERROR, "could not find tuple for pg_auth_members entry %u",
object->objectId);
systable_endscan(amscan);
table_close(authMemDesc, AccessShareLock);
break;
}
amForm = (Form_pg_auth_members) GETSTRUCT(tup);
appendStringInfo(&buffer, _("membership of role %s in role %s"),
GetUserNameFromId(amForm->member, false),
GetUserNameFromId(amForm->roleid, false));
systable_endscan(amscan);
table_close(authMemDesc, AccessShareLock);
break;
}
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
case OCLASS_DATABASE:
{
char *datname;
datname = get_database_name(object->objectId);
if (!datname)
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
{
if (!missing_ok)
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for database %u",
object->objectId);
break;
}
Add pg_identify_object_as_address This function returns object type and objname/objargs arrays, which can be passed to pg_get_object_address. This is especially useful because the textual representation can be copied to a remote server in order to obtain the corresponding OID-based address. In essence, this function is the inverse of recently added pg_get_object_address(). Catalog version bumped due to the addition of the new function. Also add docs to pg_get_object_address.
2014-12-30 19:41:50 +01:00
if (objname)
*objname = list_make1(datname);
Use appendStringInfoString instead of appendStringInfo where possible. This shaves a few cycles, and generally seems like good programming practice. David Rowley
2013-10-31 15:55:59 +01:00
appendStringInfoString(&buffer,
Fix object identities for text search objects We were neglecting to schema-qualify them. Backpatch to 9.3, where object identities were introduced as a concept by commit f8348ea32ec8.
2014-04-16 23:25:44 +02:00
quote_identifier(datname));
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
break;
}
case OCLASS_TBLSPACE:
{
char *tblspace;
tblspace = get_tablespace_name(object->objectId);
if (!tblspace)
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
{
if (!missing_ok)
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for tablespace %u",
object->objectId);
break;
}
Add pg_identify_object_as_address This function returns object type and objname/objargs arrays, which can be passed to pg_get_object_address. This is especially useful because the textual representation can be copied to a remote server in order to obtain the corresponding OID-based address. In essence, this function is the inverse of recently added pg_get_object_address(). Catalog version bumped due to the addition of the new function. Also add docs to pg_get_object_address.
2014-12-30 19:41:50 +01:00
if (objname)
*objname = list_make1(tblspace);
Use appendStringInfoString instead of appendStringInfo where possible. This shaves a few cycles, and generally seems like good programming practice. David Rowley
2013-10-31 15:55:59 +01:00
appendStringInfoString(&buffer,
Fix object identities for text search objects We were neglecting to schema-qualify them. Backpatch to 9.3, where object identities were introduced as a concept by commit f8348ea32ec8.
2014-04-16 23:25:44 +02:00
quote_identifier(tblspace));
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
break;
}
case OCLASS_FDW:
{
ForeignDataWrapper *fdw;
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
fdw = GetForeignDataWrapperExtended(object->objectId,
missing_ok);
if (fdw)
{
appendStringInfoString(&buffer, quote_identifier(fdw->fdwname));
if (objname)
*objname = list_make1(pstrdup(fdw->fdwname));
}
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
break;
}
case OCLASS_FOREIGN_SERVER:
{
ForeignServer *srv;
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
srv = GetForeignServerExtended(object->objectId,
missing_ok);
if (srv)
{
appendStringInfoString(&buffer,
quote_identifier(srv->servername));
if (objname)
*objname = list_make1(pstrdup(srv->servername));
}
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
break;
}
case OCLASS_USER_MAPPING:
{
HeapTuple tup;
Oid useid;
Fix user mapping object description We were using "user mapping for user XYZ" as description for user mappings, but that's ambiguous because users can have mappings on multiple foreign servers; therefore change it to "for user XYZ on server UVW" instead. Object identities for user mappings are also updated in the same way, in branches 9.3 and above. The incomplete description string was introduced together with the whole SQL/MED infrastructure by commit cae565e503 of 8.4 era, so backpatch all the way back.
2015-03-05 22:03:16 +01:00
Form_pg_user_mapping umform;
ForeignServer *srv;
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
const char *usename;
tup = SearchSysCache1(USERMAPPINGOID,
ObjectIdGetDatum(object->objectId));
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
{
if (!missing_ok)
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for user mapping %u",
object->objectId);
break;
}
Fix user mapping object description We were using "user mapping for user XYZ" as description for user mappings, but that's ambiguous because users can have mappings on multiple foreign servers; therefore change it to "for user XYZ on server UVW" instead. Object identities for user mappings are also updated in the same way, in branches 9.3 and above. The incomplete description string was introduced together with the whole SQL/MED infrastructure by commit cae565e503 of 8.4 era, so backpatch all the way back.
2015-03-05 22:03:16 +01:00
umform = (Form_pg_user_mapping) GETSTRUCT(tup);
useid = umform->umuser;
srv = GetForeignServer(umform->umserver);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
ReleaseSysCache(tup);
if (OidIsValid(useid))
Add new OID alias type regrole The new type has the scope of whole the database cluster so it doesn't behave the same as the existing OID alias types which have database scope, concerning object dependency. To avoid confusion constants of the new type are prohibited from appearing where dependencies are made involving it. Also, add a note to the docs about possible MVCC violation and optimization issues, which are general over the all reg* types. Kyotaro Horiguchi
2015-05-09 19:06:49 +02:00
usename = GetUserNameFromId(useid, false);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
else
usename = "public";
Fix user mapping object description We were using "user mapping for user XYZ" as description for user mappings, but that's ambiguous because users can have mappings on multiple foreign servers; therefore change it to "for user XYZ on server UVW" instead. Object identities for user mappings are also updated in the same way, in branches 9.3 and above. The incomplete description string was introduced together with the whole SQL/MED infrastructure by commit cae565e503 of 8.4 era, so backpatch all the way back.
2015-03-05 22:03:16 +01:00
if (objname)
{
*objname = list_make1(pstrdup(usename));
*objargs = list_make1(pstrdup(srv->servername));
}
Fix bug for array-formatted identities of user mappings I failed to realize that server names reported in the object args array would get quoted, which is wrong; remove that, making sure that it's only quoted in the string-formatted identity. This bug was introduced by my commit cf34e373, which was backpatched, but since object name/args arrays are new in commit a676201490c8, there is no need to backpatch this any further.
2015-03-25 18:28:34 +01:00
appendStringInfo(&buffer, "%s on server %s",
quote_identifier(usename),
Fix user mapping object description We were using "user mapping for user XYZ" as description for user mappings, but that's ambiguous because users can have mappings on multiple foreign servers; therefore change it to "for user XYZ on server UVW" instead. Object identities for user mappings are also updated in the same way, in branches 9.3 and above. The incomplete description string was introduced together with the whole SQL/MED infrastructure by commit cae565e503 of 8.4 era, so backpatch all the way back.
2015-03-05 22:03:16 +01:00
srv->servername);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
break;
}
case OCLASS_DEFACL:
{
Relation defaclrel;
ScanKeyData skey[1];
SysScanDesc rcscan;
HeapTuple tup;
Form_pg_default_acl defacl;
Support default ACLs in get_object_address In the spirit of 890192e99af, this time add support for the things living in the pg_default_acl catalog. These are not really "objects", but they show up as such in event triggers. There is no "DROP DEFAULT PRIVILEGES" or similar command, so it doesn't look like the new representation given would be useful anywhere else, so I didn't try to use it outside objectaddress.c. (That might be a bug in itself, but that would be material for another commit.) Reviewed by Stephen Frost.
2015-03-11 23:23:47 +01:00
char *schema;
char *username;
Add pg_identify_object_as_address This function returns object type and objname/objargs arrays, which can be passed to pg_get_object_address. This is especially useful because the textual representation can be copied to a remote server in order to obtain the corresponding OID-based address. In essence, this function is the inverse of recently added pg_get_object_address(). Catalog version bumped due to the addition of the new function. Also add docs to pg_get_object_address.
2014-12-30 19:41:50 +01:00
Replace uses of heap_open et al with the corresponding table_* function. Author: Andres Freund Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190111000539.xbv7s6w7ilcvm7dp@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-01-21 19:32:19 +01:00
defaclrel = table_open(DefaultAclRelationId, AccessShareLock);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
ScanKeyInit(&skey[0],
Remove WITH OIDS support, change oid catalog column visibility. Previously tables declared WITH OIDS, including a significant fraction of the catalog tables, stored the oid column not as a normal column, but as part of the tuple header. This special column was not shown by default, which was somewhat odd, as it's often (consider e.g. pg_class.oid) one of the more important parts of a row. Neither pg_dump nor COPY included the contents of the oid column by default. The fact that the oid column was not an ordinary column necessitated a significant amount of special case code to support oid columns. That already was painful for the existing, but upcoming work aiming to make table storage pluggable, would have required expanding and duplicating that "specialness" significantly. WITH OIDS has been deprecated since 2005 (commit ff02d0a05280e0). Remove it. Removing includes: - CREATE TABLE and ALTER TABLE syntax for declaring the table to be WITH OIDS has been removed (WITH (oids[ = true]) will error out) - pg_dump does not support dumping tables declared WITH OIDS and will issue a warning when dumping one (and ignore the oid column). - restoring an pg_dump archive with pg_restore will warn when restoring a table with oid contents (and ignore the oid column) - COPY will refuse to load binary dump that includes oids. - pg_upgrade will error out when encountering tables declared WITH OIDS, they have to be altered to remove the oid column first. - Functionality to access the oid of the last inserted row (like plpgsql's RESULT_OID, spi's SPI_lastoid, ...) has been removed. The syntax for declaring a table WITHOUT OIDS (or WITH (oids = false) for CREATE TABLE) is still supported. While that requires a bit of support code, it seems unnecessary to break applications / dumps that do not use oids, and are explicit about not using them. The biggest user of WITH OID columns was postgres' catalog. This commit changes all 'magic' oid columns to be columns that are normally declared and stored. To reduce unnecessary query breakage all the newly added columns are still named 'oid', even if a table's column naming scheme would indicate 'reloid' or such. This obviously requires adapting a lot code, mostly replacing oid access via HeapTupleGetOid() with access to the underlying Form_pg_*->oid column. The bootstrap process now assigns oids for all oid columns in genbki.pl that do not have an explicit value (starting at the largest oid previously used), only oids assigned later by oids will be above FirstBootstrapObjectId. As the oid column now is a normal column the special bootstrap syntax for oids has been removed. Oids are not automatically assigned during insertion anymore, all backend code explicitly assigns oids with GetNewOidWithIndex(). For the rare case that insertions into the catalog via SQL are called for the new pg_nextoid() function can be used (which only works on catalog tables). The fact that oid columns on system tables are now normal columns means that they will be included in the set of columns expanded by * (i.e. SELECT * FROM pg_class will now include the table's oid, previously it did not). It'd not technically be hard to hide oid column by default, but that'd mean confusing behavior would either have to be carried forward forever, or it'd cause breakage down the line. While it's not unlikely that further adjustments are needed, the scope/invasiveness of the patch makes it worthwhile to get merge this now. It's painful to maintain externally, too complicated to commit after the code code freeze, and a dependency of a number of other patches. Catversion bump, for obvious reasons. Author: Andres Freund, with contributions by John Naylor Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180930034810.ywp2c7awz7opzcfr@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-11-21 00:36:57 +01:00
Anum_pg_default_acl_oid,
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
ObjectIdGetDatum(object->objectId));
rcscan = systable_beginscan(defaclrel, DefaultAclOidIndexId,
Use an MVCC snapshot, rather than SnapshotNow, for catalog scans. SnapshotNow scans have the undesirable property that, in the face of concurrent updates, the scan can fail to see either the old or the new versions of the row. In many cases, we work around this by requiring DDL operations to hold AccessExclusiveLock on the object being modified; in some cases, the existing locking is inadequate and random failures occur as a result. This commit doesn't change anything related to locking, but will hopefully pave the way to allowing lock strength reductions in the future. The major issue has held us back from making this change in the past is that taking an MVCC snapshot is significantly more expensive than using a static special snapshot such as SnapshotNow. However, testing of various worst-case scenarios reveals that this problem is not severe except under fairly extreme workloads. To mitigate those problems, we avoid retaking the MVCC snapshot for each new scan; instead, we take a new snapshot only when invalidation messages have been processed. The catcache machinery already requires that invalidation messages be sent before releasing the related heavyweight lock; else other backends might rely on locally-cached data rather than scanning the catalog at all. Thus, making snapshot reuse dependent on the same guarantees shouldn't break anything that wasn't already subtly broken. Patch by me. Review by Michael Paquier and Andres Freund.
2013-07-02 15:47:01 +02:00
true, NULL, 1, skey);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
tup = systable_getnext(rcscan);
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
{
if (!missing_ok)
elog(ERROR, "could not find tuple for default ACL %u",
object->objectId);
systable_endscan(rcscan);
table_close(defaclrel, AccessShareLock);
break;
}
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
defacl = (Form_pg_default_acl) GETSTRUCT(tup);
Add new OID alias type regrole The new type has the scope of whole the database cluster so it doesn't behave the same as the existing OID alias types which have database scope, concerning object dependency. To avoid confusion constants of the new type are prohibited from appearing where dependencies are made involving it. Also, add a note to the docs about possible MVCC violation and optimization issues, which are general over the all reg* types. Kyotaro Horiguchi
2015-05-09 19:06:49 +02:00
username = GetUserNameFromId(defacl->defaclrole, false);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
appendStringInfo(&buffer,
"for role %s",
Support default ACLs in get_object_address In the spirit of 890192e99af, this time add support for the things living in the pg_default_acl catalog. These are not really "objects", but they show up as such in event triggers. There is no "DROP DEFAULT PRIVILEGES" or similar command, so it doesn't look like the new representation given would be useful anywhere else, so I didn't try to use it outside objectaddress.c. (That might be a bug in itself, but that would be material for another commit.) Reviewed by Stephen Frost.
2015-03-11 23:23:47 +01:00
quote_identifier(username));
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
if (OidIsValid(defacl->defaclnamespace))
{
pg_event_trigger_dropped_objects: add is_temp column It now also reports temporary objects dropped that are local to the backend. Previously we weren't reporting any temp objects because it was deemed unnecessary; but as it turns out, it is necessary if we want to keep close track of DDL command execution inside one session. Temp objects are reported as living in schema pg_temp, which works because such a schema-qualification always refers to the temp objects of the current session.
2015-04-06 16:40:55 +02:00
schema = get_namespace_name_or_temp(defacl->defaclnamespace);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
appendStringInfo(&buffer,
" in schema %s",
quote_identifier(schema));
}
Support default ACLs in get_object_address In the spirit of 890192e99af, this time add support for the things living in the pg_default_acl catalog. These are not really "objects", but they show up as such in event triggers. There is no "DROP DEFAULT PRIVILEGES" or similar command, so it doesn't look like the new representation given would be useful anywhere else, so I didn't try to use it outside objectaddress.c. (That might be a bug in itself, but that would be material for another commit.) Reviewed by Stephen Frost.
2015-03-11 23:23:47 +01:00
else
schema = NULL;
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
switch (defacl->defaclobjtype)
{
case DEFACLOBJ_RELATION:
appendStringInfoString(&buffer,
" on tables");
break;
case DEFACLOBJ_SEQUENCE:
appendStringInfoString(&buffer,
" on sequences");
break;
case DEFACLOBJ_FUNCTION:
appendStringInfoString(&buffer,
" on functions");
break;
case DEFACLOBJ_TYPE:
appendStringInfoString(&buffer,
" on types");
break;
Altering default privileges on schemas Extend ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES command to schemas. Author: Matheus Oliveira Reviewed-by: Petr Jelínek, Ashutosh Sharma https://commitfest.postgresql.org/13/887/
2017-03-28 17:58:55 +02:00
case DEFACLOBJ_NAMESPACE:
appendStringInfoString(&buffer,
" on schemas");
break;
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
}
Support default ACLs in get_object_address In the spirit of 890192e99af, this time add support for the things living in the pg_default_acl catalog. These are not really "objects", but they show up as such in event triggers. There is no "DROP DEFAULT PRIVILEGES" or similar command, so it doesn't look like the new representation given would be useful anywhere else, so I didn't try to use it outside objectaddress.c. (That might be a bug in itself, but that would be material for another commit.) Reviewed by Stephen Frost.
2015-03-11 23:23:47 +01:00
if (objname)
{
*objname = list_make1(username);
if (schema)
*objname = lappend(*objname, schema);
*objargs = list_make1(psprintf("%c", defacl->defaclobjtype));
}
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
systable_endscan(rcscan);
Replace uses of heap_open et al with the corresponding table_* function. Author: Andres Freund Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190111000539.xbv7s6w7ilcvm7dp@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-01-21 19:32:19 +01:00
table_close(defaclrel, AccessShareLock);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
break;
}
case OCLASS_EXTENSION:
{
char *extname;
extname = get_extension_name(object->objectId);
if (!extname)
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
{
if (!missing_ok)
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for extension %u",
object->objectId);
break;
}
Use appendStringInfoString instead of appendStringInfo where possible. This shaves a few cycles, and generally seems like good programming practice. David Rowley
2013-10-31 15:55:59 +01:00
appendStringInfoString(&buffer, quote_identifier(extname));
Add pg_identify_object_as_address This function returns object type and objname/objargs arrays, which can be passed to pg_get_object_address. This is especially useful because the textual representation can be copied to a remote server in order to obtain the corresponding OID-based address. In essence, this function is the inverse of recently added pg_get_object_address(). Catalog version bumped due to the addition of the new function. Also add docs to pg_get_object_address.
2014-12-30 19:41:50 +01:00
if (objname)
*objname = list_make1(extname);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
break;
}
case OCLASS_EVENT_TRIGGER:
{
HeapTuple tup;
Form_pg_event_trigger trigForm;
Fix pg_identify_object_as_address() with event triggers Attempting to use this function with event triggers failed, as, since its introduction in a676201, this code has never associated an object name with event triggers. This addresses the failure by adding the event trigger name to the set defining its object address. Note that regression tests are added within event_trigger and not object_address to avoid issues with concurrent connections in parallel schedules. Author: Joel Jacobson Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3c905e77-a026-46ae-8835-c3f6cd1d24c8@www.fastmail.com Backpatch-through: 9.6
2021-04-28 04:17:58 +02:00
char *evtname;
Add pg_identify_object_as_address This function returns object type and objname/objargs arrays, which can be passed to pg_get_object_address. This is especially useful because the textual representation can be copied to a remote server in order to obtain the corresponding OID-based address. In essence, this function is the inverse of recently added pg_get_object_address(). Catalog version bumped due to the addition of the new function. Also add docs to pg_get_object_address.
2014-12-30 19:41:50 +01:00
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
tup = SearchSysCache1(EVENTTRIGGEROID,
ObjectIdGetDatum(object->objectId));
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
{
if (!missing_ok)
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for event trigger %u",
object->objectId);
break;
}
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
trigForm = (Form_pg_event_trigger) GETSTRUCT(tup);
Fix use-after-release issue with pg_identify_object_as_address() Spotted by buildfarm member prion, with -DRELCACHE_FORCE_RELEASE. Introduced in f7aab36. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2759018.1619577848@sss.pgh.pa.us Backpatch-through: 9.6
2021-04-28 04:58:08 +02:00
evtname = pstrdup(NameStr(trigForm->evtname));
Fix pg_identify_object_as_address() with event triggers Attempting to use this function with event triggers failed, as, since its introduction in a676201, this code has never associated an object name with event triggers. This addresses the failure by adding the event trigger name to the set defining its object address. Note that regression tests are added within event_trigger and not object_address to avoid issues with concurrent connections in parallel schedules. Author: Joel Jacobson Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3c905e77-a026-46ae-8835-c3f6cd1d24c8@www.fastmail.com Backpatch-through: 9.6
2021-04-28 04:17:58 +02:00
appendStringInfoString(&buffer, quote_identifier(evtname));
if (objname)
*objname = list_make1(evtname);
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
ReleaseSysCache(tup);
break;
}
Allow granting SET and ALTER SYSTEM privileges on GUC parameters. This patch allows "PGC_SUSET" parameters to be set by non-superusers if they have been explicitly granted the privilege to do so. The privilege to perform ALTER SYSTEM SET/RESET on a specific parameter can also be granted. Such privileges are cluster-wide, not per database. They are tracked in a new shared catalog, pg_parameter_acl. Granting and revoking these new privileges works as one would expect. One caveat is that PGC_USERSET GUCs are unaffected by the SET privilege --- one could wish that those were handled by a revocable grant to PUBLIC, but they are not, because we couldn't make it robust enough for GUCs defined by extensions. Mark Dilger, reviewed at various times by Andrew Dunstan, Robert Haas, Joshua Brindle, and myself Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3D691E20-C1D5-4B80-8BA5-6BEB63AF3029@enterprisedb.com
2022-04-06 19:24:33 +02:00
case OCLASS_PARAMETER_ACL:
{
HeapTuple tup;
Datum nameDatum;
bool isNull;
char *parname;
tup = SearchSysCache1(PARAMETERACLOID,
ObjectIdGetDatum(object->objectId));
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
{
if (!missing_ok)
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for parameter ACL %u",
object->objectId);
break;
}
nameDatum = SysCacheGetAttr(PARAMETERACLOID, tup,
Anum_pg_parameter_acl_parname,
&isNull);
Assert(!isNull);
parname = TextDatumGetCString(nameDatum);
appendStringInfoString(&buffer, parname);
if (objname)
*objname = list_make1(parname);
ReleaseSysCache(tup);
break;
}
Fix maintenance hazards caused by ill-considered use of default: cases. Remove default cases from assorted switches over ObjectClass and some related enum types, so that we'll get compiler warnings when someone adds a new enum value without accounting for it in all these places. In passing, re-order some switch cases as needed to match the declaration of enum ObjectClass. OK, that's just neatnik-ism, but I dislike code that looks like it was assembled with the help of a dartboard. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170512221010.nglatgt5azzdxjlj@alvherre.pgsql
2017-05-14 19:32:59 +02:00
case OCLASS_POLICY:
Add transforms to pg_get_object_address and friends This was missed when transforms were added by commit cac76582053ef8e. Extracted from a larger patch Author: Michael Paquier
2015-06-21 21:08:49 +02:00
{
Fix maintenance hazards caused by ill-considered use of default: cases. Remove default cases from assorted switches over ObjectClass and some related enum types, so that we'll get compiler warnings when someone adds a new enum value without accounting for it in all these places. In passing, re-order some switch cases as needed to match the declaration of enum ObjectClass. OK, that's just neatnik-ism, but I dislike code that looks like it was assembled with the help of a dartboard. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170512221010.nglatgt5azzdxjlj@alvherre.pgsql
2017-05-14 19:32:59 +02:00
Relation polDesc;
Add transforms to pg_get_object_address and friends This was missed when transforms were added by commit cac76582053ef8e. Extracted from a larger patch Author: Michael Paquier
2015-06-21 21:08:49 +02:00
HeapTuple tup;
Fix maintenance hazards caused by ill-considered use of default: cases. Remove default cases from assorted switches over ObjectClass and some related enum types, so that we'll get compiler warnings when someone adds a new enum value without accounting for it in all these places. In passing, re-order some switch cases as needed to match the declaration of enum ObjectClass. OK, that's just neatnik-ism, but I dislike code that looks like it was assembled with the help of a dartboard. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170512221010.nglatgt5azzdxjlj@alvherre.pgsql
2017-05-14 19:32:59 +02:00
Form_pg_policy policy;
Add transforms to pg_get_object_address and friends This was missed when transforms were added by commit cac76582053ef8e. Extracted from a larger patch Author: Michael Paquier
2015-06-21 21:08:49 +02:00
Replace uses of heap_open et al with the corresponding table_* function. Author: Andres Freund Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190111000539.xbv7s6w7ilcvm7dp@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-01-21 19:32:19 +01:00
polDesc = table_open(PolicyRelationId, AccessShareLock);
Add transforms to pg_get_object_address and friends This was missed when transforms were added by commit cac76582053ef8e. Extracted from a larger patch Author: Michael Paquier
2015-06-21 21:08:49 +02:00
Remove WITH OIDS support, change oid catalog column visibility. Previously tables declared WITH OIDS, including a significant fraction of the catalog tables, stored the oid column not as a normal column, but as part of the tuple header. This special column was not shown by default, which was somewhat odd, as it's often (consider e.g. pg_class.oid) one of the more important parts of a row. Neither pg_dump nor COPY included the contents of the oid column by default. The fact that the oid column was not an ordinary column necessitated a significant amount of special case code to support oid columns. That already was painful for the existing, but upcoming work aiming to make table storage pluggable, would have required expanding and duplicating that "specialness" significantly. WITH OIDS has been deprecated since 2005 (commit ff02d0a05280e0). Remove it. Removing includes: - CREATE TABLE and ALTER TABLE syntax for declaring the table to be WITH OIDS has been removed (WITH (oids[ = true]) will error out) - pg_dump does not support dumping tables declared WITH OIDS and will issue a warning when dumping one (and ignore the oid column). - restoring an pg_dump archive with pg_restore will warn when restoring a table with oid contents (and ignore the oid column) - COPY will refuse to load binary dump that includes oids. - pg_upgrade will error out when encountering tables declared WITH OIDS, they have to be altered to remove the oid column first. - Functionality to access the oid of the last inserted row (like plpgsql's RESULT_OID, spi's SPI_lastoid, ...) has been removed. The syntax for declaring a table WITHOUT OIDS (or WITH (oids = false) for CREATE TABLE) is still supported. While that requires a bit of support code, it seems unnecessary to break applications / dumps that do not use oids, and are explicit about not using them. The biggest user of WITH OID columns was postgres' catalog. This commit changes all 'magic' oid columns to be columns that are normally declared and stored. To reduce unnecessary query breakage all the newly added columns are still named 'oid', even if a table's column naming scheme would indicate 'reloid' or such. This obviously requires adapting a lot code, mostly replacing oid access via HeapTupleGetOid() with access to the underlying Form_pg_*->oid column. The bootstrap process now assigns oids for all oid columns in genbki.pl that do not have an explicit value (starting at the largest oid previously used), only oids assigned later by oids will be above FirstBootstrapObjectId. As the oid column now is a normal column the special bootstrap syntax for oids has been removed. Oids are not automatically assigned during insertion anymore, all backend code explicitly assigns oids with GetNewOidWithIndex(). For the rare case that insertions into the catalog via SQL are called for the new pg_nextoid() function can be used (which only works on catalog tables). The fact that oid columns on system tables are now normal columns means that they will be included in the set of columns expanded by * (i.e. SELECT * FROM pg_class will now include the table's oid, previously it did not). It'd not technically be hard to hide oid column by default, but that'd mean confusing behavior would either have to be carried forward forever, or it'd cause breakage down the line. While it's not unlikely that further adjustments are needed, the scope/invasiveness of the patch makes it worthwhile to get merge this now. It's painful to maintain externally, too complicated to commit after the code code freeze, and a dependency of a number of other patches. Catversion bump, for obvious reasons. Author: Andres Freund, with contributions by John Naylor Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180930034810.ywp2c7awz7opzcfr@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-11-21 00:36:57 +01:00
tup = get_catalog_object_by_oid(polDesc, Anum_pg_policy_oid,
object->objectId);
Add transforms to pg_get_object_address and friends This was missed when transforms were added by commit cac76582053ef8e. Extracted from a larger patch Author: Michael Paquier
2015-06-21 21:08:49 +02:00
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
{
if (!missing_ok)
elog(ERROR, "could not find tuple for policy %u",
object->objectId);
table_close(polDesc, AccessShareLock);
break;
}
Add transforms to pg_get_object_address and friends This was missed when transforms were added by commit cac76582053ef8e. Extracted from a larger patch Author: Michael Paquier
2015-06-21 21:08:49 +02:00
Fix maintenance hazards caused by ill-considered use of default: cases. Remove default cases from assorted switches over ObjectClass and some related enum types, so that we'll get compiler warnings when someone adds a new enum value without accounting for it in all these places. In passing, re-order some switch cases as needed to match the declaration of enum ObjectClass. OK, that's just neatnik-ism, but I dislike code that looks like it was assembled with the help of a dartboard. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170512221010.nglatgt5azzdxjlj@alvherre.pgsql
2017-05-14 19:32:59 +02:00
policy = (Form_pg_policy) GETSTRUCT(tup);
Add transforms to pg_get_object_address and friends This was missed when transforms were added by commit cac76582053ef8e. Extracted from a larger patch Author: Michael Paquier
2015-06-21 21:08:49 +02:00
Fix maintenance hazards caused by ill-considered use of default: cases. Remove default cases from assorted switches over ObjectClass and some related enum types, so that we'll get compiler warnings when someone adds a new enum value without accounting for it in all these places. In passing, re-order some switch cases as needed to match the declaration of enum ObjectClass. OK, that's just neatnik-ism, but I dislike code that looks like it was assembled with the help of a dartboard. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170512221010.nglatgt5azzdxjlj@alvherre.pgsql
2017-05-14 19:32:59 +02:00
appendStringInfo(&buffer, "%s on ",
quote_identifier(NameStr(policy->polname)));
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
getRelationIdentity(&buffer, policy->polrelid, objname, false);
Add transforms to pg_get_object_address and friends This was missed when transforms were added by commit cac76582053ef8e. Extracted from a larger patch Author: Michael Paquier
2015-06-21 21:08:49 +02:00
if (objname)
Fix maintenance hazards caused by ill-considered use of default: cases. Remove default cases from assorted switches over ObjectClass and some related enum types, so that we'll get compiler warnings when someone adds a new enum value without accounting for it in all these places. In passing, re-order some switch cases as needed to match the declaration of enum ObjectClass. OK, that's just neatnik-ism, but I dislike code that looks like it was assembled with the help of a dartboard. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170512221010.nglatgt5azzdxjlj@alvherre.pgsql
2017-05-14 19:32:59 +02:00
*objname = lappend(*objname, pstrdup(NameStr(policy->polname)));
Support CREATE ACCESS METHOD This enables external code to create access methods. This is useful so that extensions can add their own access methods which can be formally tracked for dependencies, so that DROP operates correctly. Also, having explicit support makes pg_dump work correctly. Currently only index AMs are supported, but we expect different types to be added in the future. Authors: Alexander Korotkov, Petr Jelínek Reviewed-By: Teodor Sigaev, Petr Jelínek, Jim Nasby Commitfest-URL: https://commitfest.postgresql.org/9/353/ Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAPpHfdsXwZmojm6Dx+TJnpYk27kT4o7Ri6X_4OSWcByu1Rm+VA@mail.gmail.com
2016-03-24 03:01:35 +01:00
Replace uses of heap_open et al with the corresponding table_* function. Author: Andres Freund Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190111000539.xbv7s6w7ilcvm7dp@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-01-21 19:32:19 +01:00
table_close(polDesc, AccessShareLock);
Fix maintenance hazards caused by ill-considered use of default: cases. Remove default cases from assorted switches over ObjectClass and some related enum types, so that we'll get compiler warnings when someone adds a new enum value without accounting for it in all these places. In passing, re-order some switch cases as needed to match the declaration of enum ObjectClass. OK, that's just neatnik-ism, but I dislike code that looks like it was assembled with the help of a dartboard. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170512221010.nglatgt5azzdxjlj@alvherre.pgsql
2017-05-14 19:32:59 +02:00
break;
Support CREATE ACCESS METHOD This enables external code to create access methods. This is useful so that extensions can add their own access methods which can be formally tracked for dependencies, so that DROP operates correctly. Also, having explicit support makes pg_dump work correctly. Currently only index AMs are supported, but we expect different types to be added in the future. Authors: Alexander Korotkov, Petr Jelínek Reviewed-By: Teodor Sigaev, Petr Jelínek, Jim Nasby Commitfest-URL: https://commitfest.postgresql.org/9/353/ Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAPpHfdsXwZmojm6Dx+TJnpYk27kT4o7Ri6X_4OSWcByu1Rm+VA@mail.gmail.com
2016-03-24 03:01:35 +01:00
}
Logical replication - Add PUBLICATION catalogs and DDL - Add SUBSCRIPTION catalog and DDL - Define logical replication protocol and output plugin - Add logical replication workers From: Petr Jelinek <petr@2ndquadrant.com> Reviewed-by: Steve Singer <steve@ssinger.info> Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> Reviewed-by: Erik Rijkers <er@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
2017-01-19 18:00:00 +01:00
case OCLASS_PUBLICATION:
{
char *pubname;
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
pubname = get_publication_name(object->objectId, missing_ok);
if (pubname)
{
appendStringInfoString(&buffer,
quote_identifier(pubname));
if (objname)
*objname = list_make1(pubname);
}
Logical replication - Add PUBLICATION catalogs and DDL - Add SUBSCRIPTION catalog and DDL - Define logical replication protocol and output plugin - Add logical replication workers From: Petr Jelinek <petr@2ndquadrant.com> Reviewed-by: Steve Singer <steve@ssinger.info> Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> Reviewed-by: Erik Rijkers <er@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
2017-01-19 18:00:00 +01:00
break;
}
Allow publishing the tables of schema. A new option "FOR ALL TABLES IN SCHEMA" in Create/Alter Publication allows one or more schemas to be specified, whose tables are selected by the publisher for sending the data to the subscriber. The new syntax allows specifying both the tables and schemas. For example: CREATE PUBLICATION pub1 FOR TABLE t1,t2,t3, ALL TABLES IN SCHEMA s1,s2; OR ALTER PUBLICATION pub1 ADD TABLE t1,t2,t3, ALL TABLES IN SCHEMA s1,s2; A new system table "pg_publication_namespace" has been added, to maintain the schemas that the user wants to publish through the publication. Modified the output plugin (pgoutput) to publish the changes if the relation is part of schema publication. Updates pg_dump to identify and dump schema publications. Updates the \d family of commands to display schema publications and \dRp+ variant will now display associated schemas if any. Author: Vignesh C, Hou Zhijie, Amit Kapila Syntax-Suggested-by: Tom Lane, Alvaro Herrera Reviewed-by: Greg Nancarrow, Masahiko Sawada, Hou Zhijie, Amit Kapila, Haiying Tang, Ajin Cherian, Rahila Syed, Bharath Rupireddy, Mark Dilger Tested-by: Haiying Tang Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CALDaNm0OANxuJ6RXqwZsM1MSY4s19nuH3734j4a72etDwvBETQ@mail.gmail.com
2021-10-27 04:14:52 +02:00
case OCLASS_PUBLICATION_NAMESPACE:
{
char *pubname;
char *nspname;
if (!getPublicationSchemaInfo(object, missing_ok, &pubname,
Revert "Logical decoding of sequences" This reverts a sequence of commits, implementing features related to logical decoding and replication of sequences: - 0da92dc530c9251735fc70b20cd004d9630a1266 - 80901b32913ffa59bf157a4d88284b2b3a7511d9 - b779d7d8fdae088d70da5ed9fcd8205035676df3 - d5ed9da41d96988d905b49bebb273a9b2d6e2915 - a180c2b34de0989269fdb819bff241a249bf5380 - 75b1521dae1ff1fde17fda2e30e591f2e5d64b6a - 2d2232933b02d9396113662e44dca5f120d6830e - 002c9dd97a0c874fd1693a570383e2dd38cd40d5 - 05843b1aa49df2ecc9b97c693b755bd1b6f856a9 The implementation has issues, mostly due to combining transactional and non-transactional behavior of sequences. It's not clear how this could be fixed, but it'll require reworking significant part of the patch. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/95345a19-d508-63d1-860a-f5c2f41e8d40@enterprisedb.com
2022-04-07 18:13:13 +02:00
&nspname))
Allow publishing the tables of schema. A new option "FOR ALL TABLES IN SCHEMA" in Create/Alter Publication allows one or more schemas to be specified, whose tables are selected by the publisher for sending the data to the subscriber. The new syntax allows specifying both the tables and schemas. For example: CREATE PUBLICATION pub1 FOR TABLE t1,t2,t3, ALL TABLES IN SCHEMA s1,s2; OR ALTER PUBLICATION pub1 ADD TABLE t1,t2,t3, ALL TABLES IN SCHEMA s1,s2; A new system table "pg_publication_namespace" has been added, to maintain the schemas that the user wants to publish through the publication. Modified the output plugin (pgoutput) to publish the changes if the relation is part of schema publication. Updates pg_dump to identify and dump schema publications. Updates the \d family of commands to display schema publications and \dRp+ variant will now display associated schemas if any. Author: Vignesh C, Hou Zhijie, Amit Kapila Syntax-Suggested-by: Tom Lane, Alvaro Herrera Reviewed-by: Greg Nancarrow, Masahiko Sawada, Hou Zhijie, Amit Kapila, Haiying Tang, Ajin Cherian, Rahila Syed, Bharath Rupireddy, Mark Dilger Tested-by: Haiying Tang Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CALDaNm0OANxuJ6RXqwZsM1MSY4s19nuH3734j4a72etDwvBETQ@mail.gmail.com
2021-10-27 04:14:52 +02:00
break;
Revert "Logical decoding of sequences" This reverts a sequence of commits, implementing features related to logical decoding and replication of sequences: - 0da92dc530c9251735fc70b20cd004d9630a1266 - 80901b32913ffa59bf157a4d88284b2b3a7511d9 - b779d7d8fdae088d70da5ed9fcd8205035676df3 - d5ed9da41d96988d905b49bebb273a9b2d6e2915 - a180c2b34de0989269fdb819bff241a249bf5380 - 75b1521dae1ff1fde17fda2e30e591f2e5d64b6a - 2d2232933b02d9396113662e44dca5f120d6830e - 002c9dd97a0c874fd1693a570383e2dd38cd40d5 - 05843b1aa49df2ecc9b97c693b755bd1b6f856a9 The implementation has issues, mostly due to combining transactional and non-transactional behavior of sequences. It's not clear how this could be fixed, but it'll require reworking significant part of the patch. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/95345a19-d508-63d1-860a-f5c2f41e8d40@enterprisedb.com
2022-04-07 18:13:13 +02:00
appendStringInfo(&buffer, "%s in publication %s",
nspname, pubname);
Allow publishing the tables of schema. A new option "FOR ALL TABLES IN SCHEMA" in Create/Alter Publication allows one or more schemas to be specified, whose tables are selected by the publisher for sending the data to the subscriber. The new syntax allows specifying both the tables and schemas. For example: CREATE PUBLICATION pub1 FOR TABLE t1,t2,t3, ALL TABLES IN SCHEMA s1,s2; OR ALTER PUBLICATION pub1 ADD TABLE t1,t2,t3, ALL TABLES IN SCHEMA s1,s2; A new system table "pg_publication_namespace" has been added, to maintain the schemas that the user wants to publish through the publication. Modified the output plugin (pgoutput) to publish the changes if the relation is part of schema publication. Updates pg_dump to identify and dump schema publications. Updates the \d family of commands to display schema publications and \dRp+ variant will now display associated schemas if any. Author: Vignesh C, Hou Zhijie, Amit Kapila Syntax-Suggested-by: Tom Lane, Alvaro Herrera Reviewed-by: Greg Nancarrow, Masahiko Sawada, Hou Zhijie, Amit Kapila, Haiying Tang, Ajin Cherian, Rahila Syed, Bharath Rupireddy, Mark Dilger Tested-by: Haiying Tang Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CALDaNm0OANxuJ6RXqwZsM1MSY4s19nuH3734j4a72etDwvBETQ@mail.gmail.com
2021-10-27 04:14:52 +02:00
if (objargs)
*objargs = list_make1(pubname);
else
pfree(pubname);
if (objname)
*objname = list_make1(nspname);
else
pfree(nspname);
break;
}
Logical replication - Add PUBLICATION catalogs and DDL - Add SUBSCRIPTION catalog and DDL - Define logical replication protocol and output plugin - Add logical replication workers From: Petr Jelinek <petr@2ndquadrant.com> Reviewed-by: Steve Singer <steve@ssinger.info> Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> Reviewed-by: Erik Rijkers <er@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
2017-01-19 18:00:00 +01:00
case OCLASS_PUBLICATION_REL:
{
HeapTuple tup;
char *pubname;
Form_pg_publication_rel prform;
tup = SearchSysCache1(PUBLICATIONREL,
ObjectIdGetDatum(object->objectId));
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
{
if (!missing_ok)
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for publication table %u",
object->objectId);
break;
}
Logical replication - Add PUBLICATION catalogs and DDL - Add SUBSCRIPTION catalog and DDL - Define logical replication protocol and output plugin - Add logical replication workers From: Petr Jelinek <petr@2ndquadrant.com> Reviewed-by: Steve Singer <steve@ssinger.info> Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> Reviewed-by: Erik Rijkers <er@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
2017-01-19 18:00:00 +01:00
prform = (Form_pg_publication_rel) GETSTRUCT(tup);
Refactor routines for subscription and publication lookups Those routines gain a missing_ok argument, allowing a caller to get a NULL result instead of an error if set to true. This is part of a larger refactoring effort for objectaddress.c where trying to check for non-existing objects does not result in cache lookup failures. Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Álvaro Herrera Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2018-09-18 05:00:18 +02:00
pubname = get_publication_name(prform->prpubid, false);
Logical replication - Add PUBLICATION catalogs and DDL - Add SUBSCRIPTION catalog and DDL - Define logical replication protocol and output plugin - Add logical replication workers From: Petr Jelinek <petr@2ndquadrant.com> Reviewed-by: Steve Singer <steve@ssinger.info> Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> Reviewed-by: Erik Rijkers <er@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
2017-01-19 18:00:00 +01:00
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
getRelationIdentity(&buffer, prform->prrelid, objname, false);
Fix objectaddress.c code for publication relations. getObjectDescription and getObjectIdentity failed to schema-qualify the name of the published table, which is bad in getObjectDescription and unforgivable in getObjectIdentity. Actually, getObjectIdentity failed to emit the table's name at all unless "objname" output is requested, which accidentally works for some (all?) extant callers but is clearly not the intended API. Somebody had also not gotten the memo that the output of getObjectIdentity is not to be translated. To fix getObjectDescription, I made it call getRelationDescription, which required refactoring the translatable string for the case, but is more future-proof in case we ever publish relations that aren't plain tables. While at it, I made the English output look like "publication of table X in publication Y"; the added "of" seems to me to make it read much better. Back-patch to v10 where publications were introduced. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180522.182020.114074746.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-05-24 18:38:55 +02:00
appendStringInfo(&buffer, " in publication %s", pubname);
Logical replication - Add PUBLICATION catalogs and DDL - Add SUBSCRIPTION catalog and DDL - Define logical replication protocol and output plugin - Add logical replication workers From: Petr Jelinek <petr@2ndquadrant.com> Reviewed-by: Steve Singer <steve@ssinger.info> Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> Reviewed-by: Erik Rijkers <er@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
2017-01-19 18:00:00 +01:00
Fix objectaddress.c code for publication relations. getObjectDescription and getObjectIdentity failed to schema-qualify the name of the published table, which is bad in getObjectDescription and unforgivable in getObjectIdentity. Actually, getObjectIdentity failed to emit the table's name at all unless "objname" output is requested, which accidentally works for some (all?) extant callers but is clearly not the intended API. Somebody had also not gotten the memo that the output of getObjectIdentity is not to be translated. To fix getObjectDescription, I made it call getRelationDescription, which required refactoring the translatable string for the case, but is more future-proof in case we ever publish relations that aren't plain tables. While at it, I made the English output look like "publication of table X in publication Y"; the added "of" seems to me to make it read much better. Back-patch to v10 where publications were introduced. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180522.182020.114074746.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-05-24 18:38:55 +02:00
if (objargs)
Logical replication - Add PUBLICATION catalogs and DDL - Add SUBSCRIPTION catalog and DDL - Define logical replication protocol and output plugin - Add logical replication workers From: Petr Jelinek <petr@2ndquadrant.com> Reviewed-by: Steve Singer <steve@ssinger.info> Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> Reviewed-by: Erik Rijkers <er@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
2017-01-19 18:00:00 +01:00
*objargs = list_make1(pubname);
ReleaseSysCache(tup);
break;
}
case OCLASS_SUBSCRIPTION:
{
char *subname;
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
subname = get_subscription_name(object->objectId, missing_ok);
if (subname)
{
appendStringInfoString(&buffer,
quote_identifier(subname));
if (objname)
*objname = list_make1(subname);
}
Logical replication - Add PUBLICATION catalogs and DDL - Add SUBSCRIPTION catalog and DDL - Define logical replication protocol and output plugin - Add logical replication workers From: Petr Jelinek <petr@2ndquadrant.com> Reviewed-by: Steve Singer <steve@ssinger.info> Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> Reviewed-by: Erik Rijkers <er@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
2017-01-19 18:00:00 +01:00
break;
}
Fix maintenance hazards caused by ill-considered use of default: cases. Remove default cases from assorted switches over ObjectClass and some related enum types, so that we'll get compiler warnings when someone adds a new enum value without accounting for it in all these places. In passing, re-order some switch cases as needed to match the declaration of enum ObjectClass. OK, that's just neatnik-ism, but I dislike code that looks like it was assembled with the help of a dartboard. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170512221010.nglatgt5azzdxjlj@alvherre.pgsql
2017-05-14 19:32:59 +02:00
case OCLASS_TRANSFORM:
Implement multivariate n-distinct coefficients Add support for explicitly declared statistic objects (CREATE STATISTICS), allowing collection of statistics on more complex combinations that individual table columns. Companion commands DROP STATISTICS and ALTER STATISTICS ... OWNER TO / SET SCHEMA / RENAME are added too. All this DDL has been designed so that more statistic types can be added later on, such as multivariate most-common-values and multivariate histograms between columns of a single table, leaving room for permitting columns on multiple tables, too, as well as expressions. This commit only adds support for collection of n-distinct coefficient on user-specified sets of columns in a single table. This is useful to estimate number of distinct groups in GROUP BY and DISTINCT clauses; estimation errors there can cause over-allocation of memory in hashed aggregates, for instance, so it's a worthwhile problem to solve. A new special pseudo-type pg_ndistinct is used. (num-distinct estimation was deemed sufficiently useful by itself that this is worthwhile even if no further statistic types are added immediately; so much so that another version of essentially the same functionality was submitted by Kyotaro Horiguchi: https://postgr.es/m/20150828.173334.114731693.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp though this commit does not use that code.) Author: Tomas Vondra. Some code rework by Álvaro. Reviewed-by: Dean Rasheed, David Rowley, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Jeff Janes, Ideriha Takeshi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/543AFA15.4080608@fuzzy.cz https://postgr.es/m/20170320190220.ixlaueanxegqd5gr@alvherre.pgsql
2017-03-24 18:06:10 +01:00
{
Fix maintenance hazards caused by ill-considered use of default: cases. Remove default cases from assorted switches over ObjectClass and some related enum types, so that we'll get compiler warnings when someone adds a new enum value without accounting for it in all these places. In passing, re-order some switch cases as needed to match the declaration of enum ObjectClass. OK, that's just neatnik-ism, but I dislike code that looks like it was assembled with the help of a dartboard. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170512221010.nglatgt5azzdxjlj@alvherre.pgsql
2017-05-14 19:32:59 +02:00
Relation transformDesc;
Implement multivariate n-distinct coefficients Add support for explicitly declared statistic objects (CREATE STATISTICS), allowing collection of statistics on more complex combinations that individual table columns. Companion commands DROP STATISTICS and ALTER STATISTICS ... OWNER TO / SET SCHEMA / RENAME are added too. All this DDL has been designed so that more statistic types can be added later on, such as multivariate most-common-values and multivariate histograms between columns of a single table, leaving room for permitting columns on multiple tables, too, as well as expressions. This commit only adds support for collection of n-distinct coefficient on user-specified sets of columns in a single table. This is useful to estimate number of distinct groups in GROUP BY and DISTINCT clauses; estimation errors there can cause over-allocation of memory in hashed aggregates, for instance, so it's a worthwhile problem to solve. A new special pseudo-type pg_ndistinct is used. (num-distinct estimation was deemed sufficiently useful by itself that this is worthwhile even if no further statistic types are added immediately; so much so that another version of essentially the same functionality was submitted by Kyotaro Horiguchi: https://postgr.es/m/20150828.173334.114731693.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp though this commit does not use that code.) Author: Tomas Vondra. Some code rework by Álvaro. Reviewed-by: Dean Rasheed, David Rowley, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Jeff Janes, Ideriha Takeshi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/543AFA15.4080608@fuzzy.cz https://postgr.es/m/20170320190220.ixlaueanxegqd5gr@alvherre.pgsql
2017-03-24 18:06:10 +01:00
HeapTuple tup;
Fix maintenance hazards caused by ill-considered use of default: cases. Remove default cases from assorted switches over ObjectClass and some related enum types, so that we'll get compiler warnings when someone adds a new enum value without accounting for it in all these places. In passing, re-order some switch cases as needed to match the declaration of enum ObjectClass. OK, that's just neatnik-ism, but I dislike code that looks like it was assembled with the help of a dartboard. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170512221010.nglatgt5azzdxjlj@alvherre.pgsql
2017-05-14 19:32:59 +02:00
Form_pg_transform transform;
char *transformLang;
char *transformType;
Replace uses of heap_open et al with the corresponding table_* function. Author: Andres Freund Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190111000539.xbv7s6w7ilcvm7dp@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-01-21 19:32:19 +01:00
transformDesc = table_open(TransformRelationId, AccessShareLock);
Fix maintenance hazards caused by ill-considered use of default: cases. Remove default cases from assorted switches over ObjectClass and some related enum types, so that we'll get compiler warnings when someone adds a new enum value without accounting for it in all these places. In passing, re-order some switch cases as needed to match the declaration of enum ObjectClass. OK, that's just neatnik-ism, but I dislike code that looks like it was assembled with the help of a dartboard. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170512221010.nglatgt5azzdxjlj@alvherre.pgsql
2017-05-14 19:32:59 +02:00
Remove WITH OIDS support, change oid catalog column visibility. Previously tables declared WITH OIDS, including a significant fraction of the catalog tables, stored the oid column not as a normal column, but as part of the tuple header. This special column was not shown by default, which was somewhat odd, as it's often (consider e.g. pg_class.oid) one of the more important parts of a row. Neither pg_dump nor COPY included the contents of the oid column by default. The fact that the oid column was not an ordinary column necessitated a significant amount of special case code to support oid columns. That already was painful for the existing, but upcoming work aiming to make table storage pluggable, would have required expanding and duplicating that "specialness" significantly. WITH OIDS has been deprecated since 2005 (commit ff02d0a05280e0). Remove it. Removing includes: - CREATE TABLE and ALTER TABLE syntax for declaring the table to be WITH OIDS has been removed (WITH (oids[ = true]) will error out) - pg_dump does not support dumping tables declared WITH OIDS and will issue a warning when dumping one (and ignore the oid column). - restoring an pg_dump archive with pg_restore will warn when restoring a table with oid contents (and ignore the oid column) - COPY will refuse to load binary dump that includes oids. - pg_upgrade will error out when encountering tables declared WITH OIDS, they have to be altered to remove the oid column first. - Functionality to access the oid of the last inserted row (like plpgsql's RESULT_OID, spi's SPI_lastoid, ...) has been removed. The syntax for declaring a table WITHOUT OIDS (or WITH (oids = false) for CREATE TABLE) is still supported. While that requires a bit of support code, it seems unnecessary to break applications / dumps that do not use oids, and are explicit about not using them. The biggest user of WITH OID columns was postgres' catalog. This commit changes all 'magic' oid columns to be columns that are normally declared and stored. To reduce unnecessary query breakage all the newly added columns are still named 'oid', even if a table's column naming scheme would indicate 'reloid' or such. This obviously requires adapting a lot code, mostly replacing oid access via HeapTupleGetOid() with access to the underlying Form_pg_*->oid column. The bootstrap process now assigns oids for all oid columns in genbki.pl that do not have an explicit value (starting at the largest oid previously used), only oids assigned later by oids will be above FirstBootstrapObjectId. As the oid column now is a normal column the special bootstrap syntax for oids has been removed. Oids are not automatically assigned during insertion anymore, all backend code explicitly assigns oids with GetNewOidWithIndex(). For the rare case that insertions into the catalog via SQL are called for the new pg_nextoid() function can be used (which only works on catalog tables). The fact that oid columns on system tables are now normal columns means that they will be included in the set of columns expanded by * (i.e. SELECT * FROM pg_class will now include the table's oid, previously it did not). It'd not technically be hard to hide oid column by default, but that'd mean confusing behavior would either have to be carried forward forever, or it'd cause breakage down the line. While it's not unlikely that further adjustments are needed, the scope/invasiveness of the patch makes it worthwhile to get merge this now. It's painful to maintain externally, too complicated to commit after the code code freeze, and a dependency of a number of other patches. Catversion bump, for obvious reasons. Author: Andres Freund, with contributions by John Naylor Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180930034810.ywp2c7awz7opzcfr@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-11-21 00:36:57 +01:00
tup = get_catalog_object_by_oid(transformDesc,
Anum_pg_transform_oid,
object->objectId);
Implement multivariate n-distinct coefficients Add support for explicitly declared statistic objects (CREATE STATISTICS), allowing collection of statistics on more complex combinations that individual table columns. Companion commands DROP STATISTICS and ALTER STATISTICS ... OWNER TO / SET SCHEMA / RENAME are added too. All this DDL has been designed so that more statistic types can be added later on, such as multivariate most-common-values and multivariate histograms between columns of a single table, leaving room for permitting columns on multiple tables, too, as well as expressions. This commit only adds support for collection of n-distinct coefficient on user-specified sets of columns in a single table. This is useful to estimate number of distinct groups in GROUP BY and DISTINCT clauses; estimation errors there can cause over-allocation of memory in hashed aggregates, for instance, so it's a worthwhile problem to solve. A new special pseudo-type pg_ndistinct is used. (num-distinct estimation was deemed sufficiently useful by itself that this is worthwhile even if no further statistic types are added immediately; so much so that another version of essentially the same functionality was submitted by Kyotaro Horiguchi: https://postgr.es/m/20150828.173334.114731693.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp though this commit does not use that code.) Author: Tomas Vondra. Some code rework by Álvaro. Reviewed-by: Dean Rasheed, David Rowley, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Jeff Janes, Ideriha Takeshi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/543AFA15.4080608@fuzzy.cz https://postgr.es/m/20170320190220.ixlaueanxegqd5gr@alvherre.pgsql
2017-03-24 18:06:10 +01:00
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
{
if (!missing_ok)
elog(ERROR, "could not find tuple for transform %u",
object->objectId);
table_close(transformDesc, AccessShareLock);
break;
}
Fix maintenance hazards caused by ill-considered use of default: cases. Remove default cases from assorted switches over ObjectClass and some related enum types, so that we'll get compiler warnings when someone adds a new enum value without accounting for it in all these places. In passing, re-order some switch cases as needed to match the declaration of enum ObjectClass. OK, that's just neatnik-ism, but I dislike code that looks like it was assembled with the help of a dartboard. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170512221010.nglatgt5azzdxjlj@alvherre.pgsql
2017-05-14 19:32:59 +02:00
transform = (Form_pg_transform) GETSTRUCT(tup);
transformType = format_type_be_qualified(transform->trftype);
transformLang = get_language_name(transform->trflang, false);
Fix object identity string for transforms In commit ad89a5d115b3, we added an unhelpful 'ON' that doesn't match the input syntax. This was discovered while adding code to support for DDL in logical replication. No backpatch because of the change of behavior, however improbable it may be that somebody is depending on this. Author: Zheng Li <zhengli10@gmail.com> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAD30UKg8rXeGM8Oy_MAmxKBL_K5DiHXdeNF=hUefcu1C_6VfQ@mail.gmail.com
2023-02-13 14:03:09 +01:00
appendStringInfo(&buffer, "for %s language %s",
Fix maintenance hazards caused by ill-considered use of default: cases. Remove default cases from assorted switches over ObjectClass and some related enum types, so that we'll get compiler warnings when someone adds a new enum value without accounting for it in all these places. In passing, re-order some switch cases as needed to match the declaration of enum ObjectClass. OK, that's just neatnik-ism, but I dislike code that looks like it was assembled with the help of a dartboard. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170512221010.nglatgt5azzdxjlj@alvherre.pgsql
2017-05-14 19:32:59 +02:00
transformType,
transformLang);
Implement multivariate n-distinct coefficients Add support for explicitly declared statistic objects (CREATE STATISTICS), allowing collection of statistics on more complex combinations that individual table columns. Companion commands DROP STATISTICS and ALTER STATISTICS ... OWNER TO / SET SCHEMA / RENAME are added too. All this DDL has been designed so that more statistic types can be added later on, such as multivariate most-common-values and multivariate histograms between columns of a single table, leaving room for permitting columns on multiple tables, too, as well as expressions. This commit only adds support for collection of n-distinct coefficient on user-specified sets of columns in a single table. This is useful to estimate number of distinct groups in GROUP BY and DISTINCT clauses; estimation errors there can cause over-allocation of memory in hashed aggregates, for instance, so it's a worthwhile problem to solve. A new special pseudo-type pg_ndistinct is used. (num-distinct estimation was deemed sufficiently useful by itself that this is worthwhile even if no further statistic types are added immediately; so much so that another version of essentially the same functionality was submitted by Kyotaro Horiguchi: https://postgr.es/m/20150828.173334.114731693.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp though this commit does not use that code.) Author: Tomas Vondra. Some code rework by Álvaro. Reviewed-by: Dean Rasheed, David Rowley, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Jeff Janes, Ideriha Takeshi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/543AFA15.4080608@fuzzy.cz https://postgr.es/m/20170320190220.ixlaueanxegqd5gr@alvherre.pgsql
2017-03-24 18:06:10 +01:00
if (objname)
Fix maintenance hazards caused by ill-considered use of default: cases. Remove default cases from assorted switches over ObjectClass and some related enum types, so that we'll get compiler warnings when someone adds a new enum value without accounting for it in all these places. In passing, re-order some switch cases as needed to match the declaration of enum ObjectClass. OK, that's just neatnik-ism, but I dislike code that looks like it was assembled with the help of a dartboard. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170512221010.nglatgt5azzdxjlj@alvherre.pgsql
2017-05-14 19:32:59 +02:00
{
*objname = list_make1(transformType);
*objargs = list_make1(pstrdup(transformLang));
}
Replace uses of heap_open et al with the corresponding table_* function. Author: Andres Freund Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190111000539.xbv7s6w7ilcvm7dp@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-01-21 19:32:19 +01:00
table_close(transformDesc, AccessShareLock);
Implement multivariate n-distinct coefficients Add support for explicitly declared statistic objects (CREATE STATISTICS), allowing collection of statistics on more complex combinations that individual table columns. Companion commands DROP STATISTICS and ALTER STATISTICS ... OWNER TO / SET SCHEMA / RENAME are added too. All this DDL has been designed so that more statistic types can be added later on, such as multivariate most-common-values and multivariate histograms between columns of a single table, leaving room for permitting columns on multiple tables, too, as well as expressions. This commit only adds support for collection of n-distinct coefficient on user-specified sets of columns in a single table. This is useful to estimate number of distinct groups in GROUP BY and DISTINCT clauses; estimation errors there can cause over-allocation of memory in hashed aggregates, for instance, so it's a worthwhile problem to solve. A new special pseudo-type pg_ndistinct is used. (num-distinct estimation was deemed sufficiently useful by itself that this is worthwhile even if no further statistic types are added immediately; so much so that another version of essentially the same functionality was submitted by Kyotaro Horiguchi: https://postgr.es/m/20150828.173334.114731693.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp though this commit does not use that code.) Author: Tomas Vondra. Some code rework by Álvaro. Reviewed-by: Dean Rasheed, David Rowley, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Jeff Janes, Ideriha Takeshi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/543AFA15.4080608@fuzzy.cz https://postgr.es/m/20170320190220.ixlaueanxegqd5gr@alvherre.pgsql
2017-03-24 18:06:10 +01:00
}
break;
Fix maintenance hazards caused by ill-considered use of default: cases. Remove default cases from assorted switches over ObjectClass and some related enum types, so that we'll get compiler warnings when someone adds a new enum value without accounting for it in all these places. In passing, re-order some switch cases as needed to match the declaration of enum ObjectClass. OK, that's just neatnik-ism, but I dislike code that looks like it was assembled with the help of a dartboard. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170512221010.nglatgt5azzdxjlj@alvherre.pgsql
2017-05-14 19:32:59 +02:00
/*
* There's intentionally no default: case here; we want the
* compiler to warn if a new OCLASS hasn't been handled above.
*/
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
}
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
if (!missing_ok)
{
/*
* If a get_object_address() representation was requested, make sure
* we are providing one. We don't check objargs, because many of the
* cases above leave it as NIL.
*/
if (objname && *objname == NIL)
elog(ERROR, "requested object address for unsupported object class %d: text result \"%s\"",
(int) getObjectClass(object), buffer.data);
}
else
{
/* an empty buffer is equivalent to no object found */
if (buffer.len == 0)
{
Assert((objname == NULL || *objname == NIL) &&
(objargs == NULL || *objargs == NIL));
return NULL;
}
}
Add pg_identify_object_as_address This function returns object type and objname/objargs arrays, which can be passed to pg_get_object_address. This is especially useful because the textual representation can be copied to a remote server in order to obtain the corresponding OID-based address. In essence, this function is the inverse of recently added pg_get_object_address(). Catalog version bumped due to the addition of the new function. Also add docs to pg_get_object_address.
2014-12-30 19:41:50 +01:00
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
return buffer.data;
}
static void
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
getOpFamilyIdentity(StringInfo buffer, Oid opfid, List **object,
bool missing_ok)
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
{
HeapTuple opfTup;
Form_pg_opfamily opfForm;
HeapTuple amTup;
Form_pg_am amForm;
char *schema;
opfTup = SearchSysCache1(OPFAMILYOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(opfid));
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(opfTup))
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
{
if (!missing_ok)
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for opfamily %u", opfid);
return;
}
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
opfForm = (Form_pg_opfamily) GETSTRUCT(opfTup);
amTup = SearchSysCache1(AMOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(opfForm->opfmethod));
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(amTup))
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for access method %u",
opfForm->opfmethod);
amForm = (Form_pg_am) GETSTRUCT(amTup);
pg_event_trigger_dropped_objects: add is_temp column It now also reports temporary objects dropped that are local to the backend. Previously we weren't reporting any temp objects because it was deemed unnecessary; but as it turns out, it is necessary if we want to keep close track of DDL command execution inside one session. Temp objects are reported as living in schema pg_temp, which works because such a schema-qualification always refers to the temp objects of the current session.
2015-04-06 16:40:55 +02:00
schema = get_namespace_name_or_temp(opfForm->opfnamespace);
Fix opclass/opfamily identity strings The original representation uses "opcname for amname", which is good enough; but if we replace "for" with "using", we can apply the returned identity directly in a DROP command, as in DROP OPERATOR CLASS opcname USING amname This slightly simplifies code using object identities to programatically execute commands on these kinds of objects. Note backwards-incompatible change: The previous representation dates back to 9.3 when object identities were introduced by commit f8348ea3, but we don't want to change the behavior on released branches unnecessarily and so this is not backpatched.
2015-02-18 18:44:27 +01:00
appendStringInfo(buffer, "%s USING %s",
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
quote_qualified_identifier(schema,
NameStr(opfForm->opfname)),
NameStr(amForm->amname));
Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward to deal with lists of functions. Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-11-12 18:00:00 +01:00
if (object)
*object = list_make3(pstrdup(NameStr(amForm->amname)),
Support opfamily members in get_object_address In the spirit of 890192e99af and 4464303405f: have get_object_address understand individual pg_amop and pg_amproc objects. There is no way to refer to such objects directly in the grammar -- rather, they are almost always considered an integral part of the opfamily that contains them. (The only case that deals with them individually is ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY ADD/DROP, which carries the opfamily address separately and thus does not need it to be part of each added/dropped element's address.) In event triggers it becomes possible to become involved with individual amop/amproc elements, and this commit enables pg_get_object_address to do so as well. To make the overall coding simpler, this commit also slightly changes the get_object_address representation for opclasses and opfamilies: instead of having the AM name in the objargs array, I moved it as the first element of the objnames array. This enables the new code to use objargs for the type names used by pg_amop and pg_amproc. Reviewed by: Stephen Frost
2015-03-16 16:06:34 +01:00
pstrdup(schema),
Add pg_identify_object_as_address This function returns object type and objname/objargs arrays, which can be passed to pg_get_object_address. This is especially useful because the textual representation can be copied to a remote server in order to obtain the corresponding OID-based address. In essence, this function is the inverse of recently added pg_get_object_address(). Catalog version bumped due to the addition of the new function. Also add docs to pg_get_object_address.
2014-12-30 19:41:50 +01:00
pstrdup(NameStr(opfForm->opfname)));
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
ReleaseSysCache(amTup);
ReleaseSysCache(opfTup);
}
/*
* Append the relation identity (quoted qualified name) to the given
* StringInfo.
*/
static void
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
getRelationIdentity(StringInfo buffer, Oid relid, List **object,
bool missing_ok)
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
{
HeapTuple relTup;
Form_pg_class relForm;
char *schema;
relTup = SearchSysCache1(RELOID,
ObjectIdGetDatum(relid));
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(relTup))
Eliminate cache lookup errors in SQL functions for object addresses When using the following functions, users could see various types of errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that can only be used for internal errors: * pg_describe_object() * pg_identify_object() * pg_identify_object_as_address() The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is missing. Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the object type requested). Author: Michael Paquier Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-07-15 02:03:10 +02:00
{
if (!missing_ok)
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for relation %u", relid);
if (object)
*object = NIL;
return;
}
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
relForm = (Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(relTup);
pg_event_trigger_dropped_objects: add is_temp column It now also reports temporary objects dropped that are local to the backend. Previously we weren't reporting any temp objects because it was deemed unnecessary; but as it turns out, it is necessary if we want to keep close track of DDL command execution inside one session. Temp objects are reported as living in schema pg_temp, which works because such a schema-qualification always refers to the temp objects of the current session.
2015-04-06 16:40:55 +02:00
schema = get_namespace_name_or_temp(relForm->relnamespace);
Use appendStringInfoString instead of appendStringInfo where possible. This shaves a few cycles, and generally seems like good programming practice. David Rowley
2013-10-31 15:55:59 +01:00
appendStringInfoString(buffer,
Fix object identities for text search objects We were neglecting to schema-qualify them. Backpatch to 9.3, where object identities were introduced as a concept by commit f8348ea32ec8.
2014-04-16 23:25:44 +02:00
quote_qualified_identifier(schema,
NameStr(relForm->relname)));
Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects by a list of name components and an optional argument list. But this doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have to be unpacked at the other end. This makes it also weird to represent lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently. The other problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward to deal with lists of functions. Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and managed using the normal Node mechanisms. In many cases it will still be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the existing ObjectWithArgs node type. Some of the more obscure object types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists. Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-11-12 18:00:00 +01:00
if (object)
*object = list_make2(schema, pstrdup(NameStr(relForm->relname)));
Allow extracting machine-readable object identity Introduce pg_identify_object(oid,oid,int4), which is similar in spirit to pg_describe_object but instead produces a row of machine-readable information to uniquely identify the given object, without resorting to OIDs or other internal representation. This is intended to be used in the event trigger implementation, to report objects being operated on; but it has usefulness of its own. Catalog version bumped because of the new function.
2013-03-20 22:19:19 +01:00
ReleaseSysCache(relTup);
}
Add pg_identify_object_as_address This function returns object type and objname/objargs arrays, which can be passed to pg_get_object_address. This is especially useful because the textual representation can be copied to a remote server in order to obtain the corresponding OID-based address. In essence, this function is the inverse of recently added pg_get_object_address(). Catalog version bumped due to the addition of the new function. Also add docs to pg_get_object_address.
2014-12-30 19:41:50 +01:00
/*
Fix bogus size calculation in strlist_to_textarray(). It's making an array of Datum, not an array of text *. The mistake is harmless since those are currently the same size, but it's still wrong.
2017-09-23 21:01:59 +02:00
* Auxiliary function to build a TEXT array out of a list of C-strings.
Add pg_identify_object_as_address This function returns object type and objname/objargs arrays, which can be passed to pg_get_object_address. This is especially useful because the textual representation can be copied to a remote server in order to obtain the corresponding OID-based address. In essence, this function is the inverse of recently added pg_get_object_address(). Catalog version bumped due to the addition of the new function. Also add docs to pg_get_object_address.
2014-12-30 19:41:50 +01:00
*/
ArrayType *
strlist_to_textarray(List *list)
{
ArrayType *arr;
Datum *datums;
Make object address handling more robust pg_identify_object_as_address crashes when passed certain tuples from inconsistent system catalogs. Make it more defensive. Author: Álvaro Herrera Reviewed-by: Michaël Paquier Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190218202743.GA12392@alvherre.pgsql
2019-02-20 13:12:02 +01:00
bool *nulls;
Add pg_identify_object_as_address This function returns object type and objname/objargs arrays, which can be passed to pg_get_object_address. This is especially useful because the textual representation can be copied to a remote server in order to obtain the corresponding OID-based address. In essence, this function is the inverse of recently added pg_get_object_address(). Catalog version bumped due to the addition of the new function. Also add docs to pg_get_object_address.
2014-12-30 19:41:50 +01:00
int j = 0;
ListCell *cell;
MemoryContext memcxt;
MemoryContext oldcxt;
Make object address handling more robust pg_identify_object_as_address crashes when passed certain tuples from inconsistent system catalogs. Make it more defensive. Author: Álvaro Herrera Reviewed-by: Michaël Paquier Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190218202743.GA12392@alvherre.pgsql
2019-02-20 13:12:02 +01:00
int lb[1];
Add pg_identify_object_as_address This function returns object type and objname/objargs arrays, which can be passed to pg_get_object_address. This is especially useful because the textual representation can be copied to a remote server in order to obtain the corresponding OID-based address. In essence, this function is the inverse of recently added pg_get_object_address(). Catalog version bumped due to the addition of the new function. Also add docs to pg_get_object_address.
2014-12-30 19:41:50 +01:00
Fix bogus size calculation in strlist_to_textarray(). It's making an array of Datum, not an array of text *. The mistake is harmless since those are currently the same size, but it's still wrong.
2017-09-23 21:01:59 +02:00
/* Work in a temp context; easier than individually pfree'ing the Datums */
Add pg_identify_object_as_address This function returns object type and objname/objargs arrays, which can be passed to pg_get_object_address. This is especially useful because the textual representation can be copied to a remote server in order to obtain the corresponding OID-based address. In essence, this function is the inverse of recently added pg_get_object_address(). Catalog version bumped due to the addition of the new function. Also add docs to pg_get_object_address.
2014-12-30 19:41:50 +01:00
memcxt = AllocSetContextCreate(CurrentMemoryContext,
"strlist to array",
Add macros to make AllocSetContextCreate() calls simpler and safer. I found that half a dozen (nearly 5%) of our AllocSetContextCreate calls had typos in the context-sizing parameters. While none of these led to especially significant problems, they did create minor inefficiencies, and it's now clear that expecting people to copy-and-paste those calls accurately is not a great idea. Let's reduce the risk of future errors by introducing single macros that encapsulate the common use-cases. Three such macros are enough to cover all but two special-purpose contexts; those two calls can be left as-is, I think. While this patch doesn't in itself improve matters for third-party extensions, it doesn't break anything for them either, and they can gradually adopt the simplified notation over time. In passing, change TopMemoryContext to use the default allocation parameters. Formerly it could only be extended 8K at a time. That was probably reasonable when this code was written; but nowadays we create many more contexts than we did then, so that it's not unusual to have a couple hundred K in TopMemoryContext, even without considering various dubious code that sticks other things there. There seems no good reason not to let it use growing blocks like most other contexts. Back-patch to 9.6, mostly because that's still close enough to HEAD that it's easy to do so, and keeping the branches in sync can be expected to avoid some future back-patching pain. The bugs fixed by these changes don't seem to be significant enough to justify fixing them further back. Discussion: <21072.1472321324@sss.pgh.pa.us>
2016-08-27 23:50:38 +02:00
ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_SIZES);
Add pg_identify_object_as_address This function returns object type and objname/objargs arrays, which can be passed to pg_get_object_address. This is especially useful because the textual representation can be copied to a remote server in order to obtain the corresponding OID-based address. In essence, this function is the inverse of recently added pg_get_object_address(). Catalog version bumped due to the addition of the new function. Also add docs to pg_get_object_address.
2014-12-30 19:41:50 +01:00
oldcxt = MemoryContextSwitchTo(memcxt);
Fix bogus size calculation in strlist_to_textarray(). It's making an array of Datum, not an array of text *. The mistake is harmless since those are currently the same size, but it's still wrong.
2017-09-23 21:01:59 +02:00
datums = (Datum *) palloc(sizeof(Datum) * list_length(list));
Make object address handling more robust pg_identify_object_as_address crashes when passed certain tuples from inconsistent system catalogs. Make it more defensive. Author: Álvaro Herrera Reviewed-by: Michaël Paquier Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190218202743.GA12392@alvherre.pgsql
2019-02-20 13:12:02 +01:00
nulls = palloc(sizeof(bool) * list_length(list));
Fix bogus size calculation in strlist_to_textarray(). It's making an array of Datum, not an array of text *. The mistake is harmless since those are currently the same size, but it's still wrong.
2017-09-23 21:01:59 +02:00
Add pg_identify_object_as_address This function returns object type and objname/objargs arrays, which can be passed to pg_get_object_address. This is especially useful because the textual representation can be copied to a remote server in order to obtain the corresponding OID-based address. In essence, this function is the inverse of recently added pg_get_object_address(). Catalog version bumped due to the addition of the new function. Also add docs to pg_get_object_address.
2014-12-30 19:41:50 +01:00
foreach(cell, list)
{
char *name = lfirst(cell);
Make object address handling more robust pg_identify_object_as_address crashes when passed certain tuples from inconsistent system catalogs. Make it more defensive. Author: Álvaro Herrera Reviewed-by: Michaël Paquier Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190218202743.GA12392@alvherre.pgsql
2019-02-20 13:12:02 +01:00
if (name)
{
nulls[j] = false;
datums[j++] = CStringGetTextDatum(name);
}
else
nulls[j] = true;
Add pg_identify_object_as_address This function returns object type and objname/objargs arrays, which can be passed to pg_get_object_address. This is especially useful because the textual representation can be copied to a remote server in order to obtain the corresponding OID-based address. In essence, this function is the inverse of recently added pg_get_object_address(). Catalog version bumped due to the addition of the new function. Also add docs to pg_get_object_address.
2014-12-30 19:41:50 +01:00
}
MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcxt);
Make object address handling more robust pg_identify_object_as_address crashes when passed certain tuples from inconsistent system catalogs. Make it more defensive. Author: Álvaro Herrera Reviewed-by: Michaël Paquier Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190218202743.GA12392@alvherre.pgsql
2019-02-20 13:12:02 +01:00
lb[0] = 1;
arr = construct_md_array(datums, nulls, 1, &j,
Introduce macros for typalign and typstorage constants. Our usual practice for "poor man's enum" catalog columns is to define macros for the possible values and use those, not literal constants, in C code. But for some reason lost in the mists of time, this was never done for typalign/attalign or typstorage/attstorage. It's never too late to make it better though, so let's do that. The reason I got interested in this right now is the need to duplicate some uses of the TYPSTORAGE constants in an upcoming ALTER TYPE patch. But in general, this sort of change aids greppability and readability, so it's a good idea even without any specific motivation. I may have missed a few places that could be converted, and it's even more likely that pending patches will re-introduce some hard-coded references. But that's not fatal --- there's no expectation that we'd actually change any of these values. We can clean up stragglers over time. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16457.1583189537@sss.pgh.pa.us
2020-03-04 16:34:25 +01:00
lb, TEXTOID, -1, false, TYPALIGN_INT);
Fix bogus size calculation in strlist_to_textarray(). It's making an array of Datum, not an array of text *. The mistake is harmless since those are currently the same size, but it's still wrong.
2017-09-23 21:01:59 +02:00
Add pg_identify_object_as_address This function returns object type and objname/objargs arrays, which can be passed to pg_get_object_address. This is especially useful because the textual representation can be copied to a remote server in order to obtain the corresponding OID-based address. In essence, this function is the inverse of recently added pg_get_object_address(). Catalog version bumped due to the addition of the new function. Also add docs to pg_get_object_address.
2014-12-30 19:41:50 +01:00
MemoryContextDelete(memcxt);
return arr;
}
Replace AclObjectKind with ObjectType AclObjectKind was basically just another enumeration for object types, and we already have a preferred one for that. It's only used in aclcheck_error. By using ObjectType instead, we can also give some more precise error messages, for example "index" instead of "relation". Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2017-12-02 15:26:34 +01:00
Fix "unexpected relkind" error when denying permissions on toast tables. get_relkind_objtype, and hence get_object_type, failed when applied to a toast table. This is not a good thing, because it prevents reporting of perfectly legitimate permissions errors. (At present, these functions are in fact *only* used to determine the ObjectType argument for acl_error() calls.) It seems best to have them fall back to returning OBJECT_TABLE in every case where they can't determine an object type for a pg_class entry, so do that. In passing, make some edits to alter.c to make it more obvious that those calls of get_object_type() are used only for error reporting. This might save a few cycles in the non-error code path, too. Back-patch to v11 where this issue originated. John Hsu, Michael Paquier, Tom Lane Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/C652D3DF-2B0C-4128-9420-FB5379F6B1E4@amazon.com
2019-11-05 19:40:37 +01:00
/*
* get_relkind_objtype
*
* Return the object type for the relkind given by the caller.
*
* If an unexpected relkind is passed, we say OBJECT_TABLE rather than
* failing. That's because this is mostly used for generating error messages
* for failed ACL checks on relations, and we'd rather produce a generic
* message saying "table" than fail entirely.
*/
Replace AclObjectKind with ObjectType AclObjectKind was basically just another enumeration for object types, and we already have a preferred one for that. It's only used in aclcheck_error. By using ObjectType instead, we can also give some more precise error messages, for example "index" instead of "relation". Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2017-12-02 15:26:34 +01:00
ObjectType
get_relkind_objtype(char relkind)
{
switch (relkind)
{
case RELKIND_RELATION:
case RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE:
return OBJECT_TABLE;
case RELKIND_INDEX:
Enable failure to rename a partitioned index Concurrently with partitioned index development (commit 8b08f7d4820f), the code to handle failure to rename indexes was refactored (commit 8b9e9644dc6a). Turns out that that particular case was untested, which naturally led it to be broken. Add tests and the missing code line. Co-authored-by: David Rowley <dgrowley@gmail.com> Co-authored-by: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org> Reported-by: Rajkumar Raghuwanshi <rajkumar.raghuwanshi@enterprisedb.com> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKcux6mfYMS3OX0ywjOiWiGSEKhJf-1zdeTceHFbd0mScUzU5A@mail.gmail.com
2018-06-26 17:28:41 +02:00
case RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX:
Replace AclObjectKind with ObjectType AclObjectKind was basically just another enumeration for object types, and we already have a preferred one for that. It's only used in aclcheck_error. By using ObjectType instead, we can also give some more precise error messages, for example "index" instead of "relation". Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2017-12-02 15:26:34 +01:00
return OBJECT_INDEX;
case RELKIND_SEQUENCE:
return OBJECT_SEQUENCE;
case RELKIND_VIEW:
return OBJECT_VIEW;
case RELKIND_MATVIEW:
return OBJECT_MATVIEW;
case RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE:
return OBJECT_FOREIGN_TABLE;
Fix "unexpected relkind" error when denying permissions on toast tables. get_relkind_objtype, and hence get_object_type, failed when applied to a toast table. This is not a good thing, because it prevents reporting of perfectly legitimate permissions errors. (At present, these functions are in fact *only* used to determine the ObjectType argument for acl_error() calls.) It seems best to have them fall back to returning OBJECT_TABLE in every case where they can't determine an object type for a pg_class entry, so do that. In passing, make some edits to alter.c to make it more obvious that those calls of get_object_type() are used only for error reporting. This might save a few cycles in the non-error code path, too. Back-patch to v11 where this issue originated. John Hsu, Michael Paquier, Tom Lane Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/C652D3DF-2B0C-4128-9420-FB5379F6B1E4@amazon.com
2019-11-05 19:40:37 +01:00
case RELKIND_TOASTVALUE:
return OBJECT_TABLE;
Replace AclObjectKind with ObjectType AclObjectKind was basically just another enumeration for object types, and we already have a preferred one for that. It's only used in aclcheck_error. By using ObjectType instead, we can also give some more precise error messages, for example "index" instead of "relation". Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2017-12-02 15:26:34 +01:00
default:
Fix "unexpected relkind" error when denying permissions on toast tables. get_relkind_objtype, and hence get_object_type, failed when applied to a toast table. This is not a good thing, because it prevents reporting of perfectly legitimate permissions errors. (At present, these functions are in fact *only* used to determine the ObjectType argument for acl_error() calls.) It seems best to have them fall back to returning OBJECT_TABLE in every case where they can't determine an object type for a pg_class entry, so do that. In passing, make some edits to alter.c to make it more obvious that those calls of get_object_type() are used only for error reporting. This might save a few cycles in the non-error code path, too. Back-patch to v11 where this issue originated. John Hsu, Michael Paquier, Tom Lane Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/C652D3DF-2B0C-4128-9420-FB5379F6B1E4@amazon.com
2019-11-05 19:40:37 +01:00
/* Per above, don't raise an error */
return OBJECT_TABLE;
Replace AclObjectKind with ObjectType AclObjectKind was basically just another enumeration for object types, and we already have a preferred one for that. It's only used in aclcheck_error. By using ObjectType instead, we can also give some more precise error messages, for example "index" instead of "relation". Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2017-12-02 15:26:34 +01:00
}
}